klBRART 
 
THE AMERICAN 
 COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
J3 V 
 
 C5 g 
 
 ,-^ 
 
 -a « 
 
 -^ 
 
 a| 
 
 ^ 
 
 o S 
 
 ^ 
 
 x>^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ■m"^ 
 
 
 to 3 
 
 s 
 
 !s 
 
 ^ 
 
 c t>. 
 
 ^ 
 
 _0_Q 
 
 s 
 
 c« C 
 
 ^ 
 
 ti 2 
 
 3 c« 
 
 X 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 s - 
 
 O {xo 
 D O 
 
 •5 o 
 ^£ 
 
 o 
 
 O O 
 
 3 ■!-> 
 
 (JO ^ 
 OS 
 
 fin « 
 
THE AMERICAN 
 COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 A BOOK OF INFORMATION 
 WITH SUGGESTIONS FOR THE 
 IMPROVEMENT OF CATALOGS 
 AND OTHER PUBLICATIONS 
 OF COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 
 
 By HARRY PARKER WARD, A.M. 
 
 Author "Some American College Bookplates,^'' 
 
 Member Grolier Club of New York, 
 
 Kit-Kat Club of Columbus, 
 
 American Institute of 
 
 Graphic Arts, etc. 
 
 With an IntroduSiion by 
 
 WILLIAM OXLEY THOMPSON, D.D., LL.D. 
 
 President Ohio State University 
 
 COLUMBUS, OHIO 
 MCMXVII 
 
Copyright igiy by 
 
 The Champlin Printing Company 
 
 columbus ohio 
 
THIS BOOK IS DEDICATED TO A MAN 
 WHO KEENLY APPRECIATES EFFORT 
 TOWARD ARTISTIC IMPROVEMENT 
 IN BOOK MAKING 
 THOMAS EWING FRENCH 
 PROFESSOR OF ENGINEERING DRAW- 
 ING AT OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY 
 
Edition limited to three hundred copies 
 of which this is number 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 Page 
 
 Introduction xiii 
 
 The Catalog in General I 
 
 The Paper I7 
 
 The Type 26 
 
 Preparation of the Copy 88 
 
 Style AND Examples 116 
 
 The Proof Reading 220 
 
 Illustrations 229 
 
 College Heraldry 239 
 
 The Binding 250 
 
 The Carnegie Foundation 255 
 
 Copyrighting 263 
 
 Mailing the Catalog 265 
 
 Glossary 281 
 
 Index 289 
 
 Vll 
 
ILLUSTRATIONS 
 
 Harvard University Entrance, Photogravure . Frontispiece 
 
 Drexel Institute Register, Cover faces lo 
 
 Drexel Institute Register, Leaf FROM .... faces ii 
 Western College FOR Women Exchange Shelf . .faces i6 
 
 Some Initial Letters 45 
 
 Monk at Work on a Manuscript 46 
 
 Monotype Keyboard 5^ 
 
 Monotype Caster 5^ 
 
 Linotype Machine S3 
 
 Diagram of Correct Proportion of Type Page .... 56 
 Layout of Four Pages, Fifteenth Century Style .... 57 
 
 Diagram OF Page Position Frequently Used 58 
 
 Diagram of Ideal Page Position 59 
 
 Calendar Examples 70~73 
 
 Layout of Sixteen Pages 76 
 
 Examples of Catalog Backbones 78> 80, Si 
 
 Examples of Catalog Envelope Printing .... 83-86 
 
 Typewriter Si7es of Letters no 
 
 Sheet OF Copy Ready FOR Monotype Composition . faces in 
 
 Index Slip I47 
 
 Examples of Catalog Covers 200-219 
 
 Proofreading Marks 221,222 
 
 Marietta College Bulletin, Cover .... faces 208 
 
 SWARTHMORE CaMPUS AND PlAT faceS 229 
 
 Shorter College Catalog, Cover faces 232 
 
 Halftone Engraving Screens faces 233 
 
 Engravers' Measuring Scale faces 234 
 
 Westminster College of Music Catalog, Page from, faces 236 
 Ohio State University Spring AND Library . . . . faces 237 
 
 Heraldic Shields 239-243 
 
 Johns Hopkins Armorial Bookplate faces 239 
 
 Heraldic Tinctures faces 240 
 
 Kenyon College Arms faces 242 
 
 Examples of Heraldic Seals faces 244, 245 
 
 Academic Costume, British and American . . faces 248, 249 
 
 Yale University Catalog Sewed faces 252 
 
 Missouri University Catalog Wired faces 252 
 
 Idaho University Catalog's Defective Backbone . faces 253 
 Indiana University Catalog's Defective Folding . faces 253 
 Vassar College Cover Design 276 
 
FOREWORD 
 
 SOME thirty-three years ago nine residents of 
 New York City, gentlemen who loved a beautiful 
 book for the honesty of its making and the cor- 
 rectness of its style, felt the need of improvement in 
 such matters and founded the Grolier Club. Today 
 this splendid organization, housed in its own building 
 crowded with the most magnificent specimens of the 
 bookmaker's art and with its membership list full, 
 can look back over the years of its usefulness and realize 
 that the countless lectures and exhibitions given under 
 its roof, not to mention its delightful and perfect 
 publications, have effected an influence for great good. 
 The Aldine Club, an association of printers and pub- 
 lishers of New York, now nearing a half century of 
 life, the United Typothetae of America also well up 
 in years of existence and the more recently organized 
 Ben Franklin Clubs in all our cities, have done their 
 full share toward elevating and systematizing the print- 
 ing industry, which according to census reports, ranks 
 fifth in importance. 
 
 Then, too, the printer has some fine trade journals, 
 led by that most beautiful of all magazines, Printing 
 Art, emanating from the University Press, Cambridge, 
 each number teeming with suggestions and examples 
 for the betterment of the art preservative. 
 
 The costly art galleries which have recently sprung 
 up in all our larger and in some of our smaller cities, 
 well filled with material for instilling into the people 
 a love for the beautiful, evidence the rapid spread of a 
 
 IX 
 
THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 desire for real art which but a few years ago was to be 
 found in only six or eight of our great cities. In many 
 other lines America is making rapid strides, in archi- 
 tecture, in civic beauty, in public libraries, in science, 
 in music, in literature and last but perhaps greatest 
 of all, in education. 
 
 Generally speaking the publications of three 
 fourths of our educational institutions, catalogs, bulle- 
 tins, alumni magazines and the like (with the single 
 exception of the student annual which is often too 
 large and too costly) have not kept abreast of the times. 
 Far too many college catalogs resemble almanacs or 
 cheap municipal or state reports. Scores of printing 
 establishments are today producing with commendable 
 intelligence all manner of college work with artistic 
 dignified appearance. Hundreds of others however 
 give proof that they take no advantage whatever of 
 the abundant supply of books and periodical literature 
 available for their improvement. Such printers, and 
 they are in the great majority, make an honest living, 
 probably a better living than the so-called art printers, 
 but no artistic touch is needed for the railroad tariff, 
 the law brief or the factory blank. 
 
 This book deals with only the physical appearance 
 of the catalog, except in-so-far as President Thompson's 
 clear-headed Introduction and extracts from Carnegie 
 Foundation Reports concern the contents. As an 
 extreme example of the suggestions the book is intended 
 to convey, a comparison might be drawn between the 
 unpretentious but delightful "Pamphlets" of Rice 
 Institute, Houston, Texas, printed in large type proper- 
 ly set, on water marked paper, with Italian cover and 
 
FOREWORD 
 
 bearing the imprint of the DeVinne Press, New York, 
 with three out of four college catalogs. The difference 
 is deplorable. On the other hand if we consider the 
 catalogs of our schools for boys and girls we find the 
 great majority of them decently printed. The few 
 large flashy ones and the few small cheap ones offer 
 the exceptions. 
 
 Why can there not be improvement in the appear- 
 ance of the catalogs of the three fourths of our colleges, 
 especially when such improvement can be had without 
 extra expense.^ Why is it that so many institutions of 
 higher education grow in importance, in number of 
 students, in size and quality of faculty, in endowment, 
 in new and beautiful buildings and grounds but continue 
 to use the same antiquated catalogs and bulletins? 
 It is in an effort to inspire some interest in these matters 
 that this book is offered. 
 
 I sincerely wish that it could be possible for the 
 catalog committees of the three fourths of our thousand 
 or more colleges and universities whose catalogs need 
 improvement to visit the Annmary Brown Memorial 
 in Providence. They could there study, under the 
 guidance of that prince of enthusiasts for better print- 
 ing and bookbinding, the librarian of Brown University, 
 hundreds of specimens of the good book making 
 done in the fifteenth century, the largest and finest 
 collection in existence available for examination. If 
 they could then and there listen, as I did but a fort- 
 night ago, to the chain of convincing argument as to 
 why a college catalog should be well presented if 
 worth printing at all, there would be an immediate and 
 marked betterment in such publications. 
 
 XI 
 
THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Such a work as this can not be produced without 
 assistance and advice. I find myself obligated to up 
 wards of two hundred institutions for specimen catalogs 
 and bulletins sent promptly upon my request without 
 charge, to members of the faculty of a goodly number 
 of colleges and several universities and especially to 
 Mr. C. W. Reeder, Reference Librarian of Ohio State 
 University, Dr. Harry L. Koopman, Librarian of 
 Brown University, Mr. Clyde Furst, Secretary of the 
 Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teach- 
 ing, Mr. W. C. Wood, Superintendent of the Division 
 of Classification in the Post Office Department, for 
 personal interviews and many courteous replies to all 
 manner of inquiries. It is perhaps unnecessary to add 
 that the undertaking has required a great volume of 
 correspondence and thousands of miles of travel. 
 
 The cover design is by Miss Lois Lenski of the Art 
 Students' League, New York. 
 
 Columbus, Ohio H. P. W. 
 
 December so, 1916 
 
 xn 
 
INTRODUCTION 
 
 A GLANCE back over the college catalogs for two 
 generations reveals some very interesting facts. 
 L The earlier catalogs were simply announcements 
 without apparent effort to do more than give the neces- 
 sary facts. As colleges grew in numbers, both as to 
 faculties and students, and as the elective idea pre- 
 vailed among them, catalogs began to expand and 
 courses were greatly multiplied, subjects were sub- 
 divided almost beyond recognition. This apparently 
 made it necessary for the authorities to explain what 
 they were teaching and why they were teaching it. The 
 specialized courses in the technical schools have been 
 given a merry race by the highly specialized divisions of 
 the old fashioned subjects of study. A catalog, there- 
 fore, reveals the ambitions and hopes of the faculty 
 quite as frequently as it does necessary information for 
 the prospective student. In the later years the catalog 
 has come to be distinctly a catalog of advertising. The 
 more conservative and possibly stronger institutions, 
 have begun to eliminate this feature as rapidly as 
 possible, but no one fails to see that the modern catalog 
 is largely a copy of some other catalog. Institutions 
 imitate each other just like children. In addition to 
 these features there is also an effort to secure a certain 
 standard of excellence in the general appearance of the 
 catalog and a certain evidence of dignity in the an- 
 nouncement and arrangement of courses. 
 
 One of the most important modern conceptions of a 
 university catalog is that it is a public contract. This 
 fact is frequently overlooked; especially by those who 
 use a catalog for advertising purposes. The prospective 
 
 xiii 
 
THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Student reading a catalog of an Institution has a right to 
 assume that its statements are official and authentic. 
 He has the further right to assume that if he should 
 enroll himself at any institution the course of study as 
 announced could be pursued. If one is to assume a 
 reasonable amount of intelligence on the part of the 
 public or of the prospective student one must also 
 assume that a student has a certain vested right in the 
 opportunity announced in the catalog. Faculties some- 
 times overlook this consideration by making frequent 
 changes in their catalogs so that it is practically im- 
 possible from any study of the catalog to know whether 
 a course persisted for a period of four years. This may 
 not be a violation but it certainly is an amendment of 
 the contract. Such a feature, however, is relatively 
 unimportant as compared with the fact that oftentimes 
 colleges seem unconscious of their obligation when an- 
 nouncing courses to be able to give adequate instruction 
 to the student. The effort to standardize American 
 education has revealed many of these infelicities, but 
 there yet remains a large amount of work to be done 
 before the integrity of a college catalog is assured. 
 
 Major Ward has done an interesting piece of work 
 in collecting data concerning college catalogs and it is 
 hoped that this issue may not be without its reward in 
 directing attention to the opportunity for improvement 
 and greater accuracy in the official publications of 
 educational institutions. 
 
 , ^^c^^^^y^^*^/ 
 
 Ohio State University 
 December 28, igi6 
 
 XIV 
 
THE CATALOG IN GENERAL 
 
 Conditions in Higher Education 
 
 WHILE visiting in Cambridge recently, I was 
 told that the tuition in many departments of 
 Harvard had advanced sharply.* One might 
 infer that a good reason for such advance would be that 
 Harvard and many other universities and colleges 
 where tuition charges have been raised have all the 
 students they really care for. This suggestion, so sur- 
 prising to the layman, brought a train of thought not 
 wholly irrelevant to the general subject of the college 
 catalog. 
 
 Harvard, according to the 191 6 New York World 
 Almanac, has, exclusive of Radcliffe, a faculty of 859 
 and a student body of 5699!, one teacher to less than 
 seven students, an endowment of ^28,448,701.00 with 
 an income of $3,805,428.00 Harvard and Columbia 
 together had on their pay rolls, in 191 3, according to the 
 Carnegie Report, 120 professors who draw salaries of 
 $5,000.00 or more. All other institutions in America 
 combined had 58 professors with $5,000.00 salaries. 
 Harvard probably has invested in its grounds and 
 buildings approximately $20,000,000.00. Our state 
 universities, as well as Columbia, Yale, Princeton, in 
 
 *See Tenth Annual Report, Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of 
 Teaching, page 38, and see pages 44 and 45 in it for ten year table of tuition charg- 
 es at 100 institutions. 
 
 tThese figures vary from those in Science compiled by J. C. Burg, registrar of 
 Northwestern University and used in the Statistical Abstract of the United States 
 compiled by the Department of Commerce. World Almanac figures are furnished 
 by presidents of institutions and presumably often contain summer-school and other 
 irregular students. 
 
 I 
 
THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 fact all our good institutions, large or small, are growing 
 steadily; so is the population of our country, also its 
 wealth. But, for example, Princeton seems to be meet- 
 ing with the same troubles that manufacturers, rail- 
 roads, shop-keepers, — most of us, with but very few shin- 
 ing exceptions, — have experienced, more work, higher 
 expense, greater volume of business, frequently accom- 
 panied by a lesser degree of advancement than a 
 decade ago. This assertion will not apply to the ab- 
 normal war business of the past year but it will aver- 
 age well for the ten years preceding. 
 
 A statement was made not long since by the Prince- 
 ton Press Club to the effect that in ten years that Uni- 
 versity had erected nineteen new buildings, costing over 
 ^4,000,000.00, and had added a hundred men to its 
 faculty. The increase in value of the physical plant in 
 the ten years being about 130%, the increase in the 
 number of faculty about 100%, and the increase in the 
 number of students less than 20%. Hundreds of line 
 institutions are holding their own in this general ad- 
 vancement by sheer hard work, coupled with clever 
 management. Field secretaries, alumni secretaries, 
 professors, deans, and in many cases even presidents, 
 of non-state institutions are traveling thousands of 
 miles, making addresses before all manner of organiza- 
 tions, often stopping at poor hotels in small towns, all 
 working hard for both students and endowment, a con- 
 dition in the world of education parallel to that in 
 commercial life. A few institutions have had to close 
 their doors or merge with others. Medical colleges de- 
 creased in number from 162 in 1910 to 94 in 1916. 
 
 Medical education is undergoing perhaps the 
 most radical change in its history. The American 
 
THE CATALOG IN GENERAL 
 
 Medical Association, through its Council on Medical 
 Education, established in 1904, has become a power 
 which must be reckoned with. In the Report of the 
 Council, June 12, 1916, many statements are made, 
 which to the layman are, to say the least, startling. 
 In the first page or two of this report we read as follows: 
 
 Each year since 1905, the report of this body has shown 
 a continued progress in medical education. The large over- 
 supply of medical colleges has given way to a more normal 
 supply of greatly improved institutions. The fact that such 
 progress has been possible in a brief twelve years reveals how 
 serious had become, up to that time, the conditions under- 
 lying medical education. 
 
 * * * * 
 
 The results after eleven years of this campaign are 
 shown in Table I. Although the oversupply of medical 
 schools has been reduced by about 40 per cent, the number 
 of higher standard colleges has been increased by over 80 
 per cent. * * * The number of medical colleges will doubtless 
 be further reduced. 
 
 The Table I referred to contains much interesting 
 information, one item in which is to the effect that 
 while in 1904 there were 162 medical colleges, four of 
 which had higher entrance standards, the percentage 
 being 2.5, in 191 5 there were 95* colleges, of which 
 83 had higher entrance standards, the percentage 
 having jumped to 87.4. This organization is pushing 
 its work in this line and hopes by 1920 to have an 
 almost uniform standard of much higher entrance 
 requirements, similar to those of European nations. 
 The grading of medical colleges as shown in the 1916 
 pamphlet of this organization entitled Making the 
 Right Start, gives a distinct shock to one not acquaint- 
 ed with these conditions. In this pamphlet every 
 
 *Mr. Clyde Furst, secretary of the Carnegie Foundation, states that the num- 
 ber of medical schools had been in August, 1916, cut down to 94. 
 
THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 medical school in the United States is listed under 
 date August i, 1916, by name and location in one 
 of three classes. Class A, Acceptable Medical Col- 
 leges; Class B, Colleges Needing General Improve- 
 ments to be Made Acceptable, and Class C, Colleges 
 Requiring a Complete Reorganization to Make Them 
 Acceptable. 
 
 State institutions now conduct in round figures half 
 the higher education in the United States. Their 
 crowded condition, due to inability to secure funds with 
 which to erect buildings fast enough to keep pace with 
 the ever increasing number of unsought students, their 
 popularity, their goodly salaries to hard-worked in- 
 structors, the free and unasked advertising constantly 
 given them through the press, all these things bring real 
 problems to the very great majority of colleges not sup- 
 ported by public taxation or great endowment. Ample 
 proof, however, that these problems are being satis- 
 factorily solved is found in the substantial and healthy 
 growth of hundreds of what we might term "old line" 
 colleges and universities. 
 
 Competition in business was never what it is today. 
 Specializing is the order of the day. We hear the word 
 "efficiency" on all sides until it wearies us, but condi- 
 tions are such that we must all work out our own effi- 
 ciency problems whether we are conducting a peanut 
 stand, a Pennsylvania Railroad or a college. 
 
 Efficiency in organization, in business methods and 
 in advertising, is absolutely necessary. The certified 
 public accountant, hardly known twenty years ago, is 
 omnipresent. He is auditing the books of corporations 
 of all kinds, always finding some dead-weight to be dis- 
 carded, always suggesting some improvement in the 
 
THE CATALOG IN GENERAL 
 
 system. Advertising agencies with keen, bright minds 
 to serve us have sprung up in our cities. They cater to 
 all manner of clients, even to educational institutions of 
 high standing. With efficiency throughout our organiza- 
 tion and with good advertising we succeed, without 
 them we fall behind in the race. Even the college pro- 
 fessor is quite different from what he was thirty years 
 ago. He works much harder, keeps longer hours and 
 hears larger classes or sections than ever before. In 
 addition to his classroom work he must show productive 
 scholarship and research in his chosen subject. He 
 must occasionally contribute to the literature relating 
 to his specialty. Indeed, too, he must have had greater 
 and more expensive preparation for his life work. His 
 M. A. or his Ph. D. or what not, he must have and that 
 from a good source. 
 
 Influence of Carnegie Foundation 
 As to the college problems of today, I see no single 
 influence so worthy of serious consideration, so striking, 
 as that which the Carnegie Foundation* is exerting. 
 Mr. Carnegie has donated countless millions for libra- 
 ries, museums, scientific research, the Hero Fund and 
 the Endowment for International Peace, but within three 
 or four years he has endowed what we know as the 
 Division of Educational Enquiry. The work now well 
 started by this organization is to be, as my readers so 
 well know, of the most vital importance to the educa- 
 tional world. Printed reports will be available in which 
 judgments, sometimes keen and unkind but probably 
 just, will appear in cold type. In a recent report of the 
 Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching 
 even the large university is not spared in the scathing 
 
 *See Chapter on Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching, page 255 
 
THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 criticism given to its organization, its methods, its 
 catalog or its bulletins. This criticism, however, is con- 
 structive. Some of the institutions so criticized are 
 represented on the Board of Trustees of the Foundation. 
 These reports are sent without cost to every college and 
 university and to many public libraries in the United 
 States and Canada. 
 
 The requirements for participation in the Educa- 
 tional Fund and the Carnegie Pensions, and for general 
 standing in the educational world, all demand endow- 
 ments heavier than ever, splendid organization and good 
 honest work. 
 
 Alumni Interest 
 
 Alumni are being interested as never before. Today 
 every live college has its hustling alumni secretary, a 
 capable man who knows how to keep the "old grads" in 
 line and who can make a good talk at the frequent 
 meetings for which he must have previously arranged in 
 various localities. In fact a number of the larger insti- 
 tutions employ, and at a good salary, some such alumni 
 secretary, who, in addition to other duties, edits what 
 might be termed in the verbiage of the day a " live wire" 
 publication. 
 
 If I were all powerful in any one institution, that is 
 to say, if I could have an appropriation sufficient for the 
 purpose, I would send to every alumnus and ex-student 
 a bulletin with enough real "pep" in it to interest him. 
 Even if this bulletin contained only four pages, it would 
 be decently printed and so mailed that it would reach 
 its destination in good condition. Occasionally, as 
 after a commencement or upon the receipt of some 
 endowment fund or following the dedication of a new 
 building, I would issue an especially attractive and 
 

 
 The Drexel Institute 
 
 Engineering 
 
 Domestic Science and Arts 
 
 Secretarial 
 
 REGISTER 
 
 1916—1917 
 
THE CATALOG IN GENERAL 
 
 larger number. For the New Year issue, I would turn 
 the bulletin into a handsomely illustrated calendar with 
 a leaf for every month if possible. This can now be done 
 at small postage expense under the law of August 24, 
 191 2, which admits certain advertising matter con- 
 nected with educational institutions, but not strictly 
 educational in its character, to be entered in the mails 
 as second-class matter. 
 
 Harvard University has fifteen regular periodicals 
 listed in its Register, several of which are distinctly of 
 an alumni nature. I certainly would not waste adver- 
 tising appropriations in sending dry catalogs or bulletins 
 to the great majority of alumni. As I see the matter, 
 the best possible direct advertising is that which appeals 
 to the alumni. At Princeton every ninth student is the 
 son of an alumnus. At Denison one student in seven is 
 the son or grandson of an alumnus and one is a great- 
 grandson. At Kenyon one in three is either closely 
 related to or influenced toward Kenyon by an alumnus. 
 One student there is the great-great-grandson of an al- 
 umnus. Columbia has one great-great-great-grandson. 
 Function of a Catalog 
 
 The catalog is, however, in some respects, the most 
 
 important publication of a college. In the 191 3 Report 
 
 of the Carnegie Foundation we find these words: 
 
 What is the function of the college catalog!' Is it an 
 advertisement, or is its purpose to give needed information 
 concerning the college? For whom is this information in- 
 tended ? 
 
 In the light of these questions there is scarcely a 
 catalog which cannot be criticized more or less. I look 
 upon a catalog and its relation to the institution as I 
 look upon a city directory. It is a work of reference 
 only. According to the Carnegie Foundation it should 
 
THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 contain, among other things, a list of its faculty, their 
 names, their degrees and where such degrees have been 
 secured. The history of the institution, views about the 
 campus, buildings and athletic field should be offered in 
 bulletin form apart from the catalog. No advertising 
 whatever, no appeal for students or endowment has a 
 place in a catalog if we are to be governed by the sug- 
 gestions of the Carnegie Foundation. 
 
 The Wisconsin Survey 
 
 In the report upon the Survey of the University 
 of Wisconsin"^, December, 191 4, a most exhaustive work 
 of 957 large pages of small type, the catalog of the 
 University of Wisconsin is given some considerable 
 attention. The Survey opens the subject as follows: 
 
 The University of Wisconsin catalogue for 1913-14 con- 
 tains 802 pages, size 5"x7>^", and weighs l^ pounds; 16,000 
 copies were printed, making 14 tons of material without wrap- 
 pers. To publish the catalogue costs ^4,123 for printing. 
 
 What it cost for postage (probably about $200) at one 
 cent a pound, is not recorded, nor is it known what it costs in 
 time to prepare copy and distribute. If a cost record were 
 kept of time spent by faculty, deans, president, editor, regis- 
 trar, clerks, the catalogue would probably be found to cost 
 nearer $1 5,000 than ^5,000. 
 
 The catalogue is supplemented by a number of other 
 publications, including a special announcement of the sum- 
 mer session, which cost in 1914 over $1,000. 
 
 Who makes up the total of 16,000 has not been studied 
 by the university. There is no classified list. The regis- 
 trar's office knows only that in a general way about 300 copies 
 are each year sent to accredited high schools in the state, and 
 about 300 others to universities and colleges on the univer- 
 sity's exchange list. The remaining 15,400 are sent to stu- 
 dents and prospective students on request, or are distributed 
 at the registrar's office to faculty and students in residence. 
 
 *Now out of print and impossible to secure. 
 
THE CATALOG IN GENERAL 
 
 Three other very brief extracts follow: 
 
 The catalogue has been thrown together, or perhaps it 
 is better to say that it has grown by accretion. At least it is 
 without logical arrangement. 
 
 * * * * 
 
 If the Harvard practice of omitting full names of stu- 
 dents and using initials were followed, two columns might be 
 placed on a page and 80 pages thus saved. Women students 
 might be distinguished by asterisks.* 
 
 * * * * 
 
 In other words there is no one responsible for educa- 
 |tional policy who is now expected to review the catalogue as a 
 whole before it is published. 
 
 No cumulative list of errors made, discrepancies noted, 
 improvements suggested, is kept between the issuing of one 
 catalogue and the issuing of the catalogue the following year. 
 
 The subjects touched upon in the Survey are of 
 most intense interest to all persons in any manner 
 officially connected with the publication of a college 
 catalog. The thirteen recommendations for the im- 
 provement of the Wisconsin catalog as given in the 
 Survey might be considered as more or less open to dis- 
 cussion or even criticism. They are, however, keenly 
 vital and are worthy of most careful consideration. 
 What might be termed the reply, officially known 
 as "University Comment," is also of deep concern to 
 the producers of the Wisconsin catalog. There is room 
 for but a few lines from this official "comment." 
 
 It must be admitted that, generally speaking, universi- 
 ties have not given to the editing of their catalogues the 
 attention which the subject deserves. As is said in Dr. Allen's 
 quotation from the Eighth Annual Report of the Carnegie 
 Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching, "There is at 
 present no catalogue that would not be vastly improved by 
 more careful editorial scrutiny." The catalogue of the Uni- 
 versity of Wisconsin is justly included in this condemnation, 
 and it can and should be made better. It must be stated, 
 
 *Leland Stanford, Jr., uses the dagger (f) to denote married men on the faculty 
 list. 
 
lO THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 however, that it is in a broad way adequate to its purpose, 
 and tolerably well ordered as a whole. In the subordinate 
 sections the order is sometimes faulty, and in particular the 
 statements in some parts of the catalogue are liable to criti- 
 cism for redundancy and excessive detail. 
 
 * * * * 
 
 On the whole, with regard to the specific suggestions 
 made in Dr. Allen's report, it is fair to say that they are of 
 unequal value, but that considered with caution they render 
 some useful assistance in the revision of the catalogue. 
 
 * * * * 
 
 The proposal to substitute a body of circulars for a 
 catalogue such as is at present issued is a matter which has for 
 several years been repeatedly suggested. To some extent, 
 this policy has been followed by Harvard University; and 
 Cornell University and the universities of Michigan and Min- 
 nesota are at present experimenting with a series of circulars 
 practically of the same character as those which would be 
 issued by this institution in case the policy were adopted. 
 
 * * * * 
 
 At the same time, for reasons not touched upon by Dr. 
 Allen, the efficiency of the university editor in the control of 
 the catalogue is not so great as was anticipated. A brief ex- 
 planation will make this clear. 
 
 * * * * 
 
 In sum, Dr. Allen's specific criticisms with reference to 
 the imperfections of the catalogue, though they do not all 
 commend themselves to our judgment, contain a number of 
 helpful suggestions. 
 
 The Drexel Institute Catalog 
 
 President Godfrey Mollis, of Drexel Institute, read 
 
 a paper "A Search for the Maximum Capacity for 
 
 Service," before the Association of Urban Universities 
 
 in November 191 5. This paper was printed in the 
 
 Bureau of Education's Bulletin IQ16, No. 30. On the 
 
 subject of "The College Catalog," Dr. Godfrey said: 
 
 No single factor more advances cooperative action 
 between the college and the community than clear ex- 
 pression of the opportunities that the college offers.* * * Its 
 (Drexel Institute's) belief that simple, honest statements of 
 the work done, coupled with the best possible printing, 
 
THE MAJOR FACULTY 
 
 HoLLis Godfrey, sc.d., f.r.g.s., President, Professor of Natural Philosophy 
 Arthur J. Rowland, sc.d., Dean, Professor of Electrical Engineering 
 Hen-rv V. GuMMERE, M.A., Director of Evening Courses, Professor of Mathematics 
 
 Mabel D. Cherry, Assistant to the Dean, Professor of Hygiene 
 
 Frances E. MacIntyre, Registrar, Professor of Office Organization 
 
 Carl Lewis Altmaier, Professor of Secretarial Studies 
 
 Edith Baer, b.s., Professor of Domestic Science 
 
 Harry N. Benkert, b.s., c.e., Professor of Civil Engineering 
 
 Katharine D. Brown, m.a., Professor of Technical English 
 
 Caroline A. M. Hall, Professor of Domestic Arts 
 
 Abraham Henwood, m.s., Professor of Chemistry 
 
 J. Peterson Ryder, s.b.. Professor of Physical Education 
 
 L Cheston Starkey, b.a., m.e., Professor of Mechanical Engineering 
 
 THE MINOR FACULTY 
 
 OFFICERS CHIEFLY CONCERNED WITH INSTRUCTION 
 
 J. Lynford Beaver, e.e.. Senior Instructor in Electrical Engineering 
 H. R. Barnes, m.a., Senior Instructor in Secretarial Studies 
 Jennie Collingwood, (d.i.) Senior Instructor in Domestic Arts 
 William B. Creagmile, (d.i.) Senior Instructor in FJectrical Engineering 
 Howard H. Denn, (d.i.) Senior Instructor in Mechanical Engineering 
 Floyd C. Fairbanks, a.b.. Senior Instructor in Physics 
 Percy L. Reed, c.e., Senior Instructor in Civil Engineering 
 Leon D. Stratton, b.s., Senior Instructor in Chemistry 
 Sarah M. Wilson, b.s., Senior Instructor in Domestic Science 
 
 Martha G. Allen, Instructor in Mathematics 
 
 .Amy Baker, a.b., Instructor in Typewriting 
 
 James J. Barrett, b.s.. Instructor in Physics 
 
 Marion C. Berry*, Instructor in Physiology and Physical Training 
 
 Jennie S. Boyd, b.s.. Instructor in Domestic Arts 
 
 .Anna O. Bromley, m.a., Instructor in Psychology 
 
 Carolus M. Broomall, Instructor in Surveying 
 
 I. A. Chapman, m.a., Instructor in English 
 
 Laura V. Clark, a.b., Instructor in Domestic Science 
 
 R. Willette Clinger, Instructor in IVoodworking 
 
 Lillian M. Dalton, Instructor in English 
 
 Edith D. Davison, (d.i.) Instructor in Domestic Science 
 
 Agathe Deming, M.S., Instructor in Domestic Science 
 
 Orlista L. Dikeman, .\.b., b.s., Instructor in Domestic Arts 
 
 The preceding example presents the colors, style and size of the board bound 
 catalog cover. The paper is Italian hand-made with Japanese vellum backbone 
 and label, imported by the Japan Paper Company of New York. 
 
 In this catalog are twenty-seven full page illustrations. The paper is semi-dull 
 of cream shade. The type page is of ideal dimensions, 24x42 ems, exclusive of 
 marginal heads. See pages 56 and 57. 
 
14 
 
 THE DREXEL INSTITUTE REGISTER 
 
 Choice of 
 Applicants 
 
 In cases where a group of applicants appear from a given 
 school, the principal of the school will be requested to rate 
 the candidates upon graduation according to their marks 
 in the records of the school. 
 
 2. THE COURSES IN THE THREE SCHOOLS 
 
 The En- 
 gineering 
 School 
 
 school of 
 Domestic 
 Science 
 and Arts 
 
 The 
 
 Secretarial 
 
 School 
 
 All three schools offer Junior College and Senior College 
 courses. 
 
 The Engineering School offers two courses — the Senior 
 College Course of four years and the Junior College Course 
 of two years. Upon successful completion of the Senior 
 College Course, the degree of Bachelor of Science in Engi- 
 neering is conferred. The Junior College Course is particu- 
 larly adapted to the needs of men who wish to teach manual 
 training. 
 
 The School of Domestic Science and Arts offers two 
 courses for women: the Senior College Course of four years' 
 work, and the Junior College Course of two years' work 
 of college grade. Students entering in the fall of 191 6 may 
 elect between the two- and four-year courses at the successful 
 completion of their first year. 
 
 The Secretarial School offers two courses: the Senior 
 College Course of four and the Junior College Course of 
 two years' work of college grade for men and women. 
 Students may elect between the two- and four-year courses 
 at the successful completion of their first year. 
 
 Subjects and Methods of Instruction 
 IN THE Three Schools 
 
 THE ENGINEERING SCHOOL 
 
 Trai^i^ngof M '^^^ Engineering School trains men for general engineer- 
 Engineer ing, for engineering work in industrial plants, for employment 
 
 in the industrial, sales, and assembling departments . of 
 
 public service corporations, and for employment as teachers 
 
 of manual training. 
 
 The methods of instruction in the school, especially in the 
 
 freshman year, are particularly intensive and flexible to 
 
 meet the needs of the individual student. 
 
THE CATALOG IN GENERAL II 
 
 were the most effective publicity program that could be 
 secured. * * * What is the most effective form for the college 
 catalog? To determine the answer to this question, the 
 following methods were employed: 
 
 First, 420 college catalogs were examined and their 
 main points noted and analyzed. 
 
 Second, the best catalog work of certain industrial lines, 
 such as the automobile line, which have come to recognize 
 the value of good printing ,were examined and analyzed. 
 
 Third, a group of experts in the printing art, including 
 some of the best known printers in America, were asked to 
 the institute to go through it and to assist in writing specifi- 
 cations for the make-up of a catalog which should properly 
 express the institute to the community. 
 
 Fourth, as a result of the suggestions of those experts, 
 18 type pages were set up, one after another, and submitted 
 to the printing experts, to oculists, and to illuminating 
 engineers. The eighteenth page set was the one finally ac- 
 cepted. The catalog as last issued is the result of this re- 
 search. 
 
 The writing of the catalog has been quite as carefully 
 considered as its format. Each year it has been written 
 by one man, but this man's work has been criticized by 
 three trained writers and editorially amended and checked. 
 The catalog is now in its third form. 
 
 Style, however, is less important than directness and 
 simple honesty. In order to obtain these things, all the 
 essential facts in the catalog are placed for inspection in the 
 hands, first, of the major faculty; second, of the minor 
 faculty; third, of the upper classes of the institute. All of 
 these groups meet in conference to go over the facts in the 
 catalog, with the request that they criticize freely any ^yord 
 or phrase which is in any way untrue or in any way misre- 
 presents the facts about the institute. 
 
 We can scarcely emphasize too strongly the value of this 
 research as shown in the educational results to students and 
 faculty and as regards the cooperative results with the com- 
 munity. There is no single factor which has caused more 
 vagueness in the efforts for cooperation than ineffective and 
 confused expression of educational aims and opportunities. 
 For their own good, for the good of the catalogs 
 they compile and for the uplift of printing in general 
 every college catalog editor should secure a most 
 interesting book which was put on the market January 
 
12 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 I, 191 7, The Booklover and His Books. "^ This work, 
 by a well known authority, Harry Lyman Koopman, 
 Litt.D., librarian of Brown University, presents in 
 pleasing style the most common-sense suggestions, 
 timely ones, for the coupling of the beautiful and the 
 aesthetic in printing with the useful and the economical. 
 This book should be read not only by catalog editors 
 and authors of books but by teachers of literature, in 
 fact it should find a place in the reading lists of every 
 class in English and in Journalism. Let us appropriate 
 for immediate consideration a quotation around which 
 Dr. Koopman has built a chapter: "The manufacture 
 of a beautiful and durable book costs little if anything 
 more than that of a clumsy and unsightly one." 
 
 Some Details of the Catalog 
 A catalog should be a dignified production, should 
 be condensed as much as possible if the institution be 
 large and should be printed in type neither too large nor 
 too small but easily read, very small type being per- 
 missible only for the lists of students, for descriptive 
 matter in the faculty list and sometimes for curricula. 
 The style and arrangement of type, size of type page, 
 quality and thickness of paper and the method of 
 binding are matters of purely personal taste. No two 
 catalogs can be found exactly the same. The smaller 
 college may be justified in using a thick bulky paper and 
 fairly large type whereby it could bulk its catalog to 
 twice the size and dignity of the same amount of matter 
 appearing in the style used by Harvard. The Harvard 
 catalog contained in 1916 the largest number of pages 
 in any American college catalog, 1045, and a double- 
 faced folded insert bearing a map of Cambridge on one 
 
 *Boston Book Co. 
 
THE CATALOG IN GENERAL I3 
 
 side and a plat of buildings on the reverse.* Yale's 1916 
 catalog contains 998 pages of larger size. The Calen- 
 dar, 1915-1916, of Cambridge University contains a 
 total of 1 1 52 pages, including 72 pages of advertise- 
 ments. The type in the Cambridge book is generally 
 smaller than that in Harvard's. The Oxford University 
 Calendar, 1916, contains 810 pages, of which 80 pages 
 are advertisements. The type is small, too small for 
 comfort in reading. The University of Paris, 191 5, 
 carries 52 pages of advertisements, principally of schools, 
 books and pensions. The University of Berlin catalog 
 (before the war) contained 60 such pages. Princeton's 
 catalog would seem to me most desirable as to size, 
 pleasing appearance and quality of paper. That of the 
 Massachusetts Institute of Technology resembles 
 Princeton in many details. The catalog of the Univer- 
 sity of Tokyo offers much in creditable typographic 
 style and effect. 
 
 Considered from both the practical and the artistic 
 points of view, there can be no comparison between the 
 thread sewed catalog and the one which is wired. The 
 cost of sewing over that of wire stapling Is so small that 
 there is little excuse for the annoying wired book. 
 Sewing machines are now so common in binderies that 
 nearly all the larger catalogs are thread sewed, in fact it 
 is impossible to open a wired catalog comfortably if it 
 bulks three-fourths of an inch in thickness. See chap- 
 ter on Binding and illustrations, page 251. If necessary 
 it would be well to condense the matter in the catalog by 
 five or ten per cent and apply the saving to better 
 quality of paper and binding. 
 
 Princeton has, in a pleasing manner, presented its 
 history, endowment, environment and other information 
 
 *See page 261, last three lines. 
 
14 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 not properly admissible to the catalog in what is 
 known as its Descriptive Booklet^ a dignified, well- 
 printed pamphlet of seventy pages and sixteen inserts. 
 Perhaps a majority of colleges issue illustrated publica- 
 tions somewhat on the same order. The idea is that the 
 catalog is the book of reference for the intelligent parent 
 or advising friend, and should be a help to the prospec- 
 tive student in selecting a course. The descriptive 
 bulletin is a straight advertisement. 
 
 Not long ago I was called to a progressive univer- 
 sity where a student-getting bulletin was under dis- 
 cussion. I found two students on the committee and the 
 faculty members were heeding their suggestions. This 
 would remind one of the Forum at Columbia where 
 students and faculty meet on common ground for the 
 threshing out of subjects of common interest, and for 
 mutual criticism and encouragement. 
 
 Advertising in all its phases is changing. Catalogs 
 and especially bulletins at many colleges and schools 
 are changing. We are reverting to the artistic or to the 
 dignified, and one usually means the other. Architec- 
 ture of all kinds seems to be reverting to standards far 
 better known than were those of forty years ago, public 
 buildings, libraries, hotels, sky-scrapers, college struc- 
 tures, all are returning to the classic, the renaissance or 
 the gothic. There is no better place in which to notice 
 this change than on the campus of the college which has 
 existed for fifty years. The same advance may be 
 found in the files of college publications, consecutively 
 shelved. 
 
 And so all educational institutions, but especially 
 all non-state colleges, are bound to give to their catalogs 
 most careful consideration, for two reasons: first, to 
 
THE CATALOG IN GENERAL I5 
 
 keep pace with the fearful competition of the day in 
 that it will have its catalog, as well as its other bulletins, 
 of such attainment in both contents and appearance 
 that it will hold its own when placed in the inevitable 
 comparison with publications of other similar colleges; 
 second, in order that the officials who prepare the Car- 
 negie Foundation Reports may not find in the catalog 
 anything which their searchlights and publicity will 
 turn to the injury of the college. The Foundation scrutin- 
 izes, annually, the catalogs of over a thousand colleges, 
 universities and schools. 
 
 The Exchange Shelf 
 I recently visited a college with a rather large 
 endowment where a change in style of the catalog was 
 desired. The committee charged with modernizing this 
 annual publication was trying to solve its problem by 
 reference to the out-of-date catalogs of five other col- 
 leges. Within a week or two I called upon another 
 college of only a little larger size, a college whose catalog 
 is always up-to-date in form, style, and material. Here, 
 however, was this difference. In a small room adjoining 
 the president's office was specially designed shelving, 
 fifty or more running feet of it, where hundreds of latest 
 catalogs and other bulletins of good institutions, large 
 and small, offered therein desiderata as to size, shape, 
 style for faculty and student lists, presentation of cur- 
 ricula and arrangement of the various schedules. The 
 catalog committee at this latter college had an abundant 
 supply of well sharpened tools in this extensive and 
 carefully selected Exchange Shelf. In our large univer- 
 sities this Exchange Shelf contains thousands of speci- 
 mens, useful in many ways. At Ohio State University 
 over 25CX) such items may be found, all card indexed. 
 
l6 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Practically all colleges now maintain an Exchange 
 Shelf of some sort. It is my observation, however, that 
 but few institutions use it to any great extent. The 
 catalogs received in exchange are not thrown away, but 
 are frequently placed on some convenient shelf or in an 
 old bookcase, where they are seldom seen again. 
 
 One president advised me that he glances through 
 each such publication when it reaches his desk. He 
 then turns it over to some department head for his 
 examination. Another president stated that he is glad 
 to maintain such a collection for several reasons, not 
 the least of which is that he can thereby keep in touch 
 with faculty lists. 
 
 Universities ask for two and sometimes three ex- 
 change copies of the catalog in order that two or three 
 offices in the university may each have the information 
 so frequently needed regarding work done by under- 
 graduate students transferring from one institution to 
 another and by prospective graduate students. At 
 Brown University four copies from leading institutions 
 are used, one for the president, one for the library, 
 one for the dean of the Graduate Department and one 
 for the Curriculum Committee. 
 
 In medium sized and small colleges the old catalogs 
 are usually discarded upon receipt of the new. In 
 universities however, the old copy is, for various rea- 
 sons, retained for some years. 
 
 A committee on a new building must visit, under an 
 architect's suggestion, and at some expense, a number 
 of such buildings. Not so with a catalog committee. 
 If an Exchange Shelf is maintained there is no excuse for 
 the catalog not being right in contents and appear- 
 ance. 
 
Exchange Shelf in the private office of President W. W. Boyd of Western College 
 for Women. Dr. Boyd refers to these catalogs frequently. Each publication not 
 bearing its title on the backbone has been provided with a typewritten slip affixed 
 for ready reference, as may be observed in the illustration. All are alphabetically 
 placed in twelve geographical sections. 
 
THE PAPER 
 
 Size Page 
 
 IN the middle west and south there are probably 
 more college catalogs of trimmed size 5>^x7^ than 
 of all other sizes combined. This is not true in the 
 east, where more stock sizes of paper may be found in 
 the warehouses of jobbers. There a size rather fre- 
 quently met with is 5>^x8>^, trimmed. This size and the 
 larger size of 6x9, trimmed, possibly add more dignity. 
 
 Size of trimmed pages possible to cut without waste 
 
 
 Before 
 
 Size of 
 
 Number of pages Number of 
 
 Trimmed 
 
 Trimming 
 
 Original 
 
 to Sheet, Pages to 
 
 
 
 Sheet 
 
 Both sides Form 
 
 sVa^jH 
 
 SKx8 
 
 32x44 
 
 64 32 
 
 ^s'A^^H 
 
 5^/8^ 
 
 35x46 
 
 64 32 
 
 WA^^y^ 
 
 5^x8>^ 
 
 34x46 
 
 64 32 
 
 tsXx7>^ 
 
 S>^x8X 
 
 33x44 
 
 64 32 
 
 t5^x8f^ 
 
 6x9 
 
 36x48 
 
 64 32 
 
 6x9 
 
 6Xx9K 
 
 38x50 
 
 64 32 
 
 *6><xio 
 
 7x101^ 
 
 28x42 
 
 32 16 
 
 t*6^xioK 
 
 7x11 
 
 28x44 
 
 32 16 
 
 *7Kxio>^ 
 
 8x11 
 
 32x44 
 
 32 16 
 
 t*8>^xii 
 
 8>^xiiK 
 
 34x46 
 
 32 16 
 
 1*8^x11^ 
 
 9x12 
 
 36x48 
 
 32 16 
 
 *9XI2 
 
 9>^XI2>^ 
 
 38x50 
 
 32 i6 
 
 At least users of these sizes are so partial to them that no 
 
 inducements for the various savings effected in the use 
 
 of the 5><x7^page appeal. Under the head of Type 
 
 *For special bulletins and for catalogs of Boys' and Girls' Schools. 
 
 fThese sizes are often procurable only by ordering paper made of special size 
 at the mill, a sometimes slow and always slightly more expensive proceeding. Mill 
 rules provide for percentages of over-run or under-run to be taken by purchaser in 
 case such order calls for less than five tons. The printer expects the customer to 
 accept such necessary over-run or under-run. Neither jobber nor printer has any- 
 thing to say in the matter beyond the twenty per cent down to five per cent in 
 reverse ratio to the quantity. 
 
l8 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 will be found suggestions covering dignity and lack of 
 dignity due to proper or improper dimensions and 
 position of type page. State Normal catalogs carry 
 larger pages than those of colleges and universities, and 
 are illustrated, one in particular, that of the school at 
 Indiana, Pennsylvania, being as large as the extreme 
 sizes used by some boys' schools, and incidentally more 
 profusely illustrated than any other American school or 
 college catalog. Several colleges for women in the south 
 offer illustrated catalogs of much larger size page than 
 those in use by northern women's colleges. See page 229- 
 
 Hard Usage in the Mails 
 
 The size of the page should be given careful con- 
 sideration in regard to the condition in which the 
 catalog may be when it reaches its destination after 
 being subjected to the very hard usage it is bound to 
 receive in the mails. Since the advent of the parcel 
 post, catalogs and bulletins in which the page is larger 
 than 5X X 7^, unless very thick are almost sure of 
 being crushed and wrinkled to a greater or less extent 
 when not accompanied by a stiffener of stout double- 
 faced corrugated strawboard. A little observation 
 while traveling will satisfy one that the great volume of 
 mail matter today causes a lot of rough handling, 
 especially at transfer points where haste is all important. 
 A beautiful views bulletin of thirty-two or forty-eight 
 pages of size 6^ x 10 or larger, alone in an envelope 
 without a good stiffener, in the bottom of a mail bag 
 which is thrown out of a moving car or which has a ton 
 or two of mail matter of all kinds piled on top of it, 
 should not be expected to reach the addressee in the 
 attractive condition in which it was mailed. Better 
 
THE PAPER 19 
 
 more pages of small size than less pages of larger size. 
 Printing Art, 9 x 12 in size, comes in a specially made 
 flat container, one side being heavy corrugated board, 
 always flat and perfect. 
 
 Quality 
 
 The ordinary college or small university catalog is 
 usually printed upon what is known as "Eggshell 
 Book." Of this there are two qualities, that which 
 in time will turn slightly yellow at the edges and 
 that which is guaranteed by the makers to be non- 
 fading. The latter costs just a trifle more per pound, is 
 not so pure a white in shade, and is not stocked in so 
 many sizes and weights. Both varieties are made at 
 several mills and are given various names by the jobbers 
 who market them. The finish of these papers is not 
 identical on both sides, a fact which renders them not 
 quite so desirable as papers which, costing a cent or two 
 per pound more, are nearly uniform in finish on each 
 side. 
 
 Eggshell paper is used for the following reasons: 
 first, the surface is so rough that no glare is seen, es- 
 pecially when reading by artificial light; second, it is 
 more bulky than so-called book papers; thus, a catalog 
 printed on light weight eggshell paper, basis 25x38-50 
 lb., will bulk greater than the heaviest weight obtainable 
 of regular book paper. For this reason a small college 
 with a limited number of courses to offer and with cor- 
 respondingly limited faculty and student lists, generally 
 uses the bulky paper. 
 
 Catalogs of the very large universities are almost 
 always on book paper of slightly higher price per pound 
 but of much lighter weight. Of these papers there are a 
 number of suitable qualities, variously known according 
 to the catalog of the jobber in which they are listed. 
 
20 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Weight 
 The following table of corresponding weights may 
 be useful in reaching an intelligent comparison of the 
 various sizes based on 25x38 weights. It should be 
 noted, however, that stock weights of other sizes seldom 
 correspond exactly in multiples of ten pounds with the 
 stock weights of 25x38. 
 
 Corresponding Weights and Sizes of paper based on 
 25x38 size sheet 
 
 25x38 
 
 26x40 
 
 28x42 
 
 28x44 
 
 32x44 
 
 34x46 
 
 36x48 
 
 38x50 
 
 40 
 
 44 
 
 50 
 
 52 
 
 59 
 
 66 
 
 73 
 
 80 
 
 45 
 
 49 
 
 56 
 
 58 
 
 67 
 
 74 
 
 82 
 
 90 
 
 SO 
 
 55 
 
 62 
 
 65 
 
 74 
 
 82 
 
 91 
 
 100 
 
 SS 
 
 60 
 
 68 
 
 71 
 
 81 
 
 91 
 
 100 
 
 no 
 
 60 
 
 66 
 
 74 
 
 78 
 
 89 
 
 99 
 
 109 
 
 120 
 
 65 
 
 71 
 
 80 
 
 84 
 
 96 
 
 107 
 
 118 
 
 130 
 
 70 
 
 77 
 
 87 
 
 91 
 
 104 
 
 115 
 
 127 
 
 140 
 
 80 
 
 88 
 
 99 
 
 104 
 
 119 
 
 132 
 
 146 
 
 160 
 
 90 
 
 99 
 
 112 
 
 117 
 
 133 
 
 148 
 
 164 
 
 180 
 
 100 
 
 no 
 
 124 
 
 130 
 
 148 
 
 165 
 
 182 
 
 200 
 
 120 
 
 132 
 
 149 
 
 156 
 
 178 
 
 198 
 
 218 
 
 240 
 
 To find the equivalent weight of any size 
 
 Example: The known weight of a 25 X 38 sheet is 
 60 lbs. to ream. What is the equivalent weight if the 
 size sheet desired is to be 32 X 44 inches.? 
 
 The problem in proportion is as follows: 
 
 25 X 38:32 X44: :6o\x. 
 
 25x38=950 square inches. 32 X 44 = 1408 square 
 inches. 
 
 Thus 950: 1408: '.6o\x 
 
 1408 X 60 = 84480 -7- 950 =88.9. 25 X 38, 60 lbs. is 
 therefore equivalent to 32 X 44, 88.9 lbs. This, how- 
 ever, is not a stock weight. The nearest weight which 
 
THE PAPER 21 
 
 can be secured, as may be seen by reference to the 
 foregoing table, is 32 X 44, 90 lbs. 
 Bulk 
 For securing approximate ideas as to thicknesses of 
 catalogs of given numbers of pages when printed on 
 paper of certain bases of weight, the following table is 
 shown. 
 
 Comparative table of bulk — number of pages to 
 one inch of thickness 
 
 (Thickness of Covers and Inserts not considered. One leaf is two pages.) 
 
 Basis 
 
 * 
 
 Eggshell 
 Finish 
 
 Ordinary 
 Book 
 
 Super 
 Book 
 
 Coated 
 Book 
 
 Dull 
 Finish 
 
 25x38-50 
 25x38-60 
 25x38-70 
 25x38-80 
 
 344 
 
 296 
 
 264 
 
 500 
 416 
 
 352 
 312 
 
 640 
 536 
 456 
 400 
 
 650 
 560 
 496 
 
 650 
 560 
 496 
 
 25x38-90 
 
 232 
 
 280 
 
 360 
 
 442 
 
 442 
 
 25x38-100 
 25x38-120 
 
 196 
 
 250 
 
 320 
 
 400 
 336 
 
 400 
 336 
 
 The foregoing table can not be considered abso- 
 lutely accurate as it often happens that different runs of 
 the same paper and weight at the same mills vary in 
 thickness. Incidentally, it should be known that both 
 finish and shade frequently vary perceptibly, one run 
 from another at the mill. For this reason it is highly 
 desirable that the complete edition of any catalog be 
 printed on paper of the same run at mill. The appear- 
 ance of two, sometimes even three, shades of paper in 
 the same catalog, is now and then but not often ob- 
 served. For this unfortunate and undesirable circum- 
 stance the printer must usually be held blameless, unless 
 there be time in which to return his paper to the jobber 
 for exchange. Such differences in shade and finish of 
 
 *For sizes other than 25x38, compare preceding table of Corresponding Weights. 
 
22 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 paper are more noticeable and more frequent in the 
 coated papers and especially in the dull papers used for 
 illustrations in catalogs or for illustrated bulletins. 
 
 It might also be remembered that the printer is 
 compelled by custom to purchase his paper from job- 
 bers. The book paper mills do not sell to consumers. 
 
 Colored Papers 
 
 Occasionally a normal school catalog is made 
 attractive by the use of tan, india, or gray color egg- 
 shell book paper, the cover paper and illustrations 
 harmonizing or contrasting properly. Such combina- 
 tions are frequently found in the catalogs of boys' and 
 girls' schools. 
 
 The creamish shade of paper used in publications 
 of some colleges, particularly in the east, is not con- 
 sidered a color. It is usually termed in the jobbers' 
 catalogs "toned" or "natural" to distinguish it from 
 pure white, bleached paper. 
 
 Coated and Dull Papers 
 
 For the views bulletins, better class college periodi- 
 cals, illustrated inserts, music and art catalogs, such 
 paper must be used as will bring results desired. En- 
 gravers almost invariably recommend double or triple 
 coated pure white paper and the best of black ink for 
 the reason that no other combination brings out details 
 so clearly. While this is quite true, there are many 
 other combinations of paper and ink which result in 
 much more artistic effects. It is always safe when in 
 doubt to use black ink on white paper. At the same 
 time any really good printing concern, and such are to 
 be found in all cities whose population exceeds 100,000 
 and occasionally in smaller cities, is always glad to show 
 
THE PAPER 23 
 
 press proofs of some or all of the engravings for use in a 
 certain job, in several combinations of paper and ink. 
 While such proofs cost from $5.00 up, they make pos- 
 sible intelligent consideration of a subject which is of 
 almost vital importance. The selection of inks and 
 papers for such trial proofs should be left to the printer 
 unless it be desired to duplicate some sample satisfying 
 to the customer. 
 
 There are so many mills making coated white 
 papers that to the uninitiated it is difficult to make a 
 selection. Eliminating consideration of papers highly 
 calendered but not coated, it might be stated that each 
 jobber lists in his catalog a number of coated white 
 papers, several single coated, several double coated, and 
 probably one triple coated brand. These papers vary 
 in price per pound according to quality. Papers, which, 
 previous to 1916 were priced at from seven to twelve 
 cents per pound in ton lots, and of which reasonable 
 quantities were generally in stock in all sizes and weights 
 are now bringing from ten to sixteen cents and some- 
 times hard to secure, even at such greatly advanced 
 prices. 
 
 Of dull or partly dull papers there are four standard 
 makes, S. D. Warren Paper Company's (Boston) 
 "Cameo" in white, ivory, and sepia; Dill & CoUins's 
 (Philadelphia) "Superb" in white and several shades; 
 Stone & Andrews's (Boston) "Hancock Book" in white 
 and several shades ; and Louis Dejonge's (New York and 
 Chicago) "Art Mat" in white and india. These papers 
 are all made in numerous sizes and weights and are much 
 higher in price than ordinary white coated papers. The 
 fact that enormous quantities of each of these papers 
 are constantly being used, indicates their popularity. 
 
24 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 A college views bulletin, a music school catalog or 
 a fine illustrated catalog for a school for boys or girls, 
 printed on any of these papers with almost any of the 
 score or more of high grade inks made in what is known 
 as the doubletone process, by a printer of ability, would 
 be incomparable from an artistic point of view. This is, 
 of course, on the supposition that the engravings are of 
 good quality, a condition impossible in the event the 
 engraver has been furnished with poor photographs. 
 
 Engravers insist on fine unmounted photographs 
 for copy, black glossy prints on white photo paper. For 
 portraits and interior views there is always an element 
 of doubt if dull paper be used. Just because many 
 portraits and interiors do appear to splendid advantage 
 on dull papers is no proof of similar results in all cases. 
 Such papers used in conjunction with cheap ink, poor 
 engravings or inferior workmanship in the press room, 
 bring results infinitely worse than those of the cheaper 
 white paper and black ink in the same press room. 
 
 There are a number of somewhat cheaper papers, 
 semi-dull, in imitation of the highest qualities, which 
 have two excuses for their existence, first, the printing 
 can be done fairly satisfactorily in pressrooms of less 
 pretentious claim; second, they are much cheaper in 
 price. See page 236. 
 
 Cover Paper 
 
 Many universities use no cover whatever for small 
 bulletins. Some few use the same quality paper as that 
 of the bulletin, but in a much heavier weight, for a cover. 
 To the eye, there is no benefit derived from such a cover. 
 It has no strength, is easily soiled and soon turns up at 
 the edges if subjected to much use. Such cover costs, 
 in addition to the extra weight of the paper, more in 
 
THE PAPER 25 
 
 proportion, because it is run in a separate four page 
 form whereas if it were embodied in sixteen page, thirty- 
 two page, or possibly sixty-four page forms of the 
 bulletin, the production expense for presswork and 
 binding would be minimized. The bulletin of sixteen or 
 thirty-two pages is practically as good without such a 
 cover as with it, and costs much less. If not intended 
 for constant reference, it would appear to excellent 
 advantage without any cover whatever. A student 
 directory, a schedule bulletin or anything made for hard 
 usage should by all means have a strong cover for pro- 
 tection. 
 
 The great majority of colleges and universities use 
 a medium weight, medium priced cover paper on cata- 
 logs and large bulletins. The color is generally some 
 shade of gray. Some institutions use brown shades, a 
 few use blue and now and then one is seen in some white 
 paper of goodly weight and strength. Harvard's cover 
 paper is brilliant red, the color of the university. Black 
 paper with white ink is used by Bowdoin College, whose 
 college color is white. Williams uses royal purple, its 
 color, on its book-bound catalog and purple ink on 
 French gray paper for its paper covered catalog. Stevens 
 Institute uses red ink on gray cover, its colors. Such 
 instances of the use of college colors on catalog covers 
 are comparatively rare. 
 
 As stated in the chapter on binding, it is of greater 
 importance that the cover be firmly and properly 
 attached to the catalog than that it be of any certain 
 quality or weight. The selection of any shade and 
 medium weight of any of perhaps a dozen or more 
 brands of cover paper will work satisfaction as far as 
 practical use is concerned. Fancy colors, odd patterns 
 or freakish surfaces are not for college publications. 
 
THE TYPE 
 
 TO the college catalog editor who has not made 
 careful comparisons of type faces we would sug- 
 gest that of the many faces or "families" of body 
 type perhaps the majority are not suited to the dignified 
 college catalog. The publications of very many of our 
 colleges are subject to criticism in this particular. To 
 the uninitiated the little proprieties of face and size of 
 type, dimensions of type page, exact position of type 
 page on the trimmed paper page, correct use of capitals, 
 small capitals and italics, uniformity in indentation, 
 careful selection of various types for major and minor 
 headings, sub-headings, and sub-sub-headings appear 
 of importance far secondary to the contents of the 
 catalog. But to the editor of such a catalog, as, for 
 instance, that of Harvard University, or that of Car- 
 negie Institute, both of which institutions now maintain 
 practical courses in printing, such details in typography 
 are vital, the subject no doubt of long and deep study, 
 coupled with wide and intelligent comparison. As 
 before stated, the Princeton catalog presents, in our 
 estimation, more dignity and attractiveness in all of its 
 mechanical details than any other college catalog. In it 
 the temptation, if any, to use small type for reducing 
 the number of pages and thereby lowering the expense 
 of production, was resisted. The great volume of 
 matter in the catalogs of Harvard and Carnegie, how- 
 ever, make smaller type imperative. One size larger 
 type would require but slightly larger page dimensions, 
 or but slightly smaller margins to contain the same 
 amount of matter per page. 
 
 26 
 
THE TYPE 27 
 
 Leading 
 
 Leading, or spacing between lines of type, improves 
 the appearance of the type page and makes easier the 
 reading. This, however, is done at the expense of the 
 space occupied. The placing of 2-point leads (1-36 inch) 
 between lines of 1 2-point type will admit of only 85 per 
 cent as many words to the page as the 1 2-point solid 
 would contain; in lo-point type 83 Vs per cent; in 8- 
 point 80 per cent, and in 6-point 75 per cent. Compare 
 specimens of type beginning page 98. 
 
 Considering this little problem from the other view- 
 point, matter set in 1 2-point type will require 17.64% 
 more pages if leaded out with 2-point leads; lo-point 
 type so leaded will require 20% more pages; 8-point 
 type so leaded 25% more pages; 6-point type so leaded 
 33^3% more pages. Leading costs more for production, 
 not at the keyboard where the expense would be the 
 same in either solid or leaded, but in the paging (make- 
 up) of the extra pages, the lock-up of more forms, the 
 cost of extra paper, presswork and binding. 
 
 The 1 2-point body matter of this book is leaded. 
 
 The college whose catalog is printed in the news- 
 paper shop of a small town almost invariably appears in 
 such typographic dress as the limitations of equipment 
 and the ideas of the well-meaning foreman will permit. 
 Such a catalog and the college it advertises suffer when 
 compared with the publications of that large class of 
 institutions represented by, let us suggest, Bowdoin, 
 Denison, or Washington and Jefferson. 
 
 Book printers of the better class have, within the 
 past very few years, reverted to the dignified and 
 pleasing type faces originated in the days of Jenson, 
 Aldus or Caxton. The fancy type faces of a generation 
 
28 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 The Best School for a Girl 
 
 •^rwpCHAT kind of a school are you seeking 
 ^^ f for your daughter or ward? 
 ^•^r There are many boarding schools 
 
 for girls, but they differ widely in 
 spirit and aim, as well as in location. It may assist 
 you in your choice to be told of what one particular 
 school offers you — comparison with others is there- 
 by made easier and comparison is what we espe- 
 cially desire. Moreover, parents themselves often 
 do not Jinozu just what they want, and this leaflet 
 may help you to see what you ought to look for. 
 Location is perhaps what most parents do not 
 consider sufficiently. Schools in or near large cities 
 have the advantage of accessibility to residents of 
 such cities, but every other advantage is with the 
 distinctly country school, and Harcourt Place is 
 very decidely in the country. 
 
 Gambler is a town of 700 inhabitants, 50 
 miles from Columbus, 5 miles from Mt. Vernon, 
 without a trolley or eveil a "movie." But Gambler 
 is also one of the most beautiful towns of Ohio, the 
 seat of Kenyon College, with its noble buildings 
 and charming park. Its healthfulness is as famous 
 as its beauty. During a recent epidemic of "grippe" 
 not a single case occurred in the school, although 
 
 [3] 
 
 Caslon l2-point solid with Caxton text initial. From a recent brochure of 
 Harcourt Place School. 
 
THE TYPE 29 
 
 THE WAY OF A SCHOOL 
 
 HE Columbus School for Girls was 
 founded in 1898 to meet a growing de- 
 mand In Columbus for the advantages 
 offered in a good private school. These 
 advantages are found in the close relationship 
 which may arise between the girl and the teacher, 
 and in the intimate social life possible in a small 
 community bound by common interests. Only 
 under such condition can be rendered the distinc- 
 tive service of the private school, which is to deepen 
 the intellectual life of its pupils, and by a prevailing 
 spirit of culture to intensify and to emphasize the 
 grace and refinement which education should bring. 
 For these reasons the school life has, from the 
 earliest days, been recognized by the heads of the 
 school as a factor of the greatest importance in the 
 development of its pupils. 
 
 The School stands on Parsons Avenue, facing 
 Town Street, in the center of an attractive, well- 
 kept neighborhood. The grounds, which abound 
 
 Caslon i2-point, double leaded, paragraph spaced, easy to read. Type- 
 setting per page inexpensive but many more pages required than if set solid. The 
 initial is decorated roman, known as Cloister. 
 
30 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 ago have, like many of the architectural lines of that 
 period, disappeared. Professor Thomas E. French, in 
 his The Essentials of Lettering states : 
 
 Referring again to the history, the Roman lower-case 
 letter was the final step in the evolution from the Caroline, 
 and reached its definite form after the invention of printing, 
 so for models to combine with our Roman capitals we go back 
 to the type forms of Jenson and the master printers of the 
 fifteenth century. Type degenerated so steadily after that 
 period that William Morris once exclaimed, "There has not 
 been a decent book printed since the sixteenth century." 
 
 As to the face of type for use in a catalog the 
 experienced editor or compiler who studies the mechan- 
 ical make-up of the most attractive catalogs on his 
 Exchange Shelf needs no suggestions. 
 
 To open a specimen book from a type foundry or 
 from the monotype or linotype composing machine 
 manufacturers, would only serve to deepen the problem. 
 Reliable printshops of today are prepared to set type in 
 several faces only, having the machine matrices in the 
 various body sizes and the display type in the larger 
 sizes, all of the same "family." For instance, if the 
 Caslon face were selected, the body matter of the 
 catalog might be set in lo-point solid, or lo-point on 
 l2-point body, the quotations if any, in 8-point, the 
 footnotes in 6-point, the index in 8-point or 6-point, all 
 to be machine set, with principal headings and title 
 pages set by hand in larger type of the same face, the 
 outside title and backbone set in Caslon or Caslon Bold. 
 This would make a Caslon book, thoroughly pleasing to 
 the eye, harmonious throughout. Every good printer 
 will have several such faces from which to select, but no 
 printer will have many. The old-time system of many 
 faces, a little of each for different style headings has 
 passed away. 
 
KISKIMINETAS SPRINGS SCHOOL 
 
 LOCATION 
 
 The situation of the school possesses a strong appeal. 
 Overlooking the headwaters of the Kiskiminetas River, which 
 is here formed by the confluence of the Conemaugh and Lloyal- 
 hanna, the campus is of rare natural beauty. 
 
 Six of the school buildings face the river and overlook its 
 picturesque valley. The grove of giant chestnut and oak, at 
 whose edge the buildings stand, gives to the shaded tennis 
 courts and athletic training grounds an irresistible lure. The 
 elevation of the campus is iioo feet above sea level. 
 
 The grounds contain 200 acres of shady walks, delightful 
 groves and mountain springs. The spacious athletic grounds 
 afford ample room for golf Hnks and several football and base- 
 ball fields. The younger boys do not have to wait till their 
 elders leave the playground, but have a "diamond all their own." 
 
 When weather conditions turn attention again to indoor 
 life, the large new gymnasium, with its bowling alleys, swim- 
 ming pool and indoor games completes the cycle of health- 
 giving enjoyment. The teachers and instructors enter into 
 these sports and games, creating a friendly, home feeling, 
 which makes the boy happy and contented. So true is this 
 that many of the students come before and stay after the 
 actual school days. 
 
 The town of Saltsburg, directly across the river from the 
 campus, is fifty miles east of Pittsburgh and easily reached 
 from all points via the double-tracked Conemaugh Division of 
 the Pennsylvania Railroad. 
 
 This road makes connections with the following lines: 
 
 Pennsylvania Main Line at Blairsville Intersection, Buf- 
 falo and Allegheny Valley at Kiskiminetas Junction, Buffalo, 
 Rochester and Pittsburg at Indiana. There is 710 licensed hotel 
 or saloon within four miles of the School and the temptations of 
 larger towns and cities are entirely absent. 
 
 w 
 
 This catalog is especially dignified, being printed on 7x9 pages of heavy white 
 laid paper, deckle-edged, watermarked. It is typographically correct, shape of 
 page being considered. Type is 12-point Caslon solid. It is not entered as second- 
 class mail matter. 
 
 31 
 
32 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 26 THE UNIVERSITY OF THE SOUTH 
 
 EXPENSES 
 College 
 
 The necessary expenses of a student in the College for 
 the scholastic year vary from a minimum of $195.00 to a 
 maximum of $325.00, according to boarding accommoda- 
 tions. Inquiries concerning board, etc., should be ad- 
 dressed to the Vice-Chancellor's office. 
 
 In the necessary expenses are included the following: 
 tuition, general University fee,* unfurnished room, heat 
 and light, meals, and laundry. f In addition to these, a 
 contingent fee of $10.00 is deposited annually with the 
 Treasurer to cover breakage and other charges, and so 
 far as it is not used by the student is returned. 
 
 Students taking work in Science departments pay also 
 the following fees: 
 
 In Chemistry, a general fee of $10.00, and a contingent fee of $5.00. 
 
 In Physics, a general fee of $5.00, and a contingent fee of $5.00. 
 
 In Biology, a general fee of $5.00, and a contingent fee of $5.00. 
 
 In Geology, a general fee of $3.00, and a contingent fee of $2.00. 
 
 A Matriculation fee of $15.00 is charged when, the 
 student matriculates, and is paid only once. 
 
 A fee of $10.00 is charged for diploma at graduation. 
 
 The charges above mentioned are for the scholastic year 
 exclusive of the Christmas vacation. Students boarding 
 
 ♦The University *ree of $25.00 is devoted to the general expense of niaintenance 
 of University buildings. Library and Gymnasium, and covers medical attendance in 
 ordinary cases of illness; but does not include the services of specialists who may be 
 consulted, or hospital fees. 
 
 ■j-For the twenty dollars charged each year for laundry the Laundry Company allows 
 the student the following weekly list : 3 shirts, 7 collars, 4 pairs cuffs, 3 undershirts, 
 4 pairs drawers, 3 suits underwear, 3 pairs socks, I nightshirt or pajama suit, 7 hand- 
 kerchiefs, 6 towels, 2 sheets, i pillow slip. 
 
 An unusually interesting page typographically, due to some extent to the 
 letter-spaced heading "Expenses" set in capitals. Note the legibility of the body 
 matter, lo-point leaded. According to DeVinne foot-notcK in as small type as 
 those above should be in two columns and without the hair-line rule I his catalog 
 is printed on cream colored laid paper with generous margins, bee page 180. 
 
THE TYPE 33 
 
 One of the Publications of Clark University- 
 Library, January 191 2, contains a paper "The Rela- 
 tive Legibility of Different Faces of Printing Types" by 
 Barbara E. Roethlein, A.M. The aim of the investigation 
 was "to determine the relative ease or difficulty with 
 which various faces of printed letters can be read." 
 The paper is dry reading, dealing with centimeters, 
 microns, twenty-six faces of type, numerous tables and 
 thousands of readings with the use of a specially de- 
 signed machine. The four faces of type exhibited on 
 pages 98 to 107 stand well toward the top of the list 
 of practical faces in the final results. News Gothic, 
 a decidedly ugly face for any purpose but that of 
 minor headings in a newspaper, stands first, but "the 
 aesthetic factor must always be taken into account. 
 * * * The reader who prefers the appearance of Gushing 
 Oldstyle or a Gentury face may gratify his aesthetic 
 demands without any considerable sacrifice of legibili- 
 ty." Some interesting conclusions are reached under 
 the head of Relation between Legibility and Quality of 
 Paper-Surface. Types printed on coated white paper 
 in black ink were read at a distance of 144.9 cm., 
 whereas the same types printed in black ink on a rough 
 yellowish paper could be read 145 cm. away. The 
 first conclusion is "Gertain faces of type are much more 
 legible than others; and certain letters of every face 
 are much more legible than other letters of the same 
 face." The seventh conclusion is, in part, "The quality 
 and the texture of the paper is a much less significant 
 factor than has been supposed." 
 
 The Department of Psychology at the University of 
 Wisconsin has recently made some interesting experi- 
 ments regarding eye-strain, the result being that type 
 
34 
 
 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 founders' day 1916 
 
 
 9 
 
 Address for the Alumni 
 
 Earl Thomas Jennings, A. B. '12 
 
 The Alumni of Howe School represent a body of men who have passed 
 into the current of the great world's struggle. Some are in the collegiate 
 world, preparing for a professional career, others are already in the struggle 
 of life for material subsistence and for moral growth. 
 
 These men appreciate more fully the opportunities offered at Howe 
 which make for a noble purpose in life, a broad view of the world, an 
 active mind and will. It is the tendency of many of the undergraduates 
 not to appreciate the things that are best for their welfare. Their vision 
 of life is narrow, their moral sense limited. The object of all the various 
 activities of the school life is to widen the scope of vision. 
 
 The purpose of the Founders of this great institution was to make 
 Christian gentlemen — men who are a cultural advantage to the world at 
 large, who will be leaders in whatever sphere of life they enter. 
 
 If the true Howe training is to be spread into life and disseminated 
 abroad, men in the school must take every advantage of the opportunities 
 offered. No time must be lost; for our span of life is short. The student 
 must work with a will, co-operating at every angle with the administration, 
 and with the Rector, the noble and unselfish representative of the 
 Founders. 
 
 I have talked with many of the Alumni and their ideas differ on what 
 the institution has done for them. But they all acknowledge these 
 benefits too numerous to mention. The beautiful inspiring Vesper 
 services continually remain as a guide to them in their daily careers. The 
 many words of comfort, of exhortation, of encouragement, of advice 
 spoken by the Rector of this institution still remain as fixed guides. And 
 
 A portion of an ideal type page; printed on heavy white paper; page of un- 
 trimmed dimensions 8xii; very large margins; lo-point leaded, easy to read; 
 running-head lo-point small caps letter-spaced; major head i8-point caps and 
 lower case; all type Century. 
 
THE TYPE 35 
 
 matter on darker paper is as easily read as that on 
 pure white. 
 
 Caslon, Century Roman, Scotch Roman, Oldstyle 
 Antique and Cheltenham are all well known and are of 
 fairly uniform style, whether from monotype or linotype 
 matrices or in body type for display headings. The last 
 named face is not quite so suitable for books and cata- 
 logs but could not be excelled for some styles of illus- 
 trated bulletins. In comparing the exhibits of these 
 faces as shown on pages 98 to 106, the arable figures 
 must be duly considered. Figures known as Oldstyle, 
 the more popular, drop below the line in 3, 4, 5, 7 and 9. 
 Size of Type 
 
 In Mr. Bostwick's paper "Books for Tired Eyes" in 
 the January 1917 number of that typographically per- 
 fect magazine, the Yale Review, the following comment 
 is offered on Miss Roethlein's tables: 
 
 The maximum of legibility almost always coincides with 
 that of size. These experiments seem to have influenced 
 printers whose organization in Boston has appointed a com- 
 mittee to urge upon the Carnegie Institution the establish- 
 ment of a department of research to make scientific tests of 
 printing-types in regard to the comparative legibility and 
 the possibility of improving some of their forms. 
 
 Mr. Bostwick also refers at some length in his 
 appeal for larger type to an experiment in progress 
 in the St. Louis Public Library, where after strenuous 
 efforts to secure good books in 14-point type only 
 400 are even now to be numbered among its collection 
 of 400,000 volumes. He condenses, too, the findings 
 of a committee appointed in 191 1 by the British As- 
 sociation for the Advancement of Science "to inquire 
 into the influence of school-books upon eyesight." 
 
 It dwells upon the importance of unglazed paper, 
 flexible sewing, clear bold illustration, black ink and true 
 
36 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 PALMER COLLEGE 
 
 2. Qualitative Analysis, In this course the inorganic 
 preparations are analyzed ; acids and bases are sepa- 
 rated and identified ; and then the student is trained 
 to detect for himself the elements in unknown sub- 
 stances. Chemistry 1 is prerequisite. One hour 
 a week, with three laboratory periods. 
 Elective for Sophomores and Juniors. 
 
 ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 
 
 1. Critical study of the structure and development of 
 the paragraph, essay and short story. Exercises in 
 the making of abstracts, paraphrases and outlines. 
 Weekly themes, affording practice in description, 
 narration and exposition. 
 
 Required of Freshmen. (Three hours.) 
 
 2. (a) Outline History of English Literature. The 
 object of this course is to give the student a general 
 survey of English Literature, and to prepare the 
 way for more specialized work. Study of selected 
 masterpieces. 
 
 Required of Sophomores. (Two hours.) 
 
 (h) Daily Themes. Papers written by the students, 
 discussed and criticised by class and teacher. 
 Required of Sophomores. (One hour.) 
 
 3. American Literature. A course aiming to give the 
 studeni a knowledge of the general development of 
 American Literature, with especial emphasis laid 
 on New England Literature and Southern Litera- 
 ture since the Civil War> 
 
 24 
 
 A fine style for a small college having a correspondingly small catalog. This 
 publication is printed on thick india colored paper of rough surface and carries 
 generous margins. Type is i2-point Scotch Roman, solid. 
 
150 SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN 
 
 2, Physical Education. Dr. Mercer. 
 
 Two hours a week throughout the year (two teetiorts). 
 Thia course is required of all second-year raen. The plan and nature of the work 
 is similar to Course 1, but more advanced. The talKs on hygiene are continued. 
 
 3. Physical Education. Dr. Mercer. 
 
 Juniors and Seniors, one hour each week (optional). 
 From Thanksgiving recess to the spring recess, gymnastic exercises and recreative 
 games. 
 
 Physical Education of the Women 
 
 This department is under the direction of Lillian Shaw and 
 Dr. Mary R. Hadley Lewis. 
 
 One hour of exercise each day except Sunday is required of 
 all resident and non-resident women students throughout their 
 college course. Two of these periods of each week must be 
 spent in supervised classwork — field hockey in the fall, class- 
 work in the g>Tnnasiura in the winter, basketball and tennis in 
 the spring. On the other four days of the week some form of 
 outdoor exercise must be taken. This may be tennis, riding, 
 cross-country tramps, or swimming. Exceptions to these re- 
 quirements are made only for physical disability and at the dis- 
 cretion of the physician in charge, in which case suitable work 
 is prescribed. Exercise in the gymnasium, swimming and all 
 athletic sports are under the personal supervision of the director. 
 
 First-year students are required to attend a course of lectures 
 in Hygiene, given once a week during the first and second 
 semester. 
 
 Application for information in regard to the regulation dress 
 for athletics and gymnastics should be made to the Dean. 
 
 1, First Year Gymnastics. Miss Shaw. 
 
 Two hours a week from Thanksgiving to the Spring Recess. 
 Required of first-year students. 
 
 Elementary German and Swedish gymnastics, gymnastic games, and folk-dancing. 
 In addition, one hour of swimming a week is required of first-year students. 
 
 2, Second Year Gymnastics. Miss Shaw. 
 
 Two hours a week from Thanksgiving to the Spring Recess. 
 Required of second-year students. 
 
 German and Swedish gymnastics (more advanced than Course 1), gymnastic games, 
 and folk-dancing. 
 
 One period a week of swimming is required, .in addition. 
 
 A symmetrical page and of practical style but rather costly because of three 
 
 sizes of type. The one bold center-head is not of same family of type. 
 
 37 
 
38 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 alignment. * * * The size of the type face, as we might expect 
 is pronounced by the committee "the most important factor 
 in the influence of books upon vision." * * * Briefly, the sizes 
 run from 30-point for seven year old children, to lo-point 
 or I i-point, for persons more than twelve years old * * * yet 
 it would seem that it considers lo-point as the smallest size 
 fit for anyone, however good his sight. This would bar much 
 of our existing reading matter. 
 
 In Dr. Koopman's The Booklover and His Books 
 we find the whole matter of proprieties as to size of 
 type in the following extract: 
 
 As regards nearsighted readers, it is well known that 
 they prefer fine type to coarse, choosing, for instance, a 
 Bible printed in diamond, and finding it clear and easy to 
 read, while they can hardly read pica at all. This fact, in 
 connection with the former tolerance of fine print, raises the 
 question whether the world was not more nearsighted two 
 generations ago than it is now; or does this only mean that 
 the oculist is abroad in the land.'' 
 
 It is recognized that, in books not intended for con- 
 tinuous reading, small and even fine type may properly be 
 employed. That miracle of encyclopedic information, the 
 World Almanac, while it might be printed better and on a 
 higher quality paper, could not be the handy reference book 
 that it is without the use of a type that would be intolerably 
 small in a novel or a history. With the increase of the length 
 of continuous use for which the book is intended, the size of 
 the type should increase up to a certain point. Above eleven- 
 point, or small pica, however, increase in the size of type 
 becomes a matter not of hygiene, but simply of esthetics. 
 But below the normal the printer's motto should be: In case 
 of doubt choose the larger type. 
 
 Thus a plea I have for years past been accustomed 
 to make for larger type generally in college catalogs 
 is fully approved. While a catalog is not a novel or 
 a book of travel or history it would never be printed 
 but for the expectation that it will be read. Certain 
 portions of such catalogs should, therefore, for the sake 
 of the eyes of its many readers, be in type no smaller 
 than lo-point, as may be found in the publications 
 
THE TYPE 39 
 
 of Princeton. The Yale Review uses 12-point with 
 2-point leads between the lines, a style which it is a 
 pleasure to read, easy and restful to the eye. 
 
 This line is set in 14-pt. {English). 
 
 This line is set in. 12-pt. {pica). 
 This line is set in ii-pt. {small pica). 
 This line is set in lo-pt. {long primer). 
 This line is set in 9-pt. {bourgeois). 
 This line is set in 8-pt. (brevier). 
 This line is set in 7-pt. {minion). 
 This line is set in 6-pt. (nonpareil). 
 
 This line is set in 5pt. (/>(nr/) . 
 Tfaii line is set in 4 1-2-pt. (diamond) . 
 
 Type for headings is, in many catalogs, to be found 
 in the same family as the body type, because such style 
 is better and cheaper. Headings of CAPITALS, Capi- 
 tals AND Small Capitals, or occasionally of small 
 CAPITALS ALONE, a pleasing style, ITALIC CAPITALS 
 or Italic Capitals and Lower Case, can be set without any 
 extra expense whatever. If the italics be eliminated 
 from the entire catalog, a bold face letter, CAPITALS 
 or Capitals and Lower Case, may be used without 
 extra cost. For the use of both italics and bold face in 
 the body matter of a catalog, there is a slight addition to 
 the cost. Major headings, only few in number, are often 
 set by hand in 14-point or sometimes i8-point of the 
 same family. There being so few of them the expense is 
 but slight. See Glossary, page 284; see Type Speci- 
 mens, pages 99, 100, 103. 
 
 Sometimes heads are found in contrasting faces of 
 type, as for instance, the Old English in the pleasing 
 pages of Worcester Polytechnic Institute catalog and in 
 Bowdoin catalog or the smaller block letters used in the 
 catalogs of the University of Virginia, Tulane, and 
 Washington and Lee. Such styles carry a little extra 
 cost of typesetting. See chapter on Copy, page 88. 
 
40 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 UGlorcestcr (pol^tecbnic ITnstltutc 
 
 'T'HE Worcester Polytechnic Institute offers courses 
 ■'• of study designed to fit young men for the profession 
 of Engineering or Chemistry. The instruction is planned 
 for four years and leads to the degree of Bachelor of 
 Science in Mechanical, Civil and Electrical Engineering, 
 in Chemistry, and in General Science. 
 
 At the Institute the course in Mechanical Engineering 
 includes a sufficient training in the workshop, especially 
 that part of it relating to cost systems and to the scien- 
 tific management of manufacturing industries. Civil 
 Engineering may be followed with the emphasis along 
 either of two general lines, Railroad and Structural 
 Engineering or Sanitary Engineering. Electrical Engi- 
 neering offers . a considerable range of options, laying 
 especial emphasis on design and railway work. Chem- 
 istry includes those subjects usually classified under Chem- 
 ical Engineering. General Science is arranged for a 
 large amount of election of subjects and is intended to 
 be a four years' course in science and its applications, 
 without specialization in any field of engineering. 
 
 The general method of instruction is in harmony with 
 the wishes of its founders, who believed in a good theoreti- 
 cal education combined with much practice in work shops 
 and laboratories. The Institute owes its origin and 
 character to a gift of $100,000 by John Boynton for the 
 endowment and perpetual support of a free school or 
 
 Used to illustrate the text-letter major head and the initial letter. The catalog 
 carries running-heads, omitted from this page because of drop head. Thoroughly- 
 legible, being lo-point leaded, 24-point Jenson initial. 
 
THE TYPE 41 
 
 ^mm^UlS school was established in 1890 by Mr. 
 £L Horace D. Taft. The object of the school is 
 ^^ to give boys a sound training, physical, mental, 
 
 and moral, and to make them strong, manly, and 
 
 healthy men. A thorough preparation is given for 
 
 any college or scientific school. 
 
 Requirements for Admission 
 
 The course of study covers five years, and it is very 
 desirable that a boy enter as early as possible in the 
 course. To be admitted into the lowest class, a boy 
 must be at least 12 years of age and must be well 
 grounded in the elements of English Grammar, 
 Geography, United States History, and Arithmetic 
 as far as decimal fractions. To be admitted to 
 a higher class, he must have satisfactorily com- 
 pleted the studies already passed by that class. No 
 one will be admitted to a higher class with more than 
 one condition standing against him, and such con- 
 dition must be removed by the end of the first term. 
 There is, however, in the Lower Middle year a course 
 for beginners in Latin, so that by the omission of the 
 work in History and the devotion of special time and 
 effort to Latin, thes^ beginners may at the- end of the 
 year stand on an equal footing with the rest of the 
 class. 
 
 r 
 
 Initial letter is 36-point Tudor. The Taft School's style is extremely simple 
 and easy to read; lo-point leaded. 
 
42 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 240 H. SOPHIE NEWCOMB MEMORIAL COLLEGE 
 
 A 29. Observation of Classes in Public Schools. 
 
 One hour a week. 
 
 In order that the student may be prepared to observe actual class 
 work in music intelligently, the first half-year's instruction will be a 
 general discussion of school room methods from the teacher's stand- 
 point. During the second half-year the student will be required to 
 spend at least one hour each week in the public schools. A theme 
 describing the school visited and the work observed must be passed 
 to the instructor for comment and criticism. KnoTT 
 
 PRACTICAL COURSES 
 
 These courses are open to men and Tvomen alike. Except in 
 Ensemble and Recital Class {Courses S 27 and S 28), however, 
 instruction will be given privately or in small classes of women' or oj 
 men alone. 
 
 S 21. Pianoforte. 
 
 No definite course of stuciy is followedj but a careful selection of 
 exercises and compositions is made according to the need of the 
 individual student. As a basis for grading, however, the "Standard 
 Pianoforte Course," adopted by the Louisiana Music Teachers' Asso- 
 ciation, will be used. 
 
 {See Special Bulletin of the School of Music). 
 
 Ferrata, Goldstein, Weddei,!., Gonzalez 
 
 S 30. Pianoforte Sight-Playing. 
 
 One hour a week. 
 
 Practice in playing at sight is given in classes, progressing from 
 elementary pieces through the sonatas of Clementi, Haydn, Mozart, 
 etc., to more difficult compositions. To enter this class a technical 
 proficiency in piano playing equivalent to Grade V {see Special 
 Bulletin of the School of Music) is required. Ferrata 
 
 CDS 33.** Normal Course for Pianoforte Teachers. 
 
 One lesson a week. (Second half-year.) 
 
 The course is planned to meet the needs of: first, prospective teach- 
 ers without teaching experience, and unacquainted with the principles 
 involved; second, teachers requiring more complete and exact knowl- 
 edge of pianoforte teaching methods than their experience has given 
 them. Special emphasis will be placed on the important subject of 
 elementary foundation teaching. 
 
 Plain headings from Tulane University catalog. Some style books disapprove 
 so much bold-face. This page could have been set solid in a larger face of type at 
 a trifle less cost. It would thereby have been contained in the same space and the 
 body matter would have been easier to read. 
 
THE TYPE 43 
 
 126 WASHINGTON AND LEE UNIVERSITY 
 
 COURSE 5— COMMERCIAL LAW (2). 
 
 Thursday, Saturday, 9. 
 Second and Third Terms. 
 
 Professor Smithson. 
 
 Prerequisite — Economics 1, or political science 1. 
 
 The fundamentals of business law, including the general 
 principles of the law of contracts; negotiable instruments 
 and agency; sales, carriers, corporations, partnerships, and 
 real estate. 
 
 COURSE 6— ACCOUNTING AND STATISTICS (3). 
 
 Monday, Wednesday, Friday, 9. 
 
 Professor Hancock. 
 
 Prerequisite — Economics 1, or commerce 1. 
 
 The principles and methods of business and corporation 
 accounting; and the methods of collection and interpretation 
 of statistics. 
 
 POLITICAL SCIENCE 
 
 Associate Professor Campbell. 
 
 Mr. Worth. 
 
 Newcoiib Hall. 
 
 COURSE 1— ELEMENTARY POLITICAL SCIENCE (3). 
 
 a. Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday, 10. 
 
 b. Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday, 11. 
 
 Professor Campbell, Mr. Worth. 
 
 A general survey of the underlying principles of the 
 science, with special application of political theories to the 
 problems of the central, commonwealth, and city governments 
 in the United States. 
 
 COURSE 2*-- (1915-1916)— SOCIOLOGY (3). 
 
 Monday, Wednesday, Friday, 1. 
 
 Professor Campbell. 
 Prerequisite — Political science 1, or economics 1. 
 
 Body matter lo-point leaded, very easy to read; block letter headings, while 
 concise and perfect are quite different from usually accepted styles. 
 
44 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 de la physiologie pour permettre de comparer les resullatsobtenus. 
 
 Le budget de Tlnstitut Marey est fourni par une subvention du 
 Ministere de I'lnstruction publique, par celles aussi de differenta 
 6tals et de societes savantes. 
 
 Une place et un logement sont reserves a la personne d6sign6e 
 par I'etat ou la societe qui assurent d I'lnstitut one subventiott 
 annuellede 1.000 francs ou qui lui ont fait don d'un capital pro- 
 duisant en interdts une somme equivalente. 
 
 INSTITUT GENERAL PSYCHOLOGIQUE 
 
 14, rue de Conde. 
 
 L'Institut general psychologique comprend les sections d'etude 
 suivantes : 
 
 Section de psychologie individuelle. — Section de psychologic morale 
 et criminelle. — Section de ■ psychologie artistiqve^ — Section de 
 recherches psychiqiies et physiologiques. — Section de psychobgfie 
 zoohgique. — Section de psychologic collective. — Commission perjna- 
 nente Internationale de determination mathematique des phenomenes 
 psycho-biologiques et socio-biohgiqiies. 
 
 11 possede un laboratoire de Psychologie physiologique et une 
 bibliotheque d'environ 2.000 volumes, qui peuvent 6tre pretes aux 
 inembres de la Societe. II public un Bulletin contenant les travaux 
 de la Societe. 
 
 La cotisation annuelle pour faire partie de I'lnstitut general 
 Psychologique est de 20 francs pour la France et de 22 francs pour 
 I'Etranger. 
 
 INSTITUT PSYCHO-PHYSIOLOGIQUE 
 DE PARIS 
 
 49, rue Saint- Andre-des-Arts. 
 
 L'Institut Psycho-Physiologique de Paris est destine a fournir 
 aux medecins et aux etudiants un enseignenient pratique perma- 
 nent sur les questions qui relevent de I'hypnotisme, de la psycho- 
 logie physiologique et de la pedagogic suggestive. 
 
 II comprend : !<> L'Ecole de Psychologie; 2° le Laboratoire de 
 
 From the University of Paris. Perfect in proportion, it lacks the English 
 and American running-head. 
 
THE TYPE 
 
 45 
 
 Initial Letters 
 
 The use of a small, not too ornate initial letter at 
 the beginning of a new department in a catalog, as at the 
 beginning of a chapter in a book, gives an artistic touch 
 to the typography, and adds dignity to the style. It is 
 
 
 
 
 
 j 
 
 PI 
 
 
 
 
 
 [a] 
 
 This initial was 
 
 Ifngf^ 
 
 probably gold leaf 
 background with 
 
 
 blue where horizon- 
 tal lines are shown. 
 
 M 
 
 A A A A A 
 
 seen in the handsome catalogs of Brown University, 
 Amherst, St. Stephen's, Westminster College of Music 
 and in a few others. This modest embellishment is 
 
46 
 
 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 traced back to the gorgeous illuminations of the monks, 
 those master workmen artists who wrought so well in the 
 centuries preceding the Renaissance, of whose work in 
 England Ralph Adams Cram wrote in his fascinating 
 Ruined Abbeys of Great Britaifi, "To the monks England 
 owed her conversion, and to them, in large measure, 
 her civilization. 
 
 Monk at work on a manuscript. (From a very old print.) 
 
 Composition in Foreign Languages 
 Any printer capable of producing a college catalog 
 must be prepared for composition in Latin, French, 
 German, Italian, Spanish, and Greek. Hebrew is quite 
 unusual. The excess cost for foreign composition, 
 except for Greek lower case, is slight, in fact, would be 
 negligible were it not for the accents. Greek, if lower 
 case with its infinity of accents be used, is quite ex- 
 pensive. The use of mathematical and other signs, or of 
 much Latin in botanical or geological sections of a 
 catalog would entail some extra cost, depending entirely 
 upon the quantity of such matter. 
 
THE TYPE 47 
 
 —Theocritus of Chios 
 
 Tu!i::omapxo^ PRICE L. MARSH 
 
 * • M-:yd?: hsiv wv/t'Cera:. " — EUripideS 
 
 Vehicles of Thought Minter Wilson 
 
 '■lUpUCuJMa i^rjrrsTO CiiPpov," HoUier 
 
 The Adobe Villa of Pericles . . MRS. T. W. Harvey 
 
 '•^riyvtra: roivov i:6ki," — PlatO 
 
 The Modem Type W. C. Miller 
 
 '*T<>i>To yi fiot dfiKBl tcakvv iivat, el ti<; oi(59't' e*'} 
 :rae Stosiv ayOpm-nowi" PlatO 
 
 The Mysteries R. M. Wylie 
 
 *' '0 xpri(r'.n' eidutf, mf •>'<;." — AeSChyluS 
 
 How Long? Fred W. Reed 
 
 ' ' F.i^ art." — Sophocles 
 
 A View from the Wall Geneva Kent 
 
 *'\Adb\ia7tv/ ioii eo£^'i ra^Tj<?e9 XaO;'i>," — Menander 
 
 A Greek Ideal H. S. IRONS 
 
 " "ASsX'Poi dv^p) rapetrj." PlatO 
 
 This page from Marshall College, with its Greek lower case required perhaps 
 more time to compose than any other half dozen pages of difficult composition 
 shown in this book. Th/s type for the head and other English is too heavy for the 
 Greek. 
 
48 
 
 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 WILLIAMS COLLEGE. 
 
 137 
 
 JUNIORS— CLASS OF 1917 
 
 James Strange Alexander, Jr. 
 Lawrence Sheppard Armstrong 
 Charles Burgess Arthur, Jr. 
 Winthrop Provost Austin 
 Samuel Newton Bacon 
 Leonard Hotchkiss Bafley 
 Charles Ackert Banks 
 Henry Clarke Banks 
 Donald DeVeau Biartholomew 
 Lester Yates Bay lis 
 V/alter Andrew Bell 
 Thomas Hume Benedict 
 Hubert Duke Bennett 
 Henry Parsons Blodgett 
 Robert Fuller Blodgett 
 Tully Orton Buckner 
 Marion Staples Cadwell 
 Van Henry Cartmeil, Jr. 
 Kenneth Silliman Chester 
 Charles Akers Choate 
 William Bernard Clark 
 Reginald McCall Cobbs 
 Andrew Hale Cochran 
 George Jarvis Coffin 
 Harold Sy Conklin 
 Reginald Aldrich Cook 
 Carlton Wheeler Cox 
 Robert Dudley Coye 
 Randolph Foster Debevoise 
 Leonard Chandler Dewing 
 Thomaa Ripley Dorr 
 Alden Monteith Drury 
 Thomas Earle, Jr. 
 Samuel Eells 
 Richard Whipple Ensign 
 Kingsley Ervin 
 Elizur Kirke Hart Fessenden 
 
 Montclair, N. /. 
 Penn Yan, N. Y. 
 Cleveland, 0. 
 Santa Barbara, Cat. 
 Albany, N. Y. 
 Buffalo, N. Y. 
 Evanslon, lU. 
 Greenwich, Conn. 
 Orange, N. J. 
 Huntington, N. Y. 
 New York, N .Y. 
 Roselle, N. J. 
 Toledo, 0. 
 Toledo, 0. 
 West Newton 
 New York, N. Y. 
 Jamestown, N. Y. 
 New York, N. Y. 
 Bridgehampton, N. Y. 
 Winona, Minn. 
 Litchfield, Conn. 
 Akron, 0. 
 
 Minneapolis, Minn. 
 New York, N. Y. 
 New Rochelle, N. Y. 
 New York, N. Y. 
 Monldair, N. J. 
 Canandaigua, N.Y. 
 Sovlh Orange, N. J. 
 Hartford, Conn.. 
 WilHamstotvn 
 Northampton 
 Steelton, Pa. 
 Cleveland, O. 
 Weslfield 
 WiUiamstown 
 West Newton 
 
 e. 
 
 X. *. Lodge 
 
 12 B. H. 
 
 2. *. Place 
 
 *. T. House 
 
 2. K. House 
 
 A. T. House 
 
 Z. *. House 
 
 , A. e. House 
 
 18 E. C. 
 
 9. T. House 
 
 A. X. House 
 
 10 W. C. 
 
 X. ^. Lodge 
 
 K. A. Lodge 
 
 2. *. Place 
 
 18 W. H. 
 
 A. T. House 
 
 St. Anthony Hall 
 
 B. e. n. House 
 
 *. T. House 
 
 2. *. Place 
 
 *. T. House 
 
 *. r. A. House 
 
 e. A. X. House 
 
 Z. 9. House 
 
 A. A. *. House 
 
 X. *. Lodge 
 
 Z. <ir. House 
 
 A. K. E. House 
 
 2. *. Place 
 
 Fort Hoosac Place 
 
 *. A. e. House 
 
 12 M. H. 
 
 7 W. C. 
 
 ♦. A. e. House 
 
 22 B. H. 
 
 Z. *, House 
 
 The Greek capitals in Williams's student list cause but little extra cost to 
 produce. Greek lower case would represent a maximum of typesetting cost on 
 account of the infinity of accents. Wesleyan's student list, following the faculty 
 in the front of the catalog, is much similar to the above in style. 
 
38 The Western College 
 
 FRENCH 
 
 Professor Bass 
 1-2. Elementary Course. 
 
 Four hours a week for the first and second se- 
 mesters. 
 
 French Grammar, Fraser and Squair. Reading 
 of Le Franais et sa Patrie by Talbot; Erckmarin- 
 Chatrian, Madame Thercse; Merimee, Colomba; 
 Labiche et Martin, Le Voyage de Monsieur Perri- 
 chon. Sight reading, dictation, oral exercises on 
 books read, conversation, poems memorized. Es- 
 pecial attention is paid to irregular verbs and 
 idioms. 
 
 In all courses French is the language of the 
 class-room. 
 
 3-4. Intermediate Course. 
 
 Four hours a week for the first and second semes- 
 ters. 
 
 Grammar review, composition, conversation, 
 poems memorized, resumes in French. From six 
 to eight of the following books read; Scribe and 
 Legouve, Bataille de Dames; Michelet, Prise de la 
 Bastille; V. Hugo, Les Miserables; Moliere, 
 L'Avare, Le Bourgeois Gentilhomihe; Pailleron, Le 
 Monde ou Von s'ennuie; Dumas, La Tulip Noire; 
 Feuillet, Le Roman d^un Jeune Homme Pauvre. 
 Beaumarchais, Le Barbier de Seville; Souvestre, 
 Un Philosophe Sozis les Toits; Thiers, Expedition 
 de Bonaparte en Egypie; Lamartine, Scenes de la 
 Revolution Franaise; La Fontaine, Fables; de 
 Vigny, Servitude et Grandeur Militaire; France, 
 Le Crime de Sylvestre Bonnard; Augier, Le Gendre 
 de M. Poirier. 
 
 5-6. Introduction to the French Classics. 
 
 Four hours a week for the first and second semes- 
 ters. 
 
 Reading with resumes and essays in French, of 
 eight or ten of the following: Corneille, Le Cid, 
 Horace; Racine, Athalie, Esther; Moliere, Le Mis- 
 anthrope, Les Precieuses Ridicules, Le Malady 
 
 The style of this page from Western College for Women is quite expensive 
 on account of the French italic with accents, special indentation, two sizes of type, 
 with roman, bold-face, caps and small caps and italic all on same page. All type 
 is Century, heading "French" being bold caps of that family. 
 
 49 
 
242 Kirtley F. Mather 
 
 the forms to which those names have been given are conspecific 
 with each other and with the material at hand. The reference 
 to Orthooeras is believed to be correct, in spite of the rapid 
 enlargement of the shell, because of the small siphuncle and 
 smooth surface. The type of Geisonoceras, G. rivale (Barrande), 
 is characterized by a large siphuncle and banded surface mark- 
 ings. 
 
 Horizon and locality. Brentwood limestone: near Fayette- 
 ville, Arkansas (Station 135). Morrow formation: near Ft. 
 Gibson, Oklahoma (Station 303). 
 
 GLYPHIOCERA TIDJE 
 Genus GASTRIOCERAS Hyatt 
 Gastrioceras branneri Smith 
 Plate XVI, figures 12, 12a. 
 1896. Gastrioceras branneri. Smith, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, vol. 35, p. 
 257, pi. 23, figs. 1-6. Reprinted 1897 as Cont. No. 9, Hopkins 
 Seaside Labor., Leland Stanford Univ. with changed pagination 
 (257=47). 
 Lower Coal Measures: Pilot Mountain, Carroll County, Arkansas. 
 1903. Gastrioceras branneri. Smith, Mon., U, S. Geol. Surv., No. 42, 
 p. 83, pi. 11, figs. 8-13. 
 Chester group. Lower Carboniferous: Pilot Mountain, Carroll 
 County, Arkansas. 
 1914. Gastrioceras branneri. Smith, Leland Stanford Univ., Publication, 
 Acceleration of Development in Fossil Cephalopoda, pi. 1, figs. 
 12-14. 
 Two specimens of this species, described some years ago by 
 Dr. Smith from the Morrow horizon in Carroll County, are in 
 the collections at hand. One is a small fragment while the other 
 is a more nearly complete shell. The latter, in comparison with 
 the figures of the type specimen, appears to be slightly more 
 flattened on the venter but in all other respects is identical. 
 Horizon and locality. Hale fonnation, East Mountain, Fay- 
 etteville, Arkansas (Station 149). Morrow formation: near Ft. 
 Gibson, Oklahoma (Station 296). 
 
 Gastrioceras kesslerense n. sp. 
 
 Plate XVI, figures 10-lOb. 
 
 Description. Shell of medium size, discoidal, with whorls 
 slowly increasing in size, depressed semi-circular, in cross- 
 specimen page from the Scientific Bulletin of the Denison University Labora- 
 tories. Typesetting of this character brings from two and a half to three times 
 that of straight matter. 
 
 SO 
 
THE TYPE 51 
 
 Machine Composition 
 
 Theodore DeVinne, the late dean of American print- 
 ers, author of that monumental work, The Invention of 
 Printing, would not be won over to the use of machine 
 typesetting for a long period of years. When, however, 
 the machine proved itself capable of producing really 
 artistic results, he changed his views. 
 
 There are in use today several composing machines, 
 all quite expensive in both installation and maintenance. 
 The machine, however, may now be termed universal. 
 
 Monotype Keyboard 
 
 Monotype composition is desirable for many rea- 
 sons, most prominent among which is the facility and 
 celerity with which corrections are made. Tabular 
 matter is set much more quickly and attractively than 
 by any other method. The keyboard with two rolls of 
 paper admits of composition in two sizes of type at the 
 same time. The keyboard resembles the typewriter 
 keyboard except that there are four such combined, 
 with a total of 225 character keys. The striking of a 
 key releases its corresponding combination of punches, 
 the holes thus made in the paper roll, when transferred 
 to the casting machine, operating in the same general 
 
52 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 manner as the music roll in a piano player. Each of the 
 225 separate combinations of holes, when passed 
 through the caster, causes the making of a separate 
 letter or character which is not only brand new solid 
 type, but is accurately set in a galley. 
 
 Monotype Caster 
 
 The great majority of better class magazines are 
 now composed on the monotype, the Curtis Publishing 
 Company and many other large publishers using the 
 monotype exclusively. The Government Printing 
 Office at Washington uses these machines in a ratio of 
 almost two to one slug machine. The printing plants 
 operated by the universities of Columbia, Harvard, 
 Chicago, Notre Dame, Kansas, Toronto and by the 
 Carnegie Institute, the U. S. Military Academy, the 
 Carlisle Indian School and a number of other educa- 
 tional institutions use the monotype. 
 
 Mr. McFarland, superintendent of the University 
 of Chicago Press, gives in a letter his grounds for pre- 
 
THE TYPE 53 
 
 ferring the monotype to the slug machines for his class 
 
 of printing. One of his reasons is as follows: 
 
 Our composition Is very complicated, being frequently 
 interspersed with Hebrew, Greek, Syriac, Ethiopic, etc., and 
 containing besides a great deal of formula and tabular matter. 
 The use of slug machines in such work we have found im- 
 practicable and the adoption of a Monotype plant has re- 
 sulted in a great increase not only in efficiency but in the 
 peace of mind of the workmen concerned. 
 
 The high quality of composition in many of the 
 
 better looking college and school catalogs gives evidence 
 
 of monotype work. 
 
 The Linotype 
 
 Following the days of typesetting by hand the 
 linotype (line-o'-type) was the only practical composing 
 machine. The Hnotype is still in all but universal use 
 for news matter composition in newspaper plants. It 
 has been perfected to a wonderful degree of efficiency 
 in many ways. It however uses the single slug for each 
 line of type, requiring the recasting of the entire line for 
 the correction of a single error. In very recent years, 
 
54 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 the intertype machine has been on the market and is now 
 in use in many plants. This is also a slug machine. 
 
 Some years ago a type setting machine was used to 
 some limited extent. This machine, while of wonderful 
 mechanism, was capable of setting only specially made 
 foundry type which was to be used over again, not 
 melted. Some smaller newspapers use it but it is not in 
 general use because of the fact that the modern slug 
 casting and individual type casting machines offer new 
 type for each job. Type of any kind which is used over 
 and over again becomes in time blurred, the serifs 
 break off and the printed work appears "dirty," es- 
 pecially if used without proper care when in the press. 
 
 In addition to book, magazine and college catalog 
 typesetting, the monotype, the linotype and the inter- 
 type machines are producing for newspaper and maga- 
 zine advertising composition, type ranging as large as a 
 half inch in vertical dimension. As an instance, the 
 magnificent department store advertising pages of the 
 New York Times and many other newspapers are the 
 product of the monotype machine. The headlines on 
 all newspapers of any size whatever are now composed 
 on machines. 
 
 Dimensions and Position of the Type Page 
 
 The proportion of height to width of the type page 
 and the position of the type page on the trimmed paper 
 page, are matters which the early printers settled several 
 centuries ago, but which are given no heed whatever in 
 the great majority of well equipped American printing 
 plants today. 
 
 Some few years ago Professor Brander Matthews 
 of Columbia University brought out a most delightful 
 
 1 
 
THE TYPE 55 
 
 book, Bookbindings Old and New. He dedicated his 
 work to the Grolier Club of New York, which, he states 
 
 is a gathering of those who love books for their external 
 beauty — for the choice quahty of the paper, for the graceful 
 firmness of the type, for the even clearness of the presswork, 
 for the harmonious elegance of the illustrations, and for the 
 decorative skill bestowed on the binding. * * * Neither in 
 England nor in France is there any society exactly equivalent 
 to this New York Club, 
 
 On the subject of page proportion. Dr. Matthews 
 writes as follows: — 
 
 Although there are an increasing few in America who 
 know a beautiful book when they see it, there are also, alas! 
 not a few who dwell in outer darkness. * * * There are not a 
 few, I fear me greatly, who know not the proper proportions 
 of a printed page, and who do not exact that the cruel knife 
 of the reckless and mercenary binder shall never shear a 
 hair's-breadth from width or height; who do not consider 
 whether the fair white space of the outer and lower margins 
 shall be precisely twice as full as the inner and upper margins; 
 and who take no care that the width of the page of type shall 
 be strictly one-half of the length of the diagonal of the page. 
 There are not a few to whom these niceties are unknown — 
 not a few in the United States and not a few in Great Britain. 
 
 The matter of page dimensions and position of page 
 can best be shown by reference to the following figures 
 A, B, C and D. 
 
 Thus we learn a general rule for use in the best style 
 of book printing. On the supposition that the paper 
 page is about one and one-half times as high as it is 
 wide and that it does not exceed in size about 7xio>^, 
 the horizontal dimension of the type page should be 
 one-half the diagonal, including the page heading and 
 the folio. This would make the height of the type page, 
 including folio and head, one and three-quarters the 
 width. If the delightful old rule of the ancient printers 
 were observed, the position of the type page on the 
 
56 
 
 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Zd^'^m^ 
 
 GEORGE WASHINGTON UNTVERSITT 
 
 ^ course in Physiology consists of lectures, demonstrations and 
 labo\tory exercises. The lectures cover all the important facts and 
 theori\ regarding bodily functions of the animal, and are illustrated 
 by diag^ns, models and prepared specimens. 
 
 In the^boratory each student perform? a number of experiments 
 on blood, «i the circulation, on digestion^ on the general functions of 
 nerves and n^scles, and on the special senses of animals. 
 
 Special emphasis is laid on the relation of normal physiological func- 
 tions to the di^rbances of function In disease and upon the physiologi- 
 cal action of drl^s. 
 
 It is intended in^is way to bring the work of the Physiological Labo- 
 ratory and other e^^cises into closer relation with the succeeding course 
 in Pathology, Thera«uti(«^fli General Veterinary Medicine. 
 
 Text-book. — HoweluJbBhwttlfi&Xi Smith's Veterinary Physiology. 
 
 Rfi>«|^MISTRY 
 Kst Year 
 
 Charles Edward Munrob, ]^.D., LL.D Professor 
 
 Otis Dow Swett, S.M \. .^ Assistant Professor 
 
 General Chemistry. — A series d&ill' 
 recitations and exercises on theorMpal^ 
 Chemistry. The student is requin 
 which he must submit for examinaticn: 
 
 Laboratory Practice. — A laboratory 
 ciples of chemistry which is designed to 
 of conducting chemical experiments. 
 
 jPext-feoofc.— Holland's Medical Chemisti 
 
 PHYSIOLOGICAL 
 
 Second Year 
 
 Edwin Henry Inqersoll, M.S — 
 
 lectures, accompanied by S 
 rganic, organic and technical 1^ 
 e notes on these lectures, 
 
 the study of the prin- ^ 
 ^denta in the methods y ) 
 
 and Toxicology ^ 
 
 ... — Instructor 
 
 This course will consist of lectures and laboratory instruction, and 
 includes the study of jvater from a sanitary standout; the chemical 
 examination of milk, the tissues and fluids of the b^hr; the isolation 
 of the digestive enzymes, and a study of their action in\jtro. 
 
 MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS 
 
 David Eastburn Buckingham, V.M.D ., .'^'rofessor 
 
 Harry A. Lochboehler, D.V.M ^tructor 
 
 First Year 
 
 (1) Lectures upon and demonstrations of drugs and their preparl^ona 
 and doses used in veterinary practice will be followed by recita»n« 
 to assist in memorizing. (2) Practical exercises will be given in preset 
 tion writing, also a short course in Veterinary Pharmacology. 
 
 Figure A. Slightly reduced diagram of a type page of perfect dimensions 
 viz. height 1% that of width, diagonal twice that of width. Nearly all better class 
 catalogs present dimensions in the same proportions or approximate them closely, 
 no matter what the size of the page may be. 
 
THE TYPE 
 
 57 
 
 ■lOt nonzMf3pUuni'Vt''^<'™^d 
 
 I 4i|unitB^)jqii •*4;'j*»J0 
 
 
 J [omdoioiiMd pvi ta'Bo\ *mj»9 t< 
 
 a<»icmp3 |o iioiq^ jqi (o ij|<ii3Uuj ooj 
 
 Trinaplcs of Uk Thcofy of Edut^tion 
 
 Pnnaplcs o* tbr Thtryry o( Educatioit t>)7 
 
 {jbaumouUl 
 
 Figure B. Not until 1501 were type pages imposed in forms of eight, six 
 
 teen pages to the sheet, by Aldus in Ven 
 
 . This diagram of the fifteenth century 
 
 four page form (eight page signature) exemplifies the basis for the ancient position 
 
 ■" followed in the makmg of many of our 
 nes indicate positions for folding. The 
 
 . jle for type page on paper, a rule sti 
 
 better class books today. The dotted _ 
 
 white space between the pages is the same as that m each parallel margm. When 
 folded the upper and inner margins are therefore just half the lower and outer 
 margins respectively. Two pages being always visible in the open book the com- 
 bined gutter margin should equal either outer margin. Wire stitches,_closmg a 
 portion of the gutter, were not in use when this position rule was established. If 
 the book is trimmed, the top, bottom and outer margins are slightly reduced. 
 
58 
 
 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Pu'^m. 
 
 '/'fy^uax^ 
 
 yOt''>'{Z^/yyV\, ^' 
 
 '^^^4:^^ 
 
 ;(^ >^^»*c/^ 
 
 John B, Stetson University 
 
 n lo every vowel and consonant. Nasal qualities, lisp- 
 ngXand aspirated elements of speech are overcome. At- 
 tentidn is given to the production of pure tones, the increase 
 of theVocal register, the thorough understanding and abil- 
 ity to reproduce the effusive, cxpukive and explosive qual- 
 ities of tVie. The pupil is drilled in reading examples of 
 suppressed\moderate and declamatory force, higli pitch and 
 low pitch, phrasing and stress Monotones, one of the 
 prmcipal difihyulties of readers and speakers, receives spe- 
 cial attention. VTime, the rate of delivery, movement, ac- 
 cent, rhythmic qVialities of intonation and richness and full- 
 ness of voice are Cultivated. Gesture as a language b/ itself 
 is taught as a meatos of expression. 
 ' First Year. Vbice culture, breathing exercises, enun- 
 ciation, quality S^Jpi^, the increase of the vocal register, 
 the delivery of seleCTj^Ndeclamations and criticism. 
 
 Second YEAR.^^nVhasis, pitch, time, stress, accent. 
 \oice culture continuw^g^sture, the principle of action 
 declamation and the po^c\elivery of short selections 
 
 DEPAI<TMENT>OF GERMAN. 
 The aim of the work in the\rst two vears is to fit stu- 
 
 of ordinary difificulty. 
 ork The work of 
 1 upon pronunciati6rf ; 
 1 sentences illustrat- 
 rule\ and principles of a. 
 and \vord-order , eas y^ ^^^ s 
 gramftatical principles^ ■^ 
 
 O^ dents for reading literaryO^aJ 
 "^Vand to serve as a basis forattWi. 
 the first two years covers: 
 frequent repetition of memorizi 
 ing idioms and colloquial usage; 
 grammar, ordinary prepositions, 
 prose composition, designed to fi 
 
 and develop a fair degree of readiness in i^btural forms of 
 expression; and the reading in class of abou\ two hundred 
 pages of texts from Standard German authors. 
 
 The course in the Academy covers a peiHod of two 
 years. A third year may be elected. The regulV work 
 as follows : 
 
 First Year. Introductory course, based on 
 
 Meissner German Grammar, with the reading of son\ ele 
 
 mentary German text. 
 
 "7 Second Y'ear. Advanced work in Grammar. Read? 
 
 N^ of Heyse's "L'Arrabbiata." or Storms' "Immensee," Fa' 
 
 "^^i^^rf y^yna^A^t^ 7//A^^^ ' 
 
 Figure C. Diagram much reduced in size, of the page position commonly- 
 used in better class catalogs. If the edges were deckled and the tops only were 
 trimmed, this position would comply perfectly with the ancient rule. Wire stitch- 
 ing must however be reckoned with in a catalog or book to be bound by this cheap 
 method. This diagram is intended for use in connection with sewed binding. 
 
THE TYPE 
 
 59 
 
 « 
 
 ;^3 jij^^o^ — «^-- — > 
 
 REGISTER OF STUDENTS. 
 
 HoKS Address School Last Attkk 
 
 Lande, Nathan (Dent.) . . . , 
 Leahy, Michael Lawrence. 
 
 Little, George Douglas. . . , 
 Loiinsky, Ezra (Dent.)..., 
 
 .Montreal, Que. . . 
 .Franklin Centre, 
 
 Que 
 
 .Outremont. Que. . 
 .Montreal, Que. . . 
 
 McCaffrey', Laurence Ed. . . . 
 •McConey, George Andrew P. 
 
 Ormstown, Que. . 
 Georgetown, B.G. 
 
 MacDoogall, James A. 
 
 McEwen, Charles Stuart . 
 
 MacGregor, Donald 
 
 McGregor, Douglas U 
 
 MacLean, Basil Clarendon 
 
 (Dent.) 
 McLellan, WiUridGiUis... 
 
 (Dent.) 
 McNabb, Atholl Munra. . 
 Madden, Francis Charles . 
 
 Male, Robert Florent 
 
 Markson, Moses - . 
 
 Moisescu, Manole Don. . . 
 Montpetit, Jean 
 
 Moret, Herman 
 
 Murtha, Dale P 
 
 Notkin, Louis 
 
 Notkin, Myers. 
 
 Ofiesh, Kanaan Fares . 
 Pendrigh, Robert Murray. 
 
 Quin, Frank Ashtor 
 Rabinovitch, CarV^ 
 Riddell, Arthur 
 Ryan, Clarence Miberi 
 S^ll, Harold jTathan. 
 Shapiro. Chaijfc Engleson 
 Sihler, CharWlHardd 
 
 .MacDougall'sP.O., 
 
 P-E.I 
 
 .Montreal, Ql 
 .St. Thomas, OntJ 
 .VVaterdown, Oij 
 . Montreal, Qd 
 
 .Montreal, 
 
 .Montreal High '. 
 
 .University of 
 .Montreal Hij^ School. 
 .Montreal CcMflmercial & 
 
 Tech. Hi/i School. 
 .Ottawa Uj 
 
 Jososn's Interme- 
 
 diate^hool. 
 
 .St. D/nstan's College. 
 Prii/te Tuition. 
 Ws/Wstock College, 
 ilton Collegiate, 
 ichine Academy. 
 
 I Montreal High School. 
 
 .Otta' 
 .Ottawa 
 
 .Sudbu: _ 
 .Alexandi 
 
 Skinner, 
 
 Otuwa Collegiate. 
 Ottawa Collegiate. . 
 
 Sudbury High School. 
 .Alexandria High School 
 Montreal High School. 
 
 Bourget College, < 
 
 Rigand, Que. 
 Switzerland. 
 Mich ... . Shepherd High School. ^ 
 
 1, Que Dulierin School. 
 
 Que Montreal High School. 
 
 treal. Que Shortell's Academy. 
 
 John, N.B Yarmouth Academy, 
 
 N.S. 
 
 Iderson. Ont Bishop's College School. 
 
 CowansvUle, Que. . .University of Bishop's 
 College. 
 
 Cookshire, Que Cookshire Academy. 
 
 Quebec, Que Laval Um\ ersity, 
 
 Quebec, Que. 
 St. Croix, Danish W.l. 
 
 Montreal, Que Montreal High School. 
 
 Morrisburg, Ont Morrisburg College 
 
 Vancouver. B.C. . . .Okanagan College. B.C. 
 
 Montreal, Que Montreal High School. 
 
 Ottawa, Ont Ottawa Collegiate. 
 
 Litchfield, lU. . . . . . .Culver Mihtary 
 
 Academy. 
 
 Montreal, Que St. Andrew's College, 
 
 Toronto, Ont. 
 
 Montreal, Que Woodstock College. 
 
 Montreal, Que Montreal High School. 
 
 Hoboken, N.Y Hoboken High School. 
 
 Cobalt, Ont. . . _ Shortell's Academy y 
 
 Smith, Ifimes Wallace H 
 Solomgftl^ Abraham (Dent.) 
 JStua^ William Charles 
 
 TayJBr, Clifford Ethridge 
 
 ^Trafnor, Owen Connolly Hunter River, P.E.I.Si. Dunsun's Colleg 
 
 'PartiaL 
 
 :Double ( 
 
 ^«««'v2v»'^-'*-?^*-*t<!l.'V«^.-t<^ f'^gyCCi 
 
 "^ii^*^^ 
 
 ^yWi^ ^,^1*4^X0 
 
 ^-^o^A^y*-}^ S'. 
 
 Figure D. Diagram, much reduced, of a type page of perfect proportions, 
 which cannot in this instance be properly placed on the paper page owing to size 
 of paper stock. Much paper comes in sizes which present this insoluble problem. 
 The outer and inner margins should be a trifle smaller or the lower and top margins 
 a trifle greater, neither of which conditions is here possible without trimming to 
 waste. Better class printers are frequently compelled by such circumstances to 
 only approximate the ideal in some of the finer points of style. Wire stitching will 
 necessarily enlarge the binding edge margins. 
 
6o THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 trimmed paper page would give an outer margin double 
 the inner and a bottom margin double that at the top. 
 Harvard, Yale 1914, Vassar, University of the Philip- 
 pines and but few others follow this ancient book rule 
 in their catalogs. There is reason for its use in book- 
 making and unless the book or catalog be wired instead 
 of sewed, thus demanding extra binding space, there is 
 not much excuse for radical departure from it in catalog 
 making. The majority of really good printers follow 
 another position rule known as that of 3-4-5-7, allowing 
 5 parts outside margin to 3 parts inside and 7 parts 
 bottom margin to 4 at top. Naming these proportions 
 beginning with inner margin 3, top 4, outer 5, and 
 bottom 7, we have the name of this common position 
 rule, 3-4-5-7. Swarthmore and many other catalogs in 
 its high class, present this style of position. See Fig C. 
 
 The North American Review has of late upset the 
 traditions of the centuries by placing the wide margin 
 in the binding edge and the narrow margin in the outer 
 edge. 
 
 In an address delivered before the Bibliographical 
 Society over twenty years ago, William Morris said : 
 
 We now come to the position of the page of print on 
 the paper, which is a most important point, and one that till 
 quite lately has been wholly misunderstood by modern, and 
 seldom done wrong by ancient printers, or indeed by pro- 
 ducers of books of any kind. On this head I must begin by 
 reminding you that we only occasionally see one page of a 
 book at a time; the two pages making an opening are 
 really the unit of the book, and this was thoroughly under- 
 stood by the old book producers. I think you will seldom 
 find a book produced before the eighteenth century, and 
 which has not been cut down by that enemy of books (and 
 of the human race), the binder, in which this rule is not 
 adhered to: that the binder edge (that which is bound in) 
 must be the smallest member of the margins, the head 
 
THE TYPE 6l 
 
 margin must be larger than this, the fore larger still, and the 
 tail largest of all. I assert that, to the eye of any man who 
 knows what proportion is, this looks satisfactory, and that 
 no other does so look. But the modern printer, as a rule, 
 dumps down the page in what he calls the middle of the 
 paper, which is often not even really the middle, as he 
 measures his page from the headline, if he has one, though 
 it is not really a part of the page, but a spray of type only 
 faintly staining the head of the paper. Now I go so far as to 
 say that any book in which the page is properly put on the 
 paper is tolerable to look at, however poor the type may be, 
 whereas any book in which the page is wrongly set on the 
 paper is intolerable to look at, however good the type and 
 ornaments may be.* 
 
 The niceties of type page position, no matter which 
 style may be preferred, can not always be observed for 
 the simple reason that certain standardis:ed sizes of 
 paper stock make some marginal proportions impossible 
 unless the paper be trimmed to waste on one edge or 
 another. From the viewpoint of the best typographic 
 appearance this unavoidable condition is to be deplored. 
 
 There is positively no excuse but that of ignorance 
 for the type page in a college catalog appearing in the 
 center of the trimmed paper page, as is so frequently the 
 case; or below center and out from center ("down and 
 out" as distinguished from the correct style known by 
 printers as "up and in"), a position sometimes observed 
 in catalogs of small colleges where the work is usually 
 done in the job shop of a country newspaper. There is 
 reason for this distressing position. It is due to the 
 placing of the type page in the center of the untrimmed 
 paper page, according to custom in a newspaper or 
 circular, the lock-up man forgetting that a catalog trims. 
 
 *Mr. John Clyde Oswald, editor of the American Printer and president of the 
 American Institute of Graphic Arts, in showing me a few of his many valuable 
 fifteenth, sixteenth and seventeenth century books during a discussion of this sub- 
 ject of page position, said that he does not agree with William Morris's statement 
 in which he eliminates the running-head from the page dimension. 
 
62 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Page Heads 
 
 In books, magazines and catalogs, both commercial 
 and educational, the page head, or as it is technically 
 termed the "running-head," has become a fixture. 
 Usually the title of the publication, or in catalogs the 
 name of the institution, appears at the top of each 
 left hand page throughout. Opposite this generally 
 appears a heading designating either the subject of the 
 chapter in a book, the article in a magazine, or the sub- 
 ject of the department or section of a catalog in a com- 
 mercial or educational publication. Sometimes the right 
 hand running-head covers the subject treated on that 
 particular page and possibly the page preceding or 
 following it. 
 
 Practically all college catalogs now carry the run- 
 ning-head. The examples herewith shown are not many 
 in number but cover styles now in use. Upon this sub- 
 ject, some discussions have appeared in the trade 
 journals. In a most interesting article published in 
 Printing Art some few years ago, we find the following: 
 
 The Running-Head as an Embellishment 
 
 The running-head or running-title is an important fac- 
 tor in bookmaking and worthy of more attention than is 
 usually given to it. It can do much to mar or to give charac- 
 ter to the page. The treatment of head-lines is varied and in 
 far too many instances shows incongruities of combinations. 
 The book having a Modern title-page often has an Old Style 
 heading, or the reverse may be the case. A Modern type page 
 with a Priory Text or Black Letter line, a page of solid matter 
 covering a widely interspaced line, and similar instances, 
 illustrate the variety of contradictions in style, which, while 
 they may sometimes be termed unique, are not good typog- 
 raphy. The body type, dimensions of the page, and character 
 of the book to be printed — whether it be ecclesiastical, bio- 
 graphical, historical, scientific, or fiction — are all factors in 
 determining the style of running-head to be used. 
 
THE TYPE 63 
 
 In laying out a book page, the running-head has to be 
 considered as the eye-catcher — the Hne that gives character 
 to the whole page — and in order to do this conscientiously, 
 the manuscript must be examined carefully to ascertain what 
 the chapter heads will be. These head-lines alternate with 
 the book-title, the latter being on the left-hand page and the 
 former on the right, affording identification to the book and 
 to the subject-matter wherever opened. 
 
 The leading of a page has an important bearing upon 
 the running-head. If the page matter is leaded openly, the 
 head-line must be set off at considerable distance. On this 
 style of page, an interspaced, italic line can often be used to 
 better advantage than on a compact page. 
 
 With a generously spaced page, rule treatment can be 
 used, care being taken that the whitening out of type and rule 
 be ample. 
 
 Serious errors are made in combination of body letter 
 and headings. 
 
 A type page in Modern can carry a running-head of 
 capital letters of the same face and two-thirds the size of the 
 body type. If the length of line does not permit the use of 
 capitals an italic lower-case line of a modern face, one size 
 larger than the face of the body letter, can be used. Folios 
 should be in both cases the same size as the text. A lower- 
 case Hne of Roman or a mixed capital and small capital are 
 
 not at all desirable. 
 
 * * * * 
 
 Priory Text or Black Letter can be used with Old 
 Style to good effect. Rule treatment. Old Style Antiques and 
 designed running-headings are all applicable to the Old Style 
 faces. The dimensions of a page rather than the size of type 
 used in the text are essential in determining the size of type 
 used in the running-head. The long, narrow page can have a 
 running-head the full width; while a short page, that is, a 
 page out of proportion in width to the length, should not 
 carry a very wide line as it would add to its squatty appear- 
 ance. The blank line between running-title and text should 
 be the width of a quad line of the type used up to twelve- 
 point. In larger sizes, it is generally desirable to hold to the 
 twelve-point basis. 
 
 Rules above and below running-head lines must bear a 
 definite relation in weight of face to the color effect of the 
 types used in conjunction with them. Rules present difficul- 
 ties in folding and binding because, with pages having narrow 
 margins, the slightest irregularity is noticeable. 
 
64 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 114 Medical College of Virginia 
 
 164 Omo Wesleyan University 
 
 354 Unioersify of Southern California 
 
 74 BOSTON UNIVERSITY 
 
 382 BULLETIN OF WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY 
 
 604 TOWNE SCIENTIFIC SCHOOL 
 
 114 University of Toronto Faculty of Medicine 
 
 378 NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY 
 
 HAVERFORD COLLEGE 
 
 WASHINarON AND LEE UNIVERSITY 
 
 144 MIAMI UNIVERSITY 
 
THE TYPE 65 
 
 School of Pharmacy 115 
 
 School of Music 165 
 
 College of Fine Arts 355 
 
 COLLEGE OF LIBEIL\L ARTS 75 
 
 THE SCHOOL OF FINE ARTS 383 
 
 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 
 
 STUDENT ACTIVITIES 
 
 60s 
 
 Calendar for 1915-1916 115 
 
 THE THEOLOGICAL SCHOOLS 379 
 
 THE TEACHERS COLLEGE 14S 
 
66 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 
 St. Luke's School 
 
 THE Scliool was founded at Fox Chase, Pennsyl- jjjgjQj^, 
 vania, in 1863, as "Ury House School" by Mrs. 
 Jane Crawford, In 1884 the present Head Master 
 took over the School, removing it to Bustleton, 
 Pennsylvania, and renaming it St. Luke's School. In 
 1902 it was moved to its present location. 
 
 Special page head at outer edge. Appears to better advantage when opposite 
 page, always a full page illustration in this catalog is seen. Heading "St. Luke's 
 School" and marginal heads such as "History" are in red. 
 
 of NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY 
 
 Departments and Instructors 
 
 "RinlntfV Lewis Hart Weld — Instructor in Biology. B.A. University of 
 
 »^ Rochester; M.A. University of Michigan. Graduate student at 
 
 Cornell University. Phi Beta Kappa, Alpha Delta Tau. Mem- 
 ber of American Association for Advancement of Science. 
 
 Botany — Seven hours a week throughout the year ; field and museum trips. Bergen 
 and Caldwell's Introduction to Botany used .as a text. The work consists of 
 
 Specially designed running-head for a large type page, 5x8, printed on page 
 with most generous outer and lower margins. 
 
Honor Roll of 1913-1914 
 
 CLASS A. 
 John Ewing Russell 5, 8. Henry Grant Wasson, Jr. 8. 
 
 HAJiRY Aaron Sipe 6. 7, 8. 
 
 CLASS B. 
 
 Edward Philip Becker 6, 7. 
 Samuel Davidson Herron 3, 4, 
 
 5, 6. 
 Clark Miller 2, 3, 4, 5. 
 Toland Kirk Nicholson 7. 
 Harry Aaron Sipe 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. 
 Alden Wrhen Foster 4, 5. 
 Lucian Reinhart Henry 1, 4, 
 
 5, 7, 8. 
 Louis Oliver Klingelhofer 2, 
 
 4, 5, 7. 
 Kenneth Frick Lovejoy 3. 
 Stanley Marshall Rinehart, 
 
 Jr. 8. 
 William Lincoln Stewart, Jr. 
 
 4, 5, 6. 
 Ralph Leo Bollinger I. 
 John Prestley Fife 3. 
 Andrew Patton Happer 5. 
 Louis Hirsch Sichelstiel 3, 
 
 7,8. 
 William Dosh Bickel 3, 5. 
 Boyd Ross Ewing, Jr. 1, 2, 3, 
 
 4, 7. 
 Nelson Barker Garden 5, 7. 
 
 James Dunlap Gray 1, 2, 6, 
 
 7, 8. 
 Edwin Wainwright Macfar- 
 
 lane 5. 
 Wilfrid Murtland 2, 3, 5. 
 John Ewing Russell 1, 2, 3, 
 
 4, 7. 
 
 Henry Grant Wasson, Jr. 5, 
 
 6, 7. 
 
 Charles Bedell Monro 7. 
 Francis LeMoyne Page 2, 6, 
 
 7, 8. 
 
 Herbert Houghton Phillips 
 
 6, 7, 8. 
 Robert Cooper Davidson 5. 
 John Dunlap 5. 
 George Armstrong Kelly 2, 
 
 5, 8. 
 
 Paul William Kelly 3, 8. 
 Joseph Harry Morehouse 4, 
 
 5, 6, 7. 8. 
 John Rae 5, 8. 
 Wallace Hurtte Rowe, Jr. 3, 
 
 5, 8. 
 Thomas Ewing Shaw 4, 6, 7, 8. 
 
 CLASS C 
 Henry Clay Fownes, H. 5. John Rae 4. 
 Philip Stokes Patton 5. Wallace Hurtte Rowe, Jr. 7. 
 
 Joseph Harry Morehouse 1, 2. 
 
 Shady Slde Academy 
 
 The running-head in this catalog appears oddly at the bottom instead of at 
 the top of the page. The folio, not embodied here, is still below and a half inch 
 from the bottom and the outer edge. 
 
 67 
 
68 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Setoanee ^ilitarp ataHem? 35 
 
 in strict accordance with the requirements as recommended 
 by the Committee of Twelve for college entrance. 
 
 The work includes a careful drill in vocabulary, gram- 
 matical forms, and pronunciation ; reading from standard 
 texts, writing from dictation, etc. Students are required 
 as a part of their daily work to express themselves cor- 
 rectly in the idiom — in fact, every means is taken to give 
 the student a fair mastery of the language. 
 
 French is taught in the Fourth and Fifth Forms ; Ger- 
 man in the Third and Fourth Forms ; and Spanish in the 
 Second and Third. 
 
 FRENCH 
 
 Fourth Form.— Grammar: Chardenal's Complete French Course 
 Reader: Easy French (Snow and Lebon). 
 
 Fifth Form.— Chardenal's Complete French Course completed. 
 Elementary French Composition (Lazare). Une semaine a Paris 
 (Bacon). La Poudre aux yeux (Labiche et Martin). Atala 
 (Chateaubriand). Oral and written exercises. Examination 
 papers. 
 
 GERMAN 
 
 Jhird Form.— German Lesson Grammar (Joynes and Wesselhoft) . 
 Gliick Auf (Miiller and Wenckebach). 
 
 Fourth Form.— Joynes and Wesselhoft's German Lesson Grammar 
 completed. German Prose Composition (Osthaus and Bierman). 
 Willkommen in Deutschland (Mosher). Vetter Gabriel (Heyse). 
 Oral and written exercises. Examination papers. 
 
 SPANISH 
 
 Second Form.— Grammar: Elementary Spanish Grammar (Lois- 
 eaux). Reader: Elementary Spanish Reader (Harrison). 
 
 Third Form.— Spanish Grammar completed. Spanish Prose Com- 
 position (Umphrey). Spanish Reader (Ramsey). Partir a 
 Tiempo (Larra). Zaragiieta (Carrion y Aza). 
 
 An attractive style, the body matter (upper portion of page) being thoroughly 
 legible. Printed in brown ink on rich deckle edge paper with ample white margins. 
 Text-letter running-head. 
 
THE TYPE 69 
 
 In a recent issue of the Inland Printer, the following 
 paragraph is introductory to an interesting and pro- 
 fusely illustrated paper on this subject: 
 
 Next to the initial letter, the running-head, or running- 
 title, offers greater advantages for the embellishment of an 
 otherwise plain and severe type page than can be attained in 
 any other way and it can be used on practically every page. 
 It adds snap and character to the page of text-matter which 
 inspires interest. That it deserves more attention than Is 
 often given it, is proved by the many unattractive pages, 
 made so because of carelessness or ignorance of essentials to 
 its proper use as part of the page. 
 
 Other running-heads may be observed in the re- 
 productions of catalog pages shown in this book. 
 
 A Calendar 
 
 A number of engraving houses sell stock calendar 
 electrotypes, such as usually appear in college catalogs. 
 Some institutions use a calendar covering the entire 
 current year and the entire year following. Some use 
 type set calendars, the last four months of the current 
 year and five or six months of the succeeding year, 
 special days being in black type, while others, notably 
 eastern colleges, prefer an electrotyped calendar showing 
 the latter half of the current year, the whole of the 
 succeeding year and sometimes the first half of the year 
 following. Such electro frequently appears on the page 
 succeeding the title page of the catalog. Usually it 
 precedes the page or two of type known as "The 
 Calendar," or "Days and Dates." Wesleyan uses the 
 outside back cover for a calendar plate. Brown and 
 some other institutions use bold-face figures for all 
 holidays and Sundays in the academic year. 
 
 The slight expense and the small space occupied by 
 such calendar electro are much more than overbalanced 
 by the convenience and usefulness thereby secured. 
 
70 
 
 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Calendar 1917 | 
 
 JANUARY 
 
 FEBRUARY 
 
 MARCH 
 
 APRIL 
 
 S M T W T F S 
 
 S M T W T F S 
 
 S M T W T P S 
 
 S M T W T PS 
 
 ... 1 2 3 4 5 6 
 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 
 11 15 16 17 18 19 20 
 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
 28 29 30 31 
 
 12 3 
 
 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 
 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
 25 26 27 28 
 
 12 3 
 
 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 
 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 
 
 12 3 4 5 6 7 
 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
 29 30 
 
 MAY 
 
 JUNE 
 
 JULY 
 
 AUGUST 
 
 S M T WT F S 
 
 S M T W T PS 
 
 S M T W T F S 
 
 S M T W T F S 
 
 12 3 4 
 
 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 
 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 
 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
 26 27 28 29 30 31 ... 
 
 12 3 4 5 
 
 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
 27 28 29 30 31 
 
 1 2 
 
 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
 
 12 3 4 5 6 7 
 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
 29 30 31 
 
 SEPTEMBER 
 
 OCTOBER 
 
 NOVEMBER 
 
 DECEMBER 
 
 S M T W T PS 
 
 1 
 
 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 
 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
 30 
 
 S M T W T PS 
 
 ... 1 2 3 4 5 6 
 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 
 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 
 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
 28 29 30 31 
 
 S M T WT F S 
 
 S M T W T P S 
 
 12 3 
 
 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 
 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
 25 26 27 28 29 30 ... 
 
 "2 "3 "4 "5 "e "7 8 
 
 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 
 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
 30 31 
 
 Calendar 1018 | 
 
 JANUARY 
 
 FEBRUARY 
 
 MARCH 
 
 APRIL 
 
 S M T W T F S 
 
 S M T W T PS 
 
 S M T W T P S 
 
 S M T W T PS 
 
 12 3 4 5 
 
 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
 27 28 29 30 31 
 
 1 2 
 
 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
 24 25 26 27 28 
 
 1 2 
 
 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
 31 
 
 ... 1 2 3 4 5 6 
 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 
 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 
 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
 28 29 30 
 
 MAY 
 
 JUNE 
 
 JULY 
 
 AUGUST 
 
 S M T W T F S 
 
 S M T W T PS 
 
 S M T W T PS 
 
 S M T W T F S 
 
 12 3 
 
 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 
 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 
 
 12 3 4 
 
 5 6 7 8 91011 
 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 
 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
 26 27 28 29 30 31 ... 
 
 1 
 
 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 
 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
 30 
 
 ...123456 
 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 
 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 
 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
 28 29 30 31 
 
 SEPTEMBER 
 
 OCTOBER 
 
 NOVEMBER 
 
 DECEMBER 
 
 S M T W T F S 
 
 S M T W T F S 
 
 S M T W T F S 
 
 S M T W T F S 
 
 12 3 4 5 6 7 
 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
 29 30 
 
 12 3 4 5 
 
 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
 27 28 29 30 31 
 
 1 2 
 
 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
 
 12 3 4 5 6 7 
 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
 29 30 31 
 
THE TYPE 
 
 71 
 
 1917 
 
 1918 
 
 JANUARY 
 
 JULY 
 
 JANUARY 
 
 JULY 1 
 
 s 
 
 M 
 
 T 
 
 w 
 
 T 
 
 F 
 
 s 
 
 s 
 
 M 
 
 T 
 
 w 
 
 T 
 
 F 
 
 s 
 
 s 
 
 M 
 
 T 
 
 w 
 
 T 
 
 F 
 
 s 
 
 s 
 
 M 
 
 T 
 
 w 
 
 T 
 
 F 
 
 s 
 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 31 
 
 
 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 31 
 
 
 
 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 31.- 
 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 31 
 
 
 
 
 FEBRUARY 
 
 AUGUST 
 
 FEBRUARY 
 
 AUGUST 1 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 2 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 9 
 
 4 
 
 5 6 
 
 7 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 14 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 16 
 
 
 12 13 
 
 14 15 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 2021 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 2223 
 
 18 
 
 19 20 
 
 21 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 2728 
 
 
 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 31 
 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 
 25 
 
 26 27 
 
 2829 
 
 30 
 
 31 
 
 MARCH 
 
 SEPTEMBER 
 
 MARCH 
 
 SEPTEMBER | 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 ..|.. 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 lb 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 ". 
 
 23 
 30 
 
 "' 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 24 
 31 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 APRIL 
 
 OCTOBER 
 
 APRIL 
 
 OCTOBER 1 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 
 .. 
 
 
 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 31 
 
 
 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 
 
 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 31 
 
 
 
 MAY 
 
 NOVEMBER 
 
 MAY 
 
 NOVEMBER | 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 2 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 S 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 16 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 2324 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 3031 
 
 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 31 
 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29130 
 
 JUNE 
 
 DECEMBER 
 
 JUNE 
 
 DECEMBER | 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 ..|.. 
 
 
 .. 
 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 IS 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 31 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 30 
 
 31 
 
 
 ..!.. 
 
 
 
 30 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
72 
 
 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 1916 
 
 1917 
 
 1918 
 
 
 JULY 
 
 JANUARY 
 
 JULY 
 
 JANUARY 
 
 
 S M T 
 
 W T F S 
 
 S M T 
 
 W 
 
 T 
 
 F 
 
 s 
 
 s 
 
 M 
 
 T 
 
 w 
 
 T 
 
 F S 
 
 s 
 
 M 
 
 T 
 
 W 
 
 T 
 
 F S 
 
 
 
 .... I 
 
 ..12 
 789 
 
 3 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 II 
 
 s 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 13 
 
 I 
 8 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 10 
 
 4 
 II 
 
 s 
 
 12 
 
 6 7 
 13 14 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 I 
 
 8 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 10 
 
 4 5 
 II 12 
 
 
 2 3 \ 
 
 ^ 5 6 7 8 
 
 
 9 lo 1 
 
 1213 14 15 
 
 14 IS 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 IS 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 2021 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18191 
 
 i6 17 iJ 
 
 \ 19 20 21 22 
 
 21 22 23 
 
 24 
 
 2S 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 2h 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 2S2b| 
 
 is !J 2 
 
 : 26 27 28 29 
 
 28 29 30 
 
 31 
 
 
 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 31 
 
 
 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 31 
 
 
 
 AUGUST 
 
 FEBRUARY 
 
 AUGUST 
 
 FEBRUARY 
 
 
 
 I 2 3 4 5 
 B 9 10 II 12 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 7. 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3 -f 
 
 
 
 
 , 
 
 
 I 2 
 
 6 7 
 
 4 S 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 S 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 I 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 9 
 
 13 141 
 
 5 16 17 18 IC 
 
 II 12 13 
 
 14 
 
 IS 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 IS 
 
 16 
 
 17 iJ 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 isit> 
 
 2021 2 
 
 2 23 24 25 2( 
 
 18 19 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 242 
 
 ;i7 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 2223 
 
 27282 
 
 93031 .. . 
 
 25 26 27 
 
 28 
 
 
 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 31 
 
 3L_ 
 
 .24 
 
 ?5_ 
 
 2627 
 
 28 
 
 
 
 SEPTEMBER 
 
 MARCH 
 
 SEPTEMBER 
 
 MARCH 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 8 
 
 2 
 9 
 
 3 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 S 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 I . . 
 
 8 3 
 
 4 
 
 S 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 1 
 8 
 
 2 
 
 3 4 
 
 5678 
 
 9456 
 
 7 
 
 9 
 
 10 II I 
 
 213 14 15 I 
 
 6 II 12 13 
 
 14 
 
 IS 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 141 
 
 510 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 151 
 
 b 
 
 17 18 I 
 
 92021 22 2 
 
 3 18 1920 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 2 
 
 217 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 222 
 
 3 
 
 24252 
 
 6 27 28 29 3 
 
 25 26 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 31 
 
 23 
 30 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 ''. 
 
 27 
 
 282 
 
 924 
 ■ 31 
 
 25 
 
 2b 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 293 
 
 
 
 OCTOBER 
 
 APRIL 
 
 OCTOBER 
 
 APRIL 
 
 
 I 2 
 
 3456 
 
 7123 
 
 4 
 
 S 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 •■1 I 
 
 2| 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 .. 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 8 91 
 
 II 12 13 I 
 
 4 8 910 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 I 
 
 3 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 1 
 
 3 
 
 IS 16 1 
 
 7 18 19202 
 
 I IS 16 17 
 
 18 
 
 iq 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 192 
 
 014 
 
 IS 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 192 
 
 
 
 22232 
 
 4 25 26 27 2 
 
 8 22 23 24 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 262 
 
 721 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 262 
 
 7 
 
 29 30' 
 
 I 
 
 . 29 30 . . 
 
 
 
 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 31 
 
 
 
 . 28 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 
 
 
 
 NOVEMBER 
 
 MAY 
 
 NOVEMBER 
 
 MAY 
 
 
 
 .123 
 
 4 .. .. I 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 ..(.. 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3 ■• 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3| 
 
 4 
 
 5 6 
 
 7 8 9 10 I 
 
 1678 
 
 <5 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 4 
 
 S 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 91 
 
 S 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 I 
 
 I 
 
 12 13 
 
 4 IS 16 17 I 
 
 8 13 14 IS 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 161 
 
 712 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 IS 
 
 lb 
 
 171 
 
 8 
 
 1920- 
 
 51 22 23 24 2 
 
 5 2021 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 2S 
 
 2fc 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 2C 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 232 
 
 4 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 242 
 
 5 
 
 2627 
 
 58 29 30 . . . 
 
 . 27 28 29 
 
 3C 
 
 31 
 
 
 
 .25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 30 . 
 
 . 26 
 
 27I28 
 
 29 
 
 30I31I 
 
 • 
 
 DECEMBER 
 
 JUNE 
 
 DECEMBER 
 
 JUNE 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 II 2 
 
 2 
 
 
 1. 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 I . . 
 
 8 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 I 
 
 3 4 
 
 5678 
 
 9 3 4 5 
 
 t 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 S 
 
 8 
 
 10 II 
 
 2 13 14 IS I 
 
 6 10 II 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 IS 
 
 It 
 
 9 
 
 IC 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 i: 
 
 141 
 
 5 9 
 
 IC 
 
 II 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 141 
 
 5 
 
 17 18 
 
 92021 22 2 
 
 3 17 18 I? 
 
 2C 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 21 
 
 It 
 
 17 
 
 ih 
 
 i<5 
 
 2C 
 
 21 2 
 
 2ie 
 
 17 
 
 iti 
 
 19 
 
 2C 
 
 21 2 
 
 2 
 
 2425 
 
 j6|27 28 29 3 
 
 24 25 2t 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 3C 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 282 
 
 923 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 2t 
 
 27 
 
 282 
 
 9 
 
 31 •• 
 
 .1 
 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 J^ 
 
 JJ 
 
 • 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 •3C 
 
 ) . 
 
 _!. 
 
 . 1. .1. .1 
 
 _ 
 
THE TYPE 
 
 73 
 
 CALENDAR 1917 
 
 S M 
 1 
 
 7 8 
 14 15 
 21 22 
 28 29 
 
 ■ 
 
 JANUARY 
 T W T 
 2 3 4 
 9 10 11 
 16 17 18 
 23 24 25 
 30 31 .. 
 
 F 
 
 5 
 12 
 19 
 26 
 
 s 
 
 6 
 13 
 20 
 27 
 
 s 
 
 1 
 
 8 
 
 15 
 
 22 
 
 29 
 
 JULY 
 M T W T 
 
 F S 
 
 20 21 
 27 28 
 
 
 
 S M 
 
 FEBRUARY 
 T W T 
 
 F 
 2 
 9 
 16 
 23 
 
 s 
 
 3 
 
 10 
 17 
 24 
 
 S 
 
 AUGUST 
 
 M T W T 
 
 1 2 
 
 F S 
 3 4 
 10 11 
 17 18 
 24 26 
 31 .. 
 
 4 6 
 11 12 
 18 19 
 25 26 
 
 6 7 8 
 13 14 15 
 20 21 22 
 27 28 .. 
 
 5 
 12 
 19 
 26 
 
 6 7 8 9 
 13 14 15 16 
 20 21 22 23 
 27 28 29 30 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 S M 
 
 MARCH 
 
 T W T 
 
 1 
 
 F 
 2 
 9 
 16 
 23 
 30 
 
 S 
 3 
 10 
 17 
 24 
 31 
 
 S 
 
 SEPTEMBER 
 
 M T W T P S 
 1 
 
 4 6 
 11 12 
 18 19 
 25 26 
 
 
 
 6 7 8 
 13 14 15 
 20 21 22 
 27 28 29 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 16 
 
 23 
 
 30 
 
 3 4 5 6 
 10 11 12 13 
 17 18 19 20 
 24 25 26 27 
 
 7 8 
 14 15 
 21 22 
 28 29 
 
 
 
 
 S M 
 
 1 2 
 8 9 
 15 16 
 22 23 
 29 30 
 
 APRIL 
 T W T 
 3 4 5 
 10 11 12 
 17 18 19 
 24 25 26 
 
 F 
 6 
 13 
 20 
 27 
 
 S 
 7 
 14 
 21 
 28 
 
 S 
 
 7 
 14 
 21 
 28 
 
 OCTOBER 
 M T W T 
 12 3 4 
 8 9 10 11 
 15 16 17 18 
 22 23 24 25 
 29 30 31 
 
 F S 
 5 6 
 12 13 
 19 20 
 26 27 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 S M 
 
 6 7 
 13 14 
 20 21 
 27 28 
 
 MAY 
 T W T 
 12 3 
 8 9 10 
 15 16 17 
 22 23 24 
 29 30 31 
 
 F 
 4 
 11 
 18 
 25 
 
 S 
 5 
 12 
 19 
 26 
 
 S 
 
 NOVEMBER 
 M T W T 
 1 
 
 F S 
 2 3 
 9 10 
 16 17 
 23 24 
 30 .. 
 
 4 
 11 
 18 
 26 
 
 6 6 7 8 
 12 13 14 15 
 19 20 21 22 
 26 27 28 29 
 
 , 
 
 
 S M 
 
 JUNE 
 T W T 
 
 F 
 
 1 
 8 
 15 
 
 i§ 
 
 s 
 
 2 
 9 
 16 
 23 
 30 
 
 s 
 
 DECEMBER 
 M T W T 
 
 P S 
 1 
 
 3 4 6 6 7 
 10 11 12 13 14 
 
 2 
 9 
 16 
 23 
 30 
 
 3 4 5 6 
 10 11 12 13 
 17 18 19 20 
 24 25 26 27 
 31 
 
 7 8 
 14 15 
 21 22 
 28 29 
 
 
 
 Note the bold-face figures in June and July. They indicate dates on which 
 the summer school is in session. 
 
74 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 CALENDAR 
 
 1915-1916 
 
 Examinations for Admission 9th Mo. 20, 21, 22, 1915 
 
 College Year, 1915-1916, begins, 9.10 a. m 9th Mo. 23 
 
 First Quarter ends, 4.00 p. m 1 1th Mo. 17. 
 
 Thanksgiving Recess 11th Mo. 25, 26, 27, 28 
 
 Winter Recess begins, 4.00 p. m 12th Mo. 22 
 
 Winter Recess ends, 8.30 a. m 1st Mo. 6, 1916 
 
 Second Half-year begins, 8.30 a. m 2nd Mo. 7 
 
 Third Quarter ends, 1.00 p. m 3rd Mo. 25 
 
 Spring Recess begins, 1.00 p. m 3rd Mo. 25 
 
 Spring Recess ends, 8.30 a. m 4th Mo. 3 
 
 Senior Class Day 6th Mo. 15 
 
 Commencement and Alumni Day 6th Mo. 16 
 
 Examinations for Admission 6th Mo. 19, 20, 21 
 
 1916-1917 
 
 Examinations for Admission 9th Mo. 25, 26, 27, 1916 
 
 College Year, 1916-1917, begins, 9.10 a. m. . . .9th Mo. 28 
 
 First Quarter ends, 4.00 p. m 11th Mo. 22 
 
 Thanksgiving Recess 11th Mo. 30, 12th Mo. 1, 2, 3 
 
 Winter Recess begins, 4.00 p. m 12th Mo. 20 
 
 Winter Recess ends, 8.30 a. m 1st Mo. 4, 1917 
 
 Second Half-year begins, 8.30 a. m 2nd Mo. 12 
 
 Spring Recess begins, 1.00 p. m 3rd Mo. 24 
 
 Spring Recess ends, 8.30 a. m 4th Mo. 2 
 
 Third Quarter ends, 1.00 p. m 4th Mo. 7 
 
 Senior Class Day 6th Mo. 14 
 
 Commencement and Alumni Day 6th Mo. 15 
 
 Examinations for Admission 6th Mo. 18, 19, 20 
 
 In Haverford College's calendar may be noted the Friends' method of desig- 
 nating the months. The leaded lo-point is far more legible than the smaller type 
 used in the great majority of catalog calendars. Running-head omitted over 
 drop-head on this page. 
 
THE TYPE 
 
 75 
 
 gllnmnut imx tjic fear 1916 aui) part jof t\t Ijcar 191 7. 
 
 toit^ CaUnSir of liiiljersitg Cenntouieran^ 
 
 |lcmarl;al)It fags. 
 
 NOTE.— Those Sundays or Holydays on which the DoctorB wear their robes at Church 
 are marked thu8(*). The Doctors wear their Congregation habits at Sermons on all 
 Sundays daring Term, except on Quinquagesima Sunday and the Sundays in Lent. 
 The Sermons, except on some particular days wliich are noticed in this Calendar, 
 are delivered at St. Mary's at 10.30 a.m. The hour of the Assize Sermon varies 
 according to the arrangements of the Assizes. 
 
 JANUARY XXXI. 
 
 1916. 
 
 31 
 
 •^Circumtision. Bodleian Library closed. Radcliffe Camera open. 
 
 Second Sunday after Cliristnias. 
 
 Bodleian Library open from 9 to 3 in January. 
 
 *C?i)ipJ)anp. 
 
 Lucian. Cambridge Lent Term begi 
 
 First Sunday after Epiphany. 
 
 Hilary Law Tenii begins. 
 
 nUary. 
 
 Oxford Hilar)' or Lent Term begins. 
 
 Second Sunday after Epiphany. 
 
 Piisca. 
 
 Fabian. 
 
 Agnes. 
 
 Vincent. 
 
 Third Sunday after Epiphany. Full Term begins. [1] 
 
 donbcraion of St. IpauL 
 
 Fourth Sunday after Epiphany. [2] 
 
 Sermon on Application of Messianic Propliecy. Preaclier 
 
 nominated by the Yice-Chancellor. 
 Hilary Law Term ends. 
 
 Oxford University's calendar is quite intricate and detailed, an interestmg 
 study to the American. The bold perpendicular line begins with the term. 
 
76 
 
 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Forms 
 To aid those unacquainted with the mathematical 
 intricacies of the composing room, there is here shown 
 one of many imposition diagrams used in laying out the 
 
 17 24 
 
 81 
 
 
 03 
 
 
 IS 
 
 
 Zl 
 
 BINDER'S GRIPPER 
 
 4 
 
 
 29 
 
 
 28 
 
 
 6 
 
 \ 
 
 
 S8 
 
 
 QS 
 
 
 8 
 
 Layout of form for one side (outside) of 32 page signature 
 
THE TYPE TJ 
 
 form, which, when sent to the folding machine, must be 
 correct. There are different forms, the positions of the 
 various pages conforming to the several methods of 
 folding. The ordinary machine however folds across 
 the middle of the sheet, short way first, and continues 
 right angle folds until the three folds (for sixteen page 
 form) or four folds (for thirty-two page) have been 
 made. The usual form is a thirty-two page which, in 
 book or catalog work, is automatically slit while leaving 
 the press after printing the second side of the sheet; 
 thus, in a thirty-two page form, sixty-four pages are 
 printed on a sheet which is divided into two thirty-two 
 page forms, sixteen pages on each side of the half-sheet. 
 One side of such half-sheet is here shown. See page 17. 
 A competent lock-up man lays the pages of type on 
 the stone without consulting any diagram. The reverse 
 form is so laid that each page appears in its proper 
 
 sequence. 
 
 Printing the Backbone 
 On catalogs of great bulk the title is almost in- 
 variably printed across the top of the backbone. On 
 those of lesser thickness but still of fair bulk the title is 
 printed at right angles, usually reading from top to 
 bottom. Pamphlets of only 32 or 48 pages are saddle- 
 stitched, a method not admitting of any backbone 
 surface. Every catalog or pamphlet bound in style 
 known as side-stitch, or book-sewed with thread and 
 with cover attached to the back by glue, should by all 
 means be identified on the backbone. The importance 
 of this item will be at once appreciated when examining 
 an Exchange Catalog Shelf in which the catalogs of 
 several hundred institutions are seen. Catalogs not 
 identified on the backbone must be labelled with pen 
 and ink, a tedious and usually unattractive method. 
 
n 
 
 > 
 
 H 
 
 O >• 
 
 O 
 
 c 
 w 
 
 
 o 
 
 n 
 
 PJ M 
 
 o . 
 w 
 
 ?o r 
 
 
 H 
 > 
 
 z 
 z 
 
 n 
 o 
 
 r 
 
 o 
 m 
 
 c 
 r 
 r 
 
 ;d 
 ca 
 
 CAMBRIDGE 
 
 UNIVERSITY 
 
 CALENDAR 
 
 1915-1916 
 
 Price 
 7l6 
 Net 
 
 CAMBRIDGE 
 
 UNIVERSITY 
 
 PRESS 
 
 n: 
 
 n 
 
 a 
 m 
 z 
 
 H 
 
 CO 
 
 n 
 
 O 
 
 po 
 H 
 
 
 78 
 
THE TYPE 79 
 
 Not only should the title, but the name of the In- 
 stitution and the year of publication, appear. If all 
 catalogs were like those of Boston University 191 5, the 
 University of Virginia 191 5-16, the University of Illi- 
 nois, or the General Theological Seminary, Exchange 
 Shelves would present a wilderness of blank backbones, 
 or if all were like that of Cornell 1914-15, the title of the 
 publication would appear without the name of the 
 institution. Nearly all Canadian catalogs, that of 
 McGill being an exception, bear no title on the back- 
 bone. It is quite surprising to note the absence of such 
 title on the otherwise magnificent catalog of the Uni- 
 versity of the Philippines. See opposite page 16. 
 
 Practically all boys' and girls' schools oflFer no title 
 on the backbone of their catalogs, a serious oversight. 
 
 Although some college catalogs are made with the 
 backbone title reading from bottom to top, many are 
 properly printed with the title reading from top to 
 bottom. The reason for this form is that when the 
 catalog is laid flat on a table or desk, front side up, and 
 other catalogs are placed on top of it, it is possible to 
 read the backbone title without taking it out of the pile. 
 The best explanation of this matter would be a glance 
 at a pile of old magazines. It would be far better if the 
 few catalogs whose backbone titles read from bottom to 
 top could be treated as the great majority are, with the 
 backbone title reading top to bottom, for the sake of 
 uniformity of appearance in the Exchange Catalog 
 Shelves of hundreds of institutions and libraries. The 
 librarian customarily passes along a shelf from left to 
 right reading from top to bottom. He is entitled to 
 some consideration. 
 
8o 
 
 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 r 
 
 
 
 oS ' 
 
 
 
 
 
 >7i > 
 
 
 C/J 
 
 
 
 wg 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 E^ 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 NEW YORK 
 
 i| 
 
 UNIVERSITY 
 
 00 
 
 
 UNIVERSITY 
 
 g 
 
 OF 
 CALIFORNIA 
 
 10 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 ♦^ 
 
 
 C3- 
 
 
 
 )|14 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 REGISTER 
 
 
 ♦^ 
 
 
 CD 
 
 1915-1916 
 
 5 
 
 e 
 
 
 m , 1 
 S" 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 n 
 ♦^ 
 
 CATALOGUE 
 1914-1915 
 
 ^ 
 
 % 
 
 
 % 
 
 « 
 ♦^ 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 <1 
 
 
 
 ♦— » 
 
 
 CD 
 
 
 ff. 
 
 m 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 3 
 
 ^-^ 
 
 
 2. 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 ♦-^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 _^ 
 
 
 
 V-* 
 
 
 t 
 
 
 z 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 S3 
 
 I— ' 
 
 
 
 
 < 
 
 § 
 
 en 
 
THE TYPE 
 
 8l 
 
 THE STATE 
 UNIVERSITY 
 OF IOWA 
 
 CATALOGUE 
 
 1914-1915 
 
 ANNOUNCEMENTS 
 19151916 
 
 REGISTER 
 
 OF THE 
 
 UNIVERSITY 
 
 OF 
 
 ILLINOIS 
 
 1915-1916 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 E 
 
 1914 
 
 1915 
 
 McGILL 
 UNIVERSITY 
 
 CALENDAR 
 
 SESSION 
 1916.1917 
 
 HARVARD 
 UNIVERSITY 
 CATALOGUE 
 
 > 
 
 o 
 
 2 
 O 
 
 > 
 
 n 
 
 P3 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 6* 
 
 CD 
 
 Si 
 
 1915-1916 
 
82 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 But no matter how small the catalog or bulletin 
 may be it should be properly identified on the backbone, 
 if it be sidestitched or sewed. 
 
 Printing of Catalog Envelopes 
 
 From the artistic point of view, the style of corner 
 card appearing on the envelope used for enclosing a 
 catalog or bulletin should be in harmony with the 
 typographical style of the cover of the catalog. While 
 there is no necessity for such uniformity, it is considered 
 to be as much in good form as would be the harmony in 
 style between one's hat and one's clothing. Some 
 schools, particularly boys' and girls' schools, and now 
 and then a normal school, use a mailing envelope 
 specially made of the same paper and in the same shade 
 and finish as the cover of the catalog, the type and ink 
 used in the corner card conforming in style and shade to 
 that used on the cover. Such envelopes are expensive 
 in both material and labor for making. 
 
 The examples shown herewith are reduced to one- 
 half in each dimension, but will no doubt be sufficiently 
 clear to convey the idea of the many styles in use. 
 
 As shown in the chapter on Postal Regulations, it is 
 well to give the notice of second-class entry on the 
 envelope, even though the type for such notice be very 
 small. Six-point is sometimes used for this purpose. 
 The postal authorities request that this notice of second- 
 class entry be printed on the envelope for the con- 
 venience of the postmaster at destination. See page 270. 
 
 return REQUEST 
 
 Printers often use for all manner of catalog en- 
 velopes, commercial or educational, return request 
 electrotypes shown on page 86 or in other forms. These 
 electrotyp es are used without any expense whatever to 
 
THE TYPE 
 
 83 
 
 Denison University Bulletins! 
 
 E«itr.d .< tt,, CRASVILU. O. P« Ofc, 
 
 BULLETIN 
 
 %\^ ©nitjersitp of tift #outt) 
 
 SEWANEE, TENNESSEE 
 
 ONIVERSITf OF CALIFORNIA BVLLZtiH 
 BERKELEY. CALIFORNIA 
 
 t B«rkclrr C4lifamtft. m 
 o4 Coosrett jt Juty l» 
 
 ©Ijto fflfHl^yan Uniwrathi iudrtitt 
 Splamarp. ®Ijio. 
 
 QUARTERLY BULLETIN^ 
 
 Washington and Lee University 
 
 LEXINGTON. VIRGINIA 
 
 Jibe 'Unlvcrstt? of dblcago 
 
 cncuui OF e 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 
 
 W«ST PHILA. STATIO^. PHILADtUfHU. Pa. 
 
 THE UNI VERSITY TuLLETINS 
 
 BNTtRED AT THt PHILA . PA . POST OffIC« 
 AS SECOMOCLASS MATTEJL 
 
 ruLANE UniV£R3ITY OF LOUISIANA 
 NEW ORLEANS 
 
 BULLETIN 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF NOTRE DAME, 
 
 i N<rb^ Daa», tadiu* 
 
 OFFICIAL REGISTER 
 PRINCETON UNIVERSITY 
 
 CEORCE WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY BULLETIN 
 WASHINCTON. D. C 
 
 0llf¥ERSITY OF mmik RECORft 
 raivMsmr of virginu 
 
 CbH^ttenilie, Vofiiik 
 
 McGILL UNIVERSITY 
 MONTREAL 
 
 CALENDAR 
 
 1916-1917 
 
 OKIVERSITY or PENNSYLVANIA 
 
 THE UNTVERSITY BULLETmS 
 
 TEREO AT PHILA, PA. P03I omct AS SCCOHS 
 
 OPriCES OF 
 
 BOSTON UNIVERSITY 
 
 688 BOYLSTON STREET 
 BOSTON. MA5S. 
 
 Boston University Bulletin 
 
 Miami University Bulletin 
 
 — ^la^^—a— e— — ■iB. i iiMiuM i i m— — i 
 Published monthly by the Univeraity. 
 Entered at OicfoKl, Ohio, as s^oo-nd- 
 closs mall mattor. t^ (^ ^ ^ 
 
 Some quarter size reproductions of catalog envelope printing. 
 
84 
 
 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 m 
 
 BULLETIN of THE 
 WESTERN COLLEGE for WOMEN 
 
 OXFORD, OHIO 
 C.--..c.-..» i>r. ,..-.- 
 
 BRYN MAWR GOLLEQE 
 
 ICratttckg (Eolk^r for Bmnni 
 
 SMITH CX3LLEGE BULLETIN 
 
 laOUNT HOLYOKE COLLEGE BULLETINS 
 SOUTH HADLEY, MASSACHUSETTS 
 
 I Shorter College Bulletin | 
 
 I ==( CATALOG NUMBER) == I 
 
 I Eotood u ScMsd Clu. -UUntt •! tfc« Poit 0«iM Q 
 
 I ROME. GEORGIA- \ 
 
 Caft School 
 
 naalciuvcn. 
 
 CROrON SCHOOJ. 
 CiBOTON. MASsjicMUsrrre 
 
 Po£tA^e wilt be fonrarO«d if notificatioo of 
 iMD-detiTer7 ifl wot to 
 
 VASSAR COLLEGE 
 
 WELLS COLUEGE 
 AURORA. N. Y 
 
 RETURN TO the ofi 
 
 Cktl»> Sqyoro, NEW YORK. N. V »]. , r»kHl ParH Scul^ BULLETIN 
 
 PHILLIPS ACADEMY 
 
 ANDOVER, MASS. 
 
 a irmkHi Park ScuiA 
 CoIUDtllli. OMo 
 
 "'.fi/». /■" /"""^ ''■'■" 
 
 THF.nU>';1CAL SKMINAKY 
 
 TO THE POSTMASTEB-lf thl» 
 packsgo remain* uncalled ♦&» after 5 
 CONCORD. N. H. da,s, please notify sender and return 
 
 ST. PAULS SCHOOL 
 
 orricc or tnc oeam op ctudcntg 
 
 Union Olljfologiral S-pratnarg 
 
 IIOTH ST.. NEW 1 
 
 .jSizmri^lilitarB institute. 
 
 «RMANT0*-a.0H10. 
 
 MANLIUS BULLETIN 
 
 SAIMT JOHKS SCHOOL 
 MANUUS NEW YORK ,^ 
 
 KISKIMINETAS SPRINGS SCHOOL 
 
 SALTSBURG. PENNSYLVANIA 
 
 ASHEViLLE SCHOOL. 
 
 ASHEVILLE. N. O. 
 
 VIRGINIA MILITARY INSTITUTE 
 LEXINGTON, VIRGINIA 
 
 ANNUAL. CATALOGUE 
 
 IDotDentoton £(^ilitatp Jn»titutc 
 SnDrntotDn. iSrti 2tWf 
 
 «- TO POSTMASTER; II uD<W.veredL tt.' 
 
 Ivm postage wUI be hirauhed on receipt ol notice 
 
 as prescribed in section 637 P. L & R 
 
 MOUNTAIN HERALD 
 
 Euaed M Second Oau Minn 11 iIk |M»<*c«, 
 
 ■WEST TEXAS MILITARY ACADEMY 
 
 p. O. DBAWSK.UtSe 
 
 SAN ANTONIO. TEXAS 
 
 Some quarter size reproductions of catalog envelope printing. 
 
THE TYPE 
 
 8s 
 
 Kenyon College Bulletin 
 
 ■glM4HSccaa«CU«M<tl«r>ltk< Pot Oft» at 
 
 S>iiiarlIiiHorp dnUrgr ffluUrtin. 
 
 fruiarllminrr. Pa. 
 
 Eniered at ihe Post Office at Swirihmorc, P». 
 •s secondclaM tnattcr 
 
 DARTMOUTH COLLEGE BULLETIN 
 
 H \NOVER. N ,'H. 
 
 Crinitp Collegt Bullcttn 
 
 Ct/nitp College, E)artfotD, Conn. 
 
 The College of Wooster 
 
 • Ull).LET)N or Tllk 
 CAANEaiE INSTITUTK Of TbCiINt 
 PlTT«DDMOM. PKNK«V1,VANIA 
 
 IF NOT CAXLED FOR. RETURN TO 
 
 HAVERfORD COLLEGE, HAVERfORO P. 0., PA. 
 
 HAVERFORD COLLEGE BULLETIN 
 
 ErcerrJ Dtccmbcr 10. 1902. >t Hi.erford, Pa., u Second CUs< 
 Mailct uikIci Act o/ Conprwol Juir UiN UM 
 
 BULLETIN 
 
 GEORGETOWN COLLEGE 
 
 GEORGETOWN. KY 
 
 HANOVER COLLEGE BULLETIN 
 HANOVER, INDIANA 
 
 MARSHALL COLLEGE 
 HUNTINGTON. WEST Va. 
 
 AmhoTsi College Ballctji 
 
 Williams G)llege Bulletin 
 
 WILUAMSTOWN, MASS. 
 Entcfdu KCoud-cUa mjttCT it Ibc Pml OfUci, 
 
 thil tUi copr b uodtUvtted. 
 
 CEDAHVILLE COLLEGE BULLETriM 
 CEDAKVILLt. OHfO 
 
 THE REGISTRAR, AMHERST COLLEGE. 
 AMHERST, MASS. 
 
 WAYNESBURG COLLEGE BULLETIN 
 ■Vol JX June J9I6 Na I 
 
 PUULISHtD BY WAYNESBURG COLLEGE 
 
 Wayncsburg, Pa. 
 
 t« not eeituttfe In flue eovs noiirc 
 Ibe Catbollc "Ulnlvcrsltp of Hmerlca 
 
 Scbool of Science 
 
 TOaeblnflion, S>. 0. 
 
 BowdoJn College Bulletin 
 
 i^cnnsplbania £0ilitarp College 
 
 Ct)e0tct, ipa. 
 Per Book Post, 
 
 FROM THE REGISTRAR 
 
 University of toRONTO. 
 
 Some quarter size reproductions of catalog envelope printing 
 
86 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 the printer. When such request containing pledge that 
 return postage will be furnished appears on the catalog 
 or bulletin envelope, the postmaster is bound to notify 
 the sender. By this arrangement, names of persons 
 deceased or removed to unknown address may be 
 dropped or, in case of a new address, the mailing list may 
 
 Postmaster: If not claimed 
 please notify us and postage 
 wi" be forwarded for return 
 
 I IF NOT DIUVERED IN TEN DAYS 
 
 I POSTMASTER 
 
 I please send Cabd NoncB. form 3540. to 
 
 I the above address, in accordance with 
 
 I SrcTioN 437. P»«AOBAPB 5a. Postal Laws 
 
 i and RwinLiTioKS, 1813. Return postaee 
 
 1 guaranteed. 
 
 Immmm, u n i n ,„.,nn.,u,um .um,m»»K 
 
 NOTICE TO POSTMASTER 
 
 If impossible to deliver this to 
 the exact address, please advise 
 sender as the law requires aiW 
 return postage will be furnished 
 
 NOTICE TO POSTMASTER 
 
 If impossible to deliver this to the 
 exact address, notify us as the law re- 
 quires and return stamps will be sent 
 
 NOTICE TO POSTMASTER 
 
 If Impossible to Deliver this to Address 
 Given, Advise us ( As the Law Requires) 
 and Stamps for Return Will be Sent. 
 
 be corrected at the cost of a letter or two.. The catalog 
 or bulletin may not be of value sufficient to warrant the 
 return postage (at one cent for each four ounces or 
 fraction thereof, if the publication be entered as second- 
 class matter or at one cent for each two ounces or 
 
THE TYPE 
 
 87 
 
 fraction thereof if third-class or if the catalog be bound 
 as a book, that is to say if it is fourth-class matter, at 
 the rate of one cent for each two ounces or fraction 
 thereof up to eight ounces and at the fourth-class 
 pound rates if it weighs more than eight ounces), but 
 the correction of the mailing list so secured is of real 
 value to the institution. 
 
 ENVELOPE manufacturer's NAME FORBIDDEN 
 
 Certain envelope makers have, within the past 
 year, been notified by the Third Assistant Postmaster 
 General that the manufacturer's name can under no 
 circumstances appear on the envelope in which college 
 publications of second-class entry are mailed, such 
 name being classified as advertising matter. See page 
 268, note. 
 
PREPARATION OF COPY 
 
 COPY for a college or school catalog, being mostly 
 reprint from former editions, should be prepared 
 by tearing out leaves from two old catalogs and 
 pasting them to the right of the center of copy sheets, 
 with the changes itemized in the spacious left hand 
 margin so afforded. Thus, for instance if pages ii and 
 12 (one leaf) of the old catalog contain faculty list, 
 first apply some library paste to page 12 and affix it to a 
 blank sheet of copy paper, thus allowing page 11 to be 
 visible. Then repeat the operation, pasting page 1 1 to 
 another sheet of copy paper, allowing page 12 to be 
 visible. Delete with pencil or pen the names of any 
 members of the faculty of the preceding year to be 
 omitted and add in the margin (never interline reprint 
 copy) the new name, degrees and sources. 
 
 While this method of rearranging the bulk of an old 
 catalog may seem a trifle tedious in comparison with 
 preparing copy from just one old catalog left bound, it 
 is the only safe method. Any errors in spelling, punc- 
 tuation, capitalization, style or arrangement of headings 
 will in this manner be caught in advance, and satisfac- 
 tion as to final appearance and elimination of any bill 
 for "Changes from Original Copy or Arrangement," 
 will result. 
 
 Style 
 
 (See page ii6) 
 
 By style we mean prearranged uniformity as to the 
 kind and size of types for use in the various departments 
 of the catalog and the headings; in the use of italics, 
 small capitals or bold face; in the punctuation; in the 
 
PREPARATION OF COPY 89 
 
 handling of quotations and extracts; and uniformity of 
 indentation. In some catalogs as many as four sizes of 
 body type appear on a single page, to say nothing of 
 italics, small capitals and perhaps several different 
 indentations. Naturally such style is more expensive. 
 The printer is not supposed to originate style or 
 arrangement. Nearly all college catalogs are practically 
 reprints of former numbers of the same publication, in 
 which the problem of style had been solved many years 
 before. Now and then, however, a change in style in 
 part or all of a catalog is desired. When in doubt the 
 editor or compiler who has access to a good Exchange 
 Catalog Shelf can quickly solve his problem by arrang- 
 ing his copy to conform to a satisfactory style found 
 in the catalog of some other institution. The sending of 
 a leaf of such other catalog to the printer will explain 
 perfectly to him just what is wanted. 
 
 The desired style should be well understood before 
 preparation of copy is begun. If several editors are to 
 be employed on a publication all should be given to 
 understand that one uniform style, and that style only, 
 is to be employed in each department. For example, if 
 the student list should be divided by colleges in a 
 university, the copy from each college should be identi- 
 cal in style. As will be noted under the head of Changes, 
 it is quite expensive to change style after the type has 
 been set. No printer can be expected to edit and re- 
 arrange poor copy before typesetting is begun unless he 
 render a bill for such work. Such a charge would be 
 just and proper but might cause ill feeling on the part of 
 a customer whose business is no doubt valued highly by 
 the printer. 
 
90 THE AMERICAN COLL EGE CATALOG 
 
 Uniformity in style for headings is often quite a 
 problem when a change from former style is desired. It 
 is suggested that a satisfactory major heading style be 
 discovered in some other catalog. This could be 
 marked "Heading Style A." Another style could 
 similarly be found for a minor heading and marked 
 "Heading B." Likewise a sub-heading "Heading C" 
 and so on. Thus with a heading style sheet arranged by 
 the editor to his own satisfaction, preceding the actual 
 copy, and with style for each heading in his manuscript 
 properly designated in the left margin, "A," "B," "C" 
 or "D," both printer and proofreader will understand. 
 Preparing Copy 
 
 For the new lists of students, new courses of study 
 and any other matter not reprint, copy should be type- 
 written on a good typewriter having a good ribbon. A 
 pale ribbon, indistinct printing of one letter on top of 
 another, blurring from poor manifolding or failure to 
 space between lines, will produce copy which would be 
 termed an abomination by both the keyboard operator 
 and the proofreader. Occasionally a new ribbon, dirty 
 letters and a hard stroke combined, make miserable 
 copy. Hand-written manuscript, if unusually clear and 
 carefully prepared, may work out very nicely until 
 proper names or foreign words appear. Trouble will 
 then be inevitable. 
 
 Copy should be on one side only of uniform sheets 
 of white paper not too heavy and of size about 8>^xii. 
 In new copy, not reprint, uniform spacing of three type- 
 writer lines to the inch allows ample opportunity to 
 insert words or lines in final editing. It is also much 
 more easily read than if solid. Leave an inch blank at 
 the top and at the left edge of each sheet. The printer 
 
PREPARATION OF COPY 91 
 
 needs these spaces for notation of instructions to the 
 typesetter. 
 
 Never pin anything to a sheet of copy paper. Any 
 afterthought or insert should be prepared on a slip of 
 paper and pasted — at the left margin only — securely to 
 the copy sheet, with a mark to show exactly where it is 
 to be introduced into the type. Pins invariably drop 
 out during the heavy usage to which copy sheets are 
 subjected in the many proofreadings and checkings 
 required. 
 
 Care should be taken that paragraphs are neither 
 too long nor too short for the best typographic appear- 
 ance of the page. When a paragraph of copy appears 
 too long, the paragraph mark (^) may be inserted in 
 the manuscript before any sentence, to indicate to the 
 typesetter that the copy is to be broken at that point 
 for the beginning of a new paragraph. In case there 
 are too many paragraphs, the mark commonly used 
 for eliminating the paragraph formation in the manu- 
 script is "No 1[." See Glossary, page 286. 
 
 Copy for title page and for cover is quite frequently 
 forgotten by the editor. This is an important item 
 which should not be left to the judgment of the printer. 
 It is also a detail which should be given much thought, 
 in case there is any possibility for improvement in 
 style. The simplest method of designating a new 
 typographical style for the cover is to prepare the copy 
 on a sheet of copy paper and attach thereto with a clip 
 the cover and backbone taken from some catalog of 
 satisfactory style, or the front cover from one such 
 catalog and the cover backbone from another. 
 
 Of scientific copy it is well to retain a carbon of 
 each sheet. This is inexpensive, as cheap tissue paper is 
 
92 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 used. A duplicate set of copy sheets in the possession of 
 the author facilitates communication by wire, telephone 
 or even letter. In the case of a valuable manuscript, 
 duplicates should by all means be retained. 
 
 CAPITALS, SMALL CAPITALS, itdics and bold 
 face should be uniformly underscored by hand, with 
 three lines for CAPITALS, two lines for small capi- 
 tals, one line for italics and a wavy line for bold. 
 The use of small capitals, italics and bold face some- 
 times adds to the expense of typesetting, but not always. 
 
 To specify italics = italics 
 
 To specify small capitals =• small capitals 
 
 To specify capitals and small capitals = Capitals and 
 — ^ ' = " Small Capitals 
 
 To specify capitals = CAPITALS 
 
 To specify bold face =- bold face 
 
 To specify boMc^a£itah=== BOLD CAPITALS 
 
 Each sheet of copy should be consecutively num- 
 bered in the upper right hand corner. Numbering 
 should not be begun until every sheet of copy is ready, 
 including title page and table of contents. Sometimes 
 the index is in the front of the book, in which case pages 
 are not assigned until the book is paged in print. See 
 page 144. For temporary use, sheets of copy might be 
 numbered slightly in lead pencil, to be erased when 
 final numbering is made. If duplicate carbon copies 
 are retained, they should be numbered to correspond 
 exactly with the original copy sheets. The printer 
 desires his copy to be in sheets of uniform size and so 
 carefully numbered that in the event a sheet or a 
 
PREPARATION OF COPY 93 
 
 number of sheets should be dropped on the floor or blown 
 out of the window, the consecutive order of the copy- 
 could be immediately rearranged. This is possible 
 because of the job number placed by rubber stamp at 
 the top of each sheet, after the copy reaches the printer. 
 
 It is usually best and more economical in point of 
 time, to hold back copy on a book until it is all ready. 
 Unless the catalog makes hundreds of printed pages, it 
 is poor economy to send copy to the printer in instal- 
 ments. This only makes confusion. Student lists, 
 however, if in the last department of the catalog, being 
 usually of different size type and always of different 
 style, may be sent later, without inconvenience. The 
 index is prepared from page proofs. See page 145. 
 
 Author's notes of explanation or instruction to 
 compositor should be written in left margin of copy 
 sheet. 
 
 It is difficult for the inexperienced author to specify 
 exactly how much or how little copy is to be contained 
 in a single page of type. Editors of wide experience and 
 knowledge may be able to do this. It is sometimes hard 
 for even the printer to arrange type pages where one or 
 even two lines at the beginning or at the end of a para- 
 graph must be taken away from or added to a page of 
 type. The first line of a paragraph should never appear 
 at the bottom of any type page. Neither should the 
 last line of a paragraph appear at the top of any type 
 page. 
 
 Monotype System in its chapter "Preparation of 
 
 Copy," sounds the following warning to all concerned : 
 
 The proprietor buys a composing machine to enable a 
 man to work at five or six times his speed setting type by 
 hand. But is there anything about any composing machine 
 to enable its operator to decipher bad copy more quickly 
 
94 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 than a man setting the same matter at the case? The com- 
 posing machine speeds up a man's fingers, not his brain. 
 Careful tests show that bad copy will often reduce an opera- 
 tor's output more than one-third; that is, to save the fancied 
 expense of preparing copy, the proprietor will be content with 
 but two-thirds of the return he should receive from his money 
 invested in a machine and the wages he pays its operator. 
 Remember that this loss occurs not only on bad copy, but 
 also on the good copy that follows; the operator who must 
 slow up for bad copy inevitably loses the free and easy finger 
 motion necessary for speed. 
 
 What is the cost of editing copy.^ Is it not a fact that 
 the errors must be taken out of the copy some time .'' Is it not 
 cheaper to read and correct the copy, in the proof-room, as 
 carefully as a first proof is read from unedited copy.^ After 
 that, proofreading consists of comparing proof with edited 
 copy. Certainly it is quicker and cheaper to correct a mistake 
 in the copy with a pencil than to correct a mistake in type. 
 But the cost of correcting the type is insignificant compared 
 to the loss of product caused by unedited copy. An operator 
 producing 5,000 ems an hour hits three KEYS every second, 
 sets thirty words a minute, a word every two seconds. Surely 
 no further argument as to the advantage of furnishing the 
 operator clean copy is necessary. 
 
 COPY PAPER 
 
 For the sake of uniformity, all better class printers 
 prefer to furnish, free of charge, sufficient copy paper 
 for the entire book, in advance of the preparation of the 
 copy, upon notice that they are to have the contract 
 for the printing. This they will furnish in size 8^x11 
 or 8^x5^ to suit the preference of the author. 
 
 Number of Words to Page 
 The mathematical problem of twelve points to the 
 pica, six picas or seventy-two points to the inch, seems 
 simple at first, but when the uninitiated is shown how 
 7.2 lines of solid lo-point or nine lines of leaded 6-point 
 fill one inch vertical and how a "22 em" (pica) line of 
 lo-point contains 26.4 ems actual measurement, he 
 finds himself in a hopeless labyrinth. 
 
PREPARATION OF COPY 95 
 
 APPROXIMATING AN ESTIMATE 
 
 The practical question to be settled quickly and 
 reliably is, how many words of copy can be allowed for 
 given specifications as to number of printed pages of a 
 certain size type and of fixed type-page dimensions 
 The average typewritten line contains about twelve 
 words. The average sheet of typewritten copy, 8^xi i, 
 if spaced, will contain three typewritten lines to the 
 inch. About twenty-eight lines of such copy, total 
 about 336 words, will fill such a sheet. An editor can in 
 a moment check these average figures by counting 
 words in his own lines, the style of language causing only 
 slight variation. For the other part of the problem it is 
 short work to count words in two or three dozen lines of 
 printed matter set in same type and same measure as 
 specified for the prospective publication, strike an 
 average, then average the number of printed lines to the 
 full size style of printed page desired and divide the 
 total number of words in the entire copy by the number 
 of printed words in the specimen page. Illustrations, 
 dropped headings and blank portions of pages must be 
 taken into account. Excluding such exceptions, this 
 simple method of estimating will be found fairly ac- 
 curate. Partial lines at beginning and end of para- 
 graphs should be counted as full lines in fitting manu- 
 script to prospective printed page. 
 
 It appears also that 5.4 keystrokes, including spaces, 
 on any make of typewriter of any size letter, make one 
 average word of ordinary reading matter copy. Thus 
 the average twelve word line above referred to will con- 
 tain 65 strokes, including spaces. The length of such 
 line will be, if on the ordinary pica typewriter, 6.5 inches 
 (10 strokes to inch) ; if on the larger letter, great primer 
 
96 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 typewriter, 7,2 inches (9 strokes to inch); if on the 
 small letter elite typewriter, 5.4 inches (12 strokes to 
 snch). Two characters, that is to say two strokes, on 
 any typewriter will average one set-em of type. There- 
 fore in averaging ordinary reading matter set in roman 
 lower case, we find that one word equals 2.7 set-ems 
 of any size of printed type, the twelve word line 32.4 
 set-ems and the 28 line (336 word) page of such copy, 
 907 set-ems. See pages 109, 115, 287 for method of 
 reducing set-ems to ems of point measure. 
 
 A MORE ACCURATE METHOD 
 
 The great monotype catalog of faces contains a vast 
 amount of information of assistance in rapidly cal- 
 culating the number of words in any size and face of 
 monotype cast type to be contained in any given 
 space. These figures apply to ordinary reading matter 
 only when set in the usual roman caps and lower case 
 and can not be used in connection with caps alone, 
 caps and small caps or bold-face, all of which are more 
 extended than ordinary lower case. Italics, being more 
 condensed than roman, must not be computed by this 
 system, which is based upon the decimal of a word 
 to the horizontal pica. Thus in 12-point Caslon .37 
 word in one pica is multiplied by the line length in 
 picas, which in the specimens here given is 24, (four 
 inches) 8.88 words to line, six lines to vertical inch 
 equaling 53.28 words to four square inches. For num- 
 ber of words to running inch in each line multiply 
 the decimal of word to pica by six, which in this in- 
 stance would be 2.22. Lines of text matter in this 
 book being i2-point type, 24 picas long, will be found 
 to contain an average of 8.88 words each. 
 
PREPARATION OF COPY 
 
 97 
 
 Some Type Specimens 
 
 The sizes and faces shown in the following pages 
 are selected because of their popularity. No showing 
 is made of y-point, 9-point or ii-point, as such sizes 
 are not so frequently used. 
 
 In the type examples selected not only is the body 
 type (capitals and lower case of roman) shown, but also 
 the CAPITALS as in the headings, the Capitals and 
 Small Capitals as in the first half of the lines "Sample 
 of, etc.," SMALL CAPITALS as in the second half of the 
 same lines, italic in CAPITALS, lower case and some 
 figures as in the lines "4 square inches, etc.," and lastly 
 the arable figures. There are also shown in some in- 
 stances 14-point and i8-point type suitable for certain 
 kinds of headings, generally used in capitals and lower 
 case as all-capitals would be too large for a dignified 
 style. Bold face is occasionally used for headings of 
 various kinds. A minimum showing of this style is given. 
 
 A number of other examples of type face and size 
 may be found in the sample pages from catalogs 
 appearing elsewhere in this book. In many instances 
 the face and size are mentioned in the caption beneath 
 the page example. Reference to the index under the 
 item Type will reveal many such exhibits of type faces. 
 
 The matter used is from Thayer's Life of John Hay. 
 The averages may be proven, not from the few lines se- 
 lected, but from a goodly portion of the book. 
 
98 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 CASLON FACE, 12-Point, 12 set 
 Sample of Solid Type, 6 lines to inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay 
 met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt 
 instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, 
 made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he 
 was doing. "I saw it was best for him to start off that 
 way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for 
 
 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 53.28 words; 
 13.32 words to square inch, .37 to pica 
 
 Sample of Leaded Type,* 5.14 lines to inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay 
 met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt 
 instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, 
 made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he 
 was doing. "I saw it was best for him to start off that 
 
 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 45.64 words; 
 
 1 1. 41 words to square inch, .37 to pica 
 
 1234567890 
 
 CASLON FACE, io-Point, 10 set 
 Sample of Solid Type, 7.2 lines to inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at 
 the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the 
 Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry 
 out the work he was doing. "I saw it was best for him to start off 
 that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would 
 be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at 
 once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and 
 
 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 76 words; 
 jg words to square inch; .44 to pica 
 *The body matter of this book is set in 12-point Caslon, leaded. 
 
PREPARATION OF COPY 99 
 
 CASLON FACE, io-Point— Continued 
 Sample of Leaded Type, 6 lines to inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at 
 the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the 
 Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry 
 out the work he was doing. "I saw it was ^est for him to start off 
 that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would 
 be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at 
 
 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 63.36 words; 
 
 15.84 words to square inch, .44 to pica 
 
 1234567890 
 
 CASLON FACE, 8-Point, 8 set 
 Sample of Solid Type, 9 lines to inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway 
 station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, 
 made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. "I saw it was 
 best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it 
 would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at once." 
 Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and President Roosevelt lived on 
 intimate terms, official and personal. The President enjoyed Hay's sparkling con- 
 versation and irony; Mr. Hay appreciated the President's vigor and down-rightness, 
 his humor and dash and talent, and his enlivening surprises; he felt, too, the Presi- 
 
 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 118. 8 words; 2g.j words to square inch, .55 to pica 
 
 Sample of Leaded Type, 7.2 lines to inch, 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway 
 station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, 
 made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. "I saw it was 
 best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it 
 would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at once." 
 Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and President Roosevelt lived on 
 intimate terms, official and personal. The President enjoyed Hay's sparkling con- 
 
 4 SQUARE INCHESwillaverage g5.04words;2$.76words to square inch, .55 to pica 
 1234567890 
 
 This line is 18-Point CASLON 
 
 This line is 14-Point CASLON 
 
lOO THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 CHELTENHAM WIDE FACE, 12-Point, 12 Set 
 Sample of Solid Type, 6 lines to inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay- 
 met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, 
 instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, 
 made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he 
 was doing. " I saw it was best for him to start off that 
 way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for 
 
 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 53.28 words; 
 1332 words to square inch, .37 to pica 
 
 Sample of Leaded Type, 5.14 lines to inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay 
 met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, 
 instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, 
 made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he 
 was doing. " I saw it was best for him to start off that 
 
 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 45.64 words; 
 
 11.41 words to square inch, .37 to pica 
 
 1 234567890 
 
 CHELTENHAM WIDE FACE. 10-Point, 10 Set 
 Sample of Solid Type, 7.2 lines to inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington. Mr. Hay met him at 
 the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the 
 Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry 
 out the work he was doing. " I saw it was best for him to start off 
 that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would 
 be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at 
 once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and 
 
 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 76 words; 
 19 words to square inch, .44 to pica 
 
 1 8-Point CHELTENHAM WIDE 
 
 This line is 14-Point CHELTENHAM WIDE 
 
PREPARATION OF COPY lOI 
 
 CHELTENHAM WIDE FACE, 10-Point, Continued 
 Sample of Leaded Type, 6 lines to inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at 
 the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of Ustening to the 
 Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry 
 out the work he was doing. " I saw it was best for him to start off 
 that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would 
 be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at 
 
 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 63.36 words; 
 
 15.84 words to square inch, .44 to pica 
 
 1 234567890 
 
 CHELTENHAM WIDE FACE. 8-Point. 83^ Set 
 Sample of Solid Type, 9 lines to inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington. Mr. Hay met him at the railway 
 station; and Mr. Roosevelt instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to 
 resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. " I 
 saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, 
 of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to 
 go out at once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and Presi- 
 dent Roosevelt lived on intimate terms, official and personal. The President 
 enjoyed Hay's sparkling conversation and irony; Mr. Hay appreciated 
 the President's vigor and down-rightness, his humor and dash and talent. 
 
 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 112.32 words; 28.08 words 
 to square inch. .52 to pica 
 
 Sample of Leaded Type, 7.2 lines to inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway 
 station; and Mr. Roosevelt instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to 
 resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. " I 
 saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, 
 of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to 
 go out at once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and Presi- 
 dent Roosevelt lived on intimate terms, official and personal. The President 
 
 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 89.86 words; 22.46 words 
 
 to square inch, .52 to pica 
 
 1 234567890 
 
 This line is 12-Point CHELTENHAM BOLD 
 
 This line is 10-Point CHELTENHAM BOLD 
 
 This line is 8-Point CHELTENHAM BOLD 
 
 Thi.s line is 6-Point CHELTENHAM BOLD 
 
I02 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 SCOTCH ROMAN FACE, 12-Point, 12 Set 
 Sample of Solid Type, 6 lines to inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay 
 met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, 
 instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, 
 made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he 
 was doing. "I saw it was best for him to start off that 
 way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for 
 
 i SQUARE INCHES will average 53.28 words; 
 13.32 words to square inch, .37 to pica 
 
 Sample of Leaded Type, 5.14 lines to inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay 
 met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, 
 instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, 
 made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he 
 was doing. "I saw it was best for him to start off that 
 
 4 SQUARE INCHES will average Ji.5.64 ivordsf 
 
 ILIfl words to square inch, .37 to pica 
 
 1234567890 
 
 SCOTCH ROMAN FACE, 10-Point, 10 Set 
 Sample of Solid Type, 7.2 lines to inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at 
 the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of Ustening to the 
 Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry 
 out the work he was doing. " I saw it was best for him to start off 
 that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would 
 be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at 
 once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and 
 
 4 SQUARE INCHES vnll average 76 words; 
 19 words to square inch, 44 to pica 
 
PREPARATION OF COPY I03 
 
 SCOTCH ROMAN FACE, 10-Point, Continued 
 Sample of Leaded Type, 6 lines to inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at 
 the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of hstening to the 
 Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry 
 out the work he was doing. " I saw it was best for him to start off 
 that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would 
 be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at 
 
 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 63.36 words; 
 
 15.84 words to square inch, .44 to pica 
 
 12345 67890 
 
 SCOTCH ROMAN FACE, 8-Point, 8 Set 
 Sample of Solid Type, 9 lines to inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway 
 station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, 
 made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. "I saw it was 
 best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it 
 would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at once." 
 Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and President Roosevelt lived on 
 intimate terms, official and personal. The President enjoyed Hay's sparkling con- 
 versation and irony; Mr. Hay appreciated the President's vigor and down-rightness, 
 his humor and dash and talent, and his enlivening surprises; he felt, too, the Presi- 
 
 i SQUARE INCHES will average 118.8 words; 29.7 words to square inch. .55 to 'pica 
 
 Sample of Leaded Type, 7.2 unes to inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway 
 station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the Secretary's desu-e to resign, 
 made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. "I saw it was 
 best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it 
 would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at once." 
 Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and President Roosevelt lived on 
 intimate terms, official and personal. The President enjoyed Hay's sparkling con- 
 
 ^ SQUARE INCHES will average 95.0^ words; 23.76 words to square inch, .55 to pica 
 1234567890 
 
 This line is 18-Point SCOTCH 
 
 This line is U-Point SCOTCH 
 
I04 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 CENTURY FACE, 12-Point, 12 Set 
 Sample of Solid Type, 6 lines to inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay- 
 met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt 
 instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, 
 made him promise to stayon and carry out the work he 
 was doing. "I saw it was best for him to start off that 
 way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for 
 
 Jf SQUARE INCHES will average 53.28_ words; 
 13.32 words to square inch, .37 to pica 
 
 Sample of Leaded Type, 5.14 lines to inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay- 
 met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt 
 instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, 
 made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he 
 was doing. " I saw it was best for him to start off that 
 
 Jf SQUARE INCHES will average U5.6\ words; 
 
 ll.Jfl words to square inch, .37 to pica 
 
 1234567890 
 
 CENTURY FACE, 10-Point, 10>^ Set 
 Sample of SoLm Type, 7.2 lines to inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met 
 him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of 
 listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise 
 to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. " I saw it was 
 best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would 
 stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would 
 stay awhile, than it would be to go out at once." Until Mr. 
 
 -4 SQUARE INCHES will average 72.58 words; 
 18. lit words to square inch, .^2 to pica 
 
PREPARATION OF COPY IO5 
 
 CENTURY FACE, 10-Point, Continued 
 Sample of Leaded Type, 6 lines to inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met 
 him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of 
 listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise 
 to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. " I saw it was 
 best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would 
 stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would 
 
 U SQUARE INCHES will average 6048 words; 
 
 15.12 words to square inch, 42 to pica 
 
 1234567890 
 
 CENTURY FACE, 8-Point, 8% Set 
 Sample of Solid Type, 9 lines to inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the 
 railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt instead of listening to the Secretary's 
 desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was 
 doing. "I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I 
 would stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay 
 awhile, than it would be to go out at once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly 
 four years later, he and President Roosevelt lived on intimate terms, official 
 and personal. The President enjoyed Hay's sparkling conversation and 
 irony; Mr. Hay appreciated the President's vigor and down-rightness, his 
 
 i SQUARE INCHES will average 108 words; 27 words to square inch, .5 to pica 
 
 Sample op Leaded Type, 7.2 lines to inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the 
 railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt instead of listening to the Secretary's 
 desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was 
 doing. "I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I 
 would stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay 
 awhile, than it would be to go out at once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly 
 four years later, he and President Roosevelt lived on intimate terms, official 
 
 ^ SQUARE INCHES will average 864 words; 21.6 words 
 to square inch, .5 to pica 
 1234567890 
 
I06 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 CENTURY FACE, 6-Point,* 7 Set 
 Sample of Solid Type, 12 Lines to Inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and 
 Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay 
 on and carry out the work he was doing. " I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so 
 I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it 
 would be to go out at once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and President 
 Roosevelt lived on intimate terms, official and personal. The President enjoyed Hay's sparkling 
 conversation and irony; Mr. Hay appreciated the President's vigor and down-rightness, his 
 humor and dash and talent, and his enlivening surprises; he felt, too, the President's masterful 
 grip on the international relations of the government. Mr. Roosevelt, a voracious reader, found 
 in Mr. Hay not only a lover of literature but a maker of it, and a critic of fine taste. At the 
 outset a day rarely went by when the Secretary and his Chief did not meet to confer on public 
 matters, and on the margins of the frequent notes which passed between them there were often 
 
 i- SQUARE INCHES will average 181. Wt words; US.SG words to square inch, .63 to pica 
 1234567890 
 
 Sample of Leaded Type, 9 Lines to Inch 
 
 When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and 
 Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay 
 on and carry out the work he was doing. " I saw it was best for him to start ofif that way, and so 
 I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it 
 would be to go out at once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and President 
 Roosevelt lived on intimate terms, oflBcial and personal. The President enjoyed Hay's sparkling 
 conversation and irony; Mr. Hay appreciated the President's vigor and down-rightness, his 
 humor and dash and talent, and his enlivening surprises; he felt, too, the President's masterful 
 grip on the international relations of the government. Mr. Roosevelt, a voracious reader, found 
 
 SQUARE INCHES will average 136.0S words; 3^.02 words to square inch, .63 to pica 
 1234567890 
 
 This line is 18-Point CENTURY 
 
 This line is 14-Point CENTURY 
 
 This line is 12-Point CENTURY BOLD 
 
 This Une is lO-Point CENTURY BOLD 
 
 This line is 8-Point CENTURY BOLD 
 
 This line is 6-Point CENTURY BOLD 
 
 *Such small type should not be used in any quantity in such wide measure. 
 It is more properly used in quantity in two columns for index pages in very large 
 catalogs. See pages 32, 150, 151 and 180. 
 
PREPARATION OF COPY lO/ 
 
 The larger the type the less the number of words to 
 the printed page and vice versa. Thus, any given 
 surface of 6-point type solid will contain theoretically, 
 but not actually, four times as many words as of 12- 
 point solid, if of the same face. 
 
 When the President reached 
 Washington, Mr. Hay met him 
 at the railway station; and Mr. 
 Roosevelt, instead of listening 
 to the Secretary's desire to re- 
 sign, made him promise to stay 
 on and carry out the work he 
 was doing. "I saw it was best 
 for him to start off that way, 
 and so I said I would stay, for- 
 ever, of course, for it would be 
 worse to say I would stay awhile, 
 than it would be to go out at 
 once." Until Mr. Hay's death, 
 nearly four years later, he and 
 President Roosevelt lived on 
 intimate terms, official and per- 
 sonal. The President enjoyed 
 Hay's sparkling conversation 
 
 When the President reached Washing- 
 ton, Mr. Hay met him at the railway 
 station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead 
 of listening to the Secretary's desire 
 to resign, made him promise to stay 
 on and carry out the work he was 
 doing. " I saw it was best for him to 
 start off that way, and so I said I 
 would stay, forever, of course, for it 
 would be worse to say I would stay 
 awhile, than it would be to go out at 
 once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly 
 four years later, he and President 
 Roosevelt lived on intimate terms, 
 official and personal. The President 
 enjoyed Hay's sparkling conversation 
 
 12-P01NT vs 6-PoiNT. To disprove the supposition, occasionally met with, 
 that 6-point type occupies only one fourth the space required for i2-point: — ^The 
 reading matter above is of exactly the same volume in each specimen. The set- 
 em of i2-point Century is square whereas the set-em of 6-point Century is 6 
 points high but 7 points wide, requiring nineteen lines of 6-point as against only 
 sixteen lines of i2-point. 
 
 Different faces of type in the same size differ some- 
 what as to number of words to the line or page. A 
 
I08 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 hundred pages of manuscript would therefore require 
 less pages of print if set in lo-point Caslon than if set in 
 the wider lo-point Century. The typesetting would cost 
 the same to produce in the galley but there would be a 
 little less paper, paging, press-work and binding. In 
 lO-point Caslon solid, the average is something like 19 
 words to the square inch, whereas the same in lo-point 
 Century would average about 18.14 words, 4-8 per cent 
 more words in the Caslon than in the Century. Thus it 
 will be seen that lo-point Century is a more expensive 
 face of type by reason of the extra pages it would require 
 for the same amount of manuscript. See the lo-point 
 types on pages 98 and 104. In comparing what are known 
 as the same faces in foundry cast type, monotype, and 
 linotype, it is to be observed that monotype, usually a 
 trifle more "lean," contains from two to six per cent 
 more matter in any given space. 
 
 ESTIMATING MONOTYPE COMPOSITION 
 
 Each stroke of a typewriter, no matter whether 
 the key struck be a capital or a small letter, M, 1, or . , 
 covers exactly the same horizontal space in the type- 
 written line. There can be no possible variation in 
 space in typewritten copy, unless more than one space 
 be used between words. In type there is no such uni- 
 formity, M or W being several times as wide as 1, i, j, or 
 several other characters. Certain averages however, 
 in wide and narrow letters and spaces in type have been 
 discovered and are sufficiently well established to be 
 considered a law governing space occupied. This is 
 especially true of the product of the monotype machine. 
 
 For the preparation of copy for composition on 
 the monotype, there is a simple rule that 53 strokes, 
 including spaces, on the keys of any typewriter will 
 
PREPARATION OF COPY IO9 
 
 result in 25 set-ems of roman caps and lower case read- 
 ing matter in any size. The 53 strokes on the stand- 
 ard pica typewriter which makes 10 strokes to each 
 horizontal inch, will cover a line 5.3 inches in length. 
 53 strokes on the elite or long primer typewriter 
 making 12 strokes to the inch, will cover a line 4.42 
 inches long. 53 strokes on the great primer typewriter 
 making only 9 strokes to the inch would stretch the 
 line to 5.9 inches in length. If the typewriter be 
 adjusted to the average length of line mentioned it will 
 be found that a sheet of 25 lines of such manuscript 
 will equal 625 set-ems of composition, 8 such sheets 
 making 5000 set-ems, 80 such sheets 50,000 set-ems, etc. 
 Thus what might be termed the standard size 
 type page, used in so many college catalogs, 23 X 40 
 pica ems (3% x6% inches) will contain, allowing % 
 inches from vertical dimension for running-head, an 
 occasional drop-head, and now and then a page not 
 quite full, the following: 
 
 828 set-ems in 36 type lines of 12-point solid 
 690 set-ems in 30 type lines of 12-point leaded 
 1 187 set-ems in 43 type lines of lo-point solid 
 994 set-ems in 36 type lines of lo-point leaded 
 1863 set-ems in 54 type lines of 8-point solid 
 1484 set-ems in 43 type lines of 8-point leaded 
 3312 set-ems in 72 type lines of 6-point solid 
 2484 set-ems in 54 type lines of 6-point leaded 
 
 In connection with the above it should be borne in 
 mind that the set-em is not always identical with the 
 em used as a basis for estimating the quantity of com- 
 position. Thus the 12-point faces of type are practical- 
 ly all known as 12-set, in which size foundry type and 
 monotype closely correspond. There is some variation 
 in the smaller sizes, especially in the 6-point faces, 
 
no THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 ClQ) C^ U>H 
 SCL.r^ O CO 
 4^ P*> •t-'Oi 
 
 9'> _. . w 
 
 la COx: <lir-ltD «4a«m>>00 
 
 Eh oI lO W ©SoJlS 
 
 H-1^ C4:> C"^ iEHc8rC;<DH«D 
 
 Pd 0«f-i <y«t-'tO *^ . O * ^ 
 
 g (0 W ^*^ «+* ^^ 
 
 ^ ^ «._i5S2 EH lO W 4^ 0» 
 <Dr-l«r^t- g rt GO 
 
 ^""o^^O S^cS^g Mg-'^-g 
 
 <cu}^^'^cD rtofi^^oo ;:|Ǥ^rtS 
 
 pt3 O) t3 C1D^^- a Ona cat- rt0;'O>> c- 
 
 O^^P-HIO CDghP^HjO «a&8?S 
 
 ^''rH^^gS ^Ir^^t^ S^^'S^S 
 
 -^•tif^ :*^^a^^g -l-SsSI 
 
 
 01 •^ • r- 
 
 ^o^^oio B'S'^mSS; S-.2'gp.2 
 
 g'^^'cd^S i*^D.^*SS «,S5g§S 
 
 g-^co'^'S^ ^«r:3'3>.g «ov..^g 
 
 CDX10>0 "S*^W§S «^^.^oS 
 
 cja>4^pccr> oo^ c- ^ S « p.co 
 
 ^ CO cooo •HMO •<Htc ^to4>o)P>>w 
 
 TOO<M o -P jqoin ' '^ -* 
 
 lO 
 
 
 E^ lO •H <» hiiH 
 
 With mathematical accuracy 53 strokes, including spaces, on typewriter of 
 any size or make will produce 25 set-ems of type on the monotype machine. 
 
PREPARATION OF COPY III 
 
 Admission of Students 
 
 Application for Admission 
 
 Candidates for admission are registered only after they 
 have filled out and returned to the Dean a registration 
 blank and presented satisfactory evidence in regard to 
 character, ability as students, and physical fitness for a 
 college course. 
 
 This blank must be accompanied by a deposit of ten dollars. 
 This deposit will be transferred from year to year when 
 the application is renewed and deducted from the final 
 tuition payment. In case of withdrawal, or transfer of the 
 application to another year, notice must be sent to the Dean 
 before August 25th; otherwise the deposit will be forfeited. 
 
 Requirements for Admission 
 
 Total Requirement: 15 units. 
 
 (A unit represents such an amount of work as is ordinarily ac- 
 complished in one subject during a school year with five recitation 
 periods a week.) 
 
 COLLEGE COURSE 
 
 Required of all Candidates 
 
 Enghsh 3 units 
 
 Mathematics 2>^ units 
 
 History 1 unit 
 
 Above is a portion of a page set from a sheet of copy as reproduced in the 
 accompanying insert. It will be noted that the major head is of 14-point caps 
 and lower case, designated in the copy as "heading style A," mutually understood 
 in advance. The type to be used is also understood in advance to be lo-point 
 Century, 22 ems pica wide. The heading "College Course" is underscored by 
 the three parallel lines for all caps, the sub-head propedy marked for caps and 
 small caps, the matter desired to be emphasized by italics underscored with one 
 straight line, the bold heads underscored with the wavy line, and the indication 
 for smaller type properly noted. 
 
 The typewritten lines average in length the 53 strokes necessary to fill the 
 space between the vertical lines, some lines being longer and some shorter. In 
 the left margin the lay-out man in the composing room is to enter his instructions 
 for the keyboard operators. The job is known by number only in the shop, 
 which number is placed with large rubber stamp in the upper right corner. The 
 consecutive copy sheet number is entered above with a pen by the author before 
 the manuscript is sent to the printer. 
 
112 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Caslon for Instance being 6}4 set-ems to each 6 ems 
 of point system measurement, while Oldstyle, Century, 
 and many others are 7 set-ems to each 6 ems of measure 
 by points. In this connection it should be noted that 
 printers invariably measure type on the point basis 
 and as if set for the full dimensions of the type page, 
 making no allowance for any leading or blank space 
 appearing on the page. See also page 115. 
 
 AVERAGE NUMBER OF WORDS TO GIVEN SPACE 
 
 It has been found that practically all ordinary copy, 
 descriptive or historical, runs about the same number 
 of words to any space of set type in the same size, set 
 and face. Lincoln's Address at Gettysburg and Lee's 
 Oration at the Funeral of Washington average well 
 in this particular with ordinary manuscript. Copy 
 which is botanical, geological, or of other scientific 
 nature is apt to contain longer words, which means 
 less words to the line and page, than would be found 
 in the essay of a preparatory school student. Tabular, 
 mathematical, centered or displayed matter, lists of 
 names in columns, indented paragraphs, quotations in 
 smaller type, and schedules containing lines of various 
 sizes of type cannot be considered with any degree of 
 accuracy in calculating set type space to be occupied. 
 Any copy which can be prepared in straight lines on 
 the typewriter can be so estimated. 
 
 ACTUAL ESTIMATE OF LINES OF TYPE 
 
 By the following table the editor may reach approx- 
 imate conclusions as to the number of such typewritten 
 lines of copy required to fill a type page of given 
 dimensions and containing a certain number of lines of 
 certain size and face of type. The table is prepared for 
 the so-called standard {t) size catalog page 23 X 40 
 
PREPARATION OF COPY 
 
 "3 
 
 pica ems (3% X 6% inches). Allowance of % inch is 
 made for running-heads and blank space, thus making 
 6 inches of vertical type measurement. The only pos- 
 sible variation lies in the fact that no two individual 
 operators on the monotype keyboard will handle their 
 spacing problems alike. Variations bound to exist 
 between different operators will therefore be observed 
 in the preparation of any such table as the following. 
 
 The variations between some of the faces of type 
 in some of the sizes, especially the smaller sizes, are 
 due to technical differences in the very accurately 
 calculated set-ems of the monotype system, a matter 
 not to be quickly understood by the layman. 
 
 Number of S3 Stroke Typewritten Lines Required to Fill 
 a Type Page 23 X 40 Pica Ems, j% X 6% inches {net 
 23 X 36 reading matter.) 
 
 NAME OF 
 TYPE 
 
 12- 
 
 point 
 solid 
 
 lines 
 of type 
 
 12- 
 
 point 
 leaded 
 
 ,3° 
 
 lines 
 
 of type 
 
 10- 
 
 point 
 solid 
 
 43 
 
 lines 
 of type 
 
 10- 
 
 point 
 leaded 
 
 lines 
 of type 
 
 8- 
 point 
 solid 
 
 lines 
 of type 
 
 8- 
 point 
 leaded 
 
 lines 
 of type 
 
 6- 
 
 point 
 
 solid 
 
 72 
 
 lines 
 
 of type 
 
 6- 
 
 point 
 leaded 
 
 54 
 
 lines 
 
 of type 
 
 Caslon 
 
 33-1 
 
 27.6 
 
 47.6 
 
 39-8 
 
 74-5 
 
 59.3 
 
 I2I.6 
 
 91.6 
 
 Scotch Roman 
 
 33-1 
 
 27.6 
 
 47.6 
 
 39-8 
 
 74.5 
 
 59-3 
 
 I 21.6 
 
 91.6 
 
 Cheltenham 
 Wide 
 
 33-1 
 
 27.6 
 
 47.6 
 
 39.8 
 
 69.6 
 
 SS-4 
 
 II2.9 
 
 84.7 
 
 Century 
 
 33-1 
 
 27.6 
 
 45-3 
 
 37.8 
 
 68.1 
 
 54-2 
 
 II2.9 
 
 84.7 
 
 Bodoni 
 
 33-1 
 
 27.6 
 
 47.6 
 
 39.8 
 
 69.6 
 
 55-4 
 
 II2.9 
 
 84.7 
 
 French 
 Oldstyle 
 
 36.1 
 
 30.1 
 
 47.6 
 
 39-8 
 
 69.6 
 
 55-4 
 
 1 12.9 
 
 84.7 
 
 Oldstyle 
 
 33-1 
 
 27.6 
 
 47.6 
 
 39-8 
 
 69.6 
 
 55-4 
 
 II2.9 
 
 84.7 
 
114 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 For Other sizes of type page, calculations may be 
 based on the foregoing table as follows: if it be desired 
 to know how many 53 stroke lines of typewritten copy 
 will fill a page of solid 12-point Caslon, the type page 
 dimensions being 22 X 38 pica ems instead of the 
 23 X 40 page in the table, the problem is, (allowing 
 the ^ inches, 4 pica ems vertical measure for running- 
 head, spaces, etc.) : 
 
 23 X (40 -4) =23 X 36. 22 X (38 -4) =22 X 34. 
 23 X 36:33.1 lines of copy: : 22 X 34: ^ lines of copy. 
 23 X 36 = 828. 22 X 34 = 748. 
 
 828 : 33.1 : : 748: x. x = 29.9 lines of copy. 
 
 The same result may be reached by using inches 
 instead of pica ems, in the calculations as follows (still 
 allowing the same ^ inches vertical for running-heads, 
 spaces, etc.) : for the page in the table, 23 x 40 pica 
 ems, 23 pica ems horizontal is 3% inches, 3.83+. 40 
 pica ems vertical is 6^ inches, from which deduct the 
 ^ inches for head, etc., net 6 inches. For the compara- 
 tive page 22 X 38 pica ems, 22 pica ems horizontal is 
 3^ inches, 3.66+. 38 pica ems vertical is 6>^ inches, 
 from which deduct the ^ inches for head, etc., net 5^ 
 inches, 5.66+. 
 
 3.83 X 6 = 23 square inches. 3.66 x 5.66 = 20.77 
 square inches. 
 
 23 square inches : 33.1 lines of copy : : 20.77 square 
 inches : x lines of copy. 
 
 33.1 X 20.77 = 687.4 
 
 687.4 -^ 23 = 29.9 lines of copy. 
 
 Thus the amount of copy to fill any size type page 
 of any size type, solid or leaded, may be determined in 
 similar methods of computation. 
 
PREPARATION OF COPY II5 
 
 NUMBER OF EMS TO SQUARE INCH 
 
 Reduce page dimensions to square inches of surface. 
 Multiply the number of square inches by the number of 
 ems per square inch in the table below. Thus if the 
 type page measure 4x7, the exact size of the ordinary 
 pages in this book, 28 square inches, and is set in 
 i2-point, as is the body matter of this book, multiply 
 28 by 36, equalling 1,008 ems to full page. One hundred 
 such pages would make 100,800 ems. Leaded matter 
 is measured in the same manner as though it were set 
 solid. 
 
 In 5-point type multiply square inches by 207.36 
 In 6-point type muhiply square inches by 144. 
 In 7-point type muhiply square inches by 105.8 
 In 8-point type multiply square inches by 81. 
 In 9-point type multiply square inches by 64. 
 In lo-point type multiply square inches by 51.84 
 In ii-point type multiply square inches by 42.84 
 In l2-point type multiply square inches by 36. 
 In 14-point type multiply square inches by 26.45 
 
 A word averages 2.7 ems, but the em (by points) is 
 not always the same as the set-em. For instance 12- 
 point French Oldstyle is ii-set,less than an em, whereas 
 Caslon and many other 12-point faces are 12-set, each 
 an exact em. Century 6-point is 7-set, the set-em 
 measuring as iVe ems, point measure, etc. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 
 
 (See page 88) 
 
 The Typothetae Style-book 
 
 SOME few compilers of college catalogs are not 
 so careful as they might be in their style for 
 abbreviations, capitalization, italics and the like, 
 in their preparation of copy. For such, several pages 
 of extracts from the Style-book of The United Typo- 
 thetae and Franklin Clubs of America, the one great 
 organization of master printers, are given. The follow- 
 ing rules for style, brought out in 1916, are based 
 generally upon Goold Brown's Grammar of English 
 Grammars, "the most thorough and exhaustive treatise 
 on the English language ever written," and the Standard 
 Dictionary. Brief extracts from several other style- 
 books are appended. 
 
 Abbreviations 
 
 Abbreviate military and civic titles when preceding a 
 full name: as, Dr. John Smith; Gen. U. S. Grant. Spell them 
 out when they do not precede a full name: as, Doctor Smith; 
 Colonel Bryan. 
 
 Abbreviate Company when character & is used: as, A.J. 
 Johnson & Co. When short & is not used, spell out company: 
 as, Todd-Davis Company. 
 
 Abbreviate names of states and territories following 
 towns, except Alaska, Idaho, Iowa, and Utah, as follows: 
 
 Ala., Ariz., Ark., *Cal., Colo., Conn., D. C, Del., Fla., Ga., 
 111., Kan., Ky., La., Md., Me., Mass., Mich., Minn., Miss., 
 Mo., Mont., Neb., Nev., N. C, N. D., N. H., N. J., N. M., 
 N. Y., O., Okla., Ore., Pa., R. I., S. C, S. D., Tenn., Tex., 
 Va., Vt., Wash., W. Va., Wis., Wyo.f" 
 
 *Californians generally use "Calif.," which differs from all style-book ab- 
 breviation for that state. Postal authorities use "Cal." 
 
 fThe postal authorities use some abbreviations differing from those common- 
 ly considered proper, as follows: — Kans., Nebr., N. Dak., N. Mex., Oreg., S. 
 Dak., Maine and Ohio not being abbreviated. 
 116 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES II/ 
 
 Capitalization 
 
 In capitalizing, the style should be down except when 
 special instructions to the contrary are given. Wayne county, 
 Clyde river, New York Central railroad, state, president, etc. 
 But capitalize the full corporate title when it is given: as, 
 The Chicago & North-Western Railroad Company. 
 
 Capitalize words designating definite regions: as, the 
 Orient, the boundless West, the Gulf Coast. Lower-case 
 eastern New York, northern Maine, and similar phrases. 
 
 Capitalize names of important events and things: as, the 
 Reformation, the Revolution, the Middle Ages, the Union, 
 the Government. 
 
 Capitalize the names of political parties: as, Republican, 
 Democratic, etc. 
 
 Capitalize titles of nobility when referring to specific 
 persons: as, the Prince of Wales. 
 
 Capitalize titles preceding names: as. President Roose- 
 velt, Doctor Jones ; but not the president of the Erie railroad. 
 
 Capitalize specific titles: as, Thank you. Professor; the 
 Colonel will soon be here. 
 
 Capitalize Church, when used as opposed to the world. 
 
 Capitalize the principal words and the last word in titles 
 of books, plays, lectures, pictures, and newspaper and maga- 
 zine articles. 
 
 Capitalize fanciful names given to states, cities, etc.: as, 
 the Keystone State; the Crescent City. 
 
 Capitalize First ward. Fifth street, Third regiment, and 
 the like. 
 
 In compound words capitalize each word if it would be 
 capitalized when standing alone. 
 
 Put a. m. and p. m. in lower-case. 
 
 Use capitals for genus and lower-case for species: as. 
 Staphylococcus pyogenes. Bacillus coli communis, etc. 
 
 Citations 
 
 In citing pages or years, commas between the figures 
 mean that only the pages or years actually shown are to be 
 considered. If an en dash is used the figures appearing and 
 all that have been omitted are meant. Thus, "Code of Civil 
 Procedure, pp. 20, 24, 36," refers to the three pages only; 
 while "General Statutes, pp. 147-153," means all the pages 
 from 147 to 153 inclusive. 
 
 Citations must appear as follows: 
 
 I Kings, iv, 3; Acts, ii, 4. 
 
 Hamlet, act iv, scene 3. 
 
 Art. IX, Sec. 9. 
 
Il8 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 The State, ex rel. Jones, v. Rid. Co., 56 Kan. 325. 
 
 Thompson v. Dundy et al., 21 N. Y. 79. 
 
 National Bank v. Murphy, 54 Iowa, 728. 
 
 Osier, Modern Medicine, vol. viii, pp. 26, 27. 
 Dates 
 
 In dates omit d, th, and st, when the year is given: as, 
 October 9, 1906. Use them when the year is omitted: as, 
 the work must be shipped October 20th. 
 
 Make it 2d and 3d, not 2nd and 3rd. 
 
 In giving a series of two or more years express them thus : 
 1906-07, not 1906-7. 
 
 Italics 
 
 Set names of newspapers, magazines, and books, in italic, 
 and do not quote them. 
 
 Words and phrases from foreign languages are to be set 
 in italic. 
 
 Italicize e. g., i. e., viz. 
 
 Possessive Case 
 
 Singular nouns ending in s take an apostrophe and 
 another s to show the possessive case. King James's reign; 
 Jones's scales; Bass's ale; Chambers's encyclopedia. 
 Quotations* 
 Periods and commas following the last word of a quota- 
 tion always precede the quotation-marks. The other points 
 precede them when the whole sentence is quoted, and follow 
 them when the last word or clause is quoted. Example: The 
 telegram read, "Come at once." Does the telegram read, 
 "Come at once?" 
 
 In quoted poetry the marks of quotation at the begin- 
 ning of a line must be set into the indention-space, so that 
 the first words of lines with the same indention will be in- 
 dented evenly; thus: 
 
 "Lives there a man with soul so dead 
 Who never to himself hath said, 
 'This is my own, my native land'?" 
 
 Spell Out 
 Spell out the names of the months. 
 Spell out ages: as, twelve years. 
 
 Use figures in statistics: as. Of 152 operations, 76 died 
 and 76 recovered. 
 
 In general, numbers containing less than three figures 
 are to be spelled out, though when they occur in groups of 
 three or more use figures. 
 *For short quotations. See also page 120. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 119 
 
 Spell out indefinite amounts. 
 
 Numbers containing fractions or decimals should be put 
 in figures. 
 
 Time of day should be put in figures, using a period 
 between hours and minutes and a colon between minutes and 
 seconds: as, 2.30 p. m.; 2:10 class. 
 
 Spell out county, street, avenue. 
 
 The following extract from Stewart's The Use of 
 Capitals in Printing is self explanatory: 
 
 Capitalize the name of the Deity in every person, and 
 in all synonyms or attributes: Father, God, Lord, Jehovah, 
 Creator, Christ, Saviour, Holy Ghost, Son, Almighty, All- 
 wise, etc. The pronouns Thee, Thou, Thy, He, His, Him, 
 specifying God, always begin with lower-case letters in the 
 Bible, but in prayer-books, hymn books, and secular works, 
 these words are capitalized. The pronouns who, whose, 
 which, whom, when used in the same manner, do not have 
 capitals except at the beginning of a sentence. 
 
 The pronoun I and the interjection O are always 
 capitals in English, but oh is not capitalized except when it 
 begins a sentence. 
 
 Names of the days of the week and months of the year 
 should always begin with capitals. This rule is extended to 
 also include specific names of holidays, fast-days, etc., as: 
 
 Fourth of July Christmas 
 
 Arbor Day New Year's 
 
 Patriot's Day Good Friday 
 
 Labor Day Whitsuntide 
 
 Memorial Day Easter 
 
 Evacuation Day Thanksgiving 
 
 Names given to days of historic importance are also 
 capitalized, like: 
 
 Black Friday Blue Monday 
 
 Titles of books, periodicals, plays, pictures, etc., always 
 call for capital letters. Every important word in such titles 
 should begin with a capital, but not the unimportant words 
 like the, of, to, a, for, by, in, etc. 
 
 Three Years Before the Mast 
 
 The Wonder-book for Boys and Girls 
 
 The House of Seven Gables 
 
 Twenty Thousand Leagues Under the Sea. 
 
I20 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Footnotes 
 
 From Handbook of Style, The Riverside Press 
 
 Footnotes should be put at the bottom of the page, or 
 separated from the text by lines running across the page above 
 and below each note. In hand-written manuscripts, notes 
 may be written with ink of a different color. The word in the 
 text to which the note belongs should be marked by a superior 
 figure (0* corresponding to the number of the note. 
 
 Quotations 
 
 There are numerous styles for long quotations. 
 Some styles call for five lines or more of quotations 
 being set without quote marks in smaller type, flush or 
 indented at each end of the lines; or if the text be 
 leaded, set in the same size type solid, with or without 
 indention. Quote marks must invariably be used for 
 short quotations in the same size type as the text. 
 Poetry quotations are usually set in smaller type. 
 
 Quotations 
 From Stewart's Use of Quote-Marks 
 
 If an extract consists of two or more paragraphs, the 
 turned commas are used at the beginningof each paragraph, 
 but the apostrophes appear only at the end of the whole 
 matter quoted. 
 
 Elimination of Periods 
 Modern style demands the elimination of periods 
 after titles, bastard-titles, sub-titles and running-heads. 
 Here and there may be seen a catalog of typographic 
 appearance which would be good but for such periods. 
 It is the exception to the rule, an evidence of a style 
 not quite right in this day. Oxford University uses 
 such periods while Cambridge does not. 
 
 *Superior figures(i) or lettersf*) are used in the event of many footnotes. Star, 
 dagger, etc., are generally used when there are but one or two footnotes to the 
 page. Mr. DeVinne used the superior characters, an example followed by many 
 good printers. See pages 32, 169, 180. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 121 
 
 Congressional Library Card Style 
 The style in use by the Library of Congress on its 
 cards as sold to all Hbraries, is in some details odd. 
 Many librarians follow it because established by such a 
 notable institution. Following is an example. 
 Ward, Harry Parker, 1865- 
 
 Some American college bookplates ; a presentation of 
 plates, old and new, used by educational institutions, in- 
 dividuals, fraternities and clubs, to which are added 
 those of a few learned societies, by Harry Parker Ward 
 ... with an introduction by Theodore Wesley Koch ... 
 and A check-list of bookplate literature by Winward 
 Prescott ... Columbus, 0., The Champlin press, 1915. 
 
 482 p. mounted front, illus. (part col.) mounted plates (part col.) 
 23i"». 
 
 I. Book-plates, American. 2. Book-plates— Bibl. L Prescott, Win- 
 ward, 1886- n. Title, ui. Title : College bookplates. 
 
 15-23626 
 
 Library of Congress Z994.A5W2 
 
 Copy 2. 
 
 Copyright A 416197 
 
 Alphabetizing 
 In alphabetizing names some puzzling items are 
 bound to occur. For those who like it, it is usually 
 safe to follow the city directory style. As an instance, 
 Mc appears first, followed by Maa and Mab, which in 
 turn are followed by MacA, etc. There is, however, 
 no generally accepted system in college catalogs, as 
 may be noted by reference to the student lists in some 
 of the larger publications. All manner of styles will be 
 found. It seems unfortunate that some system can 
 not be standardized, not only for catalogs but for other 
 publications. Librarians will probably favor the system 
 in Cutter's Rules for a Dictio7iary Catalog,'^ pages 
 31-39- 
 
 *Whole number 340. U. S. Bureau of Education, Special Report on Public 
 Libraries— Part II, Rules for a Dictionary Catalog, by Charles A. Cutter, Librarian 
 of the Forbes Library, Northampton, Mass., Fourth Edition, Rewritten, Washing- 
 ton, Government Printing Office, 1904. A most valuable aid in all manner of library 
 work, filing, indexing, etc. 
 
122 
 
 TPIE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 136 
 
 Denison University 
 
 James Irving Lemon, Ph., Blue Island, 111. 
 
 Walter Bartlett Lister, Ph., Twinsburg. 
 
 Paul Revere Lyne, Ph., Cambridge. 
 
 George Carltox McConnaughey, -Ph., Hillsboro. 
 
 Arthur George McQuate, Ph., Litchfield. 
 
 Clifford Ben'Jamin Marshall, Sc, Pittsburgh, Pa. 
 
 Herrick Stuart Massie. Sc, Edinburg, Va. 
 
 Blaine Ewing ^L'\TTHEWS, Sc, Jackson. 
 
 Ralph William Mead, Sc, Dayton. 
 
 William Forest Meredith, Ph., Cambridge. 
 
 •Frederick Allen Meridith, Sc, Newark. 
 
 Walter Isaac Merriam, Ph., Columbus, Wis. 
 
 Parker James Montague, Sc, Toledo. 
 
 Bernard O. Moss, Ph., Cambridge. 
 
 Theodoric Charles Neal, Sc, Newark. 
 
 Miller J. Xewton, Sc, Maineville. 
 
 Paul Eugene P^endleton, Ph., Granville. 
 
 Joel Bigelow Peterson, Sc, Chicago, III. 
 
 John Ellis Putnam, Sc, Warren. 
 
 Herman Ward Quartel, Ph., Dayton. 
 
 EIdcar Eugene Rice, Sc. Roseville. 
 
 Alpheus Wayne Rogers, Sc, Toledo. 
 
 John Lawyer Rose, Ph., Granville. 
 
 John Llewellyn Rosensteel, Ph., Springfield. 
 
 Nelson Gadd Rupi», Sc. Port Clinton. 
 
 Dean W. Sage, Sc, Granville. 
 
 Charles Arthur Scott, Ph.. Cambridge. 
 
 George Herbert Shorney, Sc, Oak Park, 111. 
 
 Emory Harold Shreve, Sc, Union City. Pa. 
 
 Blaun Wills Sicler, Sc, Richmond Dale. 
 
 Altiia Elmer Simmons, Ph., East Liverpool. 
 
 Earl McCall S.mith, Sc, Bucyrus. 
 
 Mark Bryan Smith, S'c, Chicago, III. 
 
 Hal Frank Snyder, Sc, Cambridge. 
 
 David Harold Speicher, Sc, Granville. 
 
 Frank AVinegarner Spencer, Ph., Newark. 
 
 Her.man Gear Spencer, Ph., Granville. 
 
 Paul Burnside Stager, Sc, Alexandria. 
 
 Dean Norman Stalker, Sc, Toledo. 
 
 Roy Matthews Stevens, Sc, Niles. 
 
 Christopher Pit.man Stivers, Ph., Manchester, Ky. 
 
 Lee Russell Thrailkill, Ph., Mt. Vernon. 
 
 Parker Henry Tilbe, Sc, Granville. 
 
 Virgil Harold Traxler. Sc, Butler. 
 
 Tames Prime Turner, Sc, Coshocton. 
 
 Page from student list in single column leaded, lo point caps and small caps, 
 with addresses in roman. State not given for towns in Ohio. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES I23 
 
 478 New York University 
 
 DIRECTORY OF STUDENTS 
 
 DECEMBER 1. 1913 
 
 The italic letter following the name indicates the School in which the 
 student is primarily registered — as follows: 
 
 a— School of Applied Science p— School of Pedagogy 
 
 c— School of Commerce *— Summer School 
 
 d— Washington Square College m— University College 
 
 g — Graduate School t— Veterinary College 
 
 / — Law School it — Woman's Law Class 
 
 m — Medical College 
 The numbers 1, 2. 3 and 4 preceding these letters indicate the class in 
 which the student is registered, the numbers begmniag with the year of 
 entrance. The abbreviation Sp. indicates a special student. 
 The names of women are indicated by an asterisk. 
 Where no city is given New York City is meant. 
 
 STUDENTS* DIRECTORY 
 
 1913-1914 
 
 Name Address Name Address 
 
 Aaron, A.* d 119 E. 60 Abrams. L. Ic 1014 Home St. 
 
 Aaronowitz. S. 11. .359 Madison St. Abrams, S. B. hi. 
 
 Aaronson. I. 2a 5296 E. S 25C3 Baiabridge Av. 
 
 Abbott, C. N.* Ic. Achenbach, M.* d. 
 
 151 Palisade Av., W. Hoboken, N. J. 450 Summer Av., Newark, N. J. 
 
 Abeles, J. T. 2/ 266 W. 77 Acker, O. E. 2u.... Ardsley, N. Y. 
 
 Abelson, G. hi 8 W. 114 Ackerlind, C. U. Ic, 
 
 Aberle, A. Ic 128 E. End Av. 709 Carroll St., Bl-m. 
 
 Abraham, \.sp.m... 138 .\ venue D Ackcrman. H. J. g. 
 
 Abrahams, M. R. Ic, Great Neck, N. Y. 
 
 188 Ashburlon Av., Yonkers, N. Y. Ackerman, L. W.* p. 
 
 Abrahams, S. 11 Ii5 W. 33 1201 Maple Av., Peekskill, N. Y. 
 
 Abrahams-, S. Ic 131 E. 110 Ackerman, S. ic 514 W. 134 
 
 .Abrahams, S. C. la, Adachi, S. ic 140 W. 57 
 
 105 Stockton St., Bkn. Adam, F. C. 3c, 
 
 Abrams, B.* d 500 E. 163 348 Adelphi St.. Bka. 
 
 Abrams. ). Im 760 E. 156 Adams, A. T., g. . . .Madison, N. J. 
 
 By omitting full names and by using asterisk for designating women, this 
 style makes possible the use of larger and thereby more legible type than is custom- 
 ary in large student lists. This arrangement is suggested in the celebrated Wis- 
 consin Survey. Type is Scotch Roman throughout. 
 
124 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 114 
 
 Appendix A 
 
 
 LOCATION 
 
 NAME OF SCHOOL 
 
 SUPT. OR PRIN. 
 
 Louisa 
 
 High School 
 
 E. M. Kennison. 
 
 Louisville 
 
 Girls High School 
 
 
 Louisville 
 
 Male High School 
 
 C. E. Reed. 
 
 Ludlow 
 
 High School 
 
 W. D. Reynolds. 
 
 Madisonville 
 
 High School 
 
 R. H. Gatton. 
 
 Mayfield 
 
 High School 
 
 M. M. Fanghender. 
 
 Maysville 
 
 High School 
 
 W. J. Caplinger. 
 
 Midway 
 
 High School 
 
 W. R. Chandler. 
 
 Middleboro 
 
 High School 
 
 F. A. Cosgrove. 
 
 Mt. Sterling 
 
 High School 
 
 W. 0. Hopper. 
 
 Morganfield 
 
 High School 
 
 R. A. Edwards. 
 
 Murray 
 
 High School 
 
 J. W. Jones. 
 
 Newport 
 
 High School 
 
 W. P. King. 
 
 Nicholasville 
 
 High School 
 
 W. G. Hart. 
 
 Owensboro 
 
 High School 
 
 J. H. Risley. 
 
 Owenton 
 
 High School 
 
 B. L. Vallandingham 
 
 Paducah 
 
 High School 
 
 J. H. Bentley. 
 
 Paris 
 
 High School 
 
 T. A. Hendrix. 
 
 Princeton 
 
 High School 
 
 J. M. Calvin. 
 
 Richmond 
 
 Caldwell High School 
 
 D.W.. Bridges. 
 
 Richmond 
 
 Model High School 
 
 H. W. Dutter. 
 
 Richmond 
 
 Eastern Kentucky Normal J. G. Crabbe. 
 
 Shelbyville 
 
 High School 
 
 H. H. Elliott. 
 
 Somerset 
 
 High School 
 
 J. W. P. Brouse. 
 
 Springfield 
 
 High School 
 
 G. C. Colvin. 
 
 Stanford. 
 
 High School 
 
 W. C. Wilson. 
 
 Sturgis 
 
 High School 
 
 C. C. Justus. 
 
 Winchester 
 
 High School 
 
 CLASS B. 
 
 0. H. Harris. 
 
 Adairville 
 
 County High School 
 
 E. H. Ellis. 
 
 Alexandria 
 
 County High School 
 
 Cynthia E. Riley. 
 
 Arlington 
 
 High School 
 
 Elmer Tarter. 
 
 Bardstown 
 
 High School 
 
 P. H. Neblett. 
 
 Barlow 
 
 High School 
 
 J. B. Ward. 
 
 Beaver Dam. 
 
 West Ky. Seminary 
 
 J. L. Stilwell. 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Trimble County H. S. 
 
 John Howard Payne. 
 
 Benton 
 
 High School 
 
 G. E. Everett. 
 
 This page from Georgetown College catalog presents a portion of the list of 
 Accredited Public High Schools, carried in a number of Kentucky college catalogs. 
 Midway, Mt. Sterling and Richmond Model should each be dropped one position. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 125 
 
 The University of Chicago Press Style Book, page 
 87, shows the following list: 
 
 "Machiavelli 
 Maclntyre, Henry 
 Mclntyre, James 
 M'Intyre, Thomas 
 Mack, Joseph 
 
 Muller, A. 
 Mufola, C. 
 Muller, B. 
 
 St. Louis 
 Sainte Beuve 
 Sah Lake City." 
 
 In alphabetizing French and Italian names with 
 prefixes, the University of Chicago lists the part of the 
 name following the prefix when the latter begins with a 
 small letter, but lists the prefix if it begins with a 
 capital letter, as Du Pin, Le Sage and Bouille, de. 
 Princeton, however, places the name deCoppet after 
 Decker, not among names beginning with C. The 
 University of California lists de la Cuesta in the D list, 
 not under C. The University of Chicago style is 
 Hoffman, von, placed among names beginning with 
 H, while the University of California places von Hagen 
 in the V section, notwithstanding the fact that the 
 German prefix von never begins with a capital letter. 
 The Dutch preposition Van is always capitalized with 
 but very few exceptions, the most prominent of which 
 is that of van Dyke, Henry. The Holland Society of 
 New York lists its members whose names begin with 
 Van in separate divisions for Van A, Van B, Van C, etc. 
 Yale's catalog lists names with given names before 
 surnames but the surnames are alphabetized. 
 
126 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Style Books 
 
 The suggestion Is offered that it would be well for 
 the editor or compiler of any college or school catalog 
 to have within reach a good style-book. Lists and prices 
 of such publications may be secured on application to 
 Printing Art, Cambridge, Mass., The American Printer, 
 New York, or to The Inland Printer, Chicago, 111. Such 
 books are not expensive. 
 
 Although government style varies in some few 
 details from generally accepted styles, the person who 
 is to begin for the first time preparation of copy for a 
 catalog or book should secure the Style Book, A Com- 
 pilation of Rules Governing Executive, Congressional 
 and Departmental Pri^iting. This can be had from the 
 Superintendent of Documents for twenty-five cents. 
 
 Abbreviations 
 
 In showing the faculty list of Columbia to a number 
 of professional gentlemen, I was struck with the fact 
 that some abbreviations of degrees appearing therein 
 are not generally understood. Just so with the lists 
 in other catalogs. This led to some interesting investi- 
 gation. Naturally the same degree appears in different 
 arrangements of the letters when given by different 
 universities, as for instance B. S., S. B., B. Sc, and 
 Sc. B. Oxford abbreviates Doctor of Medicine, D. M. 
 In Webster R. P. D. abbreviates Royal Purple Degree, 
 but in the list following it stands for Doctor of Political 
 Science. 
 
 It would appear that no complete separate list of 
 all degrees and titles used in American college catalogs 
 is to be found in any dictionary or encyclopedia. Nearly 
 all such works contain long lists of common and un- 
 common abbreviations. One, Beach's America^ia, offers 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES I27 
 
 twelve pages in its collection, but by no means all 
 degrees or titles are therein. Probably the largest lists 
 are given in the Monroe Cyclopedia of Education, Vol. 
 II, p. 284, in the Schoolmasters^ Yearbook and Educa- 
 tional Directory of Great Britain, 191 5, and in the 
 Reports of the Commissioner of Education. There is 
 no standardized system, institutions establishing such 
 individual systems as appeal locally. The Council on 
 Medical Education of the American Medical Associa- 
 tion is now attempting to standardize higher degrees in 
 medicine. A similar movement is under way among the 
 various organizations of engineers. M. E. alone or in 
 groupings of letters might refer to Marine, Mechanical, 
 Metallurgical, Military, Mining, or Municipal Engineer. 
 
 For six hundred years the creation and conferring of 
 degrees has been increasing, but for the last fifty years 
 this increase has been tremendous in Great Britain and 
 in America. On the continent of Europe there have not 
 been so many degrees created or conferred. This is true 
 especially of French and German universities. The 
 University of Oxford, in proportion to its size, has not 
 been so liberal with degrees as have some other uni- 
 versities, British and American. Forty-seven degrees 
 are now granted in America according to the Cyclopedia 
 of Education. The first Ph. D. degree in America was 
 conferred as late as 1861. 
 
 No pretense is made as to the completeness of the 
 following list of abbreviations. It is merely a compila- 
 tion of such as are to be found in the catalogs of some 
 of the universities and colleges in North America. 
 For the names of and the memberships, associate mem- 
 berships and fellowships in, the recognized American 
 and British learned societies, institutes and academies 
 
128 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 and for the names of foreign orders of chivalry and 
 the rank of members therein, there is no possibility 
 of correct and up-to-date listing. Probably more 
 such abbreviations may be found alphabetically placed 
 through the pages of Webster's International Dictionary 
 than in any other work but with each succeeding year 
 some such organizations pass out of existence and others 
 are formed. A descriptive list of American Learned 
 Societies is to been seen preceding the literary and 
 educational sections of the World Almanac. The Alman- 
 ack de Gotha, to be found in many libraries, is to all na- 
 tions in smaller compass, what the World Almanac is to 
 the United States. Orders of Chivalry are presented 
 in comprehensive form in The Encyclopedia Brittanica, 
 unless one cares to explore such massive tomes as Ed- 
 monson's Heraldy, 1780, orFavine's Theatre of Honour y 
 1626. Whitaker's Peerage, Baronetage, Knightage and 
 Companionage might be termed the Baedeker of modern 
 British chivalry. Burke's Peerage or DeBrett's should 
 also be of assistance in this line. 
 
 Some Abbreviations, Educational, Scientific, 
 Ecclesiastic, etc. 
 
 A. A. A. L. — American Academy of Arts and Letters 
 
 A. A. — Associate in Arts 
 
 A. A. A. S. — ^American Association for the Advancement 
 of Science 
 
 A. A. P. S. — American Association for the Promotion 
 of Science 
 
 A, A. S. — Academiae Americanae Socius, Fellow of the Ameri- 
 can Academy. 
 
 A. A. S. S. — Americanae Antiquarinnae Societatis Socius, 
 Member of the American Antiquarian Society 
 
 A. B. — Artium Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Arts 
 
 Abp. — Archbishop 
 
 A. C. — ^Analytical Chemist 
 
 A. G. O. — Associate of the Guild of Organists 
 
 A. G. O. — American Guild of Organists 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 129 
 
 A. G. S. S.— American Geographical and Statistical Society 
 A. I. A. — American Institute of Architects 
 A. I. A. L.— American Institute of Arts and Letters 
 Amer. Inst. Chem. Eng. — American Institute of Chemi- 
 cal Engineers 
 A. I. E. E. — American Institute of Electrical Engineers 
 A. I. M. E. — American Institute of Mining Engineers 
 A. M. — Artium Magister, Master of Arts 
 A. N. A. — Associate of the National Academy 
 A. R. A. — Associate of the Royal Academy 
 A. R. C. A. — Associate of the Royal Canadian Academy 
 
 (in Canada) 
 A. R. C. A. — Associate of the Royal College of Arts (in 
 
 England) 
 A. R. C. M. — Associate of the Royal College of Music 
 A. R. C. O. — Associate of the Royal College of Organists 
 A. R. C. S. — Associate of the Royal College of Science 
 A. R. E. — Associate of the Royal Society of Painter 
 
 Etchers 
 A. R. I. B. A. — Associate of the Royal Institution of British 
 
 Architects 
 A. R. S. A. — Associate of the Royal Scottish Academy 
 A. R. S. M. — Associate of the Royal School of Mines 
 A. R. S. S. — Antiquarium Regiae Societatis Socius, Fellow of 
 
 the Royal Society of Antiquaries 
 A. S. A. M. — Associate of the Royal Society of Art 
 
 Masters 
 A. S. C. E. — ^American Society of Civil Engineers 
 
 A. S. M. E. — American Society of Mechanical Engineers 
 Bart. — Baronet 
 
 B. A. — Bachelor of Arts 
 
 B. Ace's. — Bachelor of Accounts 
 
 B. Agri. — Bachelor of Agriculture 
 
 B. Arch. — Bachelor of Architecture 
 
 B. A. Sc. — Bachelor of Applied Science 
 
 B. C. E. — Bachelor of Civil Engineering 
 
 B. Ch. — Chirurgiae Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Surgery 
 
 B. Ch. E. — Bachelor of Chemical Engineering 
 
 B. C. L.— Bachelor of Civil Law 
 
 B. Com. — Bachelor of Commerce 
 
 B. Cr. E. — Bachelor of Ceramic Engineering 
 
 B. C. S. — Bachelor of Commercial Science 
 
 B. D. — Bachelor of Divinity 
 
 B. E. — Bachelor of Engineering 
 
 B. Ed. — Bachelor of Education 
 
130 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 B. E. E. — Bachelor of Electrical Engineering 
 
 B. E. M. — Bachelor of Mining Engineering 
 
 B. en Dr., en Med., en Th. — Bachelier en Droit, en Medecine^ 
 en Theologie 
 
 B. Eng. — Bachelor of Engineering 
 
 B.es A., esL.,esSc. — Bachelier es Arts, es Lettres, es Sciences 
 
 B. F. — Bachelor of Forestry 
 
 B. F. A. — Bachelor of Fine Arts 
 
 B. Journ. — Bachelor of Journalism 
 
 B. L. — Bachelor of Letters 
 
 B. Litt. — Litterarum Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Letters 
 
 B. LL. — Legum Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Laws 
 
 B. M. — Bachelor of Medicine 
 
 B. M. E. — Bachelor of Mechanical Engineering 
 
 B. Mus. — Bachelor of Music 
 
 B. O. — Bachelor of Oratory 
 
 Bp. — Bishop 
 
 B. Painting — Bachelor of Fainting 
 
 B. Pd. — Bachelor of Pedagogy 
 
 B. P. E. — Bachelor of Physical Education 
 
 B. Fed. — Bachelor of Pedagogy 
 
 B. Ph.— Bachelor of Philosophy 
 
 B. Phil.— Bachelor of Philosophy 
 
 B. S. — Bachelor of Science 
 
 B. S. — Bachelor of Surgery 
 
 B. S. in A., C, E., F., H., H. E., etc.— B. S. in Agricul- 
 ture, Chemistry, Entomology, Forestry, Horticul- 
 ture, Home Economics, etc. 
 
 E. S. A. — Bachelor of Scientific Agriculture 
 
 B. U. J. — Baccalaureus Utriusque Juris, Bachelor of Both 
 Laws 
 
 B. V. Sc. — Bachelor of Veterinary Science 
 
 C. A. — Chartered Accountant 
 Camb. — Cambridge 
 
 Can. — Canada, Canadian 
 
 Cantab. — Cantahrigiensis, of Cambridge University 
 
 C. B. — Companion of the Bath 
 
 C. E. — Civil Engineer 
 
 Ch. B. — Chirurgiae Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Surgery 
 
 Ch. E. — Chemical Engineer 
 
 C. L E. — Companion of the Indian Empire 
 
 C. M. — Chirurgiae Magister, Master in Surgery 
 
 Cr. E. — Ceramic Engineer 
 
 C. M. G.— Companion of the Order of St. Michael and St. 
 
 George 
 C. S. C. — Congregatio Sanctae Crucis, Congregation of the 
 
 Holy Cross 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES I3I 
 
 C. S. C. E. — Canadian Society of Civil Engineers 
 C. S. I. — Companion of the Star of India 
 
 C. V. O. — Commander of the Royal Victorian Order 
 
 D. B. — Divinitatis Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Divinity 
 D. C. L.— Doctor of Civil Law 
 
 D. D. — Divinitatis Doctor, Doctor of Divinity 
 
 D. D. S. — Doctor of Dental Surgery 
 
 D. en Dr., en Med., en Th. — Docteur en Droit, en Medecine, 
 en Theologie 
 
 D. es S. — Docteur es Sciences 
 
 D. Lit. — Doctor of Literature 
 
 D. Litt. — Litterarum Doctor, Doctor of Letters 
 
 D. L. S. — Doctor of Library Science 
 
 D. M.— Doctor of Medicine (Oxford) 
 
 D. M. — Doctor of Music 
 
 D. M. D. — Dentariae Medecinae Doctor, Doctor of Dental 
 Medicine 
 
 D. Mus. — Doctor of Music 
 
 D. Pd. — Doctor of Pedagogy 
 
 D. Phil. — Doctor of Philosophy 
 
 D. P. H.— Doctor of Public Health 
 
 D. P. H.— Diploma of Public Health 
 
 Dr. d' Univ. — Docteur d' Universite, University Doctor. 
 
 D. S. — Doctor of Science (Ophthalmology, Pediatrics, Sur- 
 gery, etc.) 
 
 D. Sc. — Doctor of Science 
 
 D. T. — Theologiae Doctor, Doctor of Divinity 
 
 Dub.— Dublin 
 
 D. V. M. — Doctor of Veterinary Medicine 
 
 E. D. — Doctor of Engineering 
 Edin. — Edinburgh 
 
 E. E. — Electrical Engineer 
 
 E. M. — Mining Engineer; Engineer of Mines 
 Eng. D. — Doctor of Engineering 
 
 F. — Frater, Frere, Brother 
 
 F. A. A. S. — Fellow of the American Antiquarian Society 
 
 F. A. A. A. S. — Fellow of the American Association for the 
 
 Advancement of Science 
 F. A. C. S. — Fellow of the American Society of Surgeons 
 F. A. L A. — Fellow of the American Institute of Architects 
 F. A. S. — Fellow of the Antiquarian Society 
 F. B. A. — Fellow of the British Academy 
 F. B. S. — Fellow of the Botanical Society 
 F. C. P. S.— Fellow of the Cambridge Philological Society 
 F. C. S. — Fellow of the Chemical Society 
 
132 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 F. F. P. S. — Fellow of the Faculty of Physicians and Sur- 
 geons, Glasgow 
 F. A. G. O. — Fellow of the American Guild of Organists 
 F. G. O. — Fellow of the Guild of Organists 
 F. G. S. — Fellow of the Geographic Society 
 F. G. S. — Fellow of the Geological Society 
 F. G. S. A. — Fellow of the Geographical Society of America 
 F. H. S. — Fellow of the Horticultural Society 
 F. I. C. — Fellow of the Institute of Chemistry 
 F. K. Q. C. P. I.— Fellow of the Kings and Queens Col- 
 lege of Physicians, Ireland 
 F. L. S. — Fellow of the Linnaean Society 
 F. N. B. A. — Fellow of the North British Academy of Arts 
 F. P. S. — Fellow of the Philological Society 
 F. P. S. — Fellow of the Philosophic Society 
 Fr. — Frater^ Frere, Brother 
 F. R. A. S. — Fellow of the Royal Astronomical Society 
 
 (E, Edinburgh; I, Ireland; L, London) 
 F. R. C. P. — Fellow of the Royal College of Physicians 
 F. R. C. P. E. — Fellow of the Royal College of Physicians, 
 
 Edinburgh) 
 F. R. C. S. — Fellow of the Royal College of Surgeons 
 F. R. C. V. S. — Fellow of the Royal College of Veterinary 
 
 Surgeons 
 F. R. G. S. — Fellow of the Royal Geographical Society 
 F. R. Hist. Soc. — Fellow of the Royal Historical Society 
 F. R. I. B. A. — Fellow of the Royal Institute of British 
 
 Architects 
 F. R. S. — Fellow of the Royal Society 
 F. R. S. A. — Fellow of the Royal Society of Arts 
 F. R. S. C. — Fellow of the Royal Society of Canada 
 F. R. S. E. — Fellow of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 
 F. R. S. G. S. — Fellow of the Royal Scottish Geographical 
 
 Society 
 F. R. S. L. — Fellow of the Royal Society of Literature 
 F. R. S. L. — Fellow of the Royal Society of London 
 F. R. S. S. — Fellow of the Royal Societies 
 F. R. S. S. — Fellow of the Royal Statistical Society 
 F. R. S. S. A. — Fellow of the Royal Scottish Society of Arts 
 F. S. A. — Fellow of the Society of Antiquaries 
 F. S. A. — Fellow of the Society of Arts 
 
 F. S. A. E. — Fellow of the Society of Antiquaries of Edin- 
 burgh 
 F. S. S. — Fellow of the Statistical Society 
 F. Z. S. — Fellow of the Zoological Society 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES I33 
 
 G. C. B.— Grand Cross of the Bath 
 G. C. H. — Grand Cross of Hanover 
 G, C. I. E. — Grand Commander of the Order of the Indian 
 
 Empire 
 G. C. K. P. — Grand Commander of the Knights of St 
 
 Patrick 
 G. C. L. H. — Grand Cross of the Legion of Honor 
 G. C. M. G.— Grand Cross of St. Michael and St. George 
 G. C. S. I. — Grand Commander of the Star of India 
 G. C. V. O. — Grand Commander of the Victorian Order 
 G. M. K. P.— Grand Master of the Knights of St. Patrick 
 G. M. S. I. — Grand Master of the Star of India 
 J. C. B. — Baccalaureate in Canon Law 
 J. C. D. — Juris Civilis Doctor, Doctor of Civil Law 
 J. C. L. — Licentiate in Canon Law 
 J. D. — Juris Doctor, Doctor of Law 
 J. U. D. — Juris Utriusque Doctor, Doctor of Both Laws 
 Jur. D. — Juris Doctor, Doctor of Law 
 K. C. — King's Counsel 
 K. C. B. — Knight Commander of the Bath 
 K. C. I. E. — Knight Commander of the Order of the Indian 
 
 Empire 
 K. C. M. G.— Knight Commander of St. Michael and St. 
 
 George 
 K. C. S. I. — Knight Commander of the Star of India 
 K. G.— Knight of the Garter 
 K. P.— Knight of St. Patrick 
 K. T.— Knight of the Thistle 
 L. A. H. — Licentiate of Apothecaries' Hall 
 L. C. D. — Legis Civilis Doctor, Doctor of Civil Law 
 L. C. P. — Legis Civilis Professor, Professor of Civil Law 
 L. D. S. — Licentiate of Dental Surgery 
 Lie. es L. — Licencie is Lettres 
 L. F. P. & S. — Licentiate of the Faculty of Physicians and 
 
 Surgeons 
 L. H. D. — Litterarum Hurnaniorum Doctor 
 L. I. — Licentiate of Instruction 
 Lie. en Dr. — Licencie en Droit 
 
 Litt. B. — Litterarum Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Letters 
 Litt. D, — Litterarum Doctor, Doctor of Literature 
 L. L. A. — Lady Literate in Arts 
 LL. B. — Legum Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Laws 
 LL. D. — Legum Doctor, Doctor of Laws 
 LL. M. — Legum Magister, Master of Laws 
 L. R. A. M. — Licentiate of the Royal Academy of Music 
 L. R. C. P. — Licentiate of the Royal College of Physicians 
 
134 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 L. R. C. P. and S. — Licentiate of the Royal College of Phy- 
 sicians and Surgeons 
 
 L. R. C. S. — Licentiate of the Royal College of Surgeons 
 
 L. S. A. — Licentiate of the Apothecaries' Society 
 
 L. Th. — Licentiate in Theology 
 
 M. — Monsieur 
 
 M. A. — Master of Arts 
 
 M. Ace's. — Master of Accounts 
 
 M. Arch. — Master of Architecture 
 
 M. Am. Soc. C. E. — Member American Society of Civil 
 Engineers 
 
 M. Am. Soc. M. E. — Member American Society of Mechanic- 
 al Engineers 
 
 M. A. Sc. — Master of Applied Science 
 
 M. B. — Medecinae Baccalaiireus, Bachelor of Medicine 
 
 M. B. A. — Master of Business Administration 
 
 M. B. Sc. — Master of Business Science 
 
 M. C. — Member of Congress 
 
 M. C. D. — Doctor of Comparative Medicine 
 
 M. Ch. — Chirurgiae Magister, Master in Surgery 
 
 M. C. E. — Master of Civil Engineering 
 
 M. C. S. — Master of Commercial Science 
 
 M. D. — Medecinae Doctor, Doctor of Medicine 
 
 M. D. C. M. — Medecinae Doctor et Chirurgiae Magister, 
 Doctor of Medicine and Master of Surgery 
 
 M. Dip. — Master of Diplomacy 
 
 M. D. S.— Master of Dental Science 
 
 M. D. V. — Medeciiiae Doctor Feterinariae, Doctor of Veteri- 
 nary Medicine 
 
 M. E. — Mechanical Engineer 
 
 Mech. E. — Mechanical Engineer 
 
 M. E. E. — Master of Electrical Engineering 
 
 M. es A. — Maitre es Arts 
 
 Met. E. — Metallurgical Engineer 
 
 M. F. — Master of Forestry 
 
 Mgr. — Monsignor 
 
 M. Inst. C. E. — Member of the Institute of Civil Engineers 
 
 M. L. — Master of Letters 
 
 M. L. A. — Master of Landscape Architecture 
 
 M. M. E. — Master of Mechanical Engineering 
 
 M, P. — Member of Parliament 
 
 M'. P. L, — Master of Polite Literature 
 
 M. P. P. — Member of Provincial Parliament 
 
 M. Mus. — Master of Music 
 
 M. N. A. S. — Member of the National Academy of 
 Sciences 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES I35 
 
 M. Pd. — Master of Pedagogy 
 
 M. R. A. S. — Member of the Royal Academy of Science 
 
 M. R. C. C. — Member of the Royal College of Chemistry 
 
 M. R. C. P. — Member of the Royal College of Physicians 
 
 M. R. C. S. — Member of the Royal College of Surgeons 
 
 M. R. C. V. S.— Alember of the Royal College of Veterinary 
 Surgeons 
 
 M. R. G. S. — Member of the Royal Geographic Society 
 
 M. R. I.— Member of the Royal Institute 
 
 M. R. I. A. — Member of the Royal Irish Academy 
 
 M. R. S. A. — Member of the Royal Society of Arts 
 
 M. S. — Master of Science 
 
 M. S. A. — Master of Science and Arts 
 
 M. S. A. — Master of Scientific Agriculture 
 
 M. Sc. — Master of Science 
 
 M. Sc. in A. C. E., etc.— M. Sc. in Agriculture, Chem- 
 istry, Entomology, etc. 
 
 Mus. B. — Musicae Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Music 
 
 Mus. D. — Musicae Doctor, Doctor of A^Lusic 
 
 M. V. O. — Member of the Victorian Order 
 
 N. A. — National Academician 
 
 N. A. D. — National Academy of Design 
 
 N. A. S. — National Academy of Sciences 
 
 N. B. — New Brunswick (University of) 
 
 N. D. D. — National Dairy Diploma 
 
 N. U. I. — National University of Ireland 
 
 O. P. — Ordinis Praedicatorum, of the Dominican Order 
 
 O. S. B. — Ordinis Sancti Benedicti, of the Order of St. Bene- 
 dict! 
 
 O. S. F. — Ordinis Sancti Francisci, of the Order of St. Francis 
 
 Oxf.— Oxford 
 
 Oxon. — Oxoniensis, of Oxford University 
 
 P.— Pater, P^re, Father. PP.,— plural 
 
 P. B. — Philosophiae Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Philosophy 
 
 P. C. — Privy Councilor 
 
 P. D. — Philosophiae Doctor, Doctor of Philosophy 
 
 Pd. B. — Bachelor of Pedagogy 
 
 Pd. D. — Doctor of Pedagogy 
 
 Phar. D. — Doctor of Pharmacy 
 
 Phar. G. — Graduate in Pharmacy 
 
 Ph. B. — Philosophiae Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Philosophy 
 
 Ph. C. — Pharmaceutical Chemist 
 
 Ph. D. — Philosophiae Doctor, Doctor of Philosophy 
 
 Ph. G. — Graduate in Pharmacy 
 
 Ph. M. — Philosophiae M agister. Master of Philosophy 
 
 P. L. M. — Master of Patent Law 
 
136 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 P. R. A. — President of the Royal Academy 
 
 Prof. — Professor 
 
 Prov. — Provost 
 
 R. A. — Royal Academician 
 
 R. A. M. — Royal Academy of Music 
 
 R. B. A. — Royal Society of British Artists 
 
 R. E. — Royal Engineers 
 
 Reg. Prof. — Regius Professor 
 
 Rev. — Reverend 
 
 R. I. B. A. — Royal Institute of British Architects 
 
 R. P. D. — Rerum Politicarum Doctor, Doctor of Political 
 Science (German degree rating with Ph.D.) . 
 
 R. S. D.— Royal Society of Dublin 
 
 R. S. E. — Royal Society of Edinburgh 
 
 R. S. M.— Royal School of Mines 
 
 Rt. Hon. — Right Honorable 
 
 Rt. Rev. — Right Reverend 
 
 R. U. I. — Royal University of Ireland 
 
 S. B. — Scientiae Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Science 
 
 Sc. B. — Scientiae Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Science 
 
 Sc. D. — Scientiae Doctor, Doctor of Science 
 
 S. E. — Sanitary Engineer 
 
 Sc. M. — Scientiae Magister, Master of Science 
 
 S. J. — Societati Jesu, of the Society of Jesus 
 
 S. J. D, — Sacri Juris Doctor, Doctor of Sacred Law 
 
 Soc. C. E. — Society of Civil Engineers 
 
 S. P. E. E. — Society for the Promotion of Engineering 
 Education 
 
 Sr. — Sister. Srs. — plural 
 
 S. S. B. — Scientiarum Socialium Baccalaureus, Bachelor of 
 Social Sciences (Catholic University of America, discon- 
 tinued) 
 
 S. T. B. — Sacrae Theologiae Baccalaureus, ^a.c\\e\oroiT)Wm\ty 
 
 S. T. D. — Sacrae Theologiae Doctor, Doctor of Divinity 
 
 S. T. L. — Licentiate in Sacred Theology 
 
 S. T. M. — Sacrae Theologiae Magister, Alaster of Divinity. 
 
 S. T. P. — Sacrae Theologiae Professor, Professor of Divinity 
 
 T. C. D. — Trinity College, Dublin 
 
 Th. D. — Theologiae Doctor, Doctor of Theology 
 
 Univ. D. — Docteur d^Universite, University Doctor 
 
 V. C. — Victoria Cross 
 
 Vict. — of Victoria University 
 
 V. S. — Veterinary Surgeon 
 
 I 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 137 
 
 <g0uermttg l0&g nf t\}t IntuFrBttg 
 
 VISITOR. 
 
 FIELD-MARSHAL HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE DUKE OF 
 
 CONNAUGHT AND OF STRATHEARN. KG., K.T., TCP.. 
 
 P.C, G.C.B., G.C.S.I.. G.C.M.G., G.CI.E., G.C.V.O., 
 
 Governor-General of Canada, etc. 
 
 GOVERNORS. 
 
 SiK William C Macdonald, President and Chancellor of the 
 
 University. 
 Sir William Peterson. K-CM.G., LL.D., D.Litt., Principal and Vice- 
 
 Chancellor. 
 Edward B. Greenshields, Esq.. B.A., LL.D. 
 Hon. John Sprott Archibald, M.A., D.C.L. 
 Charles J. Fleet. Esq., B.A., B.CX.. K.C. 
 RicSard B. Angus, Esq. 
 
 Sir Thomas G. Roddick, M.D., LL.D.. F.R.C.S. 
 W. M. Birks, Esq. 
 G. E, Drummond, Esq. 
 J. W. Ross, Esq. . 
 
 James Douglas, Esq., B.A., M.D., LL.D. 
 F. Howard Wilson, Esq. 
 Charles ^. Gordon, Esq. 
 H. Vincent Meredith, Esq. 
 Sir Herbert S. Holt. 
 J. K. L. Ross, Esq.. B.Sc. 
 Percival Molson, Esq., B.A. 
 
 PRINCIPAL . 
 
 Sir William >; Peterson, K.C.M.G.. LL.D.. D.Litt., Vice-Chancellor. 
 FELLOWS. 
 
 Ex-OMcio- 
 
 Chas. E. Moyse. LL.D., Vice-Principal and Dean of the Faculty of 
 
 Arts. 
 Frank D. Adams. Ph.D.. D.Sc. F.R.S.. Dean of the Faculty of 
 
 Applied Science. 
 Robert Warden Lee, M.A.. B.C.L., Dean of the Faculty of Law. 
 H. S. Birkett, M.D., Dean of the Facuhy of Medicine. 
 F. C. Harrison, D.Sc, Principal of Macdonald College. 
 James Harkness, M.A., F.R.S.C. Chairman of the Committee on 
 ' Graduate Studies. 
 
 Note the number of abbreviations of titles, degrees, orders of chivalry and 
 fellowships appearing on this page of McGill's catalog. 
 
138 
 
 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 13 University Begister [2-16 
 
 WttUAM Henbt Wbloh, m. 0», tL.D., Boaley Professor of P&thology. 
 
 A. B., Yals University, ISTO ; M. H., Oolmnbia University fCcll«g« of Phyjiciftna 
 and Surzeoas, N. Y.). 1876; M. D. CRon.), University of Peimsylvaniu, 1854; 
 LL. D-, Weetem Reserve UniVerflity, 1894, Yale University, 1E86< Harvard Uni- 
 fersity, 1900, University of Toronto, 1903, Columbia University, 1904, JeSeroon 
 Medical College, 1907, and Princeton University, 1910 ; Professor of Patho'iOB,ical 
 Anatomy end General Pathology in the Bellevue Hospital Medical QcM^s^, N. Y., 
 1879-84 ; Dean of the Medical Faculty, 1889-08 ; President of the National Acad- 
 emy of Sciencea; President of the Board of Directors of the Hockeleller Institute 
 for Medical Research; President of the American Association for the Advanee- 
 njent of -Science, 1906; President of the American Medical Association, 191(1- 
 11; Chairman, Administrative Committee of the Faculty, January 19i3-Jaa8 
 1914 ; Pathologist-in-Chief to the Johns Hopkins Hospital. 
 
 807 St. Paul St. 
 
 Edwaeej Hesriok Gbiffin, d. d., LI.. D., Processor Emeritua of the 
 History of Philosophy. [Absent.] 
 
 A. B., V/illiams College, 1862, and A. M., 1865 ; Union Theological Seminary, 
 N. Y.. 1867 ; D. D., Amherst College, 1880 ; LL. D., Princeton University, 1888, 
 and Williams College, 1905; Professor of Latin in Williams College, 1872-81, 
 Professor of Rhetoric, 1881-86, and Mark Hopkins Professor of Intellectual and 
 Moral Philosophy, 1886-89 ; Executive Secretary, Administrative Committee of 
 the Faculty, January 191^-June 1914 ; Secretary of the Academic Council, 1901- 
 1916; Projessor of the History of Philosophy and Dean of the College Faculty, 
 1889-1915. 
 
 SiE William Osleb, Baet., m. d., ll. d., d. c. l., f. e. s., Honorary 
 Professor of Medicine. 
 
 M. D., McGill University, 1872 ; LL. D,, McGill, 1895, Aberdeen, 1898, Toronto, 
 1899, Yale, 1901, Harvard, 1904, Johns Hopkins, 1905 ; D. C. L., Edinburgh, 
 1898, Trinity (Toronto), 1902; M. D. (Hon.), Oxford, 1905; D. Sc, Dublin. 
 1912 ; Fellow of the Royal Society of London ; Fellow of the Royal College 
 of -Physicians, London ; Professor of the Institutes of Medicine, McGill Univer- 
 sity, 1874-84 ; Professor of Clinical Medicine, University of Penns>lvania, r884- 
 89; Dean of the Medical Faculty, Johns Hopkins University, 1898-99, and 
 Professor of the Principles and Practice of Medicine, 1889-1905 ; Physician-in- 
 Chief, the Johns Hopkins Hospital, 18S9-1905 ; Eegius Professor- of Medicine, 
 University of Oxford. 13 Norham Gardens, Oxford, England. 
 
 Hei^y Mills Hued, m. d., ll. d.. Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry. 
 
 A. B., University of Michigan, 1863, M. D., 1866, A. M., 1870. and LL. D., 1895 ; 
 Professor of Psychiatry, Johns Hopkins University, 1889-1906; Superintendent 
 of the Eastern Michigan Hospital, 1878-89 ; Superintendent of the Johns Hop- 
 kins Hospital, 1839-1911 ; Editor of the Johns Hopkins Hospital Bulletin and 
 of the Johns Hopkins Hospital Reports, 1889-1911 ; Editor of the American 
 Journal of Insavtity; Secretary of the Johns HopUns Hospital. 
 
 1023 St. Paul St. 
 
 Howard Atwood Kelly, m. d., ix.d., uon. f. e. c. s., Professor of 
 
 Gynecology. 
 A. B,, University of Pennsylvania, 1877, and M. D., 1682 ; LL. D., University of 
 Aberdeen and Washington and Lee University. 1906, University of Pennsylvania, 
 1907 ; Associate Professor of Obstetrics, University of Pennsylvania, 1888-89 ; 
 Professor of Gynecological S\irgery in the Johns Hopkins University, 1889-99 ; 
 Honorary Member, Royal Medical Society of Edinburgh ; Associate Foreign 
 Member, Society of Obstetrics, Gyiiecology and Pediatrics, and Chirurgical 
 Society, Paris; Corresponding Member, Obstetrical Society, Leipzig; Fellow, 
 British G.vnecologioal Society ; Hon. Fellow, Edinburgh Obstetrical Society, 
 Royal College of Surgeons, Edinburgh, Glasgow Obstetrical and Gynecological 
 Society, Royal Academy of Medicine (Ireland) ; Hon. Member, Italian Society 
 of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Rome; Gynecologist- in-Chief to the Jo/ins Hop- 
 kins Hospital. 1405 Eutaw Place. 
 
 The Johns Hopkins University, in its faculty list, w^isely presents the foreign 
 and American memberships of its professors in full. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 
 
 39 
 
 < 
 
 
 o 
 
 55 
 
 c3 
 
 
 w 
 
 >H 
 
 s 
 
 «; 
 
 < 
 
 o 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 t. 
 
 rn" 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 fc 
 
 J^ 
 
 
 
 c/3 
 
 a 
 
 Di 
 
 m 
 
 W 
 
 s 
 
 > 
 
 w 
 
 2 
 
 Jj 
 
 P 
 
 45 
 
 
 
 
 
 S^ 
 
 o 
 
 Li 
 
 ■~ 
 
 
 0- 
 3:' 
 
 1 
 
 < c^ 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 X 
 
 rr: 
 
 H 
 
 "" 
 
 
 
 >- 
 
 F, 
 
 CQ 
 
 t; 
 
 
 
 Q 
 
 ii 
 
 W 
 
 M 
 
 (^ 
 
 
 1^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 W 
 
 rd 
 
 fc 
 
 a 
 
 55 
 
 
 o 
 
 a 
 
 U 
 
 ■CO 
 
 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 C3 
 
 u 
 
 .=? 
 
 M 
 
 « 
 
 « 
 
 
 O 
 
 S 
 
 W 
 
 Jd 
 
 Q 
 
 
 siejox 
 
 20j-«^«„ CO ^-.- c— cc^ 
 
 2 
 
 {-161 
 
 ^2 2 - - "•"* ;?^ 
 
 s 
 
 ei6l 
 
 lOOvtOO O CO <^ "-"O «■* 
 
 2 
 
 Z16T 
 
 CM^t^O >n<v fO — t-^ 
 
 s 
 
 II61 
 
 COM 2 ' -O -< CS~rO MM 
 
 ^ 
 
 0161 
 
 l^SO (N'* — fO<N — — M f 
 
 !5 
 
 6061 
 
 ^..r. ^ m:o u, ^M^ «M - -O 
 
 S 
 
 8061 
 
 „_ „„w-.»H^'f^ VO 
 
 ^ 
 
 i06T 
 
 oor^ «5 <Nco •*•* —lO 
 
 QJ 
 
 9061 
 
 — t^O Ti-ioiO-t <N« 
 
 <o 
 
 S06I 
 
 CKO „ tr> w- «« .o 
 
 ^ 
 
 t06T 
 
 O^ -'-< ui 
 
 S 1 
 
 jf06T 
 
 to^;^ ts — ^ to <M 
 
 o 
 
 ro6i 
 
 0>2 '-"-' 00 -< (N « 
 
 ^ 
 
 ii 
 
 1061 
 
 cor- <0'- CO »< — « 
 
 o 
 
 l! 0061 
 
 -<in-. (N ro -< ^— M~ 
 
 s 
 
 J668I 
 
 ^-~ MMM 00 
 
 o 
 
 8681 
 
 0-. « — 00 CO 
 
 to 
 
 ||Z68I 
 
 00 ~1 <0 <S— fO-.-< — 
 
 Jo 
 
 |968l 
 
 
 s 
 
 S68T 
 
 <NOO 
 
 ::: 
 
 1.68T 
 
 -co 
 
 s 
 
 C68I 
 
 ^^ 
 
 o> 
 
 12681 
 
 1 
 
 
 o 
 
 |I68I 
 
 VOO 
 
 M 
 
 0681 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 6881 
 
 
 o 
 
 W 
 Pi 
 
 o 
 w 
 
 Q 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 ::::::::::::::;: :hw : : : : : 
 :::::::::::::::: :dw :::: : 
 
 W W CO >-^.-AQ H^J 2 J 73 a, fl. Oh J S 03 35 OQ u w 2 < < 
 
 52 
 
 An interesting table not found in other catalogs. No room for running-head 
 over this page. One or two of the degrees here abbreviated are no longer conferred. 
 
140 
 
 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 518 
 
 University of Illinois 
 
 UNDERGRADUATE AND PROFESSIONAL COLLEGES 
 AND SCHOOLS IN URBANA 
 
 (Including the Colleges of Liberal Arts and Sciences, Engineering, Acri> 
 
 CULTURE, AND LaW, THE LIBRARY SCHOOL, AND THE SCUOOL 01' MusiC) 
 
 ABBREVIATIONS 
 
 A Architecture 
 
 
 LA 
 
 Literature and Arts 
 
 AE Architectural Engineering 
 
 Lb 
 
 Library Science 
 
 Agr Agriculture 
 
 BLA Business, Liberal Arts 
 
 
 Md 
 
 Medical Preparatory 
 Mechanical Engineering 
 
 and 
 
 ME 
 
 Sciences 
 
 
 MnE 
 
 Mining Engineering 
 
 CE Civil Engineering 
 
 
 MSE 
 
 Municipal and Sanitary 
 
 Cer Ceramics 
 
 
 
 Engineering 
 
 CerE Ceramic Engineering 
 
 
 Mus 
 
 Music 
 
 Ch Chemistry 
 
 
 RCE 
 
 Railway Civil Engineering 
 
 ChE Chemical Engineering 
 
 
 REE 
 
 Railway Electrical Engineering 
 Railway Mechanical Engineer- 
 
 EE Electrical Engineering 
 
 
 RME 
 
 HSAgr Household Science, Agri- 
 
 
 ing 
 
 culture 
 
 
 S 
 
 Science 
 
 HSLAS Household Science, Liberal 
 
 SS 
 
 Summer Session 
 
 Arts and Sciences 
 
 
 
 
 L Law 
 
 
 
 * CREDIT 
 
 NAME COURSE 
 
 
 HOURS RESIDENCE 
 
 Aagaard, Arthur Hildeman 
 Abbott, Louis Asa 
 
 ME 
 
 
 110 Chicago 
 
 Agr 
 
 
 I02h Morrison 
 
 Abney, Bertram 
 
 Agr 
 
 
 loo\ Harrisburg 
 
 Abrahamsen, Fred 
 
 LA 
 
 
 Chicago 
 
 Acer, Donald Winchester 
 
 BLA 
 
 
 103 Medina, N. Y. 
 
 Acer, Katharine Edith 
 
 HSLAS 
 
 loo Medina, N. Y. 
 
 Acer, Victor Adna 
 
 Agr 
 
 
 Medina, N. Y. 
 
 Ackerson, Esther Mae 
 
 HSLAS 
 
 Westfield. Ind. 
 
 Adams, Albert Clark 
 
 EE 
 
 
 37 Chicago 
 
 Adams, Allan Madison 
 
 Agr 
 
 
 Rockinlle, Ind. 
 
 Adams, Eugene Franklin 
 
 AE 
 
 
 121 Ashland, Nebr. 
 
 Adams, Pauline Hopkins 
 Adams, William Calvin 
 
 LA 
 
 ^P 
 
 22 Grand Rapids, Mich. 
 
 Ch 
 
 
 104 Watseka 
 
 Adler, Leon 
 
 ChE 
 
 
 4 St. Louis, Mo. 
 
 Agg, Rachel, Ph.B., (Penn Col- 
 
 
 
 
 lege) 1911 
 
 Lb 
 
 
 Champaign 
 
 Agg, Sarah 
 
 HSAgr 
 
 Champaign 
 
 Agnew, Beulah Irene 
 
 LA 
 
 
 Villa Grove 
 
 Ainsworth, Harry Francis 
 
 Agr 
 
 
 sol Greensbvrg, Ind. 
 
 Ainsworth, Harry Gregory 
 
 Agr 
 
 
 94 Mason City 
 
 Ainsworth, William Howard 
 
 Agr 
 
 
 Mason City 
 
 Alband, Laura Anna 
 
 HSLAS 
 
 62 Streator 
 
 Albaugh, Hazen Lowell 
 AJbee, Chester Leon 
 
 LA 
 
 
 Oak Park 
 
 Agr 
 
 
 Pekin 
 
 Albert, Harry D 
 
 L 
 
 
 Mansfield 
 
 Albin, Harold Cornelius 
 
 SS 
 
 
 6SJ Washington, D. C. 
 
 Albrecht, Daniel Arthur 
 
 s 
 
 
 Champaign 
 
 Albrecht, William Albeit, 
 
 
 
 
 A.B., 1911 
 
 Agr (55) 
 
 I7^i Champaign 
 
 Albright, Joseph Clarence 
 Albright, Raymond Bean 
 
 ME 
 
 
 Rossville 
 
 LA 
 
 
 100 Minier 
 
 Aldcn, John Leslie 
 
 ME 
 
 
 102 Kalamazoo, Mich. 
 
 Aleshire, Sarah Louise 
 
 HSAgr 
 
 97 Ch icago 
 
 Alexander, Grace Elizabeth 
 
 SS 
 
 
 i5h Chicago 
 
 Alexander. John Alva 
 Allan, Robert Howard 
 
 SS 
 
 
 io6^ Amorita, Okla. 
 
 Agr 
 
 
 Winchester 
 
 Allen, Alice Alexandria 
 
 HSLAS <5 
 
 S) 60 Urbana - 
 
 •Computed October 1, 1912 
 
 
 There is a wide range of difference in abbreviations in local use at different 
 universities. 
 
 I 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 
 
 14] 
 
 Students 
 
 555 
 
 STUDENTS* 
 COLLEGE OF ENGINEERirfG 
 
 John Cyril Abbott M <)6 
 
 Staats Mead Abrams M 30 
 
 Roger Putnam Adair M 20 
 
 Robert Harpham Adams E 
 
 William John Ahem E 43 
 
 Edwin Ryan Akers C 33 
 
 George Washington Akers Mar. 44 
 
 Spencer Thorndyke Alden C :ii 
 
 Leonard Otis Aldrich Mar 33 
 
 Frederick William Alger 
 
 Edward Richard Allan M 86 
 
 Heywood Henry Allan Ch 23 
 
 Wyeth Allen ' M 108 
 
 John Lucas Allison E 63 
 
 Jacob William Alt C 20 
 
 Felipe Altamirano S-Mar 
 
 Andrew Daniel Althouse 
 
 Darrell Dow Alton M 78 
 
 Joseph Kramer Ambruster M 113 
 
 Melvin Delaus Anderson E 47 
 
 Roy B. Anderson 4 
 
 Harold Orlin Andrew Ch 74 
 
 Neil Gordon Andrew 
 
 Harold Lafayette Andrui 
 
 Lyle Albert Andrus 
 
 Philip Powell Angier C 36 
 
 Robert Samuel Archer Ch 79 
 
 Logan Reed Arnold M 51 
 
 George Forster Ashley 23 
 
 Detroit 
 
 Orange, A'. /. 
 
 Parkersburg, W. Va. 
 
 Detroit 
 
 IVaskitigton, D. C. 
 
 Port Huron 
 
 Port Huron 
 
 Fort Wayne, Ind. 
 
 Jackson 
 
 Clarkston 
 
 North Tonawanda, N. Y. 
 
 Holyoke, Mass. 
 
 Hood River, Ore. 
 
 Canandaigua, N. Y. 
 
 Houghton 
 
 Valdivia, Chile 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Fremont 
 
 Chicago, III. 
 
 Grand Rapids 
 
 Winnebago, HI. 
 
 Springfield, Mass. 
 
 Laurium 
 
 Homer 
 
 Kingsville, Ohio 
 
 Chicago, HI. 
 
 Detroit 
 
 Delphi, Ind. 
 
 Bentonville, Ark. 
 
 • The letters following the names indicate the course or line of work 
 the student has chosen to pursue; C, denoting civil engineering; M. me- 
 chanical engineering; E, electrical engineering; Ch, chemical engineering; 
 Mar, marine engineering; BSE, bachelor of science in engineering; S, 
 miscellaneous studies not leading to any degree. As students are not 
 asked to make choice of course until the beginning of their second year, 
 the absence of a letter indicates that the student is in his first year. The 
 figures following the names indicate the number of hours of credit earned 
 by the student prior to the beginning of the current academic year. 1914- 
 1915, and completed without conditions, or credited to him on advanced 
 standing. By an hour of work is meant the equivalent of one exercise a 
 week for one semester. A dagger (t) preceding a student's name signifies 
 that he also pursued studies for the whole part or part of the year, in 
 some other School or College of the University indicated by an italic letter 
 following th.o. n.ime, to-wit: a. College of Literature, Science, and the 
 Arts; m. Medical School; 1, Law School; p. College of Pharmacy: h. 
 Homoeopathic Medical School; d. College of Dental Surgery. 
 
 The University of Michigan, in its great student list, uses a system of abbrevia- 
 tions differing in some instances from such lists at other institutions. 
 
142 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 382 INDIANA UNIVERSITY 
 
 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 
 
 .*, The following is a list of the abbreviations used in the accorapanyuig enrollment, Witrt atptac*- 
 tioas of their meanings: 
 
 College of Liberal Arts. The abbreviation C=College of Libe'-al Arts; to this is added tha 
 number of hours of credit, and the major subject, where this has been chosen. Thus, C Gk. nO=CoIie«o 
 of Liberal Arts, with Greek as major subject, and 110 hours credit. C Sp.=Special students in tho 
 College. C Lflw=Students taking the combined Arts-Law Course. C Med.=those taking the Art3- 
 Mediciiie Course. The following is the list of abbreviations' indicating the major subject: 
 
 Anat. 
 
 = Anatomy. 
 
 Hist. 
 
 = History and Political Science. 
 
 A3t. 
 
 = Astronomy. 
 
 Lat. 
 
 = Latin. 
 
 Bot. 
 
 = Botany. 
 
 Math. 
 
 = Mathematics. 
 
 Chem. 
 
 = Chemistry. 
 
 Path. 
 
 = Pathology. 
 
 Com.Ph 
 
 = Comparative Philology. 
 
 PhU. 
 
 = Philosophy. 
 
 EcOTi. 
 
 = Economics and Social Science. 
 
 Pkys 
 
 = Physics. 
 
 Eng. 
 
 = English. 
 
 Physiol. 
 
 = Physiology. 
 
 F.A. 
 
 = Fine Arts. 
 
 Pol. Sci 
 
 = Political Science. 
 
 Geol. 
 
 = Geology. 
 
 Rom. 
 
 = Romance Languages. 
 
 Ger. 
 
 = German. 
 
 Social. 
 
 = Sociology. 
 
 Gk. 
 
 = Greek. 
 
 Zool. 
 
 = Zoology. 
 
 School OF Education, fid. = Students enrolled in the School of Education. Figures uninrlosed 
 following the name indicate hours of credit which may be counted toward the A.B. degree. Figures 
 inclosed in parentheses accompanied by Ed. Sp., indicate special students of the School of Education* 
 with credit which may not be counted toward a degree. 
 
 Graduate School. The symbols IG, 2G, 3C = First, Second, and Third year students in the 
 Graduate School. The abbreviation following indicates the major subject. 
 
 School of Law. The symbols IL, 2L, SL, = First, Second, and Third year students in the School 
 of Law, candidates for the degree LL.B. L. 6'p. = Speciul students of the School of Law, not candidates 
 'or the degree. 
 
 School of Medicine. The symbols M/, 2.V, = Students in the First and Second year of the regular 
 Medical course, taking the work at Blooinington. IM (Indp.). £M {Indp.), 3M, -{.U^ Students Ln the 
 various years of the regular Medical course, taking the work in Indianapolis. 
 
 While this page is in the form of an explanatory note and therefore permissible 
 in 6-pcint type, 8-point vi^ould have cost a few cents less for the page. 
 
 1 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 
 
 143 
 
 Register of Students 
 
 In attendance between January 1st and December 31st, 1916. 
 
 Abbreviations — CI., Classical Course; Sc, Scientific Course; Mus., Music; Spec, 
 Special; Sr., Senior: Jr., Junior; So., Sophomore; Fr., Freshman; S-f., Sub-Freshman; 
 '16, Graduate of June, 1916; P. G., Postgraduate. 
 
 Standing is given as recorded on the Books of the Registrar, November 1, 191G. 
 
 Name 
 
 Rank 
 
 Home Address Delaware Address 
 
 Abbott, Dorothy 
 
 CI. So. 
 
 Mt. Healthy 
 
 96 S. Henry 
 
 Abbott, Earl Gillespie 
 
 M. A. '16 
 
 Delaware 
 
 96 S. Henry 
 
 Abbott, Lionel Emerson 
 
 Sc. Ft. 
 
 Mt. Healthy 
 
 96 S. Henry 
 
 Abel, Theodore Curtis 
 
 B. A. '16 
 
 Waterbury, Conn. 
 
 120 Montrose 
 
 Abernethy, Ruth Anice 
 
 CI. So. 
 
 Circleville 
 
 Monnett 
 
 Achtermann, Frieda Louise 
 
 CI. Sr. 
 
 Blanchester 
 
 Monnett 
 
 Ackerman, Louise 
 
 CI. So. 
 
 Columbus 
 
 Monnett 
 
 Adam, Oscar Michael 
 
 CI. So. 
 
 Cincinnati 
 
 149 N. Sandusky 
 
 Adams, Catharine Barton 
 
 CI. So. 
 
 Boston, Mass. 
 
 Monnett 
 
 Adams, Charles Virgil 
 
 CI. So. 
 
 Lancaster 
 
 Merrick Hall 
 
 Adams, Dorothy 
 
 CI. Jr. 
 
 Jamestown 
 
 Monnett 
 
 Agler, Robert Wert 
 
 CI. Jr. 
 
 Van Wert 
 
 130 N. Washington 
 
 Ahrens, Marjorie Ethel 
 
 CI. Sr. 
 
 Danbury 
 
 Monnett 
 
 Albaugh, Helen Elizabeth 
 
 CI. So. 
 
 Eaton 
 
 Monnett 
 
 Albertson, Aden Byron 
 
 CI. Jr. 
 
 Morrill, Nebr. 
 
 23 Oak HiU 
 
 Albrecht, Helen Ruth 
 
 CI. Fr. 
 
 Galion 
 
 Grove 
 
 Albright, Emma Grace 
 
 CI. Fr. 
 
 Bellaire 
 
 32 Elizabeth 
 
 Albright. Harriet Elizabeth 
 
 CI. Fr. 
 
 Eaton 
 
 Monnett 
 
 Alexander, Thomas Reid 
 
 CI. So. 
 
 Pataskala 
 
 17 Griswold 
 
 Alkire, Fred Raymond 
 
 Spec. 
 
 Lewis Center 
 
 Lewis Center 
 
 Allen, Charles Henry 
 
 CI. So. 
 
 Miamisburg 
 
 293 N. Sandusky 
 
 Allen, William Stanley 
 
 Sc. Fr. 
 
 Crooks ville 
 
 123 Oak Hill 
 
 Allen, Thomas Benton 
 
 CI. Ft. 
 
 Nelsonville 
 
 61 W. William 
 
 Alley, Hazel Arline 
 
 Mus. 
 
 Linden 
 
 Monnett 
 
 Allison, Otto McKinley 
 
 Sc. Jr. 
 
 Centerburg 
 
 52 W. WiUiam 
 
 Allyn, Marguerite 
 
 CI. So. 
 
 Kenton 
 
 Monnett 
 
 Alspach, Ninde Newman 
 
 P.-G. 
 
 Delaware 
 
 109 Harrison 
 
 Amspocker, Mary Anne 
 
 CI. Jr. 
 
 Delaware 
 
 100 Griswold 
 
 Anderson, Arthur Henry 
 
 CI. Fr. 
 
 New Philadelphia 
 
 City Y. M. C. A. 
 
 Anderson, Margaret 
 
 CI. So. 
 
 Portsmouth 
 
 Monnett 
 
 Anderson, MUton Penrine 
 
 Sc. Fr. 
 
 Belle Center 
 
 112 Oak Hill 
 
 Anderson, Paul William 
 
 B. A. '16 
 
 Topeka, Kansas 
 
 163 N. Franklin 
 
 Anderson, Lulah Virginia 
 
 Mus. 
 
 Cincinnati 
 
 Monnett 
 
 Ankeney, Lois 
 
 CI. So. 
 
 Xenia 
 
 Monnett 
 
 Arboleda, Eudofilia 
 
 CI. Fr. 
 
 Quito Ecuador, S. 
 
 A. Monnett 
 
 Archer, Bessie M. 
 
 B. A.'16 
 
 Peoria. 111. 
 
 Monnett 
 
 Archer, Earle 
 
 Spec. 
 
 Belle Center 
 
 112 Oak Hil 
 
 Armstrong, Alice 
 
 CI. So. 
 
 Hibbetts 
 
 Monnett 
 
 184 
 
 Abbreviations in student list used by Ohio Wesleyan University. 6-point 
 Century leaded. State not given for towns in Ohio. 
 
144 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Pagination 
 
 The order in which to page a catalog or book would 
 seem quite simple to one who has not been bothered 
 with the study of the lack of system in this one of the 
 many details entering into the making of a book. 
 DeVinne, in his Correct Composition, said: 
 
 Numerals in roman lower-case are the rule for the paging 
 of prefaces and sometimes for introductions. 
 
 In Jacobi's Printing we find the following: 
 
 With regard to the preliminary matter of a volume 
 (having defined it as any matter coming before the main 
 text of a work) all these pages should be paged with numerals, 
 not figures, in roman lower case, commencing with the half 
 or bastard title. 
 
 Mr. J. W. Bothwell of the DeVinne Press states that 
 while he has occasionally produced a book with con- 
 tinuous arable pagination, beginning with the title 
 page, or the bastard title if there be one, he prefers even 
 when the preliminary matter is furnished with the rest 
 of the book, to hold to the old way, sanctioned by long 
 custom, viz., to begin the arable figures only with the 
 main text, putting whatever comes before in roman. 
 
 Mr. Walter Gilliss, Secretary of the Grolier Club, 
 also calls attention to the difficulties of any other course 
 when the preliminary matter includes a table of con- 
 tents, which cannot be safely reckoned with until the 
 text is in final form. 
 
 Mr. William B. Reid of the University Press, Cam- 
 bridge, Mass., states regarding the rule in use by that 
 firm, as follows: 
 
 There seems to be no rule covering the matter of where 
 the folios of a book should begin, but custom (and a very 
 old one it is) has led the makers of the best books to use 
 roman numerals for the preliminary matter, beginning the 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES I45 
 
 text proper with the so-called half-title (when one is used to 
 divide the preliminary matter from the text), as page i, in 
 the arable figures. 
 
 Frequently, where a book has but a small number of 
 pages, the folioing is inclusive, taking in all the front 
 matter, and these preliminary pages are still folioed in the 
 roman numeral, the text wherever it starts being in the 
 arable. The best usage would seem to approve of beginning 
 the text with the arable figure, and letting the front matter 
 take care of itself (in the roman numerals). This is some- 
 times done so that the first forms of the text may be printed 
 without waiting for the preliminary matter, which is usually 
 the last to be put into type, as the page numbers in the 
 contents cannot be established until the text is all in pages. 
 
 Our rule, in the absence of instructions to the contrary, 
 would be to use the roman numerals for preliminary pages 
 and begin the text with page i, using the arable. 
 
 Dr. Koopman says In this connection: 
 
 The excuse for preliminary pagination (usually roman) 
 is that often there is preliminary matter that can only be 
 made up after the book is in type and as its extent cannot 
 always be foretold, an easy way out of the difficulty is to 
 start the paging with the text and use a new paging with 
 the preliminary matter when it is finally ready. Where 
 there is no such reason for preliminary pagination I see no 
 sense in it. I go back to the beginning and if there is a half 
 title (or bastard title) I include it, reckoning from that page 
 as one. 
 
 In reprints the old excuse no longer holds and the 
 double paging might as well be done away with. Catalogs 
 are in a large sense reprints. 
 
 Harvard's catalog contains thirty-six pages with 
 roman numerals, including the history of the university. 
 Columbia, McGill, Missouri and a few others use this 
 pagination while Yale, Princeton, Pennsylvania, Cal- 
 ifornia, Brown and the great majority of institutions use 
 arable figures counting from the beginning of the 
 catalog. Some printers prefer the latter method for the 
 reason that by it pages 33, 65, 97, etc., mean the begin-, 
 ning of new forms to the lock-up man and to the binder, 
 whereas the former method entails more or less mental 
 
146 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 arithmetic. In many books we notice the use of small 
 letters or figures beneath the first pages of forms of 
 thirty-two or sixteen pages to act as guide posts to the 
 workmen. See example, page 153. 
 
 In some books the title page is counted, but generally 
 it is not. In some the introduction is counted. In some 
 it is not. Perhaps the author or publisher often feels 
 that the book itself does not begin until the type of the 
 actual body matter appears. Government publications 
 vary without any apparent reason. In any event 
 pagination of the first few pages is largely a matter of 
 personal taste. 
 
 Style books generally ignore this item. 
 
 The Index 
 Mr. William Dana Orcutt, formerly Head of The 
 University Press, Cambridge, says in his Author^ s Desk 
 Book-* 
 
 Every book of a permanent nature, or intended as a 
 work of reference, requires an index. The length of the index, 
 or its minuteness, depends upon the nature of the subject 
 treated, and the importance of making it easily available to 
 the reader. * * * 
 
 The proper person to make an index is, first of all, the 
 author of the book, provided that he possesses the natural 
 characteristics. It does not at all naturally follow, however, 
 that all authors are competent to do this, for the art of index- 
 ing is not as simple as many superficially suppose. The 
 author should be the one best fitted, because he knows better 
 than any reader the exact meaning each of his sentences is 
 intended to convey — and this meaning should be expressed 
 in the index. 
 
 INDEXING THE LARGE CATALOG 
 
 My personal preference as to how to prepare the 
 index is a system simple and easy, resulting from no 
 little experience. It is as follows: 
 
 *6o cents, the Frederick A. Stokes Co., New York. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES I47 
 
 The printer should be asked to cut some scrap of 
 thin white cardboard or fairly heavy writing paper to a 
 uniform size approximately 4x2. There should be two 
 or three such slips for every item in the index, as many 
 will be duplicates. One or sometimes one and one-half 
 pages of two column 6-point index should be required for 
 each hundred pages of catalog. 300 blank slips would 
 be ample for each such prospective page of index. 
 
 
 Specimen of slip used in indexing a large catalog. 
 
 Some convenient receptacle should be at hand in 
 which to deposit the slips as they are written. An 
 empty drawer, open, in the desk or a pasteboard box on 
 the desk, will be found satisfactory. The author may 
 work rapidly with lead pencil. By going through the 
 page proofs of the entire catalog, each item selected for 
 index will be entered upon a separate slip. It is not 
 economy in time or effort to hunt through completed 
 slips for one already made when the same subject is 
 again met, the exception being when the same item 
 repeats in consecutive order on the same or following 
 page. 
 
 After the slips have all been written, a work of no 
 small magnitude, the sorting for alphabetical arrange- 
 
148 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 ment is to be undertaken. Specially made indexing 
 boxes may be bought but discarded paper boxes, not 
 necessarily of uniform size or appearance, are always 
 available about a home or an office. Twenty such will 
 suffice, one for each letter of the alphabet except that 
 the J slips could be placed in the I box, K and L to- 
 gether, Q with P, U and V and XYZ in other boxes. 
 
 The slips having been arranged alphabetically by 
 first letter, those in each box should again be sorted for 
 consecutive alphabetical position of the second and 
 possibly of the subsequent letters in the word, if neces- 
 sary to the end of the word or sometimes to the begin- 
 ning of a second word. Duplicates carrying the same 
 page are then eliminated and duplicates with different 
 pages are placed in proper sequence. The final sorting 
 of slips alphabetically arranged by first letter is some- 
 times a nerve-racking job, especially if the author be 
 wearied not only with the preparation of copy for the 
 catalog but also with the proof-reading up to the index. 
 
 When the slips are perfectly alphabetized, they 
 should be handed over to a typist for copying, one 
 column only to a sheet of copy paper. The typewritten 
 copy should then be checked by the slips, which the 
 typist should keep in exact order as the copying pro- 
 ceeds. Small rubber bands may be used to advantage 
 in keeping the slips in order. This copy should also be 
 checked in reverse with the page proofs. In the proof- 
 reading of the index, reference to copy is seldom neces- 
 sary although the copy should be available for use. 
 
 INDEXING THE SMALL CATALOG 
 
 Professor Thomas E. French of Ohio State Uni- 
 versity uses a very simple and rapid method for pre- 
 paring a small index, as follows: 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES I49 
 
 A sheet of blank paper for each letter in the alpha- 
 bet, 8>2Xii or preferably 8^^x14, should be secured 
 and marked. These sheets should be arranged in con- 
 secutive order around a large table. An assistant is 
 necessary. The items are called off by the author and 
 are promptly entered with pencil upon the proper sheets. 
 By using a little judgment in making entries, these 
 sheets may be so arranged that the typist can, with but 
 little extra effort, alphabetize the items. Thus the item 
 Absence would be placed at the head of the A list, 
 the item Athletics at the bottom, while American 
 History would be placed about the center of the sheet. 
 This manner of indexing, with a capable assistant, will 
 be found very short and quite accurate. 
 
 A few universities and many small colleges use a 
 full width 8-point index. Unless the type in the body 
 of the catalog be as large as ii-point or 12-point, this 
 style will be ungainly in appearance and extravagant 
 in space occupied. Quite a number of indexes to cata- 
 logs printed in lo-point type appear in 8-point and in 
 two columns. For the sake of both style and economy, 
 this is much better than the full measure 8-point index. 
 Some small catalogs carry no index whatever, a condi- 
 tion to be deplored. 
 
 Printers are usually prepared to compile indexes, 
 for which a charge is made, but it is considered far 
 better for the author or compiler of the catalog to do 
 this work himself because of his intimate knowledge of 
 just what should appear in the index and just how it 
 should appear. 
 
I50 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 795 
 
 Drawing, Public School. . 
 
 College of Engineering 
 
 Manual Arts 
 
 ■'Mechanical 
 
 Topographic 
 
 for Teachers 
 
 Drill. Military 
 
 Drug Collection . . . 
 
 Dynanioes, Design of • • • - 
 
 Economic Entomology 44S. oovj 
 
 Economics • --V 50? 
 
 Agricultural 2o7. &bo 
 
 Course in Commerce -510 
 
 .. 493 
 
 . . . 382 
 
 . . 225 
 
 ... 581 
 
 . .402 
 
 :uo 
 
 128, JH2 
 85 
 
 3s;J 
 
 SG 
 
 Engineering, College of. 
 
 74, 
 and 
 
 354 
 
 35r. 
 35li 
 3(i2 
 
 460 
 576 
 162 
 585 
 study ['li 
 
 Home 
 
 Rummer Session 
 
 Education 
 
 Agricultural ; 
 
 Correspondence-study -'ro 
 
 Major in p"^^ 
 
 Summer Session • • • ^^^ 
 
 for Teachers 1^ '• ^11 
 
 Election of Studies \f^ 
 
 Electlves • ^"^^ 
 
 Electrical Engineering Course 
 
 580 
 
 37G 
 
 362 
 
 Summer Session 
 Corre 
 
 580 
 
 sporidence-study 512 
 
 Electrochemistry 1^7 
 
 Applied 380 
 
 Employment Bureau »« 
 
 Engineering and Commerce Com- 
 
 biued "^* 
 
 Engineering, Agricultural . . 440. 585 
 
 Pivil **"" 
 
 Chemical" 372, 377. 580 
 
 Chemical Technology ■i'< 
 
 Commercial Mechanical ^gi 
 
 Contracts and Specifications. . 38b 
 ,Correspondence-study ^^. . .^^^^ ^^^ 
 
 Elec'tHcll' ■. '. ■. ■. ■. '. '. ■. ■ ■ 376; 382. 580 
 Electrochemical, Applied, and 
 
 Electrometallurgy ^»o 
 
 Geological ■■■■ 376 
 
 Hydraulic and Sanitary.. 386, 581 
 
 Inspection Toursf •■• 364 
 
 Machine Design 3S8, 581 
 
 Mechanlpal »•'••• ■^'^\ 
 
 Drawing 5«1 
 
 Metallurgical Group 376 
 
 Mechanics • 390. 582 
 
 Mining 3^4 
 
 Mining and Metallurgy 391 
 
 Physics 250 
 
 Railway -^^j 
 
 Roads and Pavements 395 
 
 Sanitary ^ 3S6 
 
 Shop Work 390. 582 
 
 Steam and Gas. . . < 398. OS;} 
 
 Surveying 403, 58.5 
 
 Structural 401 
 
 Topographic and Geodetic 402 
 
 Wood Technology 404 
 
 Admission 
 
 Algebra : • 
 
 Buildings 
 
 Courses of Study 
 
 Combined Engineering 
 
 Commerce Coarse 
 
 Degrees : 
 
 Departments of Instruction. . . 
 Elective for Students in Let- 
 
 ters and Science •"» 
 
 Equipment ^%^ 
 
 Fees and Expenses ^o^ 
 
 Four Year Courses ^JJ^ 
 
 Graduate Work ^»^ 
 
 Graduation In more than oua 
 
 Course ^^^ 
 
 luspection Trips • t^o* 
 
 I^aboratorics and .\pii;u-iUus. . ..■>* 
 
 Language UequLreuicuts 36* 
 
 Libraries • • • • °^ 
 
 Letters and Science. Cour.ses lo 377 
 
 Non-Uesident Lecturers 3l>o. 
 
 Organization .... 
 
 Outlines 
 
 Six Year Course. 
 Student Advisers 
 Summer Session 
 Summer Worlc . . 
 
 English 
 
 103. 
 
 35*- 
 308 
 36;t 
 355 
 580 
 36t 
 108 
 
 Correspondence-study • • • ^1^ 
 
 College of Engineering. . . 108. 1/^ 
 
 Composition I6J1 
 
 Course in Chemistry 
 
 Course in Commerce • 
 
 Doctor's Degree - • • • • 
 
 Course in Journah.sni 171, 
 
 172 
 306 
 311 
 172 
 32* 
 
 Language and Literature 110, 174 
 
 Library Work I^"' 
 
 Major Study 109- 
 
 Master's Degree ........ .... \t^ 
 
 Rhetoric and Composition. 109, 172 
 
 Senior Honors In l)tf. 
 
 Summer Session • • ' %li 
 
 for Teachers !'"• ^'*^ 
 
 Thesis Course j^' * 
 
 Entomology ■ • •„' p%;. 
 
 Economic 448. 08U 
 
 EntrancQ, Jlxamlnations iif 
 
 Requirements j"^ 
 
 Time of ;. *"* 
 
 Equipment; University tf^ 
 
 Ethics t *■?*' 
 
 Evolution, Industrial 25© 
 
 Examinations. University llj 
 
 Law aV K?tt 
 
 Medical ^^'ril 
 
 Physical • "oi 
 
 Expenses, Fees and j-^* 
 
 Experiment Station 45» 
 
 E.xperlraental Breeding -. 44» 
 
 Extension, University .... . iH)£ 
 
 Correspondence- Study Depart- 
 
 raent .• •• ^03 
 
 Debating and Public Discus- 
 siou 620 
 
 Wisconsin's style is linotype composition, in some respects considered not quite 
 equal to the Harvard index following. Several errors in alphabetizing appear. 
 6-point solid; nothing to denote separation between O and L.. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 
 
 151 
 
 INDEX 
 
 1003 
 
 Bachelor of Science in Civil and Sani- 
 tary Engineering, Mechanical Engi- 
 neering, Electrical Engineering, or 
 iOning Engineering and Metallurgy, 
 no- 
 Master of Science in Civil and Sanitary 
 Engineering, jMechanical Engineer- 
 ing, or Electncal Engineering, 710. 
 Mining Enmneer and Metallurgical 
 
 Engineer, 710. 
 Doctor of Engineering, 710. 
 Bachelor of Theology, 752. 
 Master of Theology, 753. 
 Doctor of Theology, 754. 
 Bachelor of Laws, 769. 
 Doctor of Law, 770. 
 Doctor of Medicine, 804. 
 Doctor of Public Health, 805. 
 Doctor of Dental Medicine, 824. 
 Degrees, conferred in March, 1915, 313; 
 June, 1915, 317. 
 Statute in regard to, xxxii. 
 Degree with Distinction, 310, 364, 5«9. 
 "Dendrology, Instruction in, 699. 
 Dental Jurisprudence, Instmction in, 821. 
 Dental Schooi- 
 Students in, 263. 
 General Statement, 817. 
 Building, 818. 
 Administrative Boa-d, 81S. 
 Admission, 818. 
 
 Examinations for Admission, 819. 
 General Regulations, 819. 
 Registration, 819. 
 Studies in which Examinations Mi 
 
 held, 820. 
 Arrangement of Studies, 820. 
 Methods of Instruction, 821. 
 Clinical Advantages, (821. 
 Dental Faculties Association of Amer- 
 ican Universities, 821. 
 Extension of the Course in 1917-18, 817, 
 
 821. 
 Libraries and Museums, 822. 
 Examinations, 822. 
 Degree, 316, 338, 824. 
 Fellowships and Scholarships, 824. 
 Fees and Expenses, 825. 
 Dentistry, Instruction in, 820. 
 Departmental and Special Librarians, 31. 
 
 Libraries, 853. 
 Departments, of University, v, xxs. 
 
 of Faculty of Arts and Sciences, 356. 
 Dermatology, Instruction in, 792, 797. 
 Design, Instruction in. See Architecture 
 
 and Engineering. 
 Deturs, 302, 583. 
 Diplomacy, Instmction in, 455. 
 Dining Halls, 498. 
 DiRECTORT, 919. 
 
 Discipline, Statute regaraing, xxxiii. 
 Diseases of the Nervous System,. Instruc- 
 tion in, T92, 797. 
 Dismission. See Discipline. 
 Disquisition or Dissertation. See Com- 
 mencement Parts. 
 DivnnTT School. 
 
 Statute concerning, xxziv. 
 Students in, 207. 
 General Stotement, 735. 
 
 Andover Theological Seminary, 73«. 
 
 Episcopal Theological School, 736. 
 
 Faculty of Divinity, 737. 
 
 Andover Professors, 737. 
 
 Faculty of Episcopal Theological 
 
 School, 738. 
 Admission, 738. 
 Courses of Instruction, 739 
 Chapel Services, 749. 
 Tabular View of Exercises, 750. 
 Instruction in Other Department*, 752. 
 Library, 752. 
 Degrees, 345, 752. 
 Prizes, 755. 
 
 Scholarships and Aid, 297, 756. 
 Fees and Bxpenses, 768. 
 Divisions and Departments of the Faculty 
 
 of Arts and Sciences, 356. 
 Division of Admission Examinations to 
 
 College, 518. 
 Division of Students, Medical Scjiool, 783. 
 Dormitories, Rooms in, 501. 
 Draper Memorial, Henry, 855. 
 Drawing, for admission to College, 546. 
 Drawing, Instruction in. See Architecture 
 
 and Engineering. 
 Earning Money, Opportunities for, 628. 
 Economic History, 450, 469. 
 Economics, Instruction in, 456. 
 Education, Instruction in, 461. 
 Egyptology, Instruction in, 370. 
 Elective Courses open to Freshmen, 366. 
 Elective Studies for Admission, 510. 
 Electives, Rules for the Choice of, 364, 
 
 553. 
 Electrical Engineering, 705. 
 Embryology, Instruction in, 429, 430, 485. 
 Employment Office, Students', 628. 
 ENGiNEERrao Camp, 7i2. 
 Ensineekinq Laboratorees, 715. 
 Engineering and Mining, Insteuctioh 
 AND Degrees in, 705. 
 General Statement, 705. 
 Officers of Administration and In- 
 struction, 708. 
 Degrees, 710. 
 Admission, 711. 
 Registration, 713. 
 Tuition Fees and Expenses, 713. 
 Scholarships, 714. 
 Laboratories, 705, 715. 
 Programmes for Degrees, Undergrad- 
 uate Courses, 716, n7-726. 
 EUective Subjects for Advanced 
 'Courses, 727-731. 
 Summer Courses, 716. 
 Engineering Camp, 732. 
 Mjuing Camp, 733. 
 Research Courses, 729-731. 
 Students 
 Civil Encrineerine, 183, 185. 
 Electrical " " 183, 185. 
 Mechanical " 184, lS9. 
 MiningEnsrineering and Metallurgy, 
 
 203. 
 Sanitary Engineering, 184, 202. 
 Engineering Sciences, Instruction in, 418. 
 English for admission, to College, 523, 548. 
 
 to Dental School, 820. 
 English, Instruction in, 330. 
 
 Harvard index, with no dotted lines and with numbers immediately next to 
 subjects, presents a better appearance typographically and is more quickly read. 
 The typesetting is a trifle less expensive. Items are here arranged by consecutive 
 positions of page numbers under alphabetized subjects. Monotype composition. 
 6-point solid; nothing to denote separation between D and E. 
 
IC2 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 DIRECTORY OF OFFICERS. 
 
 The foUowing is a directory cf University officers both of ad.mnistration and instruction. The 
 first address given in each case is the residence; the second, thg address to which mad matter should be directed 
 Where one address only is given, mail should be directed accordingly. Unless otherwise specified, all street 
 addresses given are in the city of Philadelphia. .... u r j » tu- 
 
 Thf figures bracketed after each name indicate the page on which the name may be found at the 
 beginning of the Catalogue. When these figures are lacking, it 13 understood that the appointment or 
 election occurred too late for record in the earlier pages. 
 
 ABBOTT, A. C. (Dr.). Professor and Direc. 
 4229 Baltimore Ave. 
 Laboratory of Hygiene. 
 
 ABBOTT. W. L.. Reader. [54] 
 6807 N. nth St. 
 Logan Hall. 
 
 ADAMS. J. S., Lecturer. [651 
 
 422G Pine St. 
 ADAMS. J. W.. (Dr.), Professor. 132) 
 
 Swarthmore, Pa. 
 
 Veterinary School. 
 ADDISON. W. H. F., Asst. Professor. [41] 
 
 3932 Pine St. 
 
 Medical Laboratories. 
 
 ALBRECHT, H. E., (Dr.), Asst. Instructor. [ 
 
 217 S. 40th St. 
 ALEXANDER. T. R.. Jr.. Instructor. [49] 
 
 Dorm. 103 Brooks House. 
 ALLEN. A. R.. (Dr.). Associate. [40] 
 
 2013 Spruce St. 
 ALLEN, F. W., (Dr.). Asst. Professor. [41] 
 
 1518 Arch St. 
 
 911 Flanders' Building. 
 
 ALLEN. G. H.. Assistant. [64] 
 
 4041 Locust St. 
 
 College Hall. 
 ALLEN. J. H., (Dr.). Asst. Instructor. [47] 
 
 1325 Pine St. 
 ALLISON. J. F.. Instructor. (50] 
 
 Riverton. X. J. 
 
 Box 100, Riverton. N. J. 
 
 ALLWOOD. W. A., (Dr.). Instructor. [53] 
 
 4 S. 38th St. 
 ALLYN, H. B., (Dr.), Associate. [44] 
 
 501 S. 42d St. 
 AMES, H. v.. Professor and Dean. [35] 
 
 210 S. 37th St. 
 
 College Hall. 
 
 AMRAM. D. W.. Professor. [41] 
 
 024 W. Cliveden Ave.. Germantown. 
 1610 Real Estate Trust Building. 
 
 [33] ANSPACH. B. M.. (Dr.). Associate. [45] 
 
 119 S. 20th St. 
 APPLIN. S.. Instructor. [48] 
 
 816 S. Vogdes St. 
 ARNAL. L. E.. Asst. Professor. [40] 
 
 College Hall. 
 
 ANDERSON. G. B., Instructor. 
 Apartment 0, 225 S. 40lh St. 
 Logan Hall. 
 
 (62) 
 
 [46] 
 
 [52] 
 
 ARNOLD. G. W.. Jr., Assistant. '[56] 
 4912 Mcn-ine St. 
 Engineering Building. 
 
 ARNOLD. W. C... Assistant. [62] 
 
 4408 Locust St. 
 ASHHURST. A. P. C. (Dx.), Instructor. 
 
 811 Spruce St. 
 
 ASNIS, C. E.. Lecturer. [02] 
 
 3237 Berks St. 
 
 1218 Chestnut St. 
 AUSTIN. J. H.. (Dr.), Associate. [51] 
 
 Ardmore. Pa. 
 
 Medical Laboratories. 
 
 BABB, M. J.. Asst, Profe9.sor. [.39] 
 
 157 Cricket A%e.. Ardmore, Pa. 
 B.A.BBITT. J. A., (Dr.), Aast.Tnstructor. 
 
 Haverford, Pa. 
 
 1901 Chestnut St. 
 B.A.KER, R. J.. Asst. Professor. [41] 
 
 107 Owen Me., Lansdowne, Pa. 
 
 Law School Building. 
 BALDENSPERGER. H. L., Assistant. [59] 
 
 3722 Walnut St. 
 
 Logan Hall. 
 BALLAGH, J. C Asst Professor. [42] 
 
 Logan Hall. 
 
 BARK. E.. Instructor. [49] 
 4225 Regent St. 
 Engineering Building. 
 
 BARKER, F. P. K.. (Dr.), Instructor. [53] 
 
 Gladwyne, Pa. 
 
 9(M Flanders' Building. 
 BARKER. H. C, Asst, Professor. [39] 
 
 Moylan, Pa. 
 
 Laboratory of Physics. 
 
 BARKER. W.. Trustee, I2(.I 
 
 Port Roval Ave,. Uoxborough, Phila. 
 771 Bullitt Building. 
 
 (713) 
 
 The University of Pennsylvania catalog carries, toward the end of the book, 
 a directory of officers and faculty alphabetically arranged. These names appear 
 elsewhere with degrees, etc. The usual running-head is omitted over the drop- 
 head on this page. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 
 
 153 
 
 MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY 
 
 1011 
 
 BA MA PAGE 
 
 Walker, H. R. Trin. 1888 791 
 
 • — G. T. Trin. 1889 1893 767 
 SCD1904 
 
 i* — G. W. ■ Trin. 1897 1901 7&7 
 
 • — A, H. Trin. 1904 1908 787 
 
 • — G. Trin. 1904 1908 787 
 MB 1911, EC 1909 
 
 • — R. W. S. Trin. 1904 1908 770 
 BC 1909, MD 1912 
 
 — Sir \Trin. 1911 1915 789 
 R. J.M.Bart./ 
 
 • — J.F.E.G.Sid. 1906 1910 833 
 
 — J. L. N.C. [E1914] 858 
 WalLT. Trin. [M 1914] 803 
 
 — E. G. Emm. [M1913] 814,824 
 Wallace, C.S. Pem. 1865 572 
 
 — R. B. P. Pem. 578 
 
 — P.B. Tr.H. 1904 615 
 
 — W.M. Kg'3[M19l2] 648 
 
 — D. W, Chr. 701 
 
 • — F. J. A. Trin 1862 1865 772 
 
 — A.W.W. Trin. 1910 1914 789 
 
 — J.A.V. Trin. 1913 797 
 
 — F. W. Emm. 1912 822 
 Wallace, J. C. Emm. 1912 822 
 
 • — J.M. Dwn. 1907 1912 844 
 Waller, A. R. Pet. If .^. 1905 544 
 
 • _ w. H. Tr.H. 1889 1893 613 
 
 — J.C. Kg's 1913 647 
 
 • — C. C. Joh. 1890 1902 728 
 
 • — E.H.M. 1893 1897 861 
 •Walley, S. C. Cla. 1884 1888 554 
 
 • — J. T. Jes. 1892 1896 674 
 Wallice, D. Cla. [iM 1913] 560 
 
 — P. Kg's 1911 646 
 •Wallington, F. M. Kg's 1892 1896 641 
 ♦Wallis, F. C. Cla. 1897 1901 555 
 
 — E. P. Cla. [M 1912] 559 
 
 • — G. D. Pem. 1905 1911 572 
 
 • — F. (Bp) Cai. 1676 1879 587 
 DD 1894 
 
 — A. A. C.C. 627 
 
 • — A. Kg's 1901 1906 642 
 
 • — R. L. M. Dwn. 1907 1913 844 
 
 — A. B. R. Dwn. [M 1903] 845 
 
 — W, C, see Colville-Wallis, W. 
 Walls, F.R. Kg's 1913 647 
 
 — L. H. Kg's 649 
 Walm3ley,C. Kg's 1913 • 647 
 
 ♦Walpole, Sir C.G. Trin. 1871 1874 774 
 
 Walrond. V. Trin. [M 1908] 799 
 
 Walsh, A. St G. Tr.H. [M 1912]6ii,6i7 
 
 — A. D. Trin. 1912 796 
 
 — P. Trin. [M .1914] 764 
 
 — E.S. Dwn. [M 1913] 846 
 
 ^A MA PAOB 
 
 •Walsham, H. Cai. 1879 1882 593 
 
 MB, BC 1887, MD 1897 
 
 +*Walsingllam, \Trin. 1865 1870 768 
 Lord(DeGrey,T.)/ 
 
 LLD 1891 
 
 ♦Walter, J. A. Pet. 1868 1871 542 
 
 * — W. L. Joh. 1898 1902 728 
 
 ♦ — L. H. Trin. 1897 1901 7S4 
 Walters, W.J. Cla. 1912 558 
 
 • — H. B. Kg's 1889 1893 640 
 
 — G. Y. L. Trin. [M 1913] 802 
 
 — A. M. Trin. 804 
 »Waltham, R. Pet, 1869 1872 542 
 *Walther, D. R. P. Pem. 1903 1909 571 
 
 * Walton, J. M. Pem. 1884 1889 569 
 
 — J. Joh. [M 1914] 736 
 
 ♦ — T. A. N.C. 1908 1912 857, 
 
 862 
 
 Walworth, G. Joh. 1914 733 
 
 Wan, Y.S. Joh. 1915 733 
 
 Wandell, J. Trin. 804 
 
 Wane, J. S. Qu. 1915 658 
 
 Wang, K. R. Trin. [M 1914] 803 
 
 Wankowicz, W. Dwn. 1911 845 
 
 Wanless, G. L. Cla. 1909 557 
 
 LLB 1909 
 
 *Wanliss, J.N.W. Trin. 1884 1887 778 
 
 LLB 1884 
 
 — D. S. Trin. 1887 791 
 LLB 1887 
 
 ♦Wanstall, E. F. Cath. 1871 1874 664 
 
 ♦Warburg, O. E. Trin, 1898 1902 784 
 
 t^Warburton, C. Chr. 1888 1892 694 
 
 toward. Sir A. W. Pet. 1859 1862 539 
 LITTD 1884 
 
 — S. C. Pet. 1893 544 
 
 • — W. H. Cla. 1887 1892 554 
 
 • — E. Cla. 1899 1903 553 
 MB 1905, BC 1904, MD 1908 
 
 • — J. L. Pem. 1871 1874 568 
 
 ♦ — H. J. Pem. 1891 1896 570 
 
 • — A. H. M. Pem. 1901 1905 57i 
 
 — R. I. Pem. 578 
 
 — G. H. Cai. 1914 6oi 
 
 — J. H. Tr.H. 1873 614 
 
 — J. S. M. Tr.H. 1908 616 
 
 — D. C. L. C.C. 1913 626 
 
 — T, P. Kg's 636,649 
 
 * — V. S. Qu. 1902 1906 656 
 
 • — H. Cath. 1902 1906 665 
 
 * — Y, Cath. 1901 1906 665 
 
 — F. K. Chr. 1912 698 
 t* — J. T. Joh. 1876 1879 713 
 
 — G. W. C. Joh. 1883 731 
 
 * — R. F. C. Joh. 1897 1902 721 
 MB, 1900. BC 1902, MD 1903 
 
 64—2 
 
 Cambridge University's Calendar contains much information about its mem- 
 bers. The figures in the lower right corner indicate to the binder the signature 
 number. In this section of the book the page, being two column, is wider than the 
 standard. 
 
154 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 32 
 
 LAFAYETTE COLLEGE. 
 
 ALPHABETICAL SUBJECT INDEX. 
 
 Numbers immediately following the subject refer to the courses of study, 
 pages 94-149. 
 
 S^umbers in parenthesis indicate the year and term in which the subject ts 
 
 given. 
 
 Page. 
 
 Agricultural Chemistry 973 (IV, 2) 146 
 
 Algebra 40i-5 (L ^s) "8 
 
 Alternating Current Engineering 811-12 (III, 1-2) 141 
 
 American History. 321-4 (H, 1-3; HI, 2) 115 
 
 Analytical Geometry - • .416-20 (I, 3; H. 1-2) "8 
 
 Anatomy, Mammalian 55i (HI, 128 
 
 Ancient History. 3" (I-IH) "5 
 
 Anglo-Saxon 10 (H- 2) 95 
 
 11-13 (III, i-3nV, 1-3) 95 
 
 Assaying 955 (IV. 2) 146 
 
 f Descriptive 53i (IV, 127 
 
 536 (IV. 1) 127 
 
 Astronomy^ Practical 541-2 (IV 2-3) 127 
 
 ( For Engineers 543 (IH-3) 127 
 
 Bacteriology and Hygiene 554 (IV. 129 
 
 [ English 221-6 (I, II. 1-3) "2 
 
 233-5(111, 1-3) 112 
 
 Greek.. ....227-9 (H, 1-3) H2 
 
 Bible ^ 236-8(111,1-3) 112 
 
 Latin 230-2 (II, 1-3) "2 
 
 239-41 (III, 1-3) 112 
 
 History of 244 (IV, i) 112 
 
 Tj;^i^,r„ / General 553 (HI. 3) 129 
 
 ^'°'^^y \ Sanitary 561(111.3) tjo 
 
 Blackstone ,.--., 361-2 (IV, 2-3) 1 16 
 
 Boilers 102 1 (HI, 1-2) 148 
 
 Botany - ^.571 (HI, i) 130 
 
 Bridge Design 695-6 (IV, 2-3) i37 
 
 Business Law 363-4 (IV, 2-3) 116 
 
 Calculus . . .426-7 (II, 1-2) 119 
 
 429-31 (HI. 1-3) "9 
 
 An alphabetical subject index, so uncommon, should be of great value in 
 catalog. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 
 
 155 
 
 Some Page Specimens 
 It Is hoped that some ideas or suggestions may be 
 derived from the following full page examples as well 
 as from others appearing elsewhere under diflferent 
 heads: 
 
 Chart Showins the Number of Hours Given to Each Study per Week 
 
 
 a: 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 a. 
 
 1 
 
 X 
 
 U 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 M 
 s 
 
 S 
 
 o. 
 
 1 
 en 
 
 Sixth 
 
 3 
 
 5 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 Fifth ' 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 Fourth 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 Third 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 Second 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 
 First 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 2 
 
 
 From the almost diminutive catalog of the Groton School. 
 
IS6 
 
 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Time-Schedule for the Year 1915-16 
 
 SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS AND JACKSON COLLEGE 
 Initials are used for the days of the week. The numeral 
 ioUowing theseletters indicates the program-hour, not the time of 
 day. The working day is divided into eight periods as follows: 
 
 1 8.00 5 12.10 
 
 2 8.50 6 2.10 
 
 3 9-5° 7 3-IO 
 
 4 1 1 10 8 4.10 
 
 Thus MWF 2 means Monday, Wednesday and Friday at 8.50; 
 TTS 4 means Tuesday, Thursday and Saturday, at 11. 10. 
 
 (f) indicates that the subject is offered for the first half-year 
 only, (s) that it is offered for the second half-year only AH 
 subjects not so indicated extend through both terms. 
 
 The hour for the Tufts division is indicated by the letter T; 
 for the Jackson division by J. All subjects not so indicated are 
 open to students of both colleges. 
 
 For detailed description of the subjects, students are referred 
 to the departmental statements. 
 
 1 2-1 (F) English T MlVFj or 
 TTS3; J TTS 4 
 
 12-2 (s) English T MWF 3 or 
 TTS 3; J TTS4 
 
 12-4 (s) English TTS 3 
 
 12-10 English TTS 2 
 
 1 2-1 1 English T MWFj; J AfWFa 
 
 12-13 (s) English TTSj 
 
 12-17 (F) English MWF 3 
 
 i2-i8 (s) English MWF3 
 
 12-23 (f) English yl//' 75 
 
 12-24 (F) English TTS 2 
 
 12-25 English TTS 4 
 
 12-29 English Tu 67 
 
 12-36 (s) English TTS 2 
 
 14-4 (F) Mathematics TTS 4 
 
 14-5 (s) Mathematics TTS 4 
 
 14-6 (F) Mathematics TTS 2 
 
 14-8 (s) Mathematics TTS 3 
 
 14-9 (F) Mathematics TTS 3 
 
 I4-10 (s) Mathematics TTS 2 
 ( 14-21 Mathematics 1 MWF 12 
 1 21-21 Graphics > or 67 
 First term also TTS 12 
 
 16-1 (F) Philosophy TTS 4 
 
 16-3 (f) Philosophy MWF 4 
 
 16-4 (s) VhWoso^hy MWF 4 
 
 16-15 Philosophy TTS 2 
 
 16-55 Philosophy MWF3 
 
 18-1 (s) Oratory MV/F 4 
 
 22-1 German T MWF 3 , J 
 
 MWF s 
 22-2 German T MWF 2; J TTS 2 
 22-3 GermcLnT MWF 4;] MWF 4 
 22-3B German TTSj 
 22-4 German MWFj 
 German MWF 6 
 Physics T TT4, J TT 3 
 Laboratory on M Tu W Th 
 or F678 
 
 (f) Physics MWF 3 
 (s) Physics MWF 3 
 Physics W6j8 
 (f) Physics To be arranged 
 Physics To be arranged 
 24-21 Physics TT7 
 26-4 (s) Education MWF 8 
 26-S (F) Education r/'i"/ 
 26-7 (s) Education To be arranged 
 28-1 (f) Class. Arch. MWF 4 
 
 22-5 
 24-1 
 
 24-2 
 24-6 
 24-7 
 241 1 
 24-17 
 
 Time schedule from catalog of Tufts College. Running-head omitted over drop 
 head. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 
 
 157 
 
 38 
 
 KENTUCKY WESLEYAN COLLEGE 
 
 en 
 
 z 
 
 o 
 
 a: 
 o 
 
 D 
 
 Q 
 
 
 ^2o 
 
 
 CO 
 
 .2 
 
 ri|S 
 
 s 1 
 
 nch 
 
 in. 
 
 
 CO 
 
 ^ « g 6i 
 
 .2 
 
 1 
 
 J^l 
 
 fe 
 
 2^ 
 
 
 
 .HH-^l 
 
 .H^E> 
 
 
 HH 
 
 gi-5 
 
 
 1:^ 
 
 Hist. ] 
 Latin 1 
 Philos. 
 
 Bible 1 
 Bible I 
 Bible I 
 Bible I 
 
 
 
 
 
 '0PM 01 qitzi anoH NOUN II 
 
 
 
 
 • . ■ M 
 
 
 ^HH 
 
 HH HH 
 
 Hi^; 
 
 
 5 in 7: 
 
 Greekll 
 Latin ] 
 Sociol. 
 
 1^ 
 
 
 
 11 
 
 ^5 
 
 
 .2,„ 
 
 a^ 
 
 hh'"' 
 
 Sg2- 
 
 . I-H 
 
 ^li 
 
 
 
 ^:2 
 
 si 
 
 ^1^ 
 
 
 
 
 in 
 
 '3 
 p. 
 
 C3 
 
 '3 
 a. 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 '3 
 p. 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 gs 
 
 
 Greek I. 
 Geology 
 
 l-H . 
 
 Ji to 
 
 ¥ 
 
 
 
 ^ bo 
 
 1" 
 
 
 Woo 
 
 Math. I. 
 Physics I. 
 
 S 
 
 i 
 
 1-5 "^ 
 
 ? i 
 
 S t5 
 
 
 
 
 >" 
 
 5 
 
 
 >^ 
 
 < 
 
 
 
 «< 
 
 W 
 
 Q 
 
 <J 
 
 Q 
 
 
 
 Q 
 
 H 
 
 CO 
 
 Q 
 
 Pi 
 
 
 
 J3 
 
 Q 
 
 P5 
 
 
 H 
 
 < 
 
 
 
 Eh 
 
 ^ 
 
 H 
 
 
 w 
 
 Expensive typesetting but thoroughly comprehensive for a small college. 
 
ilJ Qi 
 
 — -2 iH 2i ^^ § 
 
 ■< 3 « u «.2 « 
 
 °-^-:r ^-i 
 
 J! S >-^ 
 ,-'r o t- o 
 
 « H J2 5.5 
 
 If IP 
 
 !=■ ■- 9. o : 
 
 ^1 .^1 ^g Q S 
 
 a CL K u 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -J< .-a! . o «LU «-^ « 3 
 
 
 < 
 Oi 
 
 beth; 
 us; 1. 
 seroso 
 am's 
 aulay's 
 Johns 
 Liincey 
 : and 
 Maiico 
 
 ven C 
 rave's 
 Treas 
 
 
 -1 
 
 Mae 
 
 Com 
 
 II Pen 
 
 Mac 
 
 De Q 
 Ar 
 
 Hawth 
 
 S« 
 
 Pali 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 < 
 
 e- J 
 
 
 u 
 
 •s — 
 
 
 UJ 
 
 I -t 
 
 
 5= 
 
 s s 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ?> £ 
 
 
 o 
 
 a. E 
 
 
 u 
 
 U 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 Ch 
 
 cs. 
 
 bora 
 ough 
 sion 
 
 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 SI- t^^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 lo- 
 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 C7 
 
 
 
 •< 
 
 
 
 g 
 
 Fraser & Squai 
 French Gramm 
 Vos' Essentials 
 
 German. 
 Coester's Span 
 
 Grammar. 
 
 Gil Bias. 
 Moratin's EI Si 
 
 las Ninas. 
 
 o 
 
 fa 
 
 i 
 
 ffi 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 ■- 
 
 t<!. 
 
 u 
 
 c^ . >- 
 
 TO 
 
 5 
 
 A 1 
 
 
 X 
 
 lo •§ 
 
 
 
 
 < 
 
 5 H 
 
 
 
 « 
 
 
 il 
 
 Histor 
 Leafle 
 
 rnmen 
 
 wings, 
 s. 
 
 
 
 
 
 ii 
 
 erican 
 South 
 
 1 Go\ 
 
 ip Dr 
 Esss 
 
 
 x^ 
 
 lit- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 %cl li 1 
 
 
 z 
 
 ?2^ is > 
 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 Gilde 
 
 Gr 
 
 (Schoo 
 
 Jone 
 Com 
 
 Benne 
 
 
 
 ology 
 
 he 
 age. 
 
 ation, 
 
 lish 
 
 glish 
 
 
 o 
 
 2 
 
 ar. Etym 
 ynonyms. 
 ory of t 
 ,h Langu 
 umentatio 
 , Declam 
 Themes, 
 s of Eng 
 Poetry, 
 y of En 
 terature. 
 
 
 
 Gramm 
 
 S 
 
 Hist 
 
 Engli 
 
 Arg 
 
 Debate 
 
 Form 
 
 Histor 
 L 
 
 ^3 S 
 
 c S 
 
 3 
 
 8-1 
 
 
 Pc^e Thirty-two 
 
The Bulletin of the Western Theological Semifiary 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 !l 
 
 <3 
 
 .si 
 
 « g 
 SI'S 
 
 1" 
 
 Sacraments and 
 
 Church Government 
 
 -60 
 
 Prof. Breed 
 
 Hebrew-1 
 
 Prof. Culley 
 
 00 
 
 il 
 
 II 
 ^1 
 
 •si 
 
 ^4 
 
 
 in 
 
 ^ 
 
 7^^ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 Ip 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o g 
 
 1 
 
 U5 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 Id 
 ^ . 
 
 ft. 
 
 
 s-s 
 
 .22 ^i 
 X g^ 
 
 
 IP 
 
 ^2 
 
 If 
 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 t-^ 
 
 z 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 (M 
 
 
 <£> 
 
 
 
 lO 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (M 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 » 
 
 
 
 11 
 
 II 
 
 
 2S 
 
 C^ o 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 g 
 
 
 ^? 
 
 
 
 ::j 
 
 nt 
 
 J-"^ 
 
 ^1 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 :z 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 J3 
 
 
 
 f 
 
 it 
 
 It 
 
 o s 
 
 1 1 
 
 Wo 
 
 6 
 
 c3 
 X) 
 
 il 
 
 Hft. . 
 
 <a3 1/5 rr 
 
 llilill 
 
 d 
 
 ^1 
 
 2 g- 
 
 3 ft: 
 
 6 
 
 
 1 
 
 3 S 
 
 If 
 
 13 
 ^1 
 
 it 
 
 'C ft 
 
 .Sft, 
 
 .a 
 S 
 wit 
 
 .s s 
 II 
 
 CO 
 
 it 
 
 .22 (>3 
 
 a 
 
 
 S 3 
 
 olilll 
 
 g(3 
 
 
 CJ 
 
 O 
 
 ;-i 
 
 GO 
 
 
 
 S S 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 c^ 
 
 '6 
 
 •-s 
 
 W 
 
 :2 
 
 »-3 
 
 W 
 
 3' 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 :^- 
 
 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 
 
 S^ 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 <°° 
 
 
 
 <i^ 
 
 
 
 <iS 
 
 
 63 (218) 
 
 Schedule in 8-point. Many schedules are in 6-point admitting more matter 
 to the page but less easily read. 
 
 159 
 
l6o THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 52 WELLS COLLEGE 
 
 4. Plato. Plato, Apology, Crito, Phaedo; an outline of the teachings of 
 Socrates and study of his teachings in relation to earlier and later Greek 
 philosophy. 
 
 Through the year, three hours. 
 
 Open to students who have completed course 2. 
 
 HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE 
 
 Professor Lowe, Associate Professor Hickman, Mr. Collier, 
 Miss Flumerfelt 
 
 1. European History. This course opens with a brief survey of the Ro- 
 man Empire at the time of the rise of Christianity, and traces the general 
 history of Europe through the period of the Religious Revolt. As it is 
 introductory to the work of later years, careful attention is given to methods 
 of study. A text-book is used as the basis of work and is supplemented by 
 assigned collateral readings, lectures, the examination of the simpler forms 
 of sources, the preparation of bibliographies, and the presentation of papers. 
 
 Professor Lowe. 
 
 Through the year, three hours. 
 
 Required of Sophomores. Open to Freshmen who plan to do 
 
 advanced work in the History Department. 
 
 2. Modern Europe. This course opens with a study of European condi- 
 tions after the close of the Thirty Years' War and closes with a discussion 
 of present day problems. In this and in all subsequent elections the work 
 will be arranged in accordance with the training gained in the prerequisite 
 courses. 
 
 Associate Professor Hickman. 
 
 Through the year, three hours. 
 
 Open to students who have completed course i. Required of 
 students who are majoring in the department, or who wish 
 to do advanced work in Modern European history, 
 
 3. English History, including a study of the foundation and growth of the 
 
 Empire. 
 
 Professor Lo\^■E. 
 
 Through the year, three hours. 
 
 Open to students who have completed course i. Students are 
 
 advised when possible to take this course before Senior year. 
 
 Signified, concise, attractive; all type of same size; book titles properly 
 italicized, see first line. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES l6l 
 
 lution and the Constitutional Convention of 1787. Atten- 
 tion is paid to the social, economic, and religious life of 
 the colonies in the eighteenth century. 
 Lectures, collateral readings, and special reports. 
 
 Prerequisite, Course 7. 
 
 Open to seniors. 
 
 Two hours, second semester. 
 
 HOME ECONOMICS 
 
 Miss James 
 1. Household Hygiene and Administration. 
 
 This course includes a study of the house and its environ- 
 ment from a sanitary and economic statidpoint. Systems 
 of ventilation, waste disposal, water supply, questions 
 affecting public health, and the duties of the householder 
 as a member of the community are topics represen tati .'e 
 of the scope of the course. It includes also a study of 
 family incomes and their expenditure, standards of living, 
 budgets, etc. 
 Four hours, second semester. 
 
 2 and 3. Household Art. 
 
 Four hours, first and second semesters. 
 (See Department of Art, Courses 7 and 8.) 
 
 4 and 5. Food Economics. 
 
 A study of the chemical composition, relative physiological 
 and economic value of the animal and vegetable foods and 
 their products; processes in production of raw food mate- 
 xial; methods by which heat is applied to food material; 
 principles of diet; simple food combinations; pure food 
 laws. Lectures, laboratory work, collateral reading. 
 
 Prerequisites, Chemistry, Courses 1 and 2, or their 
 
 equivalent. 
 
 Three class appointments; six laboratory hours. 
 
 Four hours of credit, first and second semesters. 
 
 6. Household Physics. 
 
 (See Department of Physics, Course 8.) 
 
 Required of major students who have not had any other 
 
 course in Physics. 
 
 Three hours, second semester. 
 
 52 
 
 Lake Erie College's is a most carefully arranged style but absence of customary 
 running-head is noticeable. If folio were at top of page embodied in a running- 
 head instead of at bottom, neither space nor expense would be added. 8-poiat 
 Century with 8-point Century- bold-face center and side-heads. 
 
l62 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 58 MOUNT HOLYOKE COLLEGE 
 
 and reading of the best English translations of Greek authors, with 
 special attention to Homer and the dramatists. Open to sophomores. 
 Second semester, three hours. Professor Williams, Associate Professor 
 Flint. 
 
 18. Greek Life. Lectures. Open to juniors. First semester, one 
 hour. Associate Professor Flint. 
 
 19. Sophocles or Euripides. Prerequisite, Courses 1-5. First 
 or second semester, three hours. 
 
 Courses i, 2, and 4 or 6 must be included in a major. 
 Courses 13 and 14 do not count toward a major. 
 
 HISTORY 
 
 1. The History of Rome to 133 B. C. Open to all students. First 
 semester, two or three hours. 
 
 The third hour will be devoted to the study of the sources of the 
 history of the period. 
 Omitted in 1914-1915. 
 
 2. The History of Rome from 133 B. C. through the Reign of 
 Tiberius. Open to those who have taken Course i for two or three 
 hours. Second semester, two or three hours. 
 
 The third hour will be devoted to the study of the sources of the, 
 history of the period. 
 
 Omitted in 1914-1915. 
 
 3 and 4. The History of Mediaeval Europe. These courses 
 cover the period from the beginning of the Roman Empire to the thir- 
 teenth century, and are conducted by means of lectures and collateral 
 reading. Required. Open to Freshmen. Three hours throughout the 
 year. Professor Neilson, Associate Professors Putnam and Morriss, Mr. 
 Colegrove. 
 
 5. The History of Europe from the Beginnings of the Renais- 
 sance to the Lutheran Reforjiation. Prerequisite, Courses 3 and 
 4. First semester, three hours. Professor Neilson. 
 
 6. The History of Europe from the Lutheran Reformation 
 through the Eighteenth Century. Prerequisite, Courses 3 and 4. 
 Second semester, three liours. Professor Neilson. 
 
 7 and 8. The History of Europe during the Nineteenth 
 Century. Prerequisite,' Courses 3 and 4. Three hours throughout 
 the year. Mr. Colegrove. 
 
 9. The History of England to 1154. The political, constitutional, 
 and economic history of England through the reign of Stephen. The 
 work consists of lectures, reports from the class on special subjects, and 
 the study of the documents contained in Stubbs' Select Charters. Open 
 to juniors who have taken Courses 3 and 4. First semester, three hours. 
 Professor Neilson. 
 
 A page of exactly perfect dimensions and a splendid style of its own. 8-point 
 type throughout. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 163 
 
 52 SMITH COLLEGE BULLETIN 
 
 C. Professional training, in vocations for which a college education 
 is a natural preparation. If this ia m teaching, the courses are 1, 2, 
 4, 6, while 86 and 10 are highly desirable. For preparation as scientific 
 assistant in some of the hnea now opening up to women, courses 1, 2, 3, 
 6 should be taken. For preparation to follow horticulture or landscape 
 gardening, 1, 5, 9, are the suitable. courses. 
 
 For all of these purposes, certain combinations of these courses with 
 those in other departments are advisable, and upon these matters the 
 students are invited to consult with members of the department. 
 
 CHEMISTRY 
 
 Professor: John Tappan Stoddard, Ph. D. 
 
 Associate Professors: Ellen Parmelee Cook, A, M., 
 
 Elizabeth Spaulding Mason, A. B., 
 
 Mary Louise Foster, Ph. D. 
 
 Assistant Professor: Laura Sophronia Clark, A. M. 
 
 Instructor: David Elbridge Worrall, A. M. 
 Demonstrator: Marion Katherine McNamara, A. B. 
 
 1. General Chemistry. Lectures on general and inorganic chemistry, 
 two hours a week; laboratory practice, one period of two and a half 
 hours a week. Alternative with Physics for Freshmen or Sopho- 
 mores. Students offering Chemistry for entrance can enter this course 
 second semester. Three hoxirs, through the year. Leo. M. T. at 10 in 
 C. H. 1; Lab. A, M. at 2 in C. H. 16; Lab. B, T. at 2 in C. H. 16; 
 Lab. C, W. at 9 in C. H. 16; Lab. D, Th. at 2 in C. H. 16; Lab. D, 
 F. at 2 in C. H. 16. Professor Stoddard, Associate Professors Cook. 
 Mason, and Foster, Assistant Professor Clark, Mr. Worrall. 
 
 A laboratory fee of $5.00 a semester is charged for this course, but no fee is charged 
 for any other course. 
 
 2. Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis. Laboratory practice, with 
 lectures on the principles of chemical analysis. For students who 
 have taken 1. Three hours, through the year. Lee. Th. at 12 m C. H. 
 1 ; Lab. Th. F. at 2 in C. H. 11. Professor Stoddard, Associate Pro- 
 fessor Mason, Assistant Professor Clark. 
 
 3a. Chemistry of Microorganisms. The chemistry of the carbohy- 
 drates, with special reference to the action of yeasts and moulds, 
 and of various enzymes in spUtting the carbohydrate molecule. For 
 students who have taken 2. Three hours, first semester. fLec. Th. at 
 J2 in C. H. 14; fLab. Th. F. at 9 in C. H. 15. Associate Profesaor 
 Foster. 
 
 A page of practically perfect dimensions and good style, well spaced, and, for 
 8-point, legible, being leaded. The head "Chemistry" appears with more dignity 
 in reman caps than if in bold-face. 
 
164 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 70 Wkllesley College 1912-13 
 
 CHEMISTRY 
 
 Professor: it charlotte Fitch Roberts, Ph.D. 
 
 ASSOOIATE PBOFESSOa: CHARLOTTE ALMIRA BRAGQ, B.S. 
 iNSTRUCTOaS: LOUISA STONE STEVENSON, PH.D., 
 
 Jennie Tilt, M.A. 
 Curator: Mary Marian Fuller. 
 
 LA30RATORY ASSISTANTS: HARRIET ISABELLE COLE, 
 
 Gertrude May Ware, B.A. 
 
 1. General Chemistry. Lectures and laboratory work. L 
 
 Open to all midergraduates. Three hours a -Meek for a 
 year. 
 
 Miss Bragg, Miss Stevenson, Miss Tilt. 
 Course i is for beginners in Chemistry, and is intended 
 to familiarize the student with the important proper- 
 ties of the elements and their compounds, with their 
 modes of preparation, and with such tests as shall lead 
 up to the study of systematic Qualitative Analysis; also 
 to present the laws governing chemical reactions, the 
 meaning of chemical equations, and the more recent 
 theories adopted in the science. 
 
 2. Qualitative Analysis. II. 
 
 Open to students ivho have completed course J or 4. 
 Three hours a week for the frst semester. 
 
 Miss Tilt. 
 This course supplements course i by presenting more 
 in detail the properties and characteristic reactions of 
 the metallic elements. Practical methods of separating 
 and recognizing the elements present in mixtures are 
 taught, and the progress of the student is constantly 
 tested by the examination of substances, the composition 
 of which is unknown to the student. 
 
 t4. Advanced General Chemistry. I. 
 
 Open to students -who have met ike admission require- 
 mettt or its equivalent. Three hours a -week for a year. 
 
 Miss Bragg. 
 
 The course aims to give a thorough knowledge of the 
 
 fundamental principles of the science, and to take up, 
 
 so far as time allows, subjects of interest and importance 
 
 in daily life. 
 
 T Absent on leave, 
 
 t Withdrawn for the current year. 
 
 This style page very expensive to produce by reason of the use of four sizes 
 and three faces of type, four indentations. 
 
CotfBSEs OF Study. Spanish. 
 
 Geaduatb Courses. 
 
 {graduate The graduate seminary in Italian is varied froni year to year in order 
 Courses, that it may be pursued by a student for consecutive years. Students 
 electing Italian as a major subject for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy 
 are required to offer French philology as an associated minor. For the 
 list, of approved independent minors see the Regulations of the Academic 
 Coimcil. The books needed by graduate students are collected in the 
 seminary library of the department. No undergraduates are admitted to 
 graduate courses or to the seminary libraries, 
 
 Italian Seminary, Dr. Holbrook. Two hours a week throughout the year. 
 
 (Given in each year.) 
 This seminary presuppos,es a knowledge of Old French Philology and the equivalent of the 
 minor and major courses in Italian offered at Bryn Mawr College. The work is founded 
 upon the treatise entitled Die ItaKenische Sprache by D'Ovidio and Meyer Lubke in 
 Grober'a Grundriss (Strassburg, 1906). Various passages from thirteenth and fourteenth 
 cer.tury authors are examined criticially from a phonological and morphological point of 
 view. 
 
 Romance Languages Journal Club, Dr. DeHaan, Dr. Holbrook, Dr. 
 
 Beck, Dr. Schenck. One and a hjilf hours a fortnight throughout the year. 
 
 The instructors and advanced students meet to report on and discuss recent reviews 
 and critical articles. 
 
 Spanish. 
 
 The instruction in this department is under the direction of 
 Dr. Fonger DeHaan, Professor of Spanish. 
 
 The instruction offered in Spanish covers eighteen hours of 
 lectures and recitations a week; it includes ten hours a week of 
 undergraduate minor and major work; two hours a week of 
 post-major work open only to graduates and to undergraduates 
 that have completed the major course in Spanish; and six hours 
 a week of graduate work. 
 
 A combination of five hours a week for one year of the minor 
 course in Spanish with five hours a week for one year of the 
 minor course in Italian forms a major course, and may be taken 
 with any other language to form a group. Students may thus 
 elect ten hours of Spanish, or five hours of Spanish and five 
 hours of Italian to form a major course. 
 
 First Year. 
 
 {Minor Course.) 
 
 (Given in foch year.) 
 
 MtUiOT Spanish, Dr. DeHaan. Five hours a week throughout the year. 
 
 xJoO^SCt The object of this covirse is to give beginners a good knowledge of modern Spanish, 
 
 and to ground them thoroughly in the essentials of the grammar. As a preparation for 
 
 Bryn Mawr presents its courses of study in an unusually expensive style; 
 page dimensions are perfect; marginal heads being considered as outside; periods 
 after centered and marginal heads are contrary to many style books. See page 120. 
 
 i6s 
 
l66 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 56 Mount Union College 
 
 H*. French Literary Criticism. — The principal French 
 critics; the development of classicism and romanticism in the 
 seventeenth and nineteenth centuries. For students who have 
 had three years of French. 
 
 Elective, year, each semester, two }iours. 
 
 H". French Conversation. — Students who have had two 
 years of French may join a class in French conversation. The 
 work is based on Talbot's Le Francais et sa Patrie. Consult the 
 instructor as to eligibility to join this class. 
 
 Elective, year, each semester, tivo hours. 
 
 Geology 
 
 Professor Lamb. 
 
 NOTE. — A laboratory fee of $1.00 is chargrcd in all cotirse'S ex- 
 cept in I", first semester, for those w-ho have had Course I', an'1 in 
 Courses I* and l^ 
 
 r. Physiography. — A course dealing with the physical 
 features of the earth and the agencies that have produced them. 
 Topographic and physiographic maps are studied and field trips 
 made. The course is designed for Freshmen. Recitation Tues- 
 day and Thursday, laboratory, two hours. 
 
 Elective, year, each sevicster, three hours. 
 
 r. General Geology. — Dynamical and structural geology 
 completed the first semester; historical geology, th« second 
 semester. Recitation, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday; field 
 exercise or laboratory work, two hours per week. 
 
 Elective, year, each semester, four hours. 
 
 r. Petrography. — An elementary course consisting of 
 recitations, lectures and laboratory study of the more common 
 rock-forming minerals, the derivation and classification of ig- 
 neous, metamorphic, and sedimentary rocks. Recitation, Mon- 
 day; laboratory Wednesday, two hours. This course may well 
 be taken along with Course V, first semester. Prerequisite: 
 Chemistry C, or C'. 
 
 Elective, first semester, tivo hours. 
 
 r. Field Geology. — This course is intended to accompany 
 Course V, second semester. A brief review is made of the de- 
 velopment of stratigraphical study, and special attention is 
 given to the stratigraphy of Ohio and adjoining states. Field 
 
 Rather expensive style due to three sizes of type and many superior figures, 
 bold, caps and small caps, and italic, in addition to roman. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 167 
 
 Bowdoin College 
 
 ENGLISH 
 
 Professors Mitchell, Elliott, Davis and McConaughy 
 
 1. English Composition. First Semester: Div. A, Tuesday, 
 Thursday, Friday, Saturday, 10.30; Div. B, Tuesday, Friday, 
 Saturday, 11.30, Thursday, 9.30; Div. C, Tuesday, Friday, 
 Saturday, 9.30, Thursday, r.30. 
 
 Espenshade's Composition and Rhetoric. A study of dic- 
 tion and of the*"structure of the sentence and the paragraph. 
 Recitations, lectures, readings; written work with confer- 
 ences, six long themes and occasional page themes ; outside 
 reading: The Jungle Book, Will o' the Mill, Virginibus 
 Paerisque, Henry Esmond, The Golden Treasury, Henry V, 
 Schurz's Abraham Lincoln. 
 
 2. Continuation of Course i. Second Semester: Div. A, 
 Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday, 10.30; Div. B, Tuesday, Satur- 
 day, 11.30, Thursday, 9.30; Div. C, Tuesday, Saturday, 9.30, 
 Thursday, 1.30. Professor Mitchell 
 
 Baldwin's College Manual of Rhetoric. A study of the 
 theme as a whole, introductory to the more detailed study of 
 exposition, description, narration and argumentation in 
 Courses 3, 5 and 10. Recitations, lectures, readings; writ- 
 ten work with conferences, five long themes and occasional 
 page themes; outside reading: Twice Told Tales, David 
 Copperfield, Othello, Adam Bede, Treasure Island. 
 
 Required of Freshmen. 
 
 3. English Composition. First Semester: Tuesday, Thurs- 
 day, Saturday, 11.30. Professor Davis 
 
 Practice in writing, with emphasis upon Argumentation 
 and Narration ; daily themes, brief and forensic, short story. 
 Frequent individual conferences; required readings; corre- 
 lation with other courses. 
 
 Elective for Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors. 
 
 4. Public Speaking. Second Semester: Div. C, Friday, 8.30; 
 Div. E, Friday, 9.30; Div. D, Friday, 10.30; Div. F, Fri- 
 day, 11.30. Professor Mitchell 
 
 iDformal lectures'; drill in articulation, intonation and 
 
 76 
 
 Possibly the use of bold-face for the heading "English" prohibited using the 
 italics customary for titles such as "Espenshade's Composition and Rhetoric" 
 See page 118. Had the folio been placed in the running-head two more lines of 
 type would have been possible, thus saving about five per cent on the number of 
 pages required. 
 
l68 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 134 NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY 
 
 Semitic Languages 
 
 PROFESSOR EISELEN, PROFESSOR RAPP, AND PROFESSOR FULLER 
 
 These courses are given In Garrett Biblical Institute and students 
 electing them are subject to the regulations of that school. 
 
 HEBREW 
 
 Minor: Courses A and B. 
 
 Ai. Elements of Hebreiv Language — Inductive study ot the 
 Hebrew language upon the basis of Genesis, Chapters I-VIII. Open 
 to all students. Wed., Th., Fri., 8. Professor Rapp. 
 
 A2, Prophecy and the Prophets — Study of the nature, function 
 and historical development of Hebrew prophecy, and of the prophetic 
 books of the Old Testament. Open to all students. First semester. 
 Three hours. Hours to be arranged. Professor Fuller. 
 
 A3. The Poetical, Legal, and Historical Literature of the He- 
 breivs — Supplementary to the preceding course. The two together 
 are intended to give a knowledge of the entire Old Testament. 
 Open to all students. Second semester. Three hours. Hours to 
 be arranged. Professor Fuller. 
 
 A4, A5. General Introduction to the Study of the Sacred Books 
 of the Hebrews — The History of the Old Testament cai.on, the con- 
 dition and transmission of the Hebrew text, the Old Testament in 
 the light of Science, Criticism, Archeology and Comparative Religion, 
 and similar topics are studied. Open to all students. One hour. 
 Time to be arranged. Professor Eiselen. 
 
 Bi. Advanced Hebrew — Reading of selected portions of the 
 Old Testament. Special emphasis is placed upon syntax. Idioms, 
 and rhetorical forms. Open to students who have completed Course 
 Ai. Three hours. Hours to be arranged. Professor Rapp. 
 
 B2. Studies in Old Testament Prophecy (Hebrew) — Critical 
 and exegetical study of the Book of Amos and other prophetic por- 
 tions, with a general survey of the prophetic literature. Prerequisite 
 the same as for Bi. First semester. Three hours. Hours to be 
 arranged. Professor Fuller. 
 
 B3. Studies in Old Testament Poetry (Hebrew) — Critical and 
 exegetical study of selections from the devotional and wisdom liter- 
 ature, with a general survey of the nature and contents of the poetical 
 books of the Old Testament. Prerequisite the same as for Course 
 
 lopoint solid with well spaced paragraphs, easy to read; low cost of produc- 
 tion; Caslon type throughout. 
 
 In many catalogs Old Testament is italicized. Chapters should be cited in 
 lower case roman, see page 117. 
 
93 MIAMI UNIVERSITY 
 
 Romanic Languages and Literatures 
 
 Edgae Ewing Bkandon, Univ. D., Professor 
 
 Julius W. Kuhne, A. M., Associate Professor 
 
 Henbt Jambs Young, A. M., Assistant Professor 
 
 French 
 
 loo. *Beginners' Course. First semester— Oral lessons based on the 
 Gouin Series. Inductive study of the rudiments of French Gram- 
 mar. Second Semester — Reading in simple texts of modern 
 French prose. Reproduction in French of the texts read. Form- 
 al study of an elementary grammar. Five recitations a week. 
 Four hours credit. Mr. Brandon and Mr. Young. 68. 
 
 200. *MoDERN Prose. First semester— Rapid reading from modern 
 writers. Review of gram mar. Composition. Second semester- 
 Modern comedies. French oral and written reproduction of the 
 texts read. Four hours credit. Mr. Young. 59. 
 
 221. Masterpieces of Romanic Literature. A critical study of the 
 great authors of Southern Europe, and of their influence on 
 European literature, with special emphasis on English literature: 
 Dante, Petrarch, Boccaccio, Ariosto, Tasso; Cervantes and the 
 great dramatists of Spain; Rabelais, Montaigne, Moliere, Hugo. 
 Lectures and reports in English. Assigned reading in transla- 
 tions. The course is designed especiall}' for those students who 
 have no knowledge of Romanic languages. Given only in the 
 Summer Term. One and one-half hours credit. Mr. Kuhne. 
 
 301. Classic Prose. Mme. de la Fayette, La Princcssc de Cloves; 
 
 Lesage. Gil Bias; Voltaire, Zadig; Chateaubriand, Aiala; 
 Selections from Pascal, Descartes, Pension, La Rochefoucauld, 
 La Bruyere. Collateral reading and reports. Given in 1915-16 
 and in alternate years. Three hours credit. First semester. 
 Mr. Kuhne. 18. 
 
 302. Classic Drama. Moliere, a half dozen of his greatest comedies; 
 
 Marivaux. Le J eu de. I' amour ei dii hasard; Beaumarchais, Le 
 Barbier de Seville. Collateral reading and reports. Given in 
 1915-16 and in alternate years. Second semester. Three hours 
 credit. Mr. Kuhne. 
 
 •Courses 100 and 200 must precede all others. Course 100 is conducted on the 
 laboratory plan. At first much of the work is dono in the class room. Pronuncia- 
 tion is taught by practice. Translation is avoided. The use of French in the class is 
 begun with the first lesson, by both teacher and studenlt-. and English i? gradu 
 ally discarded. 
 
 Typographically a charming page with proportions lacking only one pica 
 vertical of being perfect. The system of running-heads, heads, sub-heads and side 
 heads, in connection with the indentations, the leading and the paragraph spacing 
 constitute a style for which Miami publications are famous. The 6-point foot note 
 on this page should be of the same family of type as used in the body of the catalog 
 and should be, according to DeVinne's Correct Composition, in two columns. See 
 pages 32, 106, 180. 
 
 169 
 
lyo THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 /O LhlHIGII I^MVKRSITY 
 
 12, HisTouY OF Education. Recitations. Menroe's Brief Course. 
 Second term (2) or with practice teaching (3) or (4). 
 
 13. Principlks and Practice of Tf.ACHixc. Principles of Sec- 
 ondary Education, Monroe. Recitations and observations. First 
 or second term (2^) or, with practice teaching, (.S) 
 
 Science and Scientists 
 
 15. Science axd Scientists. This course consists of lectures 
 by several members of the Faculty and assigned readings, treat- 
 ing of the several fields of science, their methods of study, their 
 beginnings and results, with some description of the lives of great 
 scientists and their work. First term (1) 
 
 ECONOMICS AND PUBLIC LAW 
 
 PROTESSOR STEWART, DB SALIERS, MR BOWE.n 
 
 16. Eco.voMics. A study of the elementary principles of politi- 
 cal economy. Lectures and required reading in selected works. 
 First term (2) or (1). 
 
 17. Economics. Practical economic problems taxation, trans- 
 portation, finance, labor, trusts and monopolies Second term 
 (2) or (1) 
 
 18. EkroNOMics. Finance. Discussion of public expenditures, 
 their nature, their relation to the industrial, political, and social 
 conditions; their relation to the functions of government, also 
 discussion of financial organization and administration First 
 term (3). 
 
 19. Economics. Finance. Discussion of public revenues, of 
 revenue derived from the public domain and public industries; 
 the apportionment, classification, and administration of taxes, 
 the nature and employment of public credit; the origin and 
 growth of public debts. Second term (2) or (3) 
 
 20. Economics. Elements of Business Law The principles of 
 contract; formation of contracts; operation and discharge of con- 
 tracts; sales of goods; insurance contracts, negotiable instru- 
 ments. First and second terms (2) or < ). 
 
 21. Economics.' Elements of Business Law Principal and 
 agent; master and servant; business associations, partnerships 
 and corporations. First and second terms (2) or (1) 
 
 22. Public Law. Constitution.\l Law. Studies in Federal and 
 State constitutional law. First term (2). 
 
 Inexpensive style of typesetting. Book titles in first and second paragraphs 
 would appear better if in italics. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES I7I 
 
 116 University of Toronto. 
 
 PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 University of Toronto: 
 
 J. G. Hume, M.A., Ph.D Professor of the History of Philosophy. 
 
 F. Tracy, B.A., Ph.D Associate Professor of Philosophy. 
 
 A. H. Abbott, B.A., Ph.D Associate Professor of Philosophy. 
 
 W. G. Smith, B.A Assistant Professor of Psychology. 
 
 T. R. Robinson, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Philosophy. 
 
 G. S. Brett, M.A Lecturer in Greek Philosophy. 
 
 E. J. Pratt, M.A Demonstrator in Psychology. 
 
 Miss M. E. Laird, B.A Class Assistant. 
 
 T. V. MoONEY, B.A Class AssislanL 
 
 University College: 
 
 J. G. Hume, M.A., Ph.D Professor of Ethics. 
 
 Victoria College: 
 
 W. B. Lane, M.A., Ph.D Professor of Ethics. 
 
 W. T. Brown, M.A., Ph.D Lecturer in Ethics. 
 
 Trinity College: 
 
 G. S. Brett, M.A Professor. 
 
 St, Michael's College: 
 
 Rev. H. Carr, B.A Professor of the History of Philosophy. 
 
 Rev. M.J. Oliver, Ph.M Professor of Psychology. 
 
 Rev. F. D. Meader, B.A Professor of Cosmology and Ethics. 
 
 Rev. F. G. Powell Professor of Metaphysics and Logic. 
 
 P. M. O'SuLLiVAN, M.A Lecturer in Psycho-physiology. 
 
 Second Year. 
 
 In the Colleges — 
 
 1. Ethics. Outline study of the systems of Plato and Aristotle. Fifty 
 hours. Professor Brett and Professor Lane. 
 
 In the University — 
 
 2. Theory of Knowledge. Fifty hours. Professor Abbott. Texts: 
 Locke, Essay on the Human Understanding; Berkeley, Principles of Know- 
 ledge; Hume, Treatise on Human Nature, Book I. 
 
 3. General Psychology. Fifty hours. Professor Smith. 
 
 4. Seminary and laboratory work to supplement Course 3. Seminary 
 work for 1916-17, Titchener's Text-book of Psychology, Parts 1 and 2. 
 Professor Smith. 
 
 While thoroughly legible and not unattractive, this style differs in some details 
 from that generally followed In the United States. Periods on this page follow 
 centered heads, names of instructors are followed by full titles and degrees, already 
 given in faculty list, thus requiring much space. Titles of books in Paragraphs 
 2 and 4 are not italicized, as best style would demand. See pages 118 and 120. 
 
172 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 34 West Virginia Wesleyan Collegs 
 
 high school; the demands on the high school; the aims of 
 the high iscliool; the influencing conservative and progres- 
 sive factors; the adjustment of the high school to modern 
 conditions; kinds of secondary schools; kinds of public high 
 schools; principles that should determine the curriculum 
 in the high school; English in the secondary school; science 
 in the secondary school; history in the secondary school. 
 Open only to juniors and seniors. Elective toward the high 
 school certificate. Prof. Haught. 
 
 13. SECONDARY EDUCATION. Two hours, second 
 semester. This is a continuation of course 12. Suggestive 
 topics : the place of Latin and Greek in the secondary school ; 
 the place of modern languages in the secondary school; civics, 
 economics and social sciences in the secondary school; me- 
 chanical drav.ing and manual training in the secondary 
 school; domestic science and household arts in the secondary 
 school; physical training in the secondary school; social life 
 cf the high school; organization and management of a high 
 school; the duties and influence of the principal; the rela- 
 tion of the high school to the college; the training of high 
 school teachers. Open only to juniors and seniors. Elect- 
 ive toward the high school certificate. Prof. Haught. 
 
 14. SCHOOL HYGIENE. Two hours, first semester. 
 A study of hygienic conditions, the school building, school 
 furniture, school grounds, warming and ventilating, sanita- 
 tion, decoration, physical exercise and postures, eyesight 
 and hearing, disease. Prof. Brooks. 
 
 Note: Students taking twenty- four semester hours of 
 education in connection with their degree work are eligible 
 to a high school certificate without examination. 
 
 English 
 
 Professor Neptune 
 
 1. RHETORIC AND COMPOSITION. The aim of 
 this course is to develop the student's power of expressing 
 his thoughts correctly and intelligently. Woolley's "Hand- 
 book of Composition" and Slater's "Freshman Rhetoric," 
 with occasional lectures, are used in teaching the theory of 
 Composition. The practice is obtained by frequent themes. 
 
 8-point leaded Century; paragraphs spaced; more easily read than if solid. 
 Book titles in last paragraph should be italicised, not quoted. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 173 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF NOTRE DAME I45 
 
 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 
 I. 
 
 Applied Electricity. A course of lectures and reci- 
 tations, supplemented by laboratory practice, on the 
 general theory of electricity and magnetism and its 
 application to practical work, as follows: Setting up 
 and testing primary and secondary batteries, systems 
 of call bells, electric and gas lighting appliances, fire 
 and burglar alarms, telegraph and telephone lines, 
 switch boards and accessories. Experiments with' 
 induction coils, magnets, switches, voltmeters, amme- 
 ters, wheatstone bridges, galvanometers and other 
 measuring instruments. The study of direct current 
 generators and motors, arc and incandescent lighting 
 systems, street railway machinery and appliances, elec- 
 tric heating and forging, electrolytic process, etc. 
 Text-book, Practical Electricity, Timhie. 
 
 [Five hours a week for two terms.] 
 II. 
 
 Applied Electricity. Lectures and laboratory work 
 on the construction and testing of switches, magnets, 
 measuring instruments, induction coils, etc. The 
 calculation of sizes of wire and location of circuits for 
 lighting and power, the experimental study of alter- 
 nating current machinery and accessories. 
 
 If the student has acquired sufficient skill in handling 
 tools in his workshop, he may design and build a small 
 dynamo, starting with rough castings, doing ail the 
 fitting and finishing, winding and adjusting, and finally 
 testing for insulation, efficiency, and adaptabiUty to 
 special purposes. This course must be preceded by 
 Course I. {Course I. and II. are required in the Short 
 Program Electrical Engineering; they are elective for 
 general students and those studying telegraphy). 
 [Five hours a week for two terms.) 
 
 A maximum of legibility is here attained at the cost of space and consequent 
 expense. The name of the author in the last line of the first paragraph should be 
 set in roman or in caps and small caps. 
 
174 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 27a The Ohio State University 
 
 GRADUATE WORK 
 
 Prerequiaite for Graduate Work: Thirty semester hours of 
 Home Economics courses of university grade, or an equivalent, in- 
 cluding not less than nine hours each in courses related to shelter and 
 clothing. Major work in the department presupposes a baccalaureate 
 degree in Home Economics. The following courses are open only 
 to advanced undergraduates and graduates: 105, 106, 110, 201, 202. 
 
 201-202. Research Course. Two to five credit hours. The 
 year. 
 
 SUMMER SESSION-1915 
 
 101. Foods. Four credit hours. Miss White, Mrs. Garvin. 
 
 101a- A Study of Foods. Two credit hours. Miss White, Mrs. 
 Garvin. 
 
 108a. Teachers' Course. Two credit hours. Miss White, Mrs. 
 Garvin. 
 
 111. Textiles. Two credit hours. Miss Brady. 
 
 HORTICULTURE 
 
 Office, 118 Horticulture and Forestry Building 
 
 PROFESSORS PADDOCK, DAVIS, MONTGOMERY 
 
 101. Principles of Horticulture. Four credit hours. First 
 semester. Lectures and two laboratory hours per week. No 
 prerequisite. 
 
 103-104. Commercial Vegetable Gardening. Four credit hours. 
 The year. Prerequisite, Horticulture loi and 102. 
 
 105-106. Pomology. Four credit hours. The year. Three 
 lectures and two laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite, Horticul- 
 ture 101-102. 
 
 107. Plant Variations. Three credit hours. First semester. 
 Prerequisite, Horticulture 106, or equivalent. 
 
 108. Home Grounds. Three credit hours. Second semester. 
 
 109-110. Experimental Horticulture. Three credit hours. 
 The year. One lecture and laboratory work. Prerequisite, Horticul- 
 ture 103, 104, 106. 
 
 This thoroughly legible style has been criticized because of its very unusual 
 proportion of bold-face in center and side heads. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 1/5 
 
 66 Summer Session, 1916 
 
 ENGLISH 
 
 I. B. Stoughton Holborn, M.A., F.R.G.S., Lecturer for Oxford and Cam- 
 bridge University Extension Systems. 
 
 Edmund K. Broadus, M.A., Ph.D., Professor of English Language and 
 Literature, University of Alberta. 
 
 Edward H. Gardner, M.A., Assistant Professor of English, University of 
 Wisconsin. 
 
 Harold L. Bruce, Ph.D., Instructor in English, Yale University. 
 
 Elias O. James, M.A., Instructor in English, Mills College. 
 
 Florence Y. Humphries, A.B., Instructor in English, Miss Harker'a 
 School, Palo Alto, California. 
 
 George R. Noyes, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Slavic Languages. 
 
 William D. Armes, M.L., Associate Professor of American Literature; 
 Director of the Greek Theatre in the Summer Session. 
 
 Chauncey W. Wells, A.B., Associate Professor of English Composition. 
 
 George R. MacMinn, A.B., Instructor in English. 
 
 S6. Narration. Mr. James. 
 
 Practice in descriptive and narrative writing, with analysis of master- 
 pieces; lectures on the technique of narration and description; 
 appointments for individual criticism. 2 units. 
 M Tu W Th F, 2. 24 North Hall. 
 SlB. Exposition. Dr. Bruce. 
 
 Expository writing, with class discussions, and analysis of repre- 
 sentative essays; appointments for individual criticism. 2 units. 
 M Tu W Th F, 9. 19 North Hall. 
 
 Sic. Business Composition. Assistant Professor Gardner. 
 
 A freshman course in writing for technical and commercial students. 
 Exposition, with study of paragraphs and sentences; simple nar- 
 ration and description, with study of the means of producing 
 interest; business letters, with attention to form, clarity, and 
 effectiveness. Lectures, conferences, outside reading, written work. 
 Special attention to the needs of teachers. Texts: Gardner's Ef- 
 fective Business Letters, Ronald Press, New York; Woolley's 
 Handbook of Composition, D. C. Heath and Company, New York. 
 2 units. 
 
 M Tu W Th F, 9. 22 North Hall. 
 
 University of California Summer School Bulletin. The absence of customary 
 italics for book titles in last paragraph is noticeable. 
 
176 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 4& COURSE OP STUDY. 
 
 deutschen Dichterwald'", fifty poems. Schiller's Der dreissigjiihrige Krieg^, Book 
 III, pages 1 35. Goethe's Hermann und Dorothea'. Greenfield's Brief Summary cf 
 German Grammar'. 
 
 For 1915-191G. Review of Grammar in Greenfield's Brief Summary of Germaa 
 Grammar'. Harris' German Composition', Parts II and IV, Goethe's Se.sen- 
 Leim', Heine's Harzrcise-. Selections from Schiller's Der dreissigjiihrige Krieg\ 
 
 Eislory — 4. For lOlH-lOlG, a special class in Bryoe's American Commonwealth 
 abridged. 
 
 Sixth Form, Course B. 
 
 Maihemaiics — 0. ITawlces' Advanced Algebra — 2, chapters on permutations and combi- 
 nations, complex numbers, theory of equations, determinants and logarithms; Weut- 
 worth's Plane Trigonometry — 3, and Phillips and Fisher's Geometry of Space — 4. 
 
 Chemistry — 5V1>. Fir.^t Principles of Chemistry, by Brownlee and others. Fifty experi- 
 ments from the Laboratory Manual by the same authors. 
 English and Crennnn — The same as above for Course A. 
 
 1 D. C. Heath & Co., Boston, publishers. 
 
 2 Ginn & Co., Boston, publishers. 
 
 3 AUyn & fiacon, Boston, publishers. 
 
 4 Longmans, Green & Co., New York, publishers. 
 
 5 American Book Co., Boston, publishers. 
 
 6 Henry Holt & Co., New York, publishers. 
 
 7 Macmillnn Co., New York, publishers. 
 
 8 Newson & Co., New York, publishers. 
 
 9 Oxford University Press, New York. 
 
 St. Paul's School catalog is printed on writing paper, the full size type pages 
 are 5x6^ and for such small type the lines are long. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 177 
 
 48 The Kentucky College for Women 
 
 SUGGESTIONS 
 
 1. Each student while in college will be expected to be 
 under our entire direction. Any peculiarities of health or 
 disposition, which should be considered in assigning her posi- 
 tion in the college, may be stated by letter to the President or 
 to the Dean, and the wishes of parents will be met so far as 
 consistent with the general good. 
 
 2. The school appropriates to study, recitation, or recrea- 
 tion the entire time of the pupil. Students will be permitted 
 to make week end visits, including visits home, once a month 
 provided their class work is satisfactory. Such requests will 
 be granted only on the receipt of written permission from 
 parent or guardian. 
 
 3. Girls will not be permitted to visit cities for shopping 
 or entertainments without the proper chaperonage. 
 
 4. No boarding pupil will be permitted to spend a night 
 away from the college in town except under the chaperonage 
 of parent or guardian. 
 
 5. Students will be expected to attend church services with 
 the President, unless otherwise designated by the parents. 
 
 6. Visits will not be made nor received during study 
 hours nor on the Sabbath, but visits from parents or friends 
 will be welcomed on Saturday afternoon. 
 
 7. The entertainment of visitors is a privilege granted 
 to members of the household, when it is convenient to the man- 
 agement. Permission for guests should be asked and received 
 before invitation is issued. Regular charges for board will be 
 made for such entertainment. 
 
 8. Boarding pupils are not permitted to run accounts nor 
 contract debts of any sort with the merchants of Danville, 
 except by written authority of the parent or guardian, directed 
 to the President of the college. 
 
 9. We prefer that no eatables be sent, except at Christ- 
 mas or Thanksgiving. Charges should be prepaid on all pack- 
 ages sent to the students. 
 
 Plain style, 8-point Century leaded, except heading "Suggestions" which is 
 lO-point Century bold. 
 
PUBLICATIONS OF THE FACULTIES 153 
 
 jiidische Religion von der Zeit Esraa bis zuin Zeitalter Christi, ibid., 45S-59; 
 Black and Chrystal, The Life of William Robertson Smith and Lectures and 
 Essays of William Robertson Smith, ibid., XVII (1913), 107-9; Steuer- 
 nagel, Lehrbuch der Einleitung in das Alte Testament, ibid., 109-12; 
 Welch, The Rehgion of Israel under the .Kingdom, ibid., XVII (1913), 
 112-13; Sellin, Der Alttestamentliche Prophetismus, ibid., XVII (1913), 
 113-15; Gressmann, Mose und seine Zeit. Ein Koramentar zu den Mose- 
 Sagen, ibid., 270-73. 
 
 Caroline M. Breyfogle, Doctor. 
 
 The Hebrew Sense of Sin in the Pre-Exilic Period (Doctor's Thesis). 
 8vo, 30. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 1912. 
 Daniel. David Luckenbill, Instructor in Semitics. 
 
 Jadanan and Javan (Danaans and lonians). Zeitschriftfur Assyriologie, 
 XXVII (1913), 92-99. 
 Reviews of 
 
 Patton, etc., Biblical and Theological Studies (with G. B. Smith and 
 S. J. Case), Amcrimn Journal of Theology, XVll (1913), 94-102; Rogers, 
 Cuneiform Parallels to the Old Testament, ibid., 263-67; Bliss, The Religions 
 of Modern Syria and Palestine, ibid., 299-301; Clay, Business Documents 
 of the Murashu Sons, American Journal of Semitic Languages and Literatures, 
 XXIX (1913), 231; Clay, Documents from the Temple Archives of Nippur, 
 ibid., 231-33. 
 
 BIBLICAL AND PATRISTIC GREEK 
 Ernest DeWitt Burton, Professor and Head of the Department of New Testa- 
 ment Literature and Interpretation; Director of the University Libraries. 
 The Office of Apostle in the Early Church. American Journal of 
 Theology, XII (1912), 561-88. 
 
 Some Implications of Pauhnism. Biblical World, XL (1912), 403-12. 
 The Expansion of Christianity in the Twentieth Century (with A. K. 
 Parker). Ibid., XLI (1913), 396^06. 
 Edgar Johnson Goodspeed, Associate Professor of Biblical and Patristic Greek. 
 The Washington Manuscript of the Gospels. American Journal of 
 Theology. XVII (1913), 240-49. 
 Shirley Jackson Case, Assistant Professor of New Testament Interpretation. 
 The Nature of Primitive Christianity. American Journal of Theology, 
 XVII (1913), 63-79. 
 
 The Rehabilitation of Pharisaism. Biblical World, XLI (1913), 92-98. 
 
 Reviews of 
 
 Wendt, Die Schichten im vierten Evangelium, Overbeck, Das Johan- 
 nesevangelium, Buchsel, Der Begriff der Wahrheit, American Journal of 
 Theology, XVI (1912), 462-64; Koch. Die Abfassungszeit des lukanischen 
 Geschichtswerkes, Harnack, Neue Untersuchungen zur Apostelgeschichte, 
 Westberg, Zur ncutestamentUchen Chronologie, ibid., 465-67; Goblet d'Al- 
 viella, L'6volution du dogme cathohque, AcheUs, Das Christentum in den 
 
 From The President's Report, University of Chicago. The University of Chica- 
 go Press is famed for the correctness of its style. As much of the reading matter 
 on this page consists of titles of magazine articles or books, such titles are not 
 talicized but the periodicals in which they appear, are. 
 
 178 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 
 
 179 
 
 86 
 
 ANNUAL REPORTS 
 
 Up to the first of May 485 comments have been made. 
 
 The classes are divided into counsellor groups — a group is 
 assigned to each member of the faculty. The comments of the 
 professors are sent to the counsellor who counsels with the stu- 
 dents, and reports his findings to the dean. The following report 
 of a counsellor exhibits the scope and character of such reports: 
 
 
 
 Studies In which 
 student is 
 delinquent 
 
 Cause 
 
 What has been 
 
 done to help 
 
 student 
 
 Suggestion 
 
 A 
 
 Teaching and 
 Agriculture 
 
 Lack of application 
 
 Conference 
 
 Suggested that she 
 apply herself 
 closelyto the parts 
 of Agr. which 
 seem difficult for 
 her 
 
 B 
 
 Psychology 
 
 Negligence 
 
 Conference 
 
 More careful plan- 
 ning of her work 
 as a means of 
 securing better 
 results 
 
 C 
 
 Chemistry 
 
 Lacks ability 
 
 Conference 
 
 Talked over work 
 and helped her 
 to organize her 
 study time 
 
 D 
 
 Mathematics 
 
 Slow and timid ist 
 two years of high 
 school at small, 
 evidently not well 
 handled school 
 
 Conference 
 
 That she put forth 
 more effort and 
 consult teachers 
 as to means of 
 improvement 
 
 The dean brings the important comments before the entire 
 faculty for faculty faction. Action of the faculty is reported to 
 the students, and parents, where action is of serious nature. 
 
 Page from the Report of the President of Miami University. This large and 
 detailed report is well known and favorably commented upon for its contents. 
 
l8o THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 118 UNIVERSITY FEES AND DUES. 
 
 5. Before admission to the 
 
 £ s. d. £ s. d. 
 
 DefrveeofB.A. . . . 7 10 . Degree of D.Litt. or D.Sc. . 25 
 
 — M.A.i . . . . 12 
 
 — M.A. if B.C.L. or B.M. .700 
 
 — lUIiis.' . . . . 10 
 
 — D.Mus.' . . . . 25 
 
 — B.C.L 8 
 
 -B.M 14 
 
 — M.Ch.i . . . . 12 
 
 — B.Litt. or B.Sc. . . 7 10 
 
 B.D 14 
 
 — D.G.L, or D.D. . . 40 
 
 — D.M 25 
 
 Accumulating B.D. and D.D. 
 
 additional 5 
 
 Degree by diploma culdilional 10 10 
 
 — in absence additional 5 
 
 £ s. 
 
 d. 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 7 10 
 
 
 
 C. Before recovery of the right of voting in Convocation when £ «, d. 
 a name has been taken off the College Books . . 10 0* 
 7. Before Incorporation (besides the fee for Matriculation), 
 
 £ s. d. \ As M.A. or B.D. . . . 15 
 As an Undergraduate . .10 0— D.Litt. or D.Sc. . . . 30 
 — B.A 8 1 —D.D 40 
 
 8. Besides these Fees, which are paid in money on the several occasions 
 above mentioned, every Member of the University is charged with the 
 payment of University Dues. These Dues are for each quarter of the first 
 four years from Matriculation, unless before the expiration of that time 
 any degree has been taken, twelve shillings and sixpence, and for every 
 quarter subsequent to such first four years, or to the date of taking 
 a degree, five shillings. But, in lieu of this annual charge, every 
 Member of the University who is a Master of Arts or a Doctor or 
 Bachelor of Divinity or Civil Law or Medicine or a Doctor of Letters or 
 Science or Music may, through the proper Office)- of his*Collcge or 
 Hall, or through the Delegates of Non-Collegiate Students, compound 
 for all such Dues by payment of 
 
 if he have not exceeded the age of 40 years 
 if he have exceeded, the age of 40, but not that 
 of 50 years 
 
 5 if he have exceeded the age of 50 years. 
 He will then retain for life all the rights and privileges belonging to bis 
 degree, provided he keeps his name on the books of some College or Hall, 
 or upon the Register of Non-Collegiate Students, but not otherwise. 
 
 I Every Master of Surgery, being otherwise duly qualified, is entitled without further 
 payment of fees to supplicate for the Degree of Master of ArU, and every Master of Arts, 
 being otherwise duly qualiaed, is entitled without further payment of fees to supplicate 
 for the Degree of Master of Surgery. _ .,,.,, 
 
 * For Candidates whose exercises were received by the Examiners >n Music before 
 May 12, 1003, and have been approved, £12. „ . v » 
 
 » For Candidates whose exercises were received by the Examiners in Music hefore 
 May 12. 1903. and have been approved, £31 2m. . , , »u * 
 
 ♦ This fee is not. required xn the case of personB who have compounded fo* their 
 University dues. 
 
 Oxford University's degrees are expensive; the system of fees and dues is 
 intricate; the cost to produce such a page of type would be more than double that 
 of an ordinary page. The layout man at the famous University Press, Oxford, 
 had evidently never discussed with our greatest American printer and authority 
 on style, the late Mr. Theodore DeVinne, the relative merits of two columns for 
 foot-notes in 6 point type. Some of Oxford's foot-notes, are however, in two 
 columns. The same is true of Cambridge catalog. See pages 32, 106, 169. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 
 
 BORDENTOWN MILITARY INSTITUTE 
 
 The theoretical work is illustrated by excursions on 
 Saturdays to near-by manufacturing plants. There is no 
 better way in which to fix in mind the principles of 
 mechanics and chemistry than to see them in practical 
 operation in a modern manufacturing plant. 
 
 Mathematics The aim of the Mathematical Department is 
 to keep fully abreast of the very best thought 
 at home and abroad concerning the teaching and study of 
 elementary mathematics as advocated by leading teachers, 
 engineers, scientists and business men, and to incorporate 
 the very best methods in our everyday teaching. 
 
 Some boys often have great difficulty in understanding 
 Advanced Algebra and Geometry, because of the abstract 
 and uninteresting way in which elementary mathematics 
 has frequently been presented to the immature pupil as 
 something remote from his everyday experiences and needs. 
 It is difficult for such a boy to make progress in the more 
 advanced mathematics if he does not have a thorough, 
 ready, and usable knowledge of the elements. 
 
 Our courses have therefore for their object the thorough 
 groui^iing of the student in fundamental operations, 
 definitions and principles as well as to develop in him skill 
 and readiness in the formulation and solution of problems 
 of a practical and scientific nature. While we strive to 
 make the subject interesting and vital to him, we strive 
 still more to lead him into right habits of earnest study, 
 accurate thinking and clearness of speech. 
 
 Mechanical Mechanical Drawing affords to every boy a 
 
 Drawing most valuable training in the application of 
 
 geometric principles and in the development 
 
 of his constructive imagination. It is an especially 
 
 18 
 
 lo-point Century type; upper two thirds of page double leaded, lower third 
 single leaded. Marginal heads add materially to cost of production. Printed on 
 Old Stratford deckle edge white paper with heavy margins. Not entered as 
 second-class matter, a large and elegant catalog. 
 
I82 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 The Columbus Academy 
 
 "THE HEAD BOY" 
 
 Is that member of the V or VI Form who has combined a 
 high degree of excellence in studies, athletics, and leadership 
 of whom it may betruly said, "He has upheld the honor of 
 the school." 
 
 1914 Howard W. Gager 
 
 1915 Howard W. Gager 
 
 1916 Joel G. Say re, Jr. 
 
 PRIZES AND HONORS 
 
 Silver loving cups presented by the Harvard, Yale and 
 Princeton Alumni of Columbus, are inscribed each year with 
 the names of the boys who excel in scholarship, athletica.and 
 improvement, respectively. 
 
 Holder of the Harvard Cup 
 
 "n^ Scholar of the Year" 
 
 1 914 Paul M. Smith 
 
 1915 Frank E. Huggins, Jr. 
 
 1916 Joseph S. Piatt 
 
 Holder of the Yale Cup 
 
 "T-A/r Athlete of the Year" 
 
 1914 Charles P. Elgin 
 
 1915 Charles P. Elgin 
 
 1916 Walter S. Hanna 
 
 Holder of the Princeton Cup 
 
 ''The Gainer" of the Year" 
 
 1914 Thomas E. Miller 
 
 1915 Raymond S. Reinert 
 
 1916 Winslow F. Hubbard 
 
 2J 
 
 lo-polnt Caslon leaded; low cost of typesetting per page but in keeping with 
 the quiet^dignity of the catalog. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 183 
 
 MEMBERS OF FACULTIES AND TEACHING STAFF 
 
 Nicholas Murray Butler President of the University 
 
 A.B., Columbia. 1882; A.M., 1883; Ph.D., 1884; LL.D., Syracuse, 1898; Tulanr . 
 1901; Johns Hopkins, Princeton, Yale, and University of Pennsylvania, 1902, 
 Chicago, 1903; Manchester and St. Andrews. 1905; Cambridge, 1907; Williams. 
 1908; Harvard and Dartmouth, 1909; Brown. 1914; D.Litt.. Oxford, 1905; 
 Jur.D.. Breslau, 1911; OfBcier de la Legion d'Honneur, 1906, Commandeur. 
 1912; Order of the Red Eagle (Prussia). Commander. 1910; Member. American 
 Academy of Arts and Letters, 1911. 
 
 HE>niY S. MuNROE Professor of Mining 
 
 E.M.. Columbia. 1869; Ph.D.. 1876; Sc.D.. 1904. 
 
 MuNROE Smith Professor of Roman Law and Comparative Juris- 
 prudence 
 A.B., Amherst, 1874; A.M., 1880; LL.B.. Columbia. 1877; LL.D.. 1904; J.U.D.. 
 C6ttingen, 1880; J.D., Louvain, 1909. 
 
 Richard J. H. Gottheil. . . .Professor of Rabbinical Literatin-e and the 
 
 Semitic Languages 
 A.B.. Columbia, 1881; Ph.D., Leipzig, 1886. 
 
 Edwin R. A. Seligman McVickar Professor of Political Economy 
 
 A.B., Columbia. 1879; A.M.. 1883; LL.B.. 1884; Ph.D.. 1884; LL.D.. 1904. 
 
 William Henry Carpenter .... Villard Pro.''essor of Germanic Philology 
 
 and Provost of the University 
 A.B., Hamilton. 1881; Ph.D., Freiburg. 1881. 
 
 M . Allen Starr Professor of Neurology 
 
 A.B.. Princeton, 1876; A.M.. 1879; Ph.D.. 1884; LL.D.. 1899; M.D.. Columbia. 
 1880, Sc.D.. 1904. 
 
 Alfred D. F. Hamlin Pi ofessor of the History of Architecture 
 
 A.B.. Amherst. 1875, A.M.. 1885; L.H.D.. St. John's College (Md ). 1912. 
 
 Alfred J. Moses Professor of Mineralogy 
 
 E.M.. Columbia, 1882; Ph.D.. 1890. 
 
 George S. Huntington Professor of Anatomy 
 
 A.B.. Trinity. 1881; A.M.. 1884; M.D.. Columbia, 1884: Sc.D . 1904; LL D , 
 Jefferson Medical College. 1907. 
 
 Herbert L. Osgood Professor o: History 
 
 A.B., Amherst. 1877; A.M., 1880; LL.D., 1907; Ph.D.. Columbia. 1889. 
 
 J. McKeen Cattell . Professor of Psychology 
 
 A.B.. Lafayette. 1880; A.M.. 1883; LL.D.. 1907; Ph.D., Leipzig, 1886; Member 
 of National Academy of Sciences. 
 
 Francis M. Burdick Dwight Profes.sor of Law 
 
 A.B., Hamilton, 1869; LL.B., 1872; LL.D.. 1895. 
 
 George W. Kirchwey Kent Professor of Law 
 
 A.B.. Yale, 1877; LL.D., Yale, University of Cincinnati, New York Liniversity. 
 1908. 
 
 John Bassett Moore . . . Hamilton Fish Professor of International Law 
 
 and Diplomacy 
 A.B.. Virginia. 1880; LL.D.. Yale. 1901; Brown. 1914. 
 
 Henry Fairfield Osborn Research Professor of Zoology 
 
 A.B.. Princeton. 1877; Sc.D., 1880; LL.D., Trinity College (Hartford). 1901; 
 Princeton. 1902; Columbia. 1907; Sc.D.. Cambridge. 1904; Ph.D. (Hon.), Chrii- 
 tiania. 191 1 ; Member of National Academy of Sciences. 
 
 II . 
 
 Columbia's style for faculty list (938 names) has been especially commended 
 by the Carnegie Foundation. Degrees and sources are given to professors, degrees 
 only to others. Memberships in Academies, Institutes, etc. are spelled In full, 
 not abbreviated. The running-head is omitted over drop-heads. 
 
162 THE SCHOOL OE MEDICINE [1914-I915 
 
 FACULTY AND INSTRUCTORS 
 
 Arranged, with exception of the PresidcKt, in the order of appointment. 
 
 Charles Franklin Thwing, D. D., LL. D., 11109 Bellflower Rpad 
 
 President. 
 
 A. B., Harvard College, 1876; Andover Theological Seminary, 1876-79; D. D., 
 Chicago Theological Seminarv, 1888; LL. D., Illinois College and iviarietta College, 
 1894; Washington and Jefferson, 1902; President. Adelbert College and Western 
 Eeserve University, 1890— 
 
 John Eaton Darby, A. M., M. D., 10504 Pasadena Avenue 
 
 Senior Professor of Therapeutics. 
 A. B., Williams College, 1858; A. M., 1861; M. D., Western Reserve University, 
 1861; Demonstrator ofAnatomy, Western Reserve University, 1861-62; Professor of 
 Materia Medica and Pharmacv, 1867-73; Professor of Materia Medica and Thera- 
 peutics, 1873-1902; Professor o'f Therapeutics, 1902-05; Professor Emeritus of Thera- 
 peutics, 1905-11; Senior Professor of Therapeutics, 1911 — 
 
 Hunter Holmes Powell, A. M., M. D., 2714 Prospect Avenue 
 
 Senior Professor of Obstetrics and Pediatrics. 
 
 M D., Virginia Medical College, 1867; A. M., Western Reserve University, 1894; 
 Professor of Diseases of Children, Western Reserve University, 1875-78; Professor of 
 Obstetrics and Pediatrics, 1878-1907; Dean of the School of Medicine, 1895-1900; 
 Emeritus Professor of Obstetrics, 1907-11; Senior Professor of Obstetrics and 
 Pediatrics, 1911— 
 
 Dudley Peter Allen, A. M., M. D., LL. D., 480 The Arcade 
 
 Senior Professor of Surgery. 
 
 A. B., Oberlin College, 1875; A. M., 1883; M. D., Harvard University, 1880; 
 Paris, Freiburg, Berlin, Vienna, London, Leipsic, 1880-82; LL. D., Oberlin College, 
 1908; Lecturer on Surge: v, Western Reserve University, 1884-90; Professor of the 
 Theory and Practice of Surgery and Clinical Surgery, 1893-1910; Emeritus Professor 
 of Surgery, 1910-11; Senior Professor of Surgery, 1911— 
 
 George Coates Ashmun, M. D., 1965 E. 101st Street 
 
 Senior Professor of Medical Jurisprudence and Medical Ethics. 
 
 M. D., Cleveland Medical College, 1873; Professor of Diseases of Children, 
 Wooster University, 1889-93; Professor of Hygiene and Preventive Medicine, Western 
 Reserve University, 1893-1909- Professor of Medical Jurisprudence and Medical Ethics, 
 1909-12; Senior Professor of Medical Jurisprudence and Medical Ethics, 1912^- 
 
 Benjamin -L. Millikin, A. M., M. D., 1110 Euclid Avenue 
 
 Senior Professor of Ophthalmology. 
 
 fA. B., Allegheny College, 1874; A. M., 1877; M. D., University of Pennsylvania, 
 1879; Resident Staff, Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania, 1879-80; Children s 
 Hospital, Philadedphia, 1880-81; Resident Surgeon, Will's Eye Hospital, 1881-82; 
 Ophthalmic Surgeon, Charity Hospital, 1884; Lakeside Hospital. 1893; Professor of 
 Ophthalmology, Western Reserve University, 1893-1912; Dean of the School of Medi- 
 cine, 1901-12; Senior Professor of Ophthalmology, 1912 — 
 
 Charles Barnsdall Parker, A. M., M. D.. M. R. C. S.. 846 Rose Building 
 Senior Professor of Clinical Surgery. 
 
 A. B., Rochester Universitv, 1874; M. D.. University of Wooster, 1877; Member 
 Roval College of Surgeons, 1880; Professor of Physiology, University of Wooster. 
 1880-81; Professor of Physiology, Western Reserye University. 1881-86; Professor of 
 Physiologv and Lecturer on Gynecology, 1886-90; Professor of Surgery and Gyne- 
 cology, 1890-92; Professor of Surgery. 1892-93; Professor of Principles of Surgery 
 and Clinical Surgery, Universitv of Wooster, 1893-94; Professor of Clinical Surgery. 
 Ohio Wesieyan University, r894-1910; Associate Clinical Professor of Surgery. 
 Western Reserve Universitv, 191013; Senior Professor of Clinical Surgery, 191.— 
 
 An ideal style for faculty list from Western Reserve University catalog. Note 
 year of issue in running-head. Nearly perfect dimensions. 
 
 184 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 185 
 
 20 OBERLIN COLLEGE 
 
 Albert Henry Currier, D.D., Professor of Sacred Rhetoric and Prac- 
 tical Theology, Emeritus. Rfetired upon the Carnegie Foundation. 
 
 105 Elm St. 
 A.B., Bowdoin, 1857; A.M., 1866; D.D., 1884; Graduated, Andover 
 Seminary, 1862. Professor of Sacred Rhetoric and • Practical The- 
 ology, Oberlin Seminary, 1881-1907; Professor Emeritus, 1907 — . 
 
 Frank Fanning Jewett, A. M., Professor of Chemistry and Miner- 
 alogy, Emeritus. Retired upon the Carnegie Foundation. 
 
 73 South Professor St. 
 A.B., Yale, 1870; A.M., 1873. Student, Gottingen, 1874-75, Berlin, 
 1895-96. Assistant to Dr. Wolcott Gibbs, Harvard, 1876; Profes- 
 sor of Chemistry, Imperial Univ., Tokio, Japan, 1877-80; Professor 
 of Chemistry and Mmeralogy, Oberlin, 1880-1912; Professor Emeri- 
 tus, 1912—. 
 
 Lyman Bronson Hall,' A.M., Professor of English and American 
 History. Brooks Professorship. 
 A.B., Oberlin, 1872; A.M., 1878; D.B., Harvard Divinity School, 
 1877; Graduated, Oberlin Seminary, 1878. Graduate student, Ber- 
 lin, 1888-89, Johns Hopkins, 1893-94, Harvard, 1894-95; student in 
 the British Museum, 1905-06. Associate Professor of Latin and 
 Greek, Oberlin, 1883-88; Professor of Latin, 1888-99; Professor -of 
 History, 1899-1909; Present position since 1909. 
 
 AzARiAH Smith Root, A.M., Librarian; Professor of Bibliography. 
 
 150 North Professor St. 
 A.B., Oberlin, 1884; A.M., 1SS7. Student, Boston University Law 
 School, 1884-85; Cataloguer, Oberlin College Library, 1885-86; Stu- 
 dent, Harvard Law School, 1886-87, Gottingen, 1898-99. Librarian, 
 Oberlin, 1887—; Professor of Bibliography, 1890—. 
 
 Edward Increase Bosworth, D.D., Senior Dean of the Theological 
 Seminary; Professor of the New Testament Language and Liter- 
 ature. Morgan Professorship. 78 South Professor St. 
 A.B., Yale, 1883; D.B., Oberlin, 1886; A.M., 1893; D.D., 1901. Stu- 
 dent, Leipzig, 1890-91, Athens, Greece, winter of 1891-92; Pastor, 
 Mt. Vernon, O., 1886-87; Professor of the English Bible, Oberlin, 
 1887-90; Professor of the New Testament Language and Literature, 
 Oberlin, 1892—; Dean, Seminary, 1903-10; Senior Dean, Seminary, 
 1910—. 
 
 'On leave of absence for the year 1915-16. 
 
 Much space might have been saved in the large faculty list of Oberlin had the 
 faculty records been set in solid 8-point and solid 6-point, but at the expense 
 of legibility. 
 
l86 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Faculties 9 
 
 Greek, Fort Worth University, 1900-03; Professor of Greek 
 and German, Milwaukee Academy, 1903-1904; Graduate Stu- 
 dent in Greek, Summer Quarter, University of Chicago, 1907, 
 1908, 1909; Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1910. 
 
 ALFRED ALLAN KERN, A.M., Ph.D. 
 Professor of English. 
 (729 Fairview Street.) 
 A.B., Randolph-Macon College, 1898; A.M., 1899; Teaching Fel 
 low, Vanderbilt University, 1899-1900; Fellow ia English, 
 Johns Hopkins University, 1902-1903; Fellow by Courtesy, 
 1903-04, 1906-07; Ph.D., 1907. 
 
 EMMETTE YOUNG BURTON, B.A. 
 Professor of Mathematics and Surveying. 
 (729 Fairview.) 
 B.A., University of Virginia, 1902; Graduate Student, Summer 
 Quarter, University of Chicago, 1903 and 1905; Graduate 
 Student in Engineering Department, University of Wisconsin, 
 Summer Term, 1909 ; Graduate Student, University of Virginia, 
 1908-09; Principal of Howell Institute, Howell, Missouri, 1902- 
 03; Professor of Mathematics in St. Charles Military College, 
 St. Charles, Missouri, 1903-05; Teacher of Mathematics in 
 State Normal, Kirksville, Missouri, 1905-07; Superintendent 
 of St. Charles Military College, St. Charles, Missouri, 1907-08; 
 Assistant in Mathematics, University of Virginia, 1908-09, 
 Millsaps College 1910. 
 
 GEORGE LOTT HARRELL, B.S., M.S. 
 Professor of Physics and Astronomy. 
 Professor of Biology, 
 (812 Arlington Avenue.) 
 B.S., Millsaps College, 1899; M.S., Millsaps College, 1901; Pro- 
 fessor of Science, Whitworth College, 1899-1900; Professor of 
 
 Style for faculty list at Millsaps College, pleasing for a small institution, 
 impossible on account of space, for a large faculty. 8-point Century, leaded. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 187 
 
 Officers of Instruction 
 
 (Active list in order of length of continuous service.) 
 
 Rev. Hiram Mills Perkins, M.A., LL.D., 
 
 Professor of Mathematics and Astronomy, Emeritus. 
 
 235 West William Street 
 Jesse William Parker, M.D., 
 
 Professor of Music, Emeritus. 19 North Liberty Street 
 
 Rev. Richard Parsons, M.A., 
 
 Wright Professor of the Greek Language and Literature. 
 
 58 West Fountain Avenue 
 Rev. William Walter Davies, B.D., Ph.D., 
 
 Professor of German and Hebrew on the Ohio Conference Foundation. 
 
 205 West William Street 
 Cyrus Brooks Austin, M.A., D.D., 
 
 Parrott Professor of Mathematics and Astronomy. Monnett Hall 
 Grace Stanley, M.A., 
 
 Brown Associate Professor of Latin. 134 North Franklin Street 
 Clara Albertine Nelson, M.A., 
 
 Hayward Professor of French. Monnett Hall 
 
 *RicHARD Taylor Stevenson, D.D., Ph.D., LL.D., 
 
 James S. Britton Professor of American History. 
 
 225 North Sandusky Street 
 William Garfield Hormell, Ph.D., 
 
 Professor of Physics. 268 North Sandusky Street 
 
 Charles M. Jacobus, 
 
 Instructor in Piano. 80 North Sandusky Street 
 
 Trumbull Gillette Duvall, B.D., Ph.D., 
 
 Guy Max Clarke Professor of Philosophy and Psychology. 
 
 222 North Franklin Street 
 Emma Louise Konantz, M.A., 
 
 Associate Professor of Mathematics. Monnett Hall 
 
 ♦Edward Loranus Rice, Ph.D., 
 
 Professor of Biology on the Cincinnati Conference Foundation. 
 
 316 North Sandusky Street 
 ♦Isabel Thomas, 
 
 Instructor in Piano and History of Music. Monnett Hall 
 
 ♦Absent on leave, second semester, 1916-17. 
 
 Page from Ohio Wesleyan facultyjiist, arranged by seniority. A lead between 
 names would have improved the appearance of the page at the cost of more pages 
 in the catalog. All Century type, head in 14-point caps and lower case. 
 
l88 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 THE FACULTY 
 
 REV. HENRY CHURCHILL KING. D.D., LL.D.. President; Professor of 
 Theology and Philosophy. On ihe W. E. Osborn Foundation; Fairchild 
 Professorship. 317 East College St. 
 
 A.B., Oberlin College, 1879; D.B., Oberlin Seminary. 1882; A.M.. Harvard 
 Univ.. 1883; D.D.. Oberlin College. 1897; Western Reserve Univ.. 1901; 
 and Yale Univ., 1904; LL.D.. Univ. of Illinois. 1908; Tutor in Latin, 
 Oberlin Academy. 1879-81; Tutor in Mathematics, Oberlin Academy. 1881- 
 82; Student. Harvard Univ., 1882-84; Associate Professor of Mathematics, 
 Oberlin College, 1884-90; Associate Professor of Philosophy, Oberlin Col- 
 lege, 1890-91; Professor of Philosophy, Oberlin College, 1891-97; Student, 
 Univ. of Berlin, 1893-94; Professor of Theology and Philosophy, Oberlin 
 Seminary and College, 1897—; Dean, Oberlin College, 1901-12; President 
 of Oberlin College, 1902—. 
 
 REV. EDWARD INCREASE BOSWORTH, A.M., D.D., Senior Dean; 
 Professor of the New Testament Language and Literature, Morgan Pro- 
 fessorship. 78 South Professor St. 
 
 A.B., Yale Univ.. 1883; D.B., Oberlin Seminary, 1886; A.M., Oberlin 
 College. 1893; D.D.. Oberlin College, 1901. Pastor, Mt. Vernon, O., 1886- 
 87; Professor of the English Bible. Oberlin Seminary. 1887-90; Student. 
 Univ. of Leipzig, 1890-91; Athens, Greece, Winter of 1891-92; Professor 
 of the New Testament Language and Literature, Oberlin Seminary, 1892 — ; 
 Dean. Oberlin Seminary. 1903 10; Senior Dean, 1910—. 
 
 REV. GEORGE WALTER FISKE. A.M., D.B.. Junior Dean; Professor 
 of Practical Theology. Shansi Professorship. 336 Reamer Place. 
 
 A.B.. Amherst College. 1895;. D.B.. Hartford Theological Seminary, 1898; 
 A.M., Amherst College. 1898; Pastor. Huntington and South Hadley Falls, 
 Mass.. and Auburn, Me.. 1898-1907; Lecturer on Business Methods. Hart- 
 ford Theological Seminary, 1902-07; Professor of Practical Theology, Ober- 
 lin Theological Seminary, 1907 — ; Acting Dean, Oberlin Seminary. 1908- 
 10; Junior Dean, 1910—. 
 
 ftEV. GEORGE FREDERICK WRIGHT, D.D.. LL.D.. Professor Emeri- 
 tus. H3 Elm St. 
 
 REV. ALBERT HENRY CURRIER. A.M.. D.D.. Professor Emeritus. 
 
 113 Elm St. 
 
 Oberlin Theological Seminary's catalog is set in Cheltenham Oldstyle (not 
 Cheltenham Wide). It is printed on Cameo paper with full page illustrations here 
 and there. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 189 
 
 FACULTY 
 
 HEAD MASTER 
 Alfred G. Rolfe, M. A., Litt. D. (Amherst College) 
 
 ASSISTANT HEAD MASTER 
 DwiCHT R. Meigs, B. A. (Yale University) 
 
 SENIOR MASTER 
 
 George Q. Sheppard, M. A. (Lafayette College) 
 
 DEAN 
 
 Charles T. Evans, M. A. (Dickinson College), 
 M. A. (Harvard University) 
 
 MASTERS 
 
 Latin 
 
 John D. Warnock, Ph. D. (Yale University) 
 
 Howell N. White, M. A. (Princeton University) 
 
 Lewis C. Haynes, B. A. (New York University) 
 
 Isaac Thomas, M.A (Princeton University) 
 
 Edward G. Kendall, Ph. D. (Yale University) 
 
 Charles F. T. Seaverns, B.A. (Colby College). B. A. 
 (Harvard University) 
 
 Greek 
 Louis A. Dole, M. A. <Yale University) 
 
 Page five 
 
 Page from Hill School faculty list with sources of degrees; printed in black oa 
 heavy deckle edge white paper; Not entered as second-class matter in the mails. 
 
AuBerordeDtllche Professuren 
 
 Dr. V. Luschan^ SW ll, Koniggratzerstr. 120; Sprectst. 10—3 tagUcb 
 auBer Mo, 
 Spezielle physische Anthropologie, Do. 3^-5, priyAtinj. 
 Voikerkunde der Siidsee, Di. 3—4, offentlichi 
 Antbropologisclie Ubungen, So, 3 — 7, privatissime. 
 LeituDg selbstandiger Arbeiten, taglict, privatissime. 
 Ethnograpliische tJbuDgen, taglicb 10—3, privatissime "und uii- 
 
 .eotgeltlicb. 
 Anthropologisches Colloquium, Do. 7—9 abends, privatissime und 
 unentgeltlicb. 
 Dr. P. Magnus, W 35, Blumeshof 15. 
 
 Naturgeschicbte der Arcbegoniaten, Di. Do. Fr. 8— 9, privatim. 
 Biologlscbe Anpassixngen zur Nahrungsaufnalime der Pflanzen, ML 
 8—9, offentlicb. 
 
 Dr. Eugen Meyer, W Q2, Kalckreutbstr. 15. 
 
 Techniscbe Physik der Verbrennungskraftmaschinen , Fr. 10 — 12, 
 privatim. 
 
 Dr. R. M. Meyer, W 9, VoBstr. 16; Sprechst. Mi. So. 9V2— lOVa- 
 
 Geschichte der deutscben Literatur seit Goethes "Tod, Mo. Di. Do. 
 
 Fr. 11—12, privatim. 
 Friedrich Nietzscbes Leben und Scbriften, Di. Fr. 10—11, privatum. 
 tlber \Metbode und Aufgabe der vergleichenden Literaturgeschicbte, 
 
 Mo. 5—6, offentlicb. 
 
 Dr. Neesen, W 50, Ansbacberstr. 31; Sprecbst. 3—4. 
 Geometriscbe Optik, Di. 5—7, privatim. 
 
 Dr. A. Orth, W 30, Zietenstr. 6B. 
 
 Allgemeine Acker- und Pflanzenbaulelire, zweiter Teil (Bewasserung 
 einscblieBlich Wiesenbau nnd Diingerlebre), Di. 12 — 1, Mi. Do. 
 10—11, privatim. 
 
 Spezielle Acker- und Pflanzenbaulebre, zweiter Teil' (Anbau der 
 Wurzel- und Knollengewacbse und der Handelsgewachse), Di. 
 Fr. 10 — 11, privatim. 
 
 tJber Bonitierung des Bodens, Mi. 11—12, offentlicb. 
 
 Exkursionen an passenden Tagen, offentlicb. 
 
 Praktiscbe Ubungen im agronomiscb-pedologiscben Laboratorium dei 
 Konigl. Landw'irtscbaftliclien Hocbscbule: a) praktiscbe tJbungen 
 zur Bodenkunde, Mo. Do. 2 — 4, b) Leitung praktischer agro- 
 nomiscber und agrikulturcbemiscber Axbeiten (Ubxingen; im 
 Untersucben von Boden, Pflanze und Danger), in Verbindtmjg mit 
 Dr. Berju, Mo. Di. Mi. Do. Fr. 9 — 4, privatissime. 
 
 From the University of Berlin catalog. 
 190 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES I9I 
 
 X. — Cars d'estudis pera'ls aspirants a Enginyer 
 agricol 
 
 Pera obtenir el grau d^Enginyer agricol, previa la 
 aprobaci6 de- rexamen general dlngr^s y del comple- 
 mentari (abans del quint aemestre), deur^n cursarse y 
 aprobarse totes les asignatures ordinaries del plan com- 
 
 plert, que s6n les seguents: 
 
 Hores de cl&sse 
 setmanals 
 
 Te6rf- Prftcti- 
 ques qaes 
 
 Primer semestre 
 
 a) Complements dematem^tiques (curs 61). 4 2 
 h) Fisica y.Meteorologia (curs 61). ... 2 2 
 
 c) Qulmica inorg^nica (curs 41) .... 2 2 
 
 d) Llegislaci6 agraria (curs 81) .... 2 — 
 
 e) Economia y Comptabilitat rurals 
 
 (curs 83) . 2 — 
 
 f) Dibuix (curs 91) j^ _6_ 
 
 Total. . . 12 12 
 
 &eg6n semestre 
 
 a) Quimica organica (curs 43). ... . 2 2 
 
 h) Bo tunica agricola (curs 1) . • . . . . 2 2 
 
 c) Anatomia vegetal (curs 3) . . . . \. 2 2 
 
 d) Geologia y Geografla fisica agricoles 
 
 (curs 53) 4 — 
 
 e) Llegislacio agraria (curs 81) 2 — . 
 
 /) Elements de mecMica y construccions 
 
 rurals (curs 11) 2 2 
 
 g) Dibuix (curs 93) --_ 4 
 
 Total. .' . 14 12 
 
 2 
 
 From the Agricultural College of Barcelona. 
 
192 
 
 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 248 
 
 BROWN UNIVERSITY 
 
 UNIVERSITY HALL 
 
 No. 
 
 Division 
 
 Floor 
 
 Windows face 
 
 Bedrooms 
 
 22«n< 
 
 4 
 
 South 
 
 1 
 
 W. 
 
 None 
 
 $140 
 
 10 
 
 »« 
 
 2 
 
 s.&w. 
 
 2 
 
 235 
 
 12 
 
 »» 
 
 
 w. 
 
 N(m0 
 
 125 
 
 13 
 
 " 
 
 »« 
 
 w. 
 
 «4 
 
 125 
 
 16 
 
 " 
 
 i< 
 
 E. 
 
 «( 
 
 110 
 
 17 
 
 ♦ 4 
 
 «« 
 
 E. 
 
 «* 
 
 116 
 
 18 
 
 " 
 
 *' 
 
 E.&S. 
 
 «« 
 
 143 
 
 19 
 
 <« 
 
 3 
 
 S.&W. 
 
 2 
 
 225 
 
 21 
 
 " 
 
 
 w. 
 
 None 
 
 122 
 
 22 
 
 " 
 
 *♦ 
 
 W. 
 
 44 
 
 122 
 
 25 
 
 ♦' 
 
 ♦* 
 
 E. 
 
 " 
 
 110 
 
 26 
 
 »' 
 
 <♦ 
 
 E. 
 
 44 
 
 110 
 
 27 
 
 «» 
 
 " 
 
 E.&S. 
 
 44 
 
 131 
 
 28 
 
 " 
 
 4 
 
 S.&W. 
 
 2 
 
 205 
 
 30 
 
 " 
 
 " 
 
 w. 
 
 None 
 
 110 
 
 31 
 
 »» 
 
 *i 
 
 w. 
 
 44 
 
 110 
 
 32 
 
 " 
 
 " 
 
 E. 
 
 '» 
 
 107 
 
 33 
 
 »♦ 
 
 " 
 
 E. 
 
 4< 
 
 107 
 
 34 
 
 <t 
 
 " 
 
 E.&S. 
 
 4« 
 
 131 
 
 36 
 
 North 
 
 J 
 
 W. 
 
 " 
 
 141 
 
 40 
 
 *' 
 
 2 
 
 W. 
 
 44 
 
 125 
 
 41 
 
 «' 
 
 
 W. 
 
 44 
 
 125 
 
 43 
 
 " 
 
 " 
 
 W. & N. 
 
 2 
 
 235 
 
 44 
 
 " 
 
 <( 
 
 E. &N. 
 
 None 
 
 131 
 
 45 
 
 <t 
 
 " 
 
 E. 
 
 " 
 
 116 
 
 46 
 
 4» 
 
 " 
 
 E. 
 
 
 116 
 
 47 
 
 " 
 
 3 
 
 W. 
 
 44 
 
 116 
 
 48 
 
 (i 
 
 n 
 
 W. 
 
 44 
 
 116 
 
 50 
 
 »' 
 
 t» 
 
 W. & N. 
 
 2 
 
 225 
 
 51 
 
 « 
 
 " 
 
 E. &N. 
 
 None 
 
 125 
 
 52 
 
 " 
 
 " 
 
 E. 
 
 44 
 
 110 
 
 53 
 
 " 
 
 " 
 
 E. 
 
 *' 
 
 110 
 
 54 
 
 ♦ » 
 
 4 
 
 W. 
 
 44 
 
 110 
 
 55 
 
 »» 
 
 
 w. 
 
 44 
 
 110 
 
 57 
 
 " 
 
 44 
 
 W.&N. 
 
 2 
 
 195 
 
 58 
 
 " 
 
 " 
 
 E. &N. 
 
 A'bne 
 
 125 
 
 59 
 
 i» 
 
 44 
 
 E. 
 
 »4 
 
 107 
 
 60 
 
 " 
 
 " 
 
 E. 
 
 «4 
 
 107 
 
 South 
 
 North 
 
 SLATER HALL 
 
 E. S. & W. 
 
 E. & W. 
 E. S. & W. 
 
 E. & W. 
 E. S. & W. 
 
 E. &W. 
 
 E. S. & W. 
 
 W. 
 
 E. &W. 
 E. W. & N. 
 
 Page from schedule of dormitory rents. Brown's catalog is set in Scotch Roman. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 
 
 193 
 
 156 
 
 DARTMOUTH COLLEGE 
 
 four dollars per year for each lamp. Students must' furnish their own 
 lamps, wiiich should be for a 220-volt circuit. It is not allowed that 
 anything larger than a 25-watt lamp shall be used. 
 
 The following table tells the year in which the building was erected, 
 except for the first three which belong to the old group, the capacity 
 of each, the range of prices, and the average price per occupant. 
 
 Building Capacity 
 
 Hallgarten 44 
 
 Reed 60 
 
 Thornton 44 
 
 Sanborn (1894) 47 
 
 Crosby (1896) 45 
 
 Richardson (1897) 52 
 
 Fayerweather (1900) 67 
 
 College (1901) 40 
 
 Wheeler (1905) 98 
 
 Hubbard (1906) 46 
 
 No. Fayerweather (1907) 45 
 
 Massachusetts (1907) 91 
 
 New Hampshire (1908) 107 
 
 So. Fayerweather (1910) 52 
 
 No. Massachusetts (1912) OS 
 
 So. Massachusetts (1912) 62 
 
 Hitchcock (1913) 90 
 
 ange of Prices 
 
 per 
 Occupant 
 
 Average 
 Rental per 
 Occupant 
 
 $40— $65 
 
 $55.50 
 
 55— 80 
 
 69.00 
 
 50—6^ 
 
 57.00 
 
 60—115 
 
 77.00 
 
 75—125 
 
 100.00 
 
 90—150 
 
 111.50 
 
 55—115 
 
 90.50 
 
 55—130 
 
 88.50 
 
 60—140 
 
 95.00 
 
 50— 85 
 
 73.50 
 
 60—115 
 
 93.50 
 
 75—140 
 
 110.00 
 
 75—125 
 
 94.50 
 
 65—140 
 
 105.00 
 
 85—155 
 
 120.00 
 
 85—160 
 
 128.50 
 
 95—175 
 
 135.00 
 
 ASSIGNMENT OF ROOMS 
 
 A permanent list for the assignment of rooms is kept for each class, 
 and the order of names on this list is determined by the date of 
 application. Students expecting to enter College may at any time 
 within three years of entering make application to the Registrar to 
 have their names put on the list. 
 
 To students already in College, rooms are assigned in April for the. 
 following year. Students rooming in the College buildings may retain 
 their rooms for the following year; the rooms not thus retained are 
 offered to the classes in order of seniority, and assignments will 
 be made according to the lists for assignment of rooms. One student 
 will not be allowed to reserve or engage one half of a double room. 
 
 Room rent schedule with age of buildings. 
 
president's letter to kenyon alumni 
 
 15 
 
 Class Reunions under ''Dix'' Plan 
 
 
 1917 
 
 1918 
 
 1919 
 
 1920 
 
 1921 
 
 1922 
 
 1923 
 
 1924 
 
 1925 
 
 1926 
 
 1927 
 
 1928 
 
 1929 
 
 '70 
 
 '70 
 
 
 
 
 
 •70 
 
 
 
 
 
 '70 
 
 
 
 '71 
 
 '71 
 
 
 
 
 
 '71 
 
 
 
 
 
 '71 
 
 
 
 '72 
 
 with 
 
 •72 
 
 
 
 
 '72 
 
 
 
 
 
 '72 
 
 
 
 '73 
 
 '68 
 
 •73 
 
 
 
 
 with 
 
 '73 
 
 
 
 
 '73 
 
 
 
 •74 
 
 &'69 
 
 •74 
 
 
 
 
 '69 
 
 '74 
 
 
 
 
 
 '74 
 
 
 '76 
 
 
 '75 
 
 
 
 
 
 '75 
 
 
 
 
 
 '75 
 
 
 •76 
 
 
 
 •76 
 
 
 
 
 '76 
 
 
 
 
 
 •76 
 
 
 '77 
 
 
 
 •77 
 
 
 
 
 
 •77 
 
 
 
 
 '77 
 
 
 •78 
 
 
 
 •78 
 
 
 
 
 
 '78 
 
 
 
 
 
 '78 
 
 •79 
 
 
 
 •79 
 
 
 
 
 
 '79 
 
 
 
 
 
 '79 
 
 '80 
 
 
 
 
 '80 
 
 
 
 
 '80 
 
 
 
 
 
 '80 
 
 '81 
 
 
 
 
 '81 
 
 
 
 
 
 '81 
 
 
 
 
 '81 
 
 '82 
 
 
 
 
 '82 
 
 
 
 
 
 '82 
 
 
 
 
 
 '83 
 
 
 
 
 '83 
 
 
 
 
 
 '83 
 
 
 
 
 
 '84 
 
 
 
 
 
 '84 
 
 
 
 
 '84 
 
 
 
 
 
 '85 
 
 
 
 
 
 •85 
 
 
 
 
 
 •85 
 
 
 
 
 '86 
 
 
 
 
 
 '86 
 
 
 
 
 
 •86 
 
 
 
 
 '87 
 
 '87 
 
 
 
 
 '87 
 
 
 
 
 
 •87 
 
 
 
 
 '88 
 
 '88 
 
 
 
 
 
 '88 
 
 
 
 
 •88 
 
 
 
 
 '89 
 
 '89 
 
 
 
 
 
 '89 
 
 
 
 
 
 '89 
 
 
 
 '90 
 
 '90 
 
 
 
 
 
 '90 
 
 
 
 
 
 '90 
 
 
 
 '91 
 
 
 '91 
 
 
 
 
 '91 
 
 
 
 
 
 '91 
 
 
 
 '92 
 
 
 '92 
 
 
 
 
 
 '92 
 
 
 
 
 '92 
 
 
 
 '93 
 
 
 '93 
 
 
 
 
 
 '93 
 
 
 
 
 
 '93 
 
 
 '94 
 
 
 '94 
 
 
 
 
 
 '94 
 
 
 
 
 
 '94 
 
 
 '95 
 
 
 
 •95 
 
 
 
 
 '95 
 
 
 
 
 
 '95 
 
 
 '96 
 
 
 
 •96 
 
 
 
 
 
 '96 
 
 
 
 
 '96 
 
 
 '97 
 
 
 
 •97 
 
 
 
 
 
 '97 
 
 
 
 
 
 '97 
 
 '98 
 
 
 
 '98 
 
 
 
 
 
 '98 
 
 
 
 
 
 '98 
 
 '99 
 
 
 
 
 '99 
 
 
 
 
 '99 
 
 
 
 
 
 '99 
 
 '00 
 
 
 
 
 'OO 
 
 
 
 
 
 '00 
 
 
 
 
 '00 
 
 '01 
 
 
 
 
 '01 
 
 
 
 
 
 '01 
 
 
 
 
 
 '02 
 
 
 
 
 '02 
 
 
 
 
 
 '02 
 
 
 
 
 
 •03 
 
 
 
 
 
 '03 
 
 
 
 
 '03 
 
 
 
 
 
 '04 
 
 
 
 
 
 '04 
 
 
 
 
 
 •04 
 
 
 
 
 '05 
 
 
 
 
 
 '05 
 
 
 
 
 
 '05 
 
 
 
 
 '06 
 
 •06 
 
 
 
 
 '06 
 
 
 
 
 
 '06 
 
 
 
 
 '07 
 
 •07 
 
 
 
 
 
 '07 
 
 
 
 
 '07 
 
 
 
 
 '08 
 
 '08 
 
 
 
 
 
 '08 
 
 '08 
 
 
 
 
 '08 
 
 
 
 '09 
 
 '09 
 
 
 
 
 
 '09 
 
 
 
 
 
 '09 
 
 
 
 '10 
 
 
 '10 
 
 
 
 
 •10 
 
 
 
 
 
 •10 
 
 
 
 '11 
 
 
 '11 
 
 
 
 
 
 '11 
 
 
 
 
 '11 
 
 
 
 '12 
 
 
 '12 
 
 
 
 
 
 '12 
 
 
 
 
 
 '12 
 
 
 '13 
 
 
 '13 
 
 
 
 
 
 '13 
 
 
 
 
 
 •13 
 
 
 '14 
 
 
 
 •14 
 
 
 
 
 '14 
 
 
 
 
 
 •14 
 
 
 '15 
 
 
 
 •15 
 
 
 
 
 
 '15 
 
 
 
 
 •15 
 
 
 •16 
 
 •16 
 •17 
 
 •18 
 
 •16 
 •17 
 •18 
 •19 
 
 '19 
 '20 
 
 \ 
 
 •20 
 '21 
 
 •22 
 
 •22 
 '23 
 
 '16 
 '17 
 •18 
 
 •23 
 •24 
 
 '19 
 '20 
 •21 
 •22 
 
 •25 
 
 '23 
 '24 
 •25 
 '26 
 
 '26 
 
 
 '16 
 '17 
 '18 
 '19 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 '27 
 
 '27 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 '28 
 
 •28 
 '29 
 
 The Honorable Robert Lansing, Secretary of State, has 
 accepted an invitation to be present at the Commencement 
 exercises and the Alumni Luncheon. William B. Bodine, Jr., 
 A.B., '90, son of the late President of Kenyon College, will 
 dehver the Alumni address and Earl D. Babst, '93, President 
 
 Dix plan for Class Reunions. Right hand page in the bulletin. 
 
 194 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 
 
 195 
 
 472 
 
 PRINCETON UNIVERSITY 
 
 SUMMARY OF STUDENTS BY STATES 
 
 
 
 
 G. 
 
 E.E. 
 
 Sr. 
 
 Jr. 
 
 So. 
 
 fr. 
 
 Q. 
 
 Par. Total 
 
 New York .... 12 
 
 I 
 
 76 
 
 72 
 
 108 
 
 98 
 
 8 
 
 375 
 
 Pennsylvania 
 
 
 
 37 
 
 I 
 
 84 
 
 65 
 
 82 
 
 68 
 
 6 
 
 I 344 
 
 New Jersey 
 
 
 
 28 
 
 5 
 
 70 
 
 76 
 
 82 
 
 77 
 
 2 
 
 2 342 
 
 Ohio . . 
 
 
 
 7 
 
 
 
 iZ 
 
 6 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 5 
 
 64 
 
 Maryland . 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 10 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 3 
 
 47 
 
 Missouri . 
 
 
 
 6 
 
 I 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 
 
 47 
 
 Illinois 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 12 
 
 
 
 39 
 
 Massachusetts 
 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 6 
 
 9 
 
 14 
 
 1 
 
 37 
 
 District of Columbia 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 7 
 
 6 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 •Connecticut . . 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 I 
 
 23 
 
 California . . 
 
 
 7 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 21 
 
 Kentucky . . . 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 s 
 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 Wisconsin . , 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 I 
 
 16 
 
 Minnesota . . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 7 
 
 
 
 15 
 
 Florida . . . 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 14 
 
 Indiana . . . 
 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 I 
 
 14 
 
 Michigan . . 
 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 Texas . . . . • 
 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 14 
 
 Colorado . . . 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 r 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 13 
 
 Delaware . . . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 11 
 
 Iowa .... 
 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 10 
 
 Kansas . . . 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 
 Tennessee 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 9 
 
 Virginia . . . 
 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 I 
 
 8 
 
 Rhode Island . 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 3 
 
 I 
 
 8 
 
 'Nebraska . . . 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 7 
 
 South Carolina . 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 7 
 
 Washington . . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 7 
 
 West Virginia . 
 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 
 
 r 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 7 
 
 Louisiana . . . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 6 
 
 Alabama . . . 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 Maine .... 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 North Carolina . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 Arkansas . . . 
 
 
 . I 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 Oklahoma . . 
 
 
 . 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 Oregon. . . . 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 Interesting table suitable for catalogs of institutions of large or medium size. 
 Typesetting cost double that of straight matter. 
 
196 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 156 
 
 THE COLLEGE OF WOOSTER 
 
 Students by Stales and Foreign Countries 
 
 (Collegiate and Preparatory pepartments alone included.) 
 
 Alabama 1 New Jersey 2 Greece 1 
 
 California 1 New Mexico 2 India 9 
 
 Colorado 3 New York 7 Italy , 1 
 
 Dist. of Columbia 1 Ohio ....437 Japan 4 
 
 Idaho 
 
 2 Oregon 1 
 
 Illinois 10 Pennsylvania 
 
 Indiana 7 
 
 Kansas 1 
 
 Korea 5 
 
 38 Mexico 1 
 
 1 Persia 4 
 
 Siam 3 
 
 Washington . . 
 
 West Virginia ... 1 
 
 Maryland 6 Central America.. 1 Syria 4 
 
 Massachusetts ... 1 Chili 2 Manchuria 1 
 
 Michigan 4 China 16 — r~ 
 
 Minnesota ...... 1 Cuba 1 533 
 
 Nebraska 2 England 1 
 
 Summary of Attendance, 1892-1914 
 
 YEAR 
 
 £ 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 £ 
 
 .2 
 
 c 
 
 D 
 •-s 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 -a 
 
 c 
 E 
 
 1 
 
 CO 
 
 15 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 a> 
 
 Cl, 
 
 B 
 
 E 
 
 3 
 
 C/2 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 1 
 
 1892-3 
 
 
 42 
 28 
 41 
 39 
 33 
 41 
 
 11 
 
 39 
 
 41 
 42 
 55 
 49 
 61 
 57 
 63 
 74 
 90 
 61 
 60 
 81 
 
 30 
 41 
 42 
 42 
 47 
 35 
 42 
 47 
 34 
 37 
 38 
 39 
 61 
 46 
 57 
 55 
 70 
 81 
 86 
 68 
 69 
 80 
 83 
 
 49 
 45 
 47 
 62 
 46 
 48 
 55 
 46 
 37 
 47 
 54 
 65 
 61 
 80 
 91 
 93 
 106 
 108 
 100 
 93 
 137 
 128 
 128 
 
 58 
 65 
 79 
 72 
 60 
 64 
 55 
 42 
 66 
 69 
 80 
 69 
 89 
 131 
 123 
 150 
 182 
 161 
 153 
 208 
 165 
 161 
 146 
 
 26 
 20 
 35 
 54 
 57 
 59 
 55 
 37 
 32 
 41 
 39 
 43 
 51 
 
 205 
 199 
 244 
 269 
 243 
 247 
 244 
 227 
 225 
 219 
 250 
 257 
 308 
 315 
 323 
 362 
 415 
 416 
 415 
 463 
 435 
 433 
 
 106 
 113 
 97 
 124 
 126 
 146 
 148 
 149 
 180 
 162 
 170 
 208 
 221 
 232 
 255 
 245 
 252 
 208 
 182 
 169 
 
 39 
 53 
 49 
 49 
 140 
 207 
 283 
 350 
 440 
 418 
 420 
 446 
 460 
 620 
 776 
 888 
 989 
 998 
 1020 
 1025 
 
 63 
 
 59 
 
 86 
 
 87 
 
 88 
 
 88 
 
 135 
 
 108 
 
 112 
 
 82 
 
 73 
 
 83 
 
 118 
 
 117 
 
 92 
 
 122 
 
 135 
 
 89 
 
 126 
 
 153 
 
 157 
 
 104 
 
 149 
 
 39 
 
 32 
 37 
 88 
 52 
 20 
 32 
 23 
 33 
 23 
 47 
 53 
 63 
 51 
 63 
 73 
 71 
 
 ... 
 
 1893-4 
 
 
 
 1S94 5 
 
 
 
 1895-6 
 
 
 
 1896-7 
 
 
 ... 
 
 1897-8 
 
 
 
 1898-9 
 
 
 
 1899 1900 
 
 ... 
 
 1900 1901 
 
 
 
 1901 2 
 
 
 
 1902 3 
 
 
 
 1903 4 
 
 
 y 
 
 1904-5 
 
 2 
 3 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 '3 
 2 
 4 
 3 
 4 
 2 
 
 24 
 
 1905-6 
 
 45 
 
 1906-7 
 
 62 
 
 1907-8 
 
 S- 
 
 1908-9 
 
 1909-10 
 
 52 
 53 
 
 1910-n 
 
 1911-12 
 
 102 
 126 
 
 1912-13 
 
 1913-14 
 
 178|1198 
 183 11430 
 
 108 
 
 74 
 
 1914-15 
 
 440 
 
 163 
 
 11529 
 
 67 
 
 Total now attending the Institution — 604. 
 Total Collegiate Alumni— 1773. Music Alumni--163. 
 
 Columns of figures mean double cost of production but right angle headings 
 above columns and down rules are still more expensive. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 197 
 
 CLASS OF 1914 
 
 The following students, members of the class of 1914, unless otherwise 
 indicated, have entered college. 
 
 Amherst — John Bliss Brainerd, Jr. (1915), Robert Joiis Brinkerhoff (1915). 
 Francis William Getty (1915), Edward Barrows Greene, Dexter Richards 
 Hunneman (1916), Don Hursh Kessler (1913), William Duncan Macfarlane, 
 Truzton Romans Parsons (ex-1915), Waldo Elliott Pratt, Jr., Philip Hudson See. 
 
 Boston University Law School— Harold Meyer Siskind. 
 
 Brown— Robert Johnson Ames, Chauncy Taft Langdon (1916). 
 
 Universitt of Caufornia — John Bradbume Mackinlay. 
 
 Colorado College — Charles Francis Hewett. 
 
 , Cornell— Albert Batchelder Clarkson, Norman Emerson Elsas, Shirley 
 McElroy Hall, Arthur Williams Hequembourg, Williiam Henry Jackson Wood- 
 ford. 
 
 Dartmouth — James Sullivan Carpenter (ex-1914), George Minot Cavis, 
 William Chisholm, Harold Field Eadie (1915), Carlton Pennington Frost, 
 Edward Elihu Hazen, William Barnett Higgins, Harvey Perley Hood, Wood- 
 ward Dennis Hulbert, Stanley Burt Jones, Sylvester Marvin Morey, Parker 
 Poole, Blanchard Earl Ralph (1913), John Albert Simmons (ex-1915). 
 
 DoANE— Roland Dudley Doane (ex-1915). 
 
 Grinnell — Donald Macrae HI (1915). 
 
 Harvard — ^Donald Appleton, Charles Bowditch Balch, Franklin Greene 
 Balch, Jr. (ex-1914), Powell Mason Cabot, Elliot Adams Chapin, Willis Barton 
 Clough (1915), Alan Augustus Cook, Richard Clarke Cooke, Frank Ashley 
 Day, Laurence Frederic Fames, Paid Martin Goddard (1915), Dana Walker 
 Hardy, Frederick Robert Hulme, William Fuller King, Laurence Barberie 
 Leonard, Vance Fisher Likins (1915), Robert Morss Lovett, Jr., Fred Bates 
 Lund, Jr.» William Moore, Ludwig King Moorehcad, William James Murray, 
 Frederick Howard Stephens, Arthur Campbell Sullivan, Moseley Taylor, Paul 
 Tison, Walter William Toomey, Elisha Whittlesey (1915). 
 
 Massachusetts Agricultural College — Chester Swan Burtch, Norman 
 Owen Durfee. 
 
 Massachusetts Institute of Technology- Henry Dana Bevins, Henry 
 Millet Blank, Donald George Bradley, John Wheeler Clarkson, Richard Parks 
 Eastman (ex-1914), Saxton Woodbury Fletcher, Mortimer Delano Hathaway, 
 Jr., (ex-1915), Julian Cheever Howe, Chuan Yuan HsU, John Charles Janson 
 (1915), Julian Tobey Leonard, William Patrick Ryan. Ralph Marston Silloway 
 
 S8 
 
 Phillips Academy, Andover, uses a style of its own by which to show into what 
 colleges its graduates enter. This catalog, in common with those of several other 
 New England academies, carries no running-head. 
 
198 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 * 
 
 Cornell. University 32 
 
 Williams College 32 
 
 Yale University .22 
 
 Massachusetts Institute of Technology 12 
 
 Princeton University 12 
 
 University of Michigan 11 
 
 University of Wisconsin 9 
 
 Case School of Applied Science = 7 
 
 Amherst College 6 
 
 Harvard University 6 
 
 University of Peimsylvania 6 
 
 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute 5 
 
 Leland Stanford, Jr., University 4 
 
 Haverford College 3 
 
 Ohio State University 3 
 
 Stevens Institute of Technology 2 
 
 Kenyon College 2 
 
 University of Cincinnati 2 
 
 University of Virginia 2 
 
 Brown University 
 
 Kalamazoo College 
 
 Lafayette College. 
 
 Lehigh University 
 
 Purdue University 
 
 University of Chicago 
 
 University of Illinois. . .- 
 
 University of Louisville, Medical School 
 
 University of North Carolina 
 
 Business 19 
 
 [271 
 
 In this manner Asheville School indicates that only ten percent of its graduates 
 did not enter college; 14-point Old English head; period after a center head should 
 be omitted. 
 
34 
 
 VIRGINIA MILITARY INSTITUTE 
 
 Third Class, 1913-1914—86 Members 
 
 
 NAME 
 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 i 
 
 OB 
 
 
 .5 
 
 e 
 
 1 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 X 
 
 a 
 
 J3 
 
 •s 
 
 "3 
 
 3 
 
 .2- 
 
 Q 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 •£ 
 
 ja 
 
 ■3) 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 0) 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 U 
 
 ji 
 
 o 
 
 Z. 
 
 
 CO 
 
 ^ 
 
 hJ 
 
 H 
 
 O 
 
 £ 
 
 CO 
 
 *-' 
 
 a, 
 
 Q 
 
 " 
 
 ^ 
 
 *1 
 
 Lohmeyer, W 
 
 ...W.Va. 
 
 2 
 
 
 2 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 *2 
 
 Holmes, H. B., Jr. .. 
 
 Va. 
 
 1 
 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 *3 
 
 Heflin, S. M 
 
 Va. 
 
 4 
 
 
 25 
 
 9 
 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 14 
 
 11 
 
 
 
 *4 
 
 Dillard, J. A. B 
 
 Va. 
 
 6 
 
 
 6 
 
 16 
 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 4 
 
 24 
 
 15 
 
 *5 
 
 Bradford, W. B 
 
 ....N.Y.I 10 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 6 
 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 *6 
 
 Fishburne, R 
 
 Va. 
 
 9 
 
 3 10 
 
 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 4 
 
 13 
 
 18 
 
 22 
 
 ♦7 
 
 McClellan, J. M 
 
 Va. 
 
 5 
 
 
 36 
 
 8 
 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 22 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 Thomas, C. B 
 
 Md. 
 
 3 
 
 
 7 
 
 27 
 
 
 15 
 
 5 
 
 14 
 
 11 
 
 7 
 
 60 
 
 9 
 
 Meade. R. H 
 
 Va. 
 
 7 
 
 6 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 12 
 
 20 
 
 29 
 
 
 
 10 
 
 Read, H. M 
 
 Tex. 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 38 
 
 20 
 
 50 
 
 11 
 
 McKay, L. H 
 
 Ga. 
 
 16 
 
 
 8 
 
 13 
 
 
 22 
 
 6 
 
 15 
 
 32 
 
 3 
 
 48 
 
 12 
 
 Burks, J. H 
 
 Va. 
 
 12 
 
 4 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 23 
 
 27 
 
 6 
 
 16 
 
 23 
 
 
 
 13 
 
 Sansber^y, J. C 
 
 Ind.l 20 
 
 12 
 
 16 
 
 
 15 
 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 14 
 
 Brewsten, J. E 
 
 ....N.Y.I 20 
 
 2 
 
 15 
 
 
 
 7 
 
 17 
 
 191 45 
 
 35 
 
 6 
 
 15 
 
 Eraser, D. D 
 
 Va. 
 
 20 
 
 1 73 
 
 14 
 
 11 
 
 
 22 
 
 13 
 
 24 
 
 17 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 Morris, W. S 
 
 Md. 
 
 31 
 
 7 
 
 70 
 
 
 4 
 
 
 16 
 
 18 
 
 10 
 
 14 
 
 20 
 
 17 
 
 Ayres, B. D 
 
 Va. 
 
 17 
 
 22 
 
 20 
 
 
 
 19 
 
 23 
 
 27 
 
 5 
 
 44 
 
 
 
 18 
 
 Wales, W. H 
 
 Va. 
 
 24 
 
 
 22 
 
 10 
 
 30 
 
 
 15 
 
 20 
 
 37 
 
 5 
 
 14 
 
 19 
 
 Collins, G. J 
 
 Fla. 
 
 31 
 
 17 
 
 29 
 
 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 23 
 
 21 
 
 38 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 Gustaveson. J. W. . . 
 
 Va. 
 
 11 
 
 20 
 
 40 
 
 
 
 25 
 
 11 
 
 33 
 
 58 
 
 26 
 
 51 
 
 21 
 
 Goodman, B 
 
 Va. 
 
 26 
 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 
 17 
 
 35 
 
 21 
 
 47 
 
 28 
 
 
 
 22 
 
 Lowry. B. W 
 
 Fla. 
 
 28 
 
 7 
 
 51 
 
 
 
 14 
 
 31 
 
 25 
 
 15 
 
 58 
 
 
 
 23 
 
 Tones. W. B. 
 
 Va. 
 
 18 
 
 
 55 
 
 19 
 
 17 
 
 
 26 
 
 32 
 
 12 
 
 48 
 
 57 
 
 24 
 
 Lewis. W. B., Jr 
 
 N.C. 
 
 30 
 
 
 5 
 
 17 
 
 
 18 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 31 
 
 37 
 
 6 
 
 25 
 
 Cosby. W. W 
 
 Va. 
 
 15 
 
 14 
 
 27 
 
 
 10 
 
 
 36 
 
 29 
 
 18 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 26 
 
 Armistead. M. W. . . 
 
 Va. 
 
 19 
 
 
 31 
 
 40 
 
 
 19 
 
 24 
 
 17 
 
 17 
 
 50 
 
 108 
 
 27 
 
 Ford, C. E 
 
 Va. 
 
 53 
 
 
 30 
 
 48 
 
 5 
 
 
 10 
 
 7 
 
 28 
 
 62 
 
 54 
 
 28 
 
 Friedman. R. H. ... 
 
 Va. 
 
 33 
 
 
 68 
 
 31 
 
 8 
 
 
 8 
 
 27 
 
 36 
 
 57 
 
 3S 
 
 29 
 
 Costen, J. B 
 
 Ark. 
 
 52 
 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 
 5 
 
 27 
 
 25 
 
 48 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 30 
 
 Knox, R. W 
 
 Tex. 
 
 29 
 
 
 18 
 
 21 
 
 2 
 
 
 24 
 
 35 
 
 53 
 
 25 
 
 204 
 
 31 
 
 Lunt. S. M 
 
 Va. 
 
 26 
 
 23 
 
 76 
 
 
 16 
 
 
 30 
 
 36 
 
 55 
 
 34 
 
 
 
 32 
 
 Karow, G 
 
 Ga. 
 
 47 
 
 
 ns 
 
 ns 
 
 3 
 
 
 70 
 
 16 
 
 34 
 
 67 
 
 12 
 
 33 
 
 Moore, R. C 
 
 S.C. 
 
 35 
 
 
 47 
 
 35 
 
 
 28 
 
 46 
 
 36 
 
 35 
 
 70 
 
 23 
 
 34 
 
 Jones, D 
 
 Va. 
 
 44 
 
 9 
 
 14 
 
 
 
 12 
 
 45 
 
 44 
 
 74 
 
 42 
 
 
 
 35 
 
 Gillespie. V. R 
 
 Va. 
 
 25 
 
 
 32 
 
 33 
 
 
 34 
 
 60 
 
 41 
 
 44 
 
 19 
 
 88 
 
 36 
 
 Murphy. R. W 
 
 Ala.l 14 
 
 1 96 
 
 57 
 
 23 
 
 
 44 
 
 55 
 
 30 
 
 59 
 
 60 
 
 37 
 
 Pitts. J. L 
 
 Va.l 34 
 
 51 35 
 
 
 7 
 
 
 51 
 
 49 
 
 65 
 
 68 
 
 52 
 
 38 
 
 Zea. F. E 
 
 Va.l 43 
 
 1 26 
 
 65 
 
 33 
 
 
 18 
 
 21 
 
 56 
 
 76 
 
 77 
 
 39 
 
 Garvey. W. A 
 
 ....Kan.l 39 
 
 1 4 
 
 7 
 
 20 
 
 
 54 
 
 34 
 
 41 
 
 86 
 
 103 
 
 40 
 
 Duncan. P. H 
 
 Va.l 13 
 
 1 93 
 
 24 
 
 26 
 
 
 46 
 
 52 
 
 63 
 
 50 114 
 
 41 
 
 Gumming. S. C 
 
 Va.l 50 
 
 49 
 
 39 
 
 
 40 
 
 38 
 
 38 
 
 26 
 
 15 2 
 
 42 
 
 Fucate. J. H 
 
 Va.l 38 
 
 16 44 
 
 
 24 
 
 
 69 
 
 52 
 
 9 
 
 36 44 
 
 43! Moore. L. K 
 
 1 
 
 O.I 59 
 
 1 
 
 57 
 
 29 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 32 
 
 31 
 
 38 
 
 10 127 
 
 ♦Distinguished in General Merit. 
 
 It is the policy of this fine old southern school to publish in its catalog not only 
 a list of students but the individual and detailed record of each. 
 
 199 
 
2CXD THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 MANLIU5 
 BULLETIN 
 
 This plate is printed on the white cover of Manlius's catalog. Volume and 
 series numbers are embossed only, not printed, at the same impression which em- 
 bosses the printing plate also. Second-class entry notice is on the inside, thus 
 complying literally with postal regulations, but not with the verbally expressed 
 wishes of the postal authorities. 
 
VOL. XII DECEMBER, 1915 NO. 5 
 
 BULLETIN 
 
 OF 
 
 BROWN UNIVERSITY 
 
 THE CATALOGUE 
 
 1915-1916 
 
 PROVIDENCE 
 PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY 
 
 [APRIL, MAY, JUNE, OCTOBER, DtCEMBERa 
 
 Jinttrtdat ttesHd-<lat$ matttr April I, 1905, at tfit Pott Office at Providenet^ R. /., uttder AR c/Congrnt cfjuhf 16, 1894 
 
 A much copied cover style. Printed in black on brown paper. Conforms fully 
 to postal requirements. 
 
 201 
 
THE 
 
 RICE INSTITUTE 
 PAMPHLET 
 
 Vol. II November, 19 15 No. 3 
 
 Published by 
 
 THE RICE INSTITUTE 
 
 A university of liberal and technical learning 
 founded by William Marsh Rice in the City of 
 Houston, Texas, and dedicated by him to 
 theadvancementofLetters,Science,andArt 
 
 This beautiful publication bearing the imprint of the DeV'inne Press, New York, 
 must be seen to be appreciated. The cover is of Grey-blue Fabriano (Italian). 
 The type inside is i2-point Caslon solid. The cover style conforms fully to postal 
 regulations, but not to the wishes of postal officials as the second class entry notice 
 appears on page four of the cover. See pages 274 and 275. 
 
 202 
 
VOLUME XII N£W S£RI£S NUMBER 1 
 
 Crmitp College 
 i&ttlletm 
 
 Catalogue Number 
 
 1914-1915 
 
 f^avtfota : Connectiof t 
 January 1915 
 
 Printed in black ink on light brown cover paper of linen finish. The second- 
 class entry notice appears on page two of the cover, instead of on the front as pre- 
 ferred by the postal authorities. 
 
 203 
 
204 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Bulletin Hanover College 
 
 Vol. 9 Hanover, Indiana, April I. 1916 No. 1 
 
 Published monthly by Hanover College. Entered as second-class matter 
 January 8. 1912. at the Post Office at Hanover. Ind.. under Act of July 16. 1894 
 
 The Annual Catalogue 
 OF 
 
 Hanover College 
 
 1915-1916 
 
 Philosophia Pletati Ancillans 
 
 EIGHTY. FOURTH YEAR 
 
 Hanover, Indiana 
 
 A Cheltenham title page. The first four lines are unnecessary for the title page 
 provided the information therein appear on cover, in which event the words "The 
 Annual Catalogue" could with propriety be somewhat enlarged and the entire 
 typographical arrangement changed. On this catalog the second-class entry does 
 not appear on the cover. 
 
luUrttn of 
 ©Iff lltituf raitg 0f ilinn^Bota 
 
 GENERAL INFORMATION 
 1916-1917 
 
 VOL. XIX. NO. 3 APRIL 1916 
 
 Entered at the Post-Office 
 
 in Minneapolis as second-class matter 
 
 Minneapolis, Minn. 
 
 Style in general use on page i (no cover) of the great majority of Minnesota 
 publications. It complies with postal requirements, provided the text letter in 
 the first two lines be considered of greater prominence than the roman caps of the 
 third line. 
 
 205 
 
206 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 CATALOGUE 
 
 OF 
 
 ST. STEPHEN'S 
 COLLEGE 
 
 1915-1916 
 
 An ideal cover style made possible because of elimination of second-class mail 
 requirements. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 207 
 
 VOL. Vm, No. 1 MAY, 1916 
 
 TRANSYLVANIA 
 COLLEGE 
 
 BULLETIN 
 
 THE CATALOGUE 
 
 LEXINGTON, KY. 
 1915-1916 
 
 Entered at the Post Office at Lexington, Kentucky, as second-class 
 matter according to the Act of Congress, approved July 16, 1894 
 
 This design should be printed on cover paper of fairly smooth surface if the 
 detail in the seal is to be given consideration. 
 
2o8 
 
 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Bulletin of the 
 
 Carnegie Institute 
 of Technology 
 
 School of Applied Design 
 
 School of Applied Science 
 
 School of Applied Industries 
 
 Margaret Morrison Carnegie School 
 
 FOUNDED 190O 
 INCORPORATED 1912 
 
 GENERAL CATALOGUE 
 1915-1916 
 
 Pittsburgh 
 
 Published by the Institute 
 
 November, 1915 
 
 This well proportioned title page is in complete harmony with the entire book, 
 different in many points from the average college catalog. 
 
^■'^m' 
 
 *»^-:-,i 
 
 >.. m^ 
 
 z < 
 
 < z 
 
 # ^ «,, 
 
 '^v\:;i^? 
 
 SBa*fe«r2S*« 
 
 -r "Mmif.. 
 
 w^'^mof L 
 
 ^r^m 
 
^^^;-*: 
 
 r:^^^^M^U^'-'-^ 
 
 'r--i,,m. 
 
 
 -xm:^^^. 
 
 
 ,j*' 
 
 ■N¥^ 
 
 111. 
 
 ■j*^P!^JW^;' 
 
 ,«^ -i. 
 
 
 ^35i<- .-,:©:; 
 
 >:^'/?'» 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 209 
 
 Centre College Bulletin 
 
 Series I Volume XI. No. I 
 
 THE ANNUAL CATALOGUE 
 
 For the Academic 
 year of 1915-1916. 
 with announcements 
 for the year 1916- 
 1917. :: :: :: 
 
 DANVILLE. KENTUCKY. 
 FEBRUARY, 1916. 
 
 Published Quarterly by the Central University, and entered at the Post Office, 
 
 Danville, Kentucky, as second-class matter under Act of Congress of 
 
 July 16, 1894. 
 
 This TITLE page corresponds perfectly with the requirements of the postal 
 authorities for a c o v e r page, the title of the periodical, Centre College Bulletin, 
 being in the largest type. The real title " The Annual Catalogue " is made of second- 
 ary importance and the series, volume, number and date as well as the notice of 
 second-class entry, all appear. The first two and last three lines are unnecessary 
 when they are to be found on the cover. 
 
2IO THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 PENNSYLVANIA 
 
 MILITARY COLLEGE 
 
 FIFTY-FOURTH SESSION 
 
 1915-1916 
 
 CHESTER 
 PENNSYLVANIA 
 
 Minimum of matter combined with maximum of bold style make this title 
 page appropriate for a military school catalog. Not entered as second-class matter, 
 thus admitting of an artistic cover. 
 
PAWLING SCHOOL 
 
 FOUNDED BY 
 
 FREDERICK LUTHER GAMAGE 
 
 1915-1916 
 
 PAWLING, NEV/ YORK 
 
 Cover printed in black ink on heavy white paper of excellent quality. Not 
 being entered as second-class mail matter the printer had more opportunity to 
 display his typographic ability. 
 
 211 
 
212 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 FEBRUARY. 1916 
 
 NEW SERIES VOL. XV NO. 1 
 
 WASHINGTON AND LEE 
 University Bulletin 
 
 CATALOGUE 
 
 Lexington. Virginia 
 
 published by the university 
 
 FE3RUARY. April. June. August, October. December 
 
 tHTEHEO AT THE POST OFFICE IN tEJIIhGTON AS 6EC0N0CLASS MATTER APRIL 8 1911 
 UNDER THE ACT OF AUGUST 24. 1*12 
 
 Many college seals are inartistic, a blemish on a catalog cover. Washington 
 and Lee's is replete with history and sentiment, an ornament to a cover otherwise 
 made cold by the block-letter type on the French gray paper. 
 
The 
 
 University of the 
 
 Philippines 
 
 CATALOGUE 
 1915-1916 
 
 ANNOUNCEMENTS 
 1916-1917 
 
 The University of the Philipfines 
 Bulletin No. 6 
 
 MANILA 
 
 'bureau of PRINTING 
 
 1916 
 
 Too much sameness to be particularly attractive. The style in the catalog 
 beneath this cover appears to better advantage. 
 
 213 
 
OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS 
 OF CORNELL UNIVERSITY 
 
 VOLUME VI NUMBER 3 
 
 THE REGISTER 
 
 OF 
 
 CORNELL UNIVERSITY 
 
 1914-15 
 
 JANUARY 13. 1913 
 
 PUBLISHED BY CORNELL UNIVERSITY 
 
 ITHACA. NEW YORK 
 
 Page one of the cover. Second-class entry notice not in evidence. See second 
 paragraph on page following. 
 
 214 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 215 
 
 OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS OF CORNELL UNIVERSITY 
 
 Issued at Ithaca, New York, monthly from July to November inclusive, and 
 semi-monthly from December to June inclusive. 
 
 [Entered as second-class matter, August 31, 1910, at the post office at Ithaca^ 
 New York, under the Act of July 16, 1894.] 
 
 These publications include 
 The Annual Register {for the year i9i4-:5, published January 15, ig^S)* 
 
 price 50 cents. 
 Book of Views, price 25 cents. 
 
 Directory of Faculty and Students, First Term, 1915-16, price 10 cents, and 
 the following informational publications, any one of which will be sent 
 gratis and post free on request. The date of the last edition of each publi- 
 cation is given after the title. 
 General Circular of Information for Prospective Students, December 15, 1915.. 
 Announcement of the College of Arts and Sciences, May i, 1915- 
 Announcement of the Department of Chemistry, May 15, 1915- 
 Announcement of Sibley College of Mechanical Engineering and the- 
 
 Mechanic Arts, February i, 1915. 
 Announcement of the College of Civil Engineering, March i, 1915. 
 Announcement of the College of Law, June i, 1915. 
 Announcement of the College of Architecture, August i, 1915. 
 Announcement of the New York State College of Agriculture, July i, 1915. 
 Announcement of the Winter Courses in the College of Agriculture,, Septem- 
 ber I, 1915. 
 Announcement of the Summer Term in Agriculture, April 15, 1915. 
 Announcement of the New York State Veterinary College, June 15, 191S. 
 Announcement of the Graduate School, February 15, 1915. 
 Announcement of the Summer Session, April i, 1915. 
 Annual Report of the President, November 1, 1915. 
 
 Pamphlets on prizes, sample of entrance and scholarship examination 
 papers, special departmental announcements, etc. 
 Announcement of the Medical College may be procured by writing to the 
 Cornell University Medical College, Ithaca, N. Y. 
 
 Correspondence concerning the publications of the University, should be ad- 
 dressed to 
 
 The Secretary of Cornell University, 
 
 Ithaca, New York. 
 
 A number of large universities make a charge for the general catalog as shown 
 in the first item of the above list. Note that Cornell uses as a title for all its publi- 
 cations, Official Publications of Coryiell University, not Bulletins, as used by the 
 great majority of institutions. Second-class entry notice not in conformity with 
 preferences of postal officials, see page 274. 
 
Amherst College 
 Bulletin 
 
 Catalogue 
 
 1914-1915 
 
 Volume 4 Number 1 November, 1914 
 
 Amherst, Massachusetts 
 
 Issued in November, December, January. April, May and June 
 
 Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at 
 Amherst, Massachusetts 
 
 Black ink on brown cover paper; good typographical style; complies with 
 postal requirements except that the word "Catalogue" should be of type smaller 
 than Amherst College Bulletin, if the rulings of the Third Assistant Postmaster 
 General are to be followed literally. 
 
 2l6 
 
LELAND STANFORD JUNIOR UNIVERSITY 
 
 SECOND SERIES BULLETIN NUMBER Si 
 
 REGISTER 
 
 1915-16 
 
 PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY, FEBRUARY, 1916 
 
 Handsome in style but not quite in harmony with the interpretations of postal 
 laws as given out by officials, the type in the word "Register" being larger instead 
 of smaller than the legal title of the publication. 
 
 217 
 
2l8 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 ®l|^ E^gtBt^r 
 
 0f 
 
 Uatermcin fall 
 
 This form is printed in black with capital letters in red, on rough white cover 
 paper, well up on the page. A little red, as was here used, is ornamental. If one 
 fourth of a form be printed in red the appearance resulting is that of mostly all 
 red with black used to fill in. 
 
 CORPORATION 
 
 Wilmington College was organized in 1870 by Miami, 
 Center and Fairfield Quarterly Meetings of Friends, and 
 articles of incorporation filed in the Recorder's office of Clin- 
 ton County 1875. From that time the college was conducted 
 by a board of trustees of nine members, which cared for the 
 property, and a board of managers of eighteen, which con- 
 ducted the institution. The three quarterly meetings were 
 equally represented in both of these boards. 
 
 During the year 1914 quarterly meetings decided to transfer 
 their interest and authority in the college to Wilmington 
 Yearly Meeting. At its session in August 1914, the Yearly 
 Meeting received the college from the quarterly meetings, 
 secured a state charter for it, and appointed a board of trustees 
 of nine members to succeed to all of the rights and duties of 
 the two former boards. The entire management of the 
 college is now in the hands of this board of nine trustees. 
 
 On the reverse of the title page of Wilmington (Ohio) College catalog is an ex- 
 emplary and concise statement concerning the corporation. Century 8-pomt solid. 
 
STYLE AND EXAMPLES 
 
 219 
 
 Your Boy's Summer Vacation 
 
 ^So- 
 
 CAMP AHMEEK 
 
 JOE LAKE 
 
 ONTARIO 
 
 Cover design of type and special drawings for Mr. Albert W. Field, of the 
 Columbus Academy. 
 
 (3 
 
 i^ONiMLVEf LAtL /VERMONT 
 
 Design for brochure cover for Professor H. L. Reese, Ohio State University. 
 
THE PROOF READING 
 
 PROOFS should ordinarily be submitted in both 
 galley and page form. Great haste sometimes 
 necessitates the omission of galley proofs to the 
 author. This is more or less dangerous. All proof 
 should be read very carefully and slowly. Markings 
 should always be made according to custom. The 
 proof-corrector pays no attention to any corrections 
 marked unless they appear in the margins. This is the 
 universal custom. The examples following will give 
 a fair idea of what is to be expected. 
 
 Proofs are never submitted on anything but proof 
 paper. They should be clear enough to enable the 
 author to read each character perfectly. Proofs of 
 engravings are of a rough nature, not "made ready," 
 only clear enough to identify the engraving as belonging 
 to the type title or legend under it. 
 
 Each change desired should be marked. For 
 instance, should the editor wish to direct a change 
 throughout from "St." George to "Saint" George he 
 should so mark the word each time it appears in proof. 
 The proof-corrector can not be expected to remember 
 such items. For mutual convenience in estimating 
 proper charge for "changes from original copy" it is 
 sometimes customary to draw a circle around marks 
 for such changes. 
 
 The editor should carefully reply to all queries 
 placed by the proofreader in the margins of the proof. 
 Many times the proofreader, in actual doubt, can do 
 nothing but place the question mark opposite the 
 
 220 
 
THE PROOF READING 
 
 221 
 
 MARKS ORDINARILY USED BY PROOFREADERS, 
 
 TOGETHER WITH THEIR EXPLANATIONS 
 
 MARCS 
 
 MEANING 
 
 MARKS URAHING 
 
 ir,r^^ Uniform spacing. 
 
 O Period. 
 
 # 
 
 Insert space. 
 
 y Comma. 
 
 s^ 
 
 Reduce space. 
 
 ;; / Semicolon. 
 
 im 
 
 Hair-epace letter as marked. ^ Colon. | 
 
 /U4^ 
 
 Less space. 
 
 2y Question mark. 
 
 J 
 
 Push down space. 
 
 / Exclamation point. 
 •^ Apostrophe. 
 
 o 
 
 Close up. 
 
 o 
 
 Indent with em quad. 
 
 \^ ^ Quotation mark!. 
 
 Et 
 
 Indent line one and one 
 
 -half ( ) Parentheses. 
 
 
 ema. 
 
 C J Brackets. 
 
 & 
 
 Indent line two ems. 
 
 ^1 Hyphen. 
 ^fyff Use heavy face typi». 
 J Move to the right. 
 
 ^ 
 
 Paragraph. 
 
 %> ir 
 
 No paragraph. 
 
 9 
 
 Turn orer letter. 
 
 C Move to the left. 
 
 > 
 
 Take out marked character. ^ ^^^^^^ \ 
 
 ^j&^ 
 
 Take out lead. 
 
 I / Move down. 
 
 7^ 
 
 Change broken letter. 
 
 Mt, ^A o^>. Omitted ; see copy. 
 t^ One-era dash. 
 
 h^ 
 
 Roman. 
 
 uu 
 
 ItaUc*. 
 
 /-it-, Two-em dash. 
 
 c^ 
 
 Capitals. 
 
 hfytSA SpeU out. 
 .... S^/- LetitsUnd. 
 
 V^.e 
 
 SmaU CapiUIs. 
 
 e<t^ 
 
 Lower-case. 
 
 Qu. Cr(?)^^^VI- 
 
 ♦~» 
 
 Straighten lines as indicated. ^ ^ Superior or inferior. 
 
 H<: 
 
 Use logotype character. 
 
 ^_, Three underlines signify CAP* 
 
 f 
 
 Wrong font 
 
 — ITALS. 
 
 — ' Two underlines signify suali. 
 
 /S 
 
 Insert character as indicated. "^ capitals. I 
 
 "X- 
 
 Transpose as marked. 
 
 — . One underline signifies halict. 
 
 Inland Printer Technical School for I. T. U. Course. 
 
222 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 ::A=? 82 PRINCETONUNIVE^rSiTY 
 
 ^ for translatioirfrom English into Latin, illustrating ffiram- ^ 
 v^ matical^^___^principles. 
 
 Lfl/^'n B. Thls»^xamination will*^ssume reading not less ^^'i^ 
 ^ in amount than Cicerc^s orations against Catilin\^ for the \9 
 
 ^Manilnan Law and for Archias.^y ^The last two orations are^ 
 G) prescribed.) Th^ reading shall be selected from Cicero's- 
 Orations, Letters, De Senectute; Sallust's Catiline and \ic- ^ 
 • gurtha. It will include sight translation, grammatical ques- 
 tions, and composition based upon Cicero. 
 y^tSiX Latin C. This examination will assume reading not 
 
 less in amount than (Vxmr^ JEneid, i to vi (Books i, u A-^7n 
 ^ and either iv or vi of the JSneid are prescribed^ The (£) 
 C remainder of the reading shal^be selected from Virgil's , 
 Bucolics, Georgics, /ErQd, and Ovid's M etaihor phases, SVl 
 1=::^ Fasti, Tristia- 
 
 English xKd. 
 
 C C C^oth I and 2 to be offered by all candidates]) ( } 
 
 ^ The purpose of the examination is to test the candi- 
 or date's kndedge and appreciation of certain masterpieces' 
 of English literature and his pro%iency in English compo-^T* 
 sition. The books prescribed for reading and fors<yd]^_are 
 those recommended by the National Conference on Uni- 
 form Entrance Requirements^English. -**t. 
 ZJ {^)13 English A. (Reading.) The candidate may offer 
 
 for examination any list of ten units which' conform^ to the €-^ 
 requirements recommended by the National Conference(o£) <2/ 
 C,^ Uniform Entrance^quirements as printed below. . 
 
 / For 1914 and 1915/ '/ 
 
 The books provided for reading are arranged in the , ^^ 
 q iollowing groups, from which at least^io) units* are to be^^^ 
 '^^elected, two from each g f oup : v4ilr 
 
 (a) The old Testament,* comprising at least the chief 
 
 * Each nnit is set off by semicolons. 
 
 An imaginary page of errors made to illustrate customary proof reading. 
 
THE PROOF READING 223 
 
 82 PRINCETON UNIVERSITY 
 
 for translation from English into Latin, illustrating gram- 
 matical principles. 
 
 Latin B. This examination will assume reading not less 
 in amount than Cicero's orations against Catiline, for the 
 Manilian Law and for Archias. (The last two orations are 
 prescribed.) The reading shall be selected from Cicero's 
 Orations, Letters, De Senectute, Sallust's Catiline and Ju- 
 gurtha. It will include sight translation, grammatical ques- 
 tions, and composition based upon Cicero. 
 
 Latin C. This examination will assume reading not 
 less in amount than Virgil's yEneid, i to vi (Books i, 11 
 and either iv or vi of the JEneid are prescribed). The 
 remainder of the reading shall be selected from Virgil's 
 Bucolics, Georgics, Mneid, and Ovid's Metamorphoses, 
 Fasti, Tristia. 
 
 (Both I and 2 to be offered by all candidates.) 
 
 The purpose of the exam.ination is to test the candi- 
 date's knowledge and appreciation of certain masterpieces 
 of English literature and his proficiency in English compo- 
 sition. The books prescribed for reading and for study are 
 those recommended by the National Conference on Uni- 
 form Entrance Requirements in English. 
 
 (i) English A. (Reading.) The candidate may offer 
 for examination any list of ten units which conforms to the 
 requirements recommended by the National Conference on 
 Uniform Entrance Requirements as printed below. 
 
 For 1914 and 1915: 
 
 The books provided for reading are arranged in the 
 following groups, from which at least ten units* are to be 
 selected, two from each group: 
 
 (a) The Old Testament, comprising at least the chief 
 
 * Each unit ia set off by semicolons. 
 Result of corrections marked on foregoing page. lo-point Caslon, leaded. 
 
224 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 subject of doubt. The reply should be noted by the 
 editor directly beneath the question mark. 
 
 Return of Proofs 
 
 All proof and all copy must be returned to the 
 printer. They should not be returned in rolls, as they 
 never again lie flat. Neither should the package be 
 sealed. Printed return proof envelopes or labels fur- 
 nished by printers should always be used to insure 
 correct and legible address. 
 
 The best method for the return of copy and proof 
 is by special delivery mail. They should be labelled 
 "Printer's Proof and Author's Manuscripts." The 
 rate for postage is one cent for each two ounces, or 
 fraction thereof, third-class matter. They can be 
 sent as parcel post if exceeding four pounds in weight. 
 A special delivery stamp affixed to the return package 
 will materially aid in the rapid handling en route, 
 whereas, otherwise it would often be a whole day 
 slower in transit. Express is invariably slower than 
 mail. Registered mail is very slow and affords but 
 little more protection than special delivery. Third 
 class with special delivery stamp is more rapid than 
 first class mail without special delivery. 
 
 Postage on Proofs and Manuscript 
 
 Sometimes postmasters in smaller towns do not 
 thoroughly understand the government provisions for 
 handling proofs and manuscripts. Manuscript is first 
 class matter when it is sent by itself. Proofs and 
 author's manuscripts are third class matter, but new 
 manuscript cannot be sent in the same package as old 
 manuscript and proof for the old manuscript. New 
 manuscript should be sent separately with first class 
 postage or by express which is frequently cheaper. Any 
 
THE PROOF READING 225 
 
 letter connected with proofs or old manuscript should 
 
 be sent separately, first class. 
 
 Corrections and instructions to printer can be made 
 
 on proof sheets and paragraphs added or taken away 
 
 from the manuscript, but a new article or a new chapter 
 
 of manuscript would subject the package in which it 
 
 would be contained to first class postage. For the 
 
 ordinary return of proofs and original manuscripts 
 
 connected with such proofs, the rate is third class, as 
 
 above. See Postal Laws and Regulations, Section 453, 
 
 Paragraph 6: 
 
 Corrections in proof sheets may embrace the alteration 
 of the text or insertion of new matter, as well as the correction 
 of typographical and other errors, and also any marginal in- 
 structions to the printer necessary to the correction of the 
 matter or its proper appearance in print; such corrections 
 should be upon the margin of or attached to the proof sheets. 
 Manuscript of one article may not be inclosed with proof or 
 corrected proof sheets of another. 
 
 Imperfect Advance Book 
 It is customary with better class printers to send by 
 special delivery mail, as soon as the last form is at press, 
 a copy of the catalog. This copy is imperfect, con- 
 sisting of torn, soiled or poorly printed sheets, put to- 
 gether roughly. It is not to be considered a specimen 
 of the finished work. It is submitted for one purpose 
 only, to give the customer a general idea of the appear- 
 ance of the finished work in so far as proper placing of 
 the various headings and sections would be concerned. 
 The editor should lose no time in carefully scrutinizing 
 such advance copy. If any glaring errors be found a 
 telegram should immediately be sent to the printer 
 apprising him of the trouble. It is important that there 
 be no delay whatever in the examination of the advance 
 copy for the reason that the binding is usually begun 
 
226 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 immediately after the advance copy has been dis- 
 patched. There are always some trifling typographical 
 errors even though the editor has carefully read the 
 proof. To make corrections of such slight errors would 
 be expensive at this stage and would delay the work. 
 
 The printer retains a duplicate of this advance 
 copy, and strongly urges that this copy be not shown to 
 any person other than the editor as it would, in its 
 unattractive state, cause adverse criticism. 
 Changes 
 
 Should an editor ask "Why are author's changes so 
 expensive?" the printer might rejoin with the query, 
 "Why need they be considered necessary,^" 
 
 The reply to the editor's query might be somewhat 
 as follows: "After a copy has been set, proofread, cor- 
 rected, checked and paged, it is a far more expensive 
 operation to go to the stack, find the page in question, 
 take it away on a galley, open it on a stone, make a 
 change, insert it in the page, tie up the page again, pull 
 a fresh proof, have the proof checked, put the page back 
 on the galley and store it away in its place in the stack 
 of pages for that particular book, than the operation of 
 original make-up of that page." Thus to make a 
 change from a comma to a semi-colon costs the printer 
 as much as the orginal cost for the paging of the entire 
 page plus the time required for making the change from 
 the original copy. 
 
 Should a paragraph be discarded, or a paragraph 
 added, the paging would probably have to be done over 
 as before outlined. In the event of the addition of new 
 matter, more type would have to be set. If the linotype 
 machine be used, perhaps nine times out of ten a com- 
 plete change of matrices is required for the machine as 
 well as proofreading and correcting the errors In the 
 
THE PROOF READING 227 
 
 corrections. Not only will extra typesetting and the 
 repaging be required, but if a paragraph be changed all 
 succeeding pages will have to be changed on account of 
 the page numbers until some place may be reached 
 where possibly there is sufficient blank space and the 
 original paging would sometimes suffice from that 
 on to the end. This is not always true as often new 
 pagination from the point of addition or removal of 
 paragraphs is required to the end. 
 
 Adding or taking away a whole page means the 
 renumbering from that page to the end of the book, 
 including the opening of every succeeding page, to make 
 the change in the figure for the folio. All this sort of 
 work can be done on time basis only. When it is con- 
 sidered that the typesetting machine costs, with its 
 appurtenances, at least $5,000.00, and that the wages of 
 the operator amount to from fifty to seventy cents an 
 hour, and that with the holding of that machine from 
 other work long enough to insert the matrices to cor- 
 respond with the type in this particular book, in size and 
 face, it can readily be understood why the insertion of a 
 new paragraph or sentence may require an hour's time 
 of the machine, varying in cost from $2.00 to $2.75 
 according to location, and perhaps a half-hour's time of 
 the hand compositor who pages the book, at more than 
 $1,00 per hour. Small monotype changes are made by 
 hand, thus obviating the long delays usually necessary 
 if the linotype machine is used. 
 
 The reply to the printer's query "Why need they 
 be considered necessary,'"' would be that the expense 
 of author's changes can be very easily eliminated en- 
 tirely, by having every line of copy so carefully edited 
 before it is sent to the printer that there can be no 
 changes possible unless the printer has made mistakes 
 
228 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 in typesetting which his proofreader has not caught, in 
 which event the printer must make the correction of his 
 own errors without expense to his customer. 
 
 The printer disHkes changes from original copy 
 because of the high cost which he is compelled to charge, 
 because of the delay which it brings to other work 
 pushing through his plant, and last, but by no means 
 least, because of the unexpected but none the less 
 severe jolt the editor is sure to receive w^hen a heavy 
 item for changes appears in his bill. For these reasons 
 the printer is only too anxious to have the copy properly 
 prepared before it is sent in. A few hours of careful and 
 final editing will save time, money and ill feeling. It is 
 of mutual interest that changes be eliminated or at 
 least minimized. At best the compiling and editing of a 
 college catalog is no easy job. It is tiresome, nervous 
 work especially as the end of the task approaches. No 
 college professor should be expected to give a clear brain 
 to such work and keep up with his regular daily routine. 
 Either the catalog or his scholastic duties must suffer if 
 he be required to attend to both at the same time. 
 
 Nevertheless the fact remains that the carefully 
 prepared and carefully edited copy will save expense 
 and time for both college and printer. 
 
 In closing this subject of changes let us note the 
 blunt wording of an official order to all persons who 
 prepare printer's copy for the United States. The 
 first two lines of Suggestions to Authors in the Style 
 Book of the Government Printing Office are printed 
 at the top of the page in bold type and separated 
 from the ordinary matter. They read as follows : Copy 
 should be carefully edited before being sent to the 
 Government Prmting Office: that is, editing should 
 not be done on proof sheets. (See Executive Order 
 of Jan. 20, 1906.) 
 

 

 Mi 
 
 1 
 
 p 
 
 M 
 
 1 
 
 
 H^HP 
 
 iL*|!Flil- 
 
 
 
 pi 
 
 
 'mm * ^^^MHHI'' 
 
 
 
 ^b'^ ^' a 
 
 ^wi 
 
 ^- 
 
 
 IHi^i 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 ^Ttf 
 
 
 
 i^l^^^^^B 
 
 M' 
 
 
 iflj 
 
 «^^^^^H|^ 
 
 L 
 
 lifei' 
 
 1.. ^^^^^Pl-l^E 
 
 n 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 
 
ILLUSTRATIONS 
 
 I 
 
 "^HE catalogs of a few institutions such as 
 Amherst, Dartmouth, Lafayette, Wesleyan, 
 Wabash, Adrian, Stevens and Carnegie, and of 
 practically all boys' and girls' schools, except Groton, St. 
 Paul's, Phillips (Andover) and a few others, contain half- 
 tone or photogravure illustrations, occasionally both 
 kinds, as inserts. Where such an insert is to appear, a full 
 sheet of copy paper should be used exclusively for the 
 description of the illustration in preparing copy. A proof 
 of the engraving (if already made) is most desirable, 
 pasted to a blank sheet of copy paper, with the caption or 
 title written beneath. This sheet should be numbered con- 
 secutively the same as for copy for type setting. It is 
 customary for a frontispiece to face the title page, in 
 which case the numbering of the copy sheet for this 
 particular insert can be omitted and the word "frontis- 
 piece" substituted for the consecutive number. Illus- 
 trations usually appear on one side only of the insert, 
 and all except the frontispiece most frequently appear on 
 the right-hand page. If it is desired that illustrations 
 should appear on both sides of inserts (this is impossible 
 with photogravures) the two sheets of copy paper used 
 as copy should be designated at top "first page of 
 insert" and "second page of insert." 
 
 All illustrations which are placed at right angles 
 should be placed uniformly with the lower edge or fore- 
 ground of the picture toward the right edge of the page. 
 Nothing is more aggravating than to be compelled to 
 turn a book i8o degrees to see the illustration. 
 
 229 
 
230 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Plats 
 
 Practically all the larger universities now present a 
 plat, usually folded, in the general catalog, and in some 
 instances several plats or maps for the guidance of the 
 stranger on the campus. This is an inexpensive addition 
 after the first drawing and etching have been prepared. 
 The old style small plat on the inside of the cover does 
 not compare favorably with the more modern insert. 
 Yale's plat of the campus in relief with buildings in 
 perspective on one side of the insert and with a map of 
 New Haven on the other side, is quite attractive. Iowa 
 State University catalog contains an insert of the same 
 nature. Swarthmore College, the University of Penn- 
 sylvania and a number of boys' schools offer a plat in 
 two colors of ink, a most pleasing insert. Michigan 
 College of Mines catalog contains eight large folded 
 onion skin inserts, three of which are maps, the re- 
 mainder schedules. 
 
 Position of Inserts 
 
 Inserts are tipped with line quality paste to or into 
 sections. It is always desirable that they be placed 
 between printed pages ending and beginning multiples 
 of eight pages or even sixteen pages, if at all possible. 
 Sections of the printed book begin with pages numbered 
 I, 17, 33, 49, etc. if binding is to be in sixteen page 
 sections, or l, 33, 65, 97, etc., if in thirty-twos, as is 
 usually the case in catalogs of several hundred pages on 
 thin paper. Thus, in a catalog in which the binding 
 sections contain sixteen pages, it is most economical to 
 place inserts as follows: — frontispiece facing title page, 
 known as page i in nearly all college catalogs, other 
 inserts between pages 8 and 9, 16 and 17, 24 and 25, 32 
 and 33, etc., or if bound in thirty-twos, between pages 
 
LLUSTRATIONS 23 1 
 
 16 and 17, 32 and 33, 48 and 49, 64 and 65, etc. To slit 
 open the top of a section for placing an insert between 
 such pages as, for instance, 2 and 3, 4 and 5, 6 and 7, 
 12 and 13, and both tops and sides if between 10 and 11, 
 14 and 15, in sixteens, or to slit many tops, sides, and 
 some bottoms in thirty-twos, requires much time in the 
 bindery, adding expense and delaying the work. By 
 folding an oblong sheet of wrapping or other paper three 
 times at right angles an example of a sixteen page sec- 
 tion will be at hand. By making four right angle folds 
 a thirty-two page section will result, offering visible 
 solution of the problem. 
 
 Photogravures and Halftones 
 In the catalogs of high class boys' and girls' schools 
 we sometimes find the photogravure. This method of 
 illustration, intaglio copper plate printing, is quite 
 expensive and requires much time, but is exceedingly 
 rich in effect. Usually the printer buys his photo- 
 gravures from the maker but some few photogravure 
 makers take the entire contract direct and buy the 
 printing, paper and binding wherever they can secure 
 most favorable terms with due consideration for quality 
 required. The photogravure costs from ^15.00 to ^30.00 
 for the plate. The prints then cost from ^10.00 to 
 $30.00 per thousand, according to size and whether run 
 single or double. Paper is still additional, costing, if of 
 good quality and weight, several dollars per thousand 
 inserts. The printing is done on wet sheets of small size, 
 usually single, on a hand fed and hand power press. See 
 frontispiecemadebyWaud&Jenkins, Cambridge, Mass. 
 There is a much cheaper process, however, the printing 
 being done in large sheets, dry, on a power machine and 
 machine fed. The latter process, known by several 
 
232 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 names, produces work by no means the equal of the wet 
 printing on hand presses. 
 
 The catalog of Notre Dame University contains a 
 steel engraving, a view of the campus, as a frontispiece. 
 
 The copper halftone, mounted type-high on wood, 
 is still, however, the universal medium, it being cheap, 
 only twelve to eighteen cents per square inch, block 
 measure, with a minimum of ten square inches. It is 
 quickly made by the local engraver in any fair sized city 
 and is printed on any printing press with or without 
 type. The great number of combinations of paper and 
 ink suitable for halftone printing is treated of elsewhere. 
 For printing on dull paper the engraver should be 
 notified to etch specially. See opposite pages i6, 208, 
 229, 233, 237, 248, 249, 252, 253. 
 
 Copy for Engraving 
 
 Intelligence in the matter of securing proper photo- 
 graphic copy for the making of satisfactory photo- 
 gravure or halftone engravings is absolutely necessary, 
 unless the book is to look like a scrapbook, with some 
 illustrations large and some small, some dark and some 
 light. It is just as necessary, after proper photographs 
 have been secured, that some person competent to do so 
 place the order for the engravings. One who has had 
 experience in such work knows how to secure the best 
 results by eliminating portions of a photograph, some- 
 times enlarging, sometimes reducing, sometimes direct- 
 ing that light spots be "touched up" or dark spots 
 lightened. 
 
 UNIFORMITY IN SIZE OF ENGRAVINGS 
 
 It is a simple matter for the man of experience to 
 lay out upon a sheet of onion skin paper the diagram 
 showing the desired size and dimensions of the prospec- 
 tive engravings. Through this rectangle the proper 
 
SERIES V NUMBER V 
 
 BULLETIN 
 ROME. GA.. JUNE. 1915 
 
I 
 


 
 I 
 
 _-" g;5 se o 
 
 
ILLUSTRATIONS 233 
 
 diagonal is drawn. This diagonal can be so placed over 
 the photograph as to secure the best part of the picture 
 for reproduction. If to be enlarged the diagonal will be 
 extended to the proper length, if to be reduced the 
 diagonal will be shortened. In this manner a dozen or 
 more photographs of various sizes and shapes can be 
 made to furnish as many engravings of uniform size and 
 shape. Uniformity in these details is the order in the 
 modern publication of high standard. 
 
 Western College for Women recently published a 
 bulletin containing twenty-four illustrations, each of 
 which was a halftone 7x5 printed on dull paper in dark 
 green duotone ink. The engravings were prepared from 
 photographs made by an expert outdoor photographer 
 brought from a distant city for this special work. 
 
 Bryn Mawr uses black and white reproductions of 
 charcoal drawings by the well known artist Vernon 
 Howe Bailey, each drawing followed by diagrams of the 
 different floors of the building so illustrated. 
 
 Princeton, in its seventy-twb page Descriptive Book- 
 let, presents sixteen full page illustration inserts practi- 
 cally all of the same size, and on one side only. 
 
 Mohegan Lake School, in its leather covered, gold 
 topped, deckle edge catalog, contains sixteen large 
 photogravures, all of uniform size, although some of the 
 illustrations following the frontispiece unfortunately 
 face the right hand page. 
 
 The Hill School offers twelve photogravures all 
 facing right hand pages, Mercersburg thirteen photo- 
 gravures all properly facing left hand pages, Pawling 
 School nine photogravures, facing both ways and in 
 both positions. 
 
234 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 The Bordentown Military Institute uses both photo- 
 gravures in dark oHve ink and halftone inserts in black 
 ink, all facing left hand pages. Culver, unusually large 
 in size of page, two photogravures, properly placed. 
 
 Asheville School has one large double photogravure 
 in front with eight photogravures and eight halftones, 
 all placed properly and facing properly in the back of 
 the book. 
 
 Kiskiminetas Springs School uses all halftones of 
 large size printed in rich brown duotone ink on dull 
 paper, all facing left hand pages. Evanston Academy 
 shows a number of very handsome halftones on both 
 sides of inserts. 
 
 Union and Drew Theological catalogs show several 
 right angle illustrations, very handsome but placed 
 opposite the customary position. 
 
 Ignorance of these matters often means an un- 
 desirable bulletin, sometimes costing delay and usually 
 money, necessitating uncalled for correspondence, tele- 
 grams or long distance telephone calls, and quite fre- 
 quently the making over of plates. Carte blanche is 
 sometimes given the printer in the handling of copy for 
 engravings, in which event there is some uniformity at 
 least as to size and shape of the finished illustrations. 
 
 A blurred, over-printed or under-printed photo- 
 graph, a bad negative or too light or too dark a back- 
 ground will cause the finished work to bring dissatisfac- 
 tion to the customer and discredit to both engraver and 
 printer. Retouching of poor photographs is some- 
 times expensive. 
 
 In any catalog or illustrated bulletin there should 
 be uniformity not only in size but in screen of engrav- 
 ings as well as in relative degree of density of back- 
 
s 
 
 h« 
 
 K 
 
 ^ 
 
 r 
 
 V 
 
 ^ 
 
 O 
 
 ^. 
 
 1 
 
 C 
 
 ^ 
 
 '^ 
 
 hr, 
 
 rs 
 
 .S3 
 
 .00 
 
 .8d 
 
 .a« 
 
 .*« 
 
 .S5 
 
 .02 
 
 .8* .8* 
 
 "*? 
 
 .2* 
 
 .0* 
 
 ^ 
 
 .88 
 
 .*e 
 
 1 
 
 8.VS 
 
 [(.so 
 
 1. 08 
 
 IM 
 
 S.88 
 
 s.*e 
 
 s.se 
 
 *,06 
 
 *.8* 
 
 5.8* 8.** 
 
 8.S* 
 
 T.O* 
 
 T.SS 
 
 8.88 
 
 e.*8 
 
 e.sB 
 
 t^:.08 
 
 i.&e 
 
 s.ad 
 
 ^.^i 
 
 s.se 
 
 a.oe 
 
 T.8* 
 
 e.8* 
 
 .61 
 
 I.S* 
 
 S.I* 
 
 *.e8 
 
 6.T8 
 
 8.68 
 
 T.88 
 
 e.u 
 
 '.£3 
 
 .8C 
 
 s.de 
 
 *,^6 
 
 a.s3 
 
 T.oe 
 
 e.8* 
 
 I.T* 
 
 8.6* 
 
 5.8*jT.I* 
 
 e.e£ 
 
 1.88 
 
 2.88 
 
 *.*S 
 
 8.28 
 
 «"f 
 
 
 'lap 
 
 .ac 
 
 S.:M 
 
 e.se 
 
 r.oe 
 
 .e^ 
 
 S.T* 
 
 e,e* 
 
 T.8* 
 
 .2J^ 
 
 2.0* 
 
 6.88 
 
 T.8S 
 
 .68 
 
 2.88 
 
 6.18 
 
 T.es 
 
 Bdfc 
 
 .i'S 
 
 8.se 
 
 8.oe 
 
 e.8£> 
 
 2.T* 
 
 a.e* 
 
 e.s* 
 
 S.S* 
 
 6.0* 
 
 3.38 
 
 I.TS 
 
 *.5S 
 
 T.88 
 
 I.SS 
 
 *.08 
 
 T.8S 
 
 «p 
 
 .se 
 
 ^.oe 
 
 T.Si' 
 
 I.T* 
 
 a.e* 
 
 e.8* 
 
 2.S* 
 
 3.0* 
 
 .es 
 
 *.r£ 
 
 T.CC 
 
 I.*S 
 
 6.SE 
 
 e.08 
 
 s.es 
 
 8.TS 
 
 ep 
 
 .oe 
 
 t.i^ 
 
 e.9^ 
 
 S.SI" 
 
 T.8I- 
 
 S.2* 
 
 8.0* 
 
 i.es 
 
 6.TS 
 
 e.68 
 
 *.*8 
 
 8.28 
 
 2.18 
 
 T.es 
 
 I.SS 
 
 a.a| 
 
 Tefs^ 
 
 .8* 
 
 a.M 
 
 .ef 
 
 e.8t^ 
 
 .s* 
 
 e.o* 
 
 .es 
 
 
 
 6.TC 
 
 .08 
 
 5.*8 
 
 .88 
 
 5.18 
 
 .08 
 
 6.82 
 
 .TS 
 
 6.68 
 
 mx^ 
 
 1.8* 
 
 T.If' 
 
 s.o* 
 
 8.88 
 
 *.V8 
 
 e.68 
 
 6.*8 
 
 1.88 
 
 8.18 
 
 s.os 
 
 T.82 
 
 8.T2 
 
 e.es 
 
 n 
 
 
 i.e* 
 
 .*^ 
 
 a.s^ 
 
 S.II> 
 
 e.ee 
 
 C.88 
 
 I.TS 
 
 T.c8 
 
 *.*c 
 
 .88 
 
 8.18 
 
 2.08 
 
 e.82 
 
 e.T2 
 
 182 
 
 T.*S 
 
 '•4 
 
 cS.Si 
 
 .s* 
 
 Y.O* 
 
 ^68 
 
 I.8E 
 
 r.8E 
 
 *.e8 
 
 I.*S 
 
 8.28 
 
 e.is 
 
 2.08 
 
 e.8? 
 
 a.TS 
 
 2.82 
 
 e.*s 
 
 8.8S 
 
 s.si 
 
 IC 
 
 S.Ii^ 
 
 .01^ 
 
 V.<J8 
 
 d.T6 
 
 £.88 
 
 .68 
 
 T.e8 
 
 5.S8 
 
 2.18 
 
 .08 
 
 T.8S 
 
 6.T2 
 
 2.82 
 
 .62 
 
 T.SS 
 
 6.22 
 
 S.lS 
 
 V 
 
 s.es 
 
 ,8£ 
 
 8.38 
 
 8.68 
 
 ^.f-e 
 
 2.88 
 
 I.S8 
 
 e.os 
 
 T.es 
 
 6.82 
 
 2.T2 
 
 t.82 
 
 e.*s 
 
 7,82 
 
 8.SS 
 
 *.IS 
 
 s.os 
 
 
 £.ve 
 
 .as 
 
 6.^8 
 
 T.88 
 
 8.S8 
 
 e.iE 
 
 *.08 
 
 2.es 
 
 I.8S 
 
 .72 
 
 e.es 
 
 T.*2 
 
 8 82 
 
 6.8S 
 
 *.IS 
 
 S.O.'J 
 
 I.ei 
 
 [JE 
 
 i.ec 
 
 .*>€ 
 
 e.s£ 
 
 o^ 
 
 8.08 
 
 r.es 
 
 T.82 
 
 8.tS 
 
 8.82 
 
 e.es 
 
 *.*s 
 
 *.ES 
 
 s.ss 
 
 S.12 
 
 S.OS 
 
 i.ei 
 
 I.8I 
 
 i 
 
 ?S 
 
 .8£ 
 
 .ss 
 
 .18 
 
 .08 
 
 .8S 
 
 .8S 
 
 .TS 
 
 .02 
 
 .62 
 
 .*2 
 
 .82 
 
 .S2 
 
 .12 
 
 .0& 
 
 .ei 
 
 .81 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 e.os 
 
 .08 
 
 I.&S 
 
 I.8S 
 
 S.YS 
 
 2.9S 
 
 8.62 
 
 *,*2 
 
 *.S2 
 
 6.S2 
 
 8.IS 
 
 8.02 
 
 T.ei 
 
 T.SI 
 
 8.TI 
 
 e.oi 
 
 e.6l 
 
 .es 
 
 G.8S 
 
 .8S 
 
 I.TS 
 
 2.8S 
 
 i>.fiS 
 
 e.t^ 
 
 8.SS 
 
 T.SS 
 
 e.is 
 
 .12 
 
 1.02 
 
 s.ei 
 
 *.8I 
 
 e.Ti 
 
 a.ai 
 
 T.ei 
 
 e.*i 
 
 •TS 
 
 8.8S 
 
 .8S 
 
 S.£S 
 
 I'.t'S 
 
 8.8S 
 
 T.22 
 
 e.is 
 
 MS 
 
 8.02 
 
 e.ei 
 
 T.8I 
 
 e.Ti 
 
 I.TI 
 
 2.81 
 
 *.6I 
 
 8.*I 
 
 8.81 
 
 ? 
 
 T.I>S 
 
 .ts. 
 
 S.8S 
 
 6.SS 
 
 T.IS 
 
 .IS 
 
 2.02 
 
 e.ei 
 
 T.8I 
 
 .81 
 
 2.n 
 
 6.81 
 
 T.6I 
 
 .61 
 
 2.*I 
 
 6.81 
 
 T.SI 
 
 .es 
 
 T.SS 
 
 .88 
 
 8. IS 
 
 a.os 
 
 c.ei 
 
 s.ei 
 
 8.81 
 
 e.Ti 
 
 2.TI 
 
 6.81 
 
 8.61 
 
 i.ei 
 
 *.*I 
 
 T.SI 
 
 I.SI 
 
 *.SI 
 
 T.II 
 
 .IS 
 
 a.os 
 
 .OS 
 
 t.ei 
 
 T.8I 
 
 1.81 
 
 e.Ti 
 
 e.oi 
 
 2.81 
 
 o.ei 
 
 .61 
 
 *,*! 
 
 T.SI 
 
 I.SI 
 
 5.81 
 
 Q.ll 
 
 2.II 
 
 a.oI 
 
 .ei 
 
 9.81 
 
 .91 
 
 ^.Tl 
 
 e.oi 
 
 8.81 
 
 T.fil 
 
 2.61 
 
 d.^l 
 
 i.*i 
 
 6.81 
 
 e.si 
 
 *.2I 
 
 8.II 
 
 2.11 
 
 T.OI 
 
 I.OI 
 
 a.e 
 
 .Tl 
 
 e.ai 
 
 .91 
 
 e.ei 
 
 .31 
 
 e.i"! 
 
 .H 
 
 6.SI 
 
 .81 
 
 e.2i 
 
 .SI 
 
 &.li 
 
 .il 
 
 5.01 
 
 .01 
 
 2.e 
 
 .e 
 
 6.8 
 
 .*! 
 
 tj^i 
 
 .*! 
 
 O.SI 
 
 :.8i 
 
 T.2I 
 
 2,SI 
 
 8.11 
 
 ^.11 
 
 e.oi 
 
 6.01 
 
 I.OI 
 
 D.e 
 
 s.e 
 
 T.8 
 
 8.8 
 
 e.T 
 
 *.T 
 
 .SI 
 
 ^.&i 
 
 .SI 
 
 a.ii 
 
 2.II 
 
 e.oi 
 
 e.oi 
 
 I.OI 
 
 T.O 
 
 *.e 
 
 .e 
 
 8.8 
 
 2.8 
 
 e.T 
 
 e.T 
 
 I.T 
 
 T.8 
 
 *.8 
 
 .01 
 
 8.01 
 
 .01 
 
 T.e 
 
 ^.G 
 
 i.e 
 
 T.8 
 
 *.8 
 
 1.8 
 
 8.T 
 
 5.T 
 
 2.T 
 
 e.8 
 
 8.8 
 
 2.0 
 
 e.6 
 
 8.6 
 
 8.6 
 
 .8 
 
 S.8 
 
 .8 
 
 T.T 
 
 e.? 
 
 S.T 
 
 .f 
 
 T.a 
 
 e.a 
 
 2.0 
 
 .8 
 
 T.6 
 
 6.6 
 
 S.6 
 
 .3 
 
 T.* 
 
 6.* 
 
 2.* 
 
 .0 
 
 s.a 
 
 .3 
 
 8.5 
 
 o.e 
 
 h.a 
 
 2.C 
 
 1.6 
 
 G.* 
 
 T.* 
 
 6.* 
 
 8.* 
 
 I.* 
 
 e.E 
 
 T.8 
 
 8.8 
 
 *.8 
 
 S.S 
 
 
 
 
 
 .* 
 
 i.* 
 
 .* 
 
 G.8 
 
 T.8 
 
 8.8 
 8.1 
 
 e.8 
 
 *.8 
 
 8.8 
 
 1.8 
 
 .8 
 
 e.s 
 
 T.8 
 
 8.8 
 
 6.S- 
 
 *.s 
 
 S.S 
 
 I.S 
 
 .s 
 
 LS 
 
 .& 
 
 e.i 
 
 e.i 
 
 ~.L 
 
 V.I 
 
 D.I 
 
 8.1 6.1 
 
 *.i 
 
 *.I 
 
 8.1 
 
 2.1. 
 
 2.1 
 
 I.I 
 
 I.I 
 
 8 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 haiobiznoj &i ,9iii8B9m Aoold ,?89l lo aorioni noT 
 
 .5iuaf.om Aooki iix8 
 
22. 24. 26. 28. 30. 32. 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 Measuring Sca 
 
 1 « 2 « 3 « 
 
 =: for checking bills for engravings as large as yU^i iH face i 
 
 « 6 
 
 12 block nicasL 
 
 Ten inches or less, block r 
 
 10 
 
 Elcaric Ci 
 
 ty Engia' 
 
 11 
 
 ving Co., 
 
 12 
 
ILLUSTRATIONS 235 
 
 ground of photographs. Halftone engravings for such 
 good work as is required in a college publication are 
 often made 133 lines to the inch, very seldom 175 lines. 
 The most satisfactory screen is 150 lines to the inch. 
 All photographs should, if at all possible, be of the same 
 size, somewhat larger than the dimensions of the en- 
 graving, although this is not absolutely essential. Very 
 clear photographs can be slightly enlarged in the repro- 
 duction, dull ones never. Glossy sun prints, black on 
 white, make the best copy. They should be furnished 
 unmounted. 
 
 Bold writing with pencil on the back of an un- 
 mounted photograph is sure to punch through and will 
 show to some extent in the engraving. At the same 
 time for complete identification there should be noted 
 on each photograph sent to the printer or engraver the 
 name of the view, written very lightly with lead pencil. 
 It is well to add the name of the college or other institu- 
 tion, to insure against loss or misplacement by the 
 printer or engraver. 
 
 Flashlight photographs of banquet scenes, interiors 
 and inside dramatic work are quite interesting from the 
 historic point of view, but from the artistic point of view 
 of the printer or the engraver they are usually miserable 
 affairs, no matter how much money may be spent on 
 retouching them. Occasionally an attractive interior 
 of a chapel, a lobby or a gymnasium is seen, the excep- 
 tion to the rule. The best photographer available must 
 be secured or the light-spots may ruin the work. A 
 swimming pool is shown to best advantage with at 
 least two or three students in the water. 
 
 Engravers now universally measure their work by 
 the base and not by the printing surface. One-eighth 
 
236 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 inch on each of the four sides must be allowed. Thus, 
 the bill for a halftone of which the printing surface is 
 5x4 will not be for 20 inches, but for S/^M^i^ 23 inches, 
 the fraction in the total being considered as one inch. 
 
 The question is often asked, "Why does this or that 
 engraving not appear as well in the book as the en- 
 graver's proof .^" The engraver proves one engraving 
 at a time, after the most careful make-ready and with 
 ink costing much more than printer's ink, thus bringing 
 out the individual halftone to the very best possible 
 advantage. When this same engraving is put into a 
 form with type and a lot of other engravings, some of 
 which are dark and require a minimum of ink in the 
 printing and some of which are light and require a 
 maximum of ink to bring them out best, there must be 
 an equalizing of the volume of ink. This works to the 
 disadvantage of some of the engravings. The best 
 general result is attained by slip-sheeting whereby a 
 heavier flow of ink is made possible. This adds about 
 ^3.00 per thousand impressions but is well worth it. 
 
 All really good printing on coated papers should be 
 slip-sheeted in the press room. Many printers differ on 
 this question. Press builders guarantee their machines 
 not to need slip-sheeting and ink makers guarantee 
 their inks to work just as well without slip-sheeting. 
 Notwithstanding all this, printers who have a reputa- 
 tion for really highest grade presswork slip-sheet their 
 fine work on coated paper. The proof in this much- 
 mooted question is in the comparison, made with the 
 intelligence gained by experience only. 
 
 Color of Ink for Inserts 
 The subject of ink demands consideration. The 
 engraver always urges the best of black halftone ink to 
 
WE STVIIN8TER 
 
 A private telephone system with city connection 
 is installed in each room in the building and is operated 
 by the secretary from her office, making it possible to 
 communicate from one room to another, or to any point 
 in or out of the city. An elevator with a capacity of 
 3,500 pounds is another necessary convenience. The 
 building has six toilet rooms, is lighted by electricity, 
 and heated by steam from its own plant. 
 
 EQUIPMENT 
 
 Three new Steinway grand pianos and three new 
 Mehlin grand pianos have recently been purchased and 
 are used exclusively for teaching purposes and in the 
 concert and recital halls. 
 
 Twenty-five new Lauter grand and upright pianos 
 with Wessel, Nickel and Gross action have been placed 
 in the practice rooms for the use of students. No piano 
 for practice purposes is retained in the conservatory 
 for a longer period than three years. The department 
 employs an expert tuner, whose business it is to keep 
 the pianos in perfect tune and repair. 
 
 A three manual pipe-organ, the recent gift of a 
 prominent Pittsburgh banker to the college, will, when 
 installed, give us a decided lead over similar institutions 
 in organ equipment. This organ is one of the largest 
 instruments in any college of music of the present day. 
 To the organ student the opportunity for practice on 
 this organ, with its modern accessories, is a material 
 advantage, making it possible for him to master the 
 complexities of any modern organ with little difficulty. 
 
 
 wr 
 
 ■* 
 
Ohio State University spring with library in the distance. 150 
 line screen halftone; Sigmund Ullman Cameo Art Brown double- 
 tone ink; Hancock Book paper, india, 25x38-100. 
 
ILLUSTRATIONS 237 
 
 be used on a pure white paper. Machinery catalogs in 
 which fine detail of parts is to be uppermost are printed 
 on pure white enamel paper of a high quality and fairly 
 good thickness. A great majority of college and school 
 illustrations are printed with black ink on white enamel 
 paper. A few appear in some one of the many beautiful 
 brown inks on cream colored or India paper. This costs 
 more because of the fact that brown ink of sufficiently 
 good quality is much higher priced; the India paper 
 costs more, and the ink is much harder to run, requiring 
 perhaps half as much time more than the black ink. 
 The very dull finished papers which are so popular for 
 some kinds of high class printing are still more expen- 
 sive, and the ink required for use on them, together with 
 a double amount of make-ready and the frequent stops 
 of the press for the purpose of washing out with benzine 
 all the engravings, on account of the ease with which 
 they fill up with the doubletone ink, brings the cost of 
 this sort of presswork to two or three times that of the 
 black ink on white. Then, too, all photographs will not 
 make halftone plates of the proper harmony to work as 
 nicely on this sort of paper with the peculiar ink re- 
 quired. See page 24. 
 
 The so-called duotone, duplegrav, doubletone inks 
 come in a number of shades of handsome browns and 
 greens for practical printing. We will not consider the 
 blues and purples here. No printer can guarantee to 
 make the shade of color the same in one book as ap- 
 peared in another, or to get exactly the same shades at 
 both ends of any one book. It is a long story why such 
 matching is impossible. The duotone ink is made by 
 the mixing at the ink factory of two opposite kinds of 
 ink, color ground in varnish and color mixed with water. 
 
238 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 The result desired is an imitation of a photograph or of 
 a photogravure. The water mixture makes the trouble. 
 
 An ink maker of international reputation and a 
 certain enthusiastic printer recently combined for a 
 series of experiments with several doubletone inks. 
 Without entering into details we will state that some of 
 the startling results were as follows: The printer used 
 the same press, the same engravings, the same paper 
 and the same ink from the same run of ink at the 
 factory. But impressions made on a damp day differed 
 quite materially in shade from those on a dry day. 
 Sheets on the bottom of a pile only one inch high, 
 racked in slipsheets, differed in shade from those on top 
 because of the weight on the sHpsheet, causing it to act 
 as a blotter. Dampness, heat, pressure affect the results 
 in these inks, now so popular for the very highest class 
 of letter-press illustration. Proper regulation of flow is 
 vital to uniform success to a far greater degree than is 
 necessary with ordinary black ink. The pressman 
 must have had ample experience in such work or the 
 result will not be satisfactory. The ink does not attain 
 its final color until ten to fifteen days after printing. Not- 
 withstanding the utter impossibility of exact matches 
 in shade, the work produced is magnificent the, very 
 finest possible, and much sought after. 
 The Zinc Etching 
 
 The cheapest reproduction possible by mechanical 
 process is the zinc etching made by photography and 
 acid etching from any black and white line copy. Nearly 
 all sample pages and covers in this book are zincs, as are 
 also the illustrations on pages 46, 51-53, 76, 83-85, no, 
 147, 219, 221, 222, 239-243 and 276, and inserts facing 
 pages II, 111,229 (plat), 232, 234, 240, 242 and 244. 
 
SEAL AND BOOKPLATE OF 
 THE JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY 
 
 In the preparation of the design the authorities were particu- 
 larly indebted to Stephen Tucker, Esq., of London, Somerset 
 Herald, who revised and arranged the suggestions transmitted 
 to him from Baltimore by Clayton C. Hall, Esq., to whom the 
 University also owes its grateful acknowledgments for many kind 
 services. 
 
 In the design for the seal symbols of learning have been placed 
 in combination with the well known Arms of Maryland. The 
 arms of the State are those of Lord Baltimore's family, which 
 became a part of the Great Seal of Maryland at an early period 
 in the history of the colony. 
 
 The emblems adopted to symbolize the University are open 
 books and a terrestrial globe— indicative of literary and scientific 
 studies. These have been placed upon an azure background and 
 occupy the upper portion of the shield, above the name of the 
 State. There is thus presented (in the words of the Somerset 
 Herald,) "an heraldic picture of a University situated in the State 
 founded by Lord Baltimore." 
 
 The motto of the University Veritas Vos Liberabit (which has 
 been in use since its organization) is taken from the gospel of St. 
 John viii, 32. The shield is hung from a bough of oak. The 
 legend upon the border gives the corporate name and place of the 
 foundation, and the date when instructions were begun, viz: 
 The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, 1876. 
 
 F. R. Ball, Registrar 
 
se, 
 iar 
 za- 
 
 Dn. 
 or- 
 
 3Ut 
 
 nd, 
 
 crol 
 rms 
 zed 
 
'H>«f&^^' 
 
COLLEGE HERALDRY 
 
 ^RIOR to the American Revolution it would have 
 been quite in order for the Heralds' College of 
 London, incorporated 1483 and still the heraldic 
 authority of England, to officially grant "Arms of Com- 
 munity" to a "bishopric, a city, a university, an 
 academy, a society or a corporate body," in British 
 provinces, including the American colonies. It is still 
 possible forCanadian institutions to secure and to display 
 under English authority heraldic devices of one kind or 
 
 ABC 
 
 I. A. 
 B. 
 
 Dexter ) 
 Middle [ Chief 
 
 
 
 C. 
 
 Sinister ) 
 
 A 
 
 D 
 
 D. 
 
 Honour Point 
 
 
 
 E. 
 
 Fess Point 
 
 
 E 
 
 F. 
 
 Nombril Point 
 
 B 
 
 F 
 
 G. 
 
 Dexter ) 
 
 H. 
 
 Middle \ Base 
 
 
 Vc H \J 
 
 I. 
 2. A. 
 
 Sinister ) 
 
 V c y 
 
 \w ^ 
 
 Chief 
 
 ^^**« ■..■■^^ 
 
 B. 
 
 Fess 
 
 ^^ . -'^ 
 
 1, THE FIELD 
 
 C. 
 
 Base 
 
 2 THE FIELD- 
 
 The Points of the Shield 
 
 another. Some institutions in the United States use, 
 and quite properly, armorial designs in which appear 
 arms of individual founders or benefactors, or organiza- 
 tions prominent in the early history of the institution. 
 On the continent of Europe there is no national author- 
 ity corresponding to the Heralds' College of London but 
 in Germany, Austria, Russia, Belgium and Holland, 
 certain orders of knighthood are entrusted with control 
 of matters heraldic. In Scotland the Lyon-king-at-arms 
 and in Ireland the Ulster-king-at-arms are legalized 
 offices of heraldry. 
 
 239 
 
240 
 
 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 In the United States and France there is no legal 
 supervision provided. Nevertheless our own national 
 government displays in many ways its arms, heraldically 
 correct. Occasionally we find the national flag printed 
 in black on white paper, but with the red stripes made 
 of the heraldic perpendicular lines "gules" and the blue 
 
 Pale Fesse 
 
 Some Divisions of the Shield 
 
 Cross 
 
 field of horizontal lines "azure," the white of the stars 
 and the white stripes "argent," an example of propriety 
 in heraldry. Some of our states too, as Maryland, 
 Colorado, Texas and several others use coats-of-arms 
 which can be described in terms of heraldry, the colors 
 in which are indicated properly by their recognized 
 symbols when printed in black only. The coat-of-arms 
 and the flag of the United States are heraldically 
 descended from the coat-of-arms of the English ances- 
 tors of George Washington, as displayed in his personal 
 
Or (gold) 
 
 Artrcnt (sih 
 
 Gules (red) 
 
 Ax.ure (blue) 
 
 Sable (black) 
 
 \'ert (sreen) 
 
 w 
 
 Purpure (purplej 
 
 Tenne (orange) 
 
 Heraldic Colours 
 
COLLEGE HERALDRY 
 
 241 
 
 bookplate, "argent, 2 bars gules, in chief 3 mullets of 
 the second." There being excellent authority for this 
 statement, it would seem fitting that Americans should 
 entertain a more wholesome respect for the science of 
 heraldry. 
 
 In addition to the exquisite heraldry used by many 
 
 Bend 
 
 Some Divisions of the Shield 
 
 Canadian colleges, Harvard, Princeton, Cornell, Johns 
 Hopkins, Radcliffe, Episcopal Theological School (Cam- 
 bridge), the Theological Seminary of the Reformed 
 Church and a number of other institutions might be 
 mentioned as using correct arms or seals of special 
 interest to those who care for heraldry. A number of 
 these are valuable historically, as for instance those of 
 Washington and Lee and of Washington University. 
 Some Roman Catholic and some Episcopal colleges and 
 schools use coats-of-arms or seals of genuine beauty and 
 of interest that is fascinating. Many other institutions 
 
242 
 
 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 display coats-of-arms in their bookplates or in their seals. 
 In the stained glass windows of the refectory at Mercers- 
 burg Academy may be seen the arms or seals of many 
 American colleges while on each oaken pilaster is carved 
 the arms of some European university. Somewhat simi- 
 lar displays are to be found at the University of 
 
 Pile Orle Planches 
 
 Some Divisions of the Shield 
 
 Chicago, Yale Commons, Worcester Academy and 
 St. George's School, Newport. On the outer walls of 
 that masterpiece of Stanford White's, the University 
 Clubbuildingin New York, are theseals of Yale, Colum- 
 bia, Harvard, Princeton, Williams, U. S. Naval Acade- 
 my, U. S. Military Academy and Brown, all the work of 
 our famous American sculptor, Daniel Chester French. 
 The University Club in Chicago bears decorations on 
 the same order. 
 
 Francis J. Grant, in his 1914 edition of the Manual 
 of Heraldry,* an inexpensive little volume which mi-ght 
 be termed a multum in parvo on the subject, states: — 
 
 *John Grant, George IV. Bridge, Edinburgh. 
 
The Arms of Kenyon College 
 
 Sable, a chevron engrailed or, between three crosses flory argent, on a chief 
 purpure a pastoral crook of the second, thereon an open book proper bearing the 
 motto "Magnanimiter crucem sustine." 
 
 The arms of Kenyon College are derived from the arms of Lord Kenyon from 
 whom the college takes its name. The field with its chevron and crosses and 
 the motto in the chief come from Lord Kenyon's arms. The chief contains local 
 symbols, suggesting the origin and aim of the college. The bishop's staff com- 
 memorates the founder, Bishop Chase. The book is a conventional collegiate 
 charge and the motto across its open pages approximately expresses the spirit 
 and purpose with which the college was founded. 
 
COLLEGE HERALDRY 
 
 243 
 
 The great revival which has taken place in the study and 
 appreciation of the Science of Heraldry, and the wider and 
 more intelligent interest now taken in armory, has induced 
 the publisher to issue a new and revised edition of this work. 
 
 * * * :¥ 
 
 Heraldry is the science which teaches us how to blazon 
 or describe in proper terms armorial bearings and their ac- 
 
 Barry 
 
 '\rvr\r 
 \f\f\r 
 
 Wavy 
 
 
 :---J 
 
 y 
 
 Bendy Cheeky Lozcngy 
 
 Some Divisions of the Shield 
 
 cessories. * * * It may safely be stated that its introduction 
 was coeval with the use of armour in the Middle Ages, when 
 it became necessary for men to be able to recognize each 
 other in the melee of the battle. Thus it came that warriors 
 adorned their shields with marks to distinguish each other, 
 and decorated the top of their helmets with crests. * * * The 
 evidence both of chroniclers and artists directly disproves 
 any science or practice being in existence at the time of the 
 first and second Crusades. 
 
 It is a curious circumstance that our earliest and best 
 examples of heraldry should be due to lack of learning. But 
 for the fact that few persons were able to write and had to 
 authenticate all deeds and transactions they entered on with 
 their seals, we should not now have these records of the 
 earlier armorial designs. * * * In the thirteenth century the 
 practice of embroidering armorial designs on the surcoat 
 worn over a coat of mail gave rise to the expression "coat 
 of arms." 
 
244 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 The very first principles of heraldry are concisely 
 given in the following extract: 
 
 Heraldry, or armory as it was anciently called, is a 
 symbolical and pictorial language of uncertain and disputed 
 origin, which, by the beginning of the thirteenth century, 
 had already been reduced to a science with a system, classifi- 
 cation, and nomenclature of its own. The artistic devices 
 known as arms, which may be formed by proper combina- 
 tions of the colours, ordinaries, and figures that represent the 
 letters of this language, had each their significance, and soon 
 came to be regarded as the hereditary possession of some 
 person, family, dignity, or office. 
 
 The display of arms was restricted primarily to shields 
 and banners, but occasionally to horse-trappers and such 
 garments as jupes, gowns, and mantles. Later on heraldry 
 came also to be used ornamentally, either upon shields or 
 without them, in all kinds of ways, in architecture and on 
 monuments, on tiles and in glazing, in wood carvings and 
 in paintings, in woven stuffs and embroideries, in jewellery 
 AND ON SEALS. — Heraldry for Craftsmen and Designers. 
 Hope. 
 
 As we find on tombstones of the earlier part of the 
 nineteenth century weeping willow trees and urns, so we 
 notice that the seals devised for colleges founded fifty or 
 a hundred years ago were characteristic of their period, 
 but, not being designed or based upon heraldic prin- 
 ciples, they now seem old-fashioned, out-of-date and 
 surely out of place on the title page or the cover of the 
 catalog of a modern, growing institution of learning. 
 These old style seals might better be eliminated if con- 
 sidered from the viewpoint of artistic appearance. 
 Many inartistic college seals have nothing but age and 
 loyalty to tradition to recommend their continued use. 
 As an example the symbolism in the seal of Columbia 
 is quite attractive when displayed in a diameter of two 
 inches or more but when stamped in gold leaf in a 
 diameter of less than one inch it is anything but 
 attractive. 
 
Auburn Theological Seminary 
 
 KiSKIMINETAS SpRINGS ScHOOL 
 
 Princeton University 
 
 Washington University 
 
 Howe School 
 
 University of Toronto Harvard University 
 
 Brown University 
 
Washington and Lee 
 University 
 
 Radci.iike College 
 
Catholic University 
 or America 
 
T^eterhouse 
 
 or 
 St Peter s College 
 
 (Founded i2s4) 
 
 Arms: ijuld four [or three) pales gxlis intlt a border of' tlir 
 Jiisliopricl: of Eh/ (i/ules imth eif/ht or ten gold croirnx). Since its 
 iiicoipuration in 1'281 the College has used four dififereut shields. 
 The one at ]>resent borne was granted by Kobert Cooke, Clarencieux 
 King of Anns, in 157-2. The arms are intended for those of the 
 Founder. 
 
 Copies of the SfdlH/cs in the British Museum ; Old Statutes 
 Mss. IIarlkv, No. 7032, p. 187. New,— No. 704fi, /). 132 
 (Printed in " Docunients relating to the University and 
 Colleges of C:unl)ri(lgc," Vol. ii. pp. 6—116). The Statutes 
 us approved hi/ the Queen in Council 29th June, 1882, are 
 pritiled in the London Gazette. 
 This most ancient College or House was founded by Hugh of 
 Bai.sham, Bishop of Ely, for a Master and fourteen Fellows. 
 
 According to the Statutes of 1882, the Foundation consists of a 
 Master, eleven Fellows, and twenty-three Scholars. 
 
 The Master, who is elected by the Fellows, must be a Master 
 of Arts, or of some equal or superior degree, in the University of 
 Cambridge or Oxford. 
 
 The Follows are to be elected from among the Graduates of 
 the College, or, if the Society think fit, from among the other 
 Graduates of Cambridge or Oxford. One t)f the Fellowships is 
 entitled a Professorial Fellowship, and can be held only by a 
 Professor of the University. Fellowships are tenable for si.\ years, 
 unless in the following cases : aiiy Fellow who bt'coraes either 
 the Head or a Fellow of another College immediately vacates his 
 Fellowship in this College ; any Fellow who has been pre- 
 sented by the College to any Benefice of the clear annual value 
 of i;400 or upwards shall vacate his Fellowship one year after 
 presentation ; any Fellow who serves the College in one of 
 the privileged offices of Tutor, Assistant Tutor, Senior Bursar, 
 Or Dean, and has been a privileged Officer for at least two 
 
 Cambridge University's great Calendar contains many pages of historic and 
 heraldic interest. The running-head over the pages of perfect dimensions (20x35 
 picas) in this book is set in all caps, adding dignit)'. It is omitted from this the 
 first page of St. Peter's College section. 
 
COLLEGE HERALDRY 245 
 
 Many colleges not now using heraldic devices in 
 any form have colors which would lend themselves 
 nicely to heraldry. No college however would be so 
 foolish as to attempt anything heraldic without ap- 
 proval by some acknowledged authority on this most 
 intricate and ancient science. "False heraldry" might 
 be excusable in a college fraternity whose youthful 
 enthusiasm for something beautiful would sweep away 
 all consideration of heraldic truth, but in a college never. 
 An error in the seal of the City of New York, adopted 
 191 5 by the Board of Aldermen upon the recommenda- 
 tion of the City Arts Commission, was discovered by 
 Mr. Edward Van Winkle, secretary of the Holland 
 Society of that city. 
 
 The examplesof color designations opposite page 240 
 offer but an infinitesimal beginning to the study, which 
 after being for centuries a necessary part of a refined 
 education, was "abandoned to coach-painters and 
 undertakers." In fact Lord Chesterfield is reputed to 
 have addressed the "Garter-king-at-arms" who had 
 made some ponderous heraldic blunder, in the following 
 words: — "You foolish man, you don't understand your 
 own foolish business." Nevertheless, "Modern criti- 
 cism has rescued it from the pedantries and follies of the 
 heralds and imparted to it a new interest, as a valuable 
 aid to historical investigations." 
 
 Academic Dress 
 Catalogs generally contain no information regard- 
 ing academic dress, now used more or less upon occa- 
 sion by the majority of colleges and universities in the 
 United States and Canada. Its use is rapidly increasing 
 and it would seem advisable to embody in the catalog 
 some official statement regarding the exact proprieties 
 
246 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 in caps, gowns and hoods, both as to cut and color, 
 for use by faculty and students at the institution. 
 Even though such academic costume be not established, 
 the president or other members of the faculty may be 
 called to some function in which such dress is custom- 
 ary. Information in detail may be secured from the 
 Intercollegiate Bureau of Academic Costume at Albany, 
 N. Y., whose code for types of hoods and gowns to be 
 worn by bachelors, masters and doctors has been 
 adopted by over five hundred institutions. A para- 
 graph regarding the authorized colors of the college 
 would not be out of place in this connection. The 
 World Almanac contains some notice of both academic 
 dress and college colors. 
 
 In the catalog of the University of Pennsylvania 
 we find: 
 
 {From the University Statutes) 
 
 Section I. — The following described academic costume 
 is ordered to be worn upon all appropriate occasions, as in- 
 dicating the several degrees, and the faculties to which they 
 pertain: 
 
 Gowns 
 
 (i) Pattern: those commonly worn, with pointed sleeves 
 for the Bachelor's degree; with long, closed sleeves for the 
 Master's degree; and with round, open sleeves for the *Doc- 
 tor's degree. (2) Material: worsted stuff for the Bachelor's 
 degree; silk for the Master's and Doctor's degrees. (3) Col- 
 or: black. (4) Trimmings: for the Bachelor's and Master's 
 degrees, the gowns are to be untrimmed. For the *Doctor's 
 degree, the gown is to be faced down the front with black 
 velvet, with bars of the same across the sleeves; or the facings 
 
 *In all cases where the Doctor^ s degree is mentioned, reference is made only to 
 degrees in Philosophy, Divinity, Letters, Music, Science or Laws. Holders of the 
 degrees Doctor of Medicine, Doctor of Public Hygiene, Doctor of Dental Surgery 
 or Doctor of Veterinary Medicine, will wear gowns similar in all respects to those 
 prescribed for Bachelors. 
 
 Holders of the degrees Doctor of Medicine, Doctor of Public Hygiene, Doctor of 
 Dental Surgery or Doctor of Veterinary Medicine, will wear hoods in all respects 
 similar to those prescribed for Bachelors, save in the case of binding or edging 
 corresponding to the appropriate faculties. 
 
COLLEGE HERALDRY 247 
 
 and crossbars may be of velvet of the same color as the bind- 
 ing or edging of the hood (see below), being distinctive of the 
 faculty to which the degree pertains. 
 
 Hoods 
 
 (i) Pattern: the pattern usually followed by colleges and 
 universities, save as modified below. (2) Material: the 
 same as that of the gown. (3) Color: black. (4) Length: 
 the length and form of the hood will indicate the degree, as 
 follows: for the Bachelor's degree, the lentgh shall be three 
 (3) feet; for the Master's degree, the length shall be four (4) 
 feet; and for the Doctor's degree, the length shall be the same 
 [i. e., four (4) feet], but shall have panels at the sides. (5) 
 Lining: red and blue silk, arranged in the form of a chevron. 
 (6) Trimmings: the binding or edging to be four (4) inches 
 in width, of silk, satin or velvet, the color to be distinctive 
 of the faculty to which the degree pertains, thus: Arts and 
 Letters, White; Science, Gold Yellow; Music, Pink; 
 rA<fo/ogy, Scarlet; PAiYojo^Ay, Dark Blue; L^k', Purple; 
 Medicine and Public Hygiene, Green; Dentistry, Lilac; 
 and Veterinary Medicine, Gray. 
 
 Caps 
 
 The caps shall be of the material and form generally 
 used and commonly called "mortar board" caps. The color 
 shall be black. The Doctor's cap may be of velvet. Each 
 cap shall be ornamented with a long tassel attached to the 
 middle point at the top. The tassel of the Doctor's cap may 
 be, in whole or in part, of gold thread. 
 
 Section IL — Members of the faculties, and any person 
 officially connected with.'the University, who have been re- 
 cipients of academic honors from other universities and col- 
 leges in good standing, may assume the academic costume 
 corresponding to their degree, as described in the foregoing 
 section; provided that such right shall terminate if such per- 
 son shall cease to be connected with the University. The 
 Provost, Vice-Provost and Deans of faculties may adopt 
 distinctive badges, not inconsistent with the costume here- 
 inbefore described. 
 
 McGill University carries the following positive 
 
 order regarding academic dress, in its catalog, pages 
 
 121 and 122. 
 
 Professors, lecturers and students are required to wear 
 academic dress at lectures, except in those cases in which a 
 dispensation shall have been granted by the Faculty. 
 
248 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Undergraduates shall wear a plain black stuff gown, not 
 falling below the knee, with round sleeve cut above elbow. 
 
 Bachelor of ^m.— Black stuff gown, falling below knee, 
 with full sleeve cut to elbow and terminating in a point (simi- 
 lar to that of the Cambridge B.A.); hood, black silk, lined 
 with pale blue silk and edged with white fur. 
 
 Bachelor of Science. — The same gown as Bachelors of 
 Arts; hood, black silk, lined with yellow silk and edged with 
 white fur. 
 
 Bachelor of Science in Agriculture.— Th^ same gown as 
 Bachelors of Arts; hood, black silk, lined with dark green 
 silk and edged with white fur. 
 
 Bachelor of Civil Law. — The same gown as Bachelors of 
 Arts; hood, black silk, lined with French grey silk and edged 
 with white fur. 
 
 Bachelor of Architecture. — The same gown as Bachelors 
 of Arts; hood, black silk, lined with white silk and edged with 
 white fur. 
 
 Bachelor of Music. — The same gown as Bachelors of 
 Arts; hood, black silk, lined with pale mauve silk and edged 
 with white fur. 
 
 Master of Arts. — Black gown of stuff or silk, falling 
 below knee, with long sleeve with semi-circular cut at the 
 bottom (similar to that of the Cambridge M.A.); hood, 
 black silk, lined with pale blue silk. 
 
 Master of Science. — The same gown as Masters of Arts; 
 hood, black silk, lined with yellow silk. 
 
 Doctor of Medicine. — The same gown as Masters of Arts; 
 hood, scarlet cloth, lined with dark blue silk. 
 
 Doctor in Dental Science. — The same gown as Masters 
 of Arts; hood, scarlet cloth, lined with pink silk. 
 
 Doctor of Laws. — The same gown as Masters of Arts; 
 hood, scarlet cloth, lined with white silk. 
 
 Doctor of Literature. — The same gown as Masters of 
 Arts; hood, scarlet cloth, lined with pale blue silk. 
 
 Doctor of Science. — The same gown as Masters of Arts; 
 hood, scarlet cloth, lined with yellow silk. 
 
 Doctor of Civil Law. — The same gown as Masters of 
 Arts; hood, scarlet cloth, lined with French grey silk. 
 
 Doctor of Music. — ^The same gown as Masters of Arts; 
 hood, scarlet cloth, lined with pale mauve silk. 
 
 Doctor of Philosophy. — The same gown as Masters of 
 Arts; hood, scarlet cloth, lined with pale green silk. 
 
 Doctors of Laws, Doctors of Civil Law, Doctors of Liter- 
 ature, Doctors of Science, Doctors of Philosophy and 
 
Painted by Maria I.. McMickIn, Albany, X. Y. 
 D.D. (Yale). 
 
 American Inter 
 LL.M. M.D. (Columbia). Ph.D 
 
 From Monroe's "Cyclopedia of Education," VJ 
 
, . 
 
 1,^"^ 
 
 
 i v\##{; I'M 
 
 '■^^m^^ 
 
 iGiATE System. 
 
 Litt.D. (U.of Pa.). LL.D. 
 
 )ne, published by The Macmlllan Company. 
 
 (Copyright. 1910. by Gardner CotrcU Lecm.ird, B.A.) 
 
 Mus.D. 
 B.S. (Cornell). M. A. (U.of Chicago). 
 
Painted by ManaL. McMlckln. Albany. N.Y. 
 
 British Usage in 
 
 B.A., Oxford D.D., Oxford Sc.D., Oxford M.A., Oxford. Mt 
 
 (Convocation Robe). (Full Dress). 
 
 ■rom Monroe's "Cyclopedia of Education," Vc 
 
(Copyright, 1910. by Gardner Cotrell Leonard. B.A.) 
 DEMic Costume. 
 ^ r J Pensioner of D.D., Edinburgh (Full Dress). 
 ^ °^ ■ Trinity College, Vice-Chancellor, D.C.L., Oxford 
 
 Cambridge. Cambridge. (Full Dress). 
 
 One, published by The .Macmllhin Company. 
 
COLLEGE HERALDRY 249 
 
 Doctors of Music shall be entitled to wear for full dress a robe 
 of scarlet cloth (similar in pattern to that of the Cambridge 
 LL.D.), faced with silk of the same colour as the lining of 
 their respective hoods. 
 
 All hoods shall be in pattern similar to that of the Mas- 
 ters of Arts of Cambridge University. 
 
 Undergraduates and graduates shall wear the ordinary 
 black trencher with black tassel, but Doctors of Laws, 
 Doctors of Civil Law, Doctors of Literature, Doctors of 
 Science, Doctors of Philosophy and Doctors of Music shall 
 wear for full dress a black velvet hat with gold cord, similar 
 to that worn by Doctors of Laws of Cambridge University. 
 
 Samples of the colours of the linings of all hoods shall 
 be kept for inspection in the office of the Registrar. 
 
 COLORS 
 
 The following extract vv^ill give evidence of the ease 
 with which the colors proper for the more commonly 
 known branches of education may be remembered and 
 distinguished. 
 
 The colors please the eye and add immensely to the 
 beauty and impressiveness of ceremonial processions and the 
 arrangement of colorings excites the interest of all spectators 
 who strive to figure out the significance of the symbolic 
 display. 
 
 The colors selected for the different degrees are historic 
 and appropriate and easily remembered. The white for arts 
 and letters comes from the white fur of the Oxford and 
 Cambridge B. A. hoods; the red for theology follows the 
 traditional color of the church as signifying ardent love and 
 zeal for the faith as used by cardinals for centuries. The 
 purple for law comes from the royal purple of the king's 
 courts; the green of medicine from the stripe in the army 
 surgeon's uniform and earlier from the color of medicinal 
 herbs. The degrees in philosophy are shown by blue, the 
 color of truth and wisdom; science, gold yellow which signi- 
 fies the wealth contributed by scientific discoveries. Pink 
 was taken from the pink brocade prescribed for the Oxford 
 doctors of music; olive allied to green, was selected by 
 pharmacy so closely allied to medicine, while russet was 
 taken from the jolly old English foresters who wore it in the 
 fall. The hood linings appeal to the loyalty of college men. 
 — The Argus, July 27, 1902. 
 
THE BINDING 
 
 THE binding of a college catalog is a very simple 
 job, within the possibilities of any ordinary 
 pamphlet bindery such as is attached to all 
 printing plants in which there are cylinder presses. As 
 shown in the chapter on mailing, page 265, a college 
 catalog bound as a book is not subject to entry as 
 second-class matter. Many large catalogs are bound in 
 book form in quite limited edition for office use and for 
 exchange. From these books the second-class entry 
 notice must invariably be removed. Pamphlet binding 
 only is therefore to be considered in this connection. 
 
 The folding machine and the book-binder's sewing 
 machine, wonderful inventions, each costing, in the 
 various makes and sizes, from ^1250.00 up, are nowa- 
 days considered as much a necessity in the pamphlet 
 bindery as were the fifteen cent bone folder, the sewing 
 bench (the same as used in Jean Grolier's time) and the 
 $200.00 wire stitching machine some years ago. 
 
 For the large catalog, the edition of which runs into 
 many thousands, the folding machine is invariably used. 
 For short runs of small catalogs the old fashioned bone 
 folder in the hands of a bindery girl is still practical. The 
 setting of the folding machine requires perhaps an 
 hour's v/ork on the part of a thorough mechanic, the 
 machine being of rather intricate construction. The 
 machine must also be set for each signature of the 
 catalog. Thus, if a catalog contain 352 pages, eleven 
 sections or signatures of thirty-two pages, the machine 
 would have to be readjusted for each one of the signa- 
 tures. This item spells prohibitive expense for machine 
 
 250 
 
THE BINDING 25! 
 
 folding of short runs, hundreds instead of thousands. 
 Machine folding is, however, much more satisfactory in 
 many ways, particularly because of the elimination of 
 the buckling in the upper and inner corner of the middle 
 pages of signatures. For instance, in many catalogs, if 
 folded by hand in thirty-two page forms, unsightly 
 wrinkles will appear on pages 16 and 17 and probably 
 14 and 19. If the paper be heavy, just such wrinkles 
 will appear in 16 page forms at pages 8 and 9, 6 and 11, 
 unless the second fold be slit. Slitting adds expense but 
 insures for the hand folded job much better appearance. 
 The folding machine automatically cuts the paper where 
 necessary to avoid buckling. 
 
 The 1916 catalogs of the Universities of Indiana and 
 Texas, folded in thirty-twos, show bad buckles. The 
 Register of the University of Chicago also buckles. 
 
 In the large catalogs of great institutions, the paper 
 is thin, thus allowing both folding and sewing in thirty- 
 two page signatures. It is however impractical to sew 
 thirty-two pages if the paper be heavy or bulky. The 
 sewing machine is of most delicate mechanism and 
 does not work well with very thick paper. Catalogs of 
 100 to 300 pages, if printed on paper of average or 
 greater bulk, should invariably be bound in sixteen page 
 signatures, for several reasons, the principal of which is 
 that a much smoother backbone thereby results. The 
 cover paper is glued to the catalog. If the surface to 
 which it is glued is fairly smooth by reason of thin signa- 
 tures, the cover paper adheres more permanently and 
 when rubbed down, results in a much smoother appear- 
 ance. This is equally true in the sewed and in the wired 
 catalog. The 1916 catalog of the University of Idaho, 
 296 pages only, but on bulky paper, is folded in thirty- 
 
252 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 twos, the result being a rough, uneven backbone of 
 unsightly appearance. The catalog of the University of 
 Vermont, similar in number of pages, presents the same 
 appearance. For a slight increase in cost of production, 
 almost negligible, these catalogs could have been folded 
 in sixteens, thus insuring a pleasing effect on the 
 backbone. 
 
 In the catalog of moderate or small size, the sewing 
 is quite uncommon, although it makes a much more 
 desirable book, as for instance the catalogs of Mount 
 Holyoke, Western College for Women and Wells. The 
 sewed catalog opens flat, comfortably ; the wired 
 catalog, especially when thick, is anything but pleasant 
 to handle; the catalog of McGill University, about one 
 and a quarter inches in thickness, 472 pages and insert, 
 is wired, thus making impossible the flat opening of the 
 book. This is true of the catalogs of the University of 
 Washington, 1914, 502 pages, Kansas Agricultural Col- 
 lege, seven-eighths inch thick, the University of Kansas, 
 one and a quarter inches thick, and that of Syracuse 
 University. The 1916-1917 catalog of the University 
 of Missouri, 548 pages, otherwise good, is wired so 
 tight and the wires are set so far in from the backbone 
 that it closes like a rat-trap, while in the sewed catalog 
 of Yale, nearly twice as thick, type on the inner edge of 
 the page may be read with quite as much ease as that on 
 the outer edge. The catalog of the University of Cali- 
 fornia, bulking one and three-eighths inches and con- 
 taining many inserts, lies open perfectly flat at any page, 
 the book being not only sewed but sewed on heavy 
 cords. The sewing cost is only slightly in excess of that 
 of wire stitching. To the reader possessing the attributes 
 
The catalog above is I 
 and cannot be opened II a 
 is machine sewed with llir 
 will cause much e\-c strai 
 
 lial of the University of Missouri. It is bouii 
 t. 'I'lu- much thicker catalog below is that ( 
 .■ad, opening flat at any page. Reading the u) 
 II. The extra expense of sewing is comparati 
 
 \iik 
 
 It 
 
 alou- 
 i^iit. 
 
F IDAHO, 1915-16 
 
 ^ 
 
 Section of badly wrinkled backbone of catalog printed in 32 page sections on 
 icavy paper. Less bulky paper bound into 16 page sections would admit of smooth 
 .'luing. 
 
 ports-.' 
 
 *I43>'44. 
 y Gkav 
 
 SCIENCE. LjUlRATUiiE, AND THE ARTS 
 
 I,/ ; I, s life ana works. AssiLCurii f. ^.i,y: 
 
 I.: and works. Assigned roadintrs and reports. 
 
 GREEK 
 
 Professors John C'okkiN Hutchinson, Ch .mij Amiikv : 
 KHQUIRf:.MENTS OF THE t>Ei'.\ RTMENT 
 
 Specimen of unsightly buckle at top of page in center of 32 page section of too 
 heavy paper. The use of thin paper in 32 page sections or tlie use of heavy pajier 
 in sections of only 16 pages would obviate this blemish. 
 
THE BINDING 253 
 
 of a booklover, the thick wired book is displeasing, the 
 sewed book most enjoyable. 
 
 The catalog which is wire stitched must, for the 
 sake of appearance, have the cover glued on the back- 
 bone and for at least one-fourth inch on the front and 
 the back to conceal the unsightly wires, the cover paper 
 having been previously scored to insure turning the 
 cover back easily. This is a process used in but few 
 pamphlet binderies owing to the extra cost entailed. 
 The gluing on the three sides requires far more time than 
 the gluing to the backbone only. It is needless to add 
 that the cover which is glued on three surfaces, if 
 properly attached with glue that has not been allowed 
 to chill, is infinitely stronger than the catalog the cover 
 of which has been affixed at the backbone only. 
 

 
 2 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 s 
 
 ?: 
 
 0> 
 
 o 
 
 S § 2 S 
 
 S 
 
 o 
 
 § 
 
 S 
 
 s 
 
 § 
 
 s 
 
 ■* 
 
 s 
 
 t5l 
 
 
 pl 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 «t-t6oja>iONcoiot-«oooio>oioio-*t-io«-c-<» 
 
 
 
 » i 
 
 SJ^SSSS^SSSSggg^SSS'^SSJSS 
 
 
 
 II 
 
 -1 
 
 ill! 
 
 gS5J'^;5?5S^SJ3SS'*«'^'-'*'*''*2* 
 
 7i 
 
 Ill 
 
 ^eOTjloO CO TOO rH rt «o J2®'* • 
 
 
 
 ^^0 
 
 
 
 ilfiiil 
 
 OOlOrMOOOPS HO-*-*r^NiH«3«N» flOtO 
 
 ^ 
 
 5il 
 
 2§^2§f:S^5S5g;SJ:g^i§gS.Sg£ 
 
 3 
 
 
 3«« 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 H-si 
 
 
 "^ 
 
 
 1^1 
 
 ^rHN^HlO-* NNWWr^NiH MNH«lO 
 
 
 5 
 
 
 -• 
 
 S^lli 
 
 sssss^s^^-^^^s^^^ss^^ssss 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 c^^'Si'^ 
 
 ■^ 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 09 
 
 ^flvl 
 
 ■*OSlO-*«rHOM(»t-rMt>«eOt-«ie5»«4ia'H® 
 
 -• 
 
 'o 
 
 ii3iiS«2S§s^gS5i3s;^5S^ss 
 
 3^ 
 
 •|.S J, 
 
 
 y 
 
 ;> 
 
 1 
 
 
 S«WTHWOrHrHeOrH«rH N-*NNW»« 
 
 
 S • 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 P^l 
 
 „t,oog.oo^N;H^oo«oooeo«;5t-2 
 
 O 
 
 1 
 
 III 
 
 ?JS^22SS;^S^g55SSJSS§-2g§i§ 
 
 S 
 
 ■p 
 
 ^S^S^S'°"^2^5SS3Si;SSSS85 
 
 T'. 
 
 
 ^« 
 
 
 w 
 
 lis* 
 
 S^^2^5SJ5SSS£§^SSeJ5^S^S 
 
 r^ 
 
 
 ||l?s 
 
 
 g 
 
 sillil 
 
 ocoooooooow^ooTKfioeoMciorjt^atj 
 
 ^^ 
 
 ^ 5 
 
 ON-*0>-*'a'-''-'M<»WC0'^«NOM't«lt-NN 
 
 a 
 
 
 5' 
 
 
 H 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 M 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 : : ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 > i 
 
 ? 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 ill, 
 
 > £ £ i: 
 
 5^ i -s 
 
 5 
 
 .1 
 
 3 c 
 
 ! 
 
 
 1. 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 i \ 
 
 is : 
 
 i J 
 
 
 
 
 s t ^ 5 ^ e i ^ i 5 g ^ g g g 1 u § i i 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 1 
 i 1 
 
 1 i 
 
 
 
 i 1 1 1 § 
 
 1 J 
 
 if 
 
 
 
 
 : ? 
 
 : £ 
 
 : c 
 
 3 
 
 
 , 1 
 
 1 :: 
 
 ,5 
 
 The task of preparing this table for the Carnegie Foundation, the work of a 
 Bryn Mawr graduate, was stupendous. It has not been again undertaken. See 
 page 259, third paragraph. 
 
 254 
 
THE CARNEGIE FOUNDATION 
 
 SOME may contend that there is no real connection 
 between the work of the above institution and the 
 subject of college catalogs. The fact remains that 
 the catalog of every American college finds its way, 
 sooner or later, willingly or unwillingly, to the dissecting 
 table of the Foundation. Many college presidents and 
 professors are thoroughly conversant with the scope and 
 work of the Carnegie Foundation in detail, many and 
 widely diverging opinions resulting therefrom. Some 
 extracts from its Reports will, however, be of interest to 
 some few presidents and to many members of faculties 
 who have not as yet come into personal contact with it, 
 although its splendidly printed reports are to be found 
 in the library of every recognized university and college 
 in the United States and Canada. This because of the 
 very fact of the existence and the rapidly growing work 
 of the Foundation, its great and vital importance to the 
 world of education and of the consequent influence upon 
 the preparation of catalogs. See pages 5 and 7. 
 
 In general an idea of its connection with the sys- 
 tems of colleges and as a result of such systems, its direct 
 connection with the preparation of the catalog, may be 
 had from the opening sentences on the subject "Stand- 
 ards and Standardizers," in the Report for 1914. 
 
 Perhaps no word has been so overworked during the 
 last decade, by those who have to do with professional 
 schools, colleges, and secondary schools, as the word stand- 
 ards. Americans, perhaps, more than other people are imita- 
 tive. One sees this quality at its best and at its worst in our 
 colleges, but in the main its tendency is toward a general 
 wiping out of college individualism. What one college does, 
 
 255 
 
256 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 another must do. Distinctive academic flavors disappear. 
 A common mediocrity remains. 
 
 In one group of catalogues one finds these requirements 
 set forth in great strictness only to be completely evaded in 
 the enforcement. All sincerity is abandoned. The college or 
 medical school living on fees will talk with a solemn face about 
 its "standards" and admit any student who has the price. 
 The Foundation has never attempted to dictate to any 
 college what its standards of admission ought to be. It has 
 not hesitated, however, to call attention to the wide dis- 
 crepancy which existed, even in the cases of some old and 
 famous colleges, between the standards of admission laid 
 down in the catalogue and those enforced in practice. The 
 only standards that the Foundation has urged upon institu- 
 tions of learning have been those of common honesty and 
 sincerity. 
 In evidence of the importance of the work being 
 done by the Carnegie Foundation, the following ex- 
 tracts from the Report for 19 16, which however deals 
 largely with pensions and which is not yet in print, 
 will be of interest: 
 
 THE STUDY OF LEGAL EDUCATION 
 Some three years ago the study of legal education, including 
 a study of methods of admission to the Bar, was begun by 
 the Foundation. The work was placed in charge of Mr. 
 Alfred Z. Reed, and has been pushed skilfully and energetic- 
 ally under his direction. The labor involved has been far 
 greater than was anticipated. Altogether this is the most 
 far-reaching and difficult study that the Foundation has 
 attempted. 
 
 All the material for this study has been gathered and 
 is partially arranged and digested. The material is compli- 
 cated and its mass is enormous. The discussion of it is 
 proceeding as rapidly as the nature of the case will permit, 
 and it is hoped that the report may be ready within the com- 
 ing year. 
 
 * * * * 
 
 Everybody who is interested in education knows that 
 around the term "special student" cluster a variety of prac- 
 tices and a variety of problems. But no one who has not 
 tried to get at the heart of this matter in many schools can 
 fully appreciate the varying terminology, the many angles 
 of approach, the confusing interpretations of statutory and 
 customary law by which distinct categories of students — 
 
THE CARNEGIE FOUNDATION 257 
 
 special, unclassified, irregular, partial, hearers, auditors, con- 
 ditioned, certificate — come into being. To state clearly how 
 the schools differ in this respect from one another — to indi- 
 cate further which practices seem commendable, which 
 are open to criticism, which are trivialities not worthy of 
 mention — is only one of many tasks which cannot be com- 
 pleted until the material is all in, and cannot be completed 
 
 then without much thought and patience. 
 * * * * 
 
 Only four schools have definitely declined to partici- 
 pate in any way in the enquiry. Only three have greeted us 
 cordially at first, and then definitely withdrawn when it was 
 discovered that we were attempting a searching study. 
 
 We believe that much is expected of this enquiry, part- 
 ly because of the time and labor which already have been put 
 into it, but more because confidence is placed in its fairness 
 and honesty. We hope to show that this confidence is merit- 
 ed. 
 
 Just as an example of the fearlessness with which 
 the Carnegie Foundation handles all matters educa- 
 tional, we quote from the Report of 1914, the subject 
 being "Medicine and Politics in Ohio," in which, after 
 reviewing briefly the events preceding the establish- 
 ment of two medical colleges at Ohio State University, 
 the following appears: 
 
 Notwithstanding the high respect one must have for 
 the governing board of the university, it is difficult to review 
 this action without protest. The actual need of a medical 
 school at this time seems to have received slight considera- 
 tion. Ohio is overcrowded with practitioners, and in Colum- 
 bus and its vicinity this overcrowding is excessive. At the 
 end of this paper are given certain statistics regarding the 
 number of medical practitioners in the state, from which it 
 is evident that even if no school of medicine were conducted 
 in Columbus for twenty years, the region would still be over- 
 supplied with physicians. 
 
 To maintain two schools, a university must expend as 
 a minimum something in the neighborhood of $300,000 a year 
 and provide buildings well on toward $2,000,000. 
 
 In the Report for 1913, twelve and one-half pages 
 are devoted to the subject of "College Catalogues." 
 Following are some extracts of most Interesting nature: 
 
258 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Perhaps nowhere else are the catalogues of all colleges 
 of the United States under such constant examination as in 
 the offices of the Carnegie Foundation. Each year those who 
 conduct its work examine in greater or less detail the cata- 
 logues of at least one thousand institutions bearing the name 
 college or university. It is out of some such experience as this 
 that the officers of the Foundation are led to feel that the 
 questions which have just been asked are real and pertinent. 
 
 If this, however, is accepted, it furnishes the point of 
 view from which information in the catalogue should be pre- 
 pared, namely, that of the prospective student who desires to 
 know, as accurately as may be, the opportunity the college 
 can oiTer. 
 
 It will also, I think, be generally admitted that the 
 college as an educational agent may fairly be judged by the 
 character of the catalogue that it issues, taking into account 
 its literary form, its honesty, its accuracy, and the clearness 
 and completeness with which its information is presented. 
 An honest college ought to be represented by an honest cata- 
 logue. Even modesty ought not to be wholly out of reach. 
 
 It is not too much to say that if the one thousand and 
 more colleges of the country were judged upon the basis of the 
 literary excellence, the clearness, and the honesty of their 
 catalogues, the showing would be an extremely embarrassing 
 one. This results from a number of causes. In some fairly 
 good institutions it arises out of the fact that the advertising 
 side of the catalogue has been allowed to overshadow its pri- 
 mary purpose; in others the catalogue has not received the 
 care and attention that it deserves; in still others the cata- 
 logue is prepared by a number of persons, and repetitions and 
 lack of clearness are the inevitable result; while in a large 
 group of institutions the catalogue has been used to set forth 
 an exaggerated claim for advantages and facilities that the 
 college does not possess. The time has come when those col- 
 leges which value their own scholarly standing and believe 
 that they are offering only sincere and fruitful courses of study 
 should give this matter earnest attention. 
 
 What is the information that the) class of readers most 
 interested in the catalogue desire to secure.^ What are the 
 significant items of information that enable a parent or a 
 student to estimate the opportunity to be had at a given col- 
 lege and to compare that with the opportunity to be had at 
 other institutions.? 
 
 The statement of ( )* University, "Our reputation 
 
 for educational efficiency is world-wide," is considerably 
 
 *Names of institutions indicated by dash in parentheses are printed in full in 
 the reports from which these extracts are taken. 
 
THE CARNEGIE FOUNDATION 259 
 
 illuminated by its additional statement, on the sanie page, 
 "This past year a new factor has entered our school life. We 
 have an endowment fund well started." 
 
 It is scarcely necessary to say that most of our dis- 
 tinguished institutions present their case modestly, altho 
 some, like Princeton, find it necessary to refer to themselves 
 as a "great institution." Many others, however, so urge upon 
 the reader their judgment as to their own incomparable ex- 
 cellence that they repel him by this self-revelation of lack of 
 knowledge, judgment, and good taste. 
 
 The table on page 114* of the contents of the catalogues 
 of a score of our prominent universities indicates that there is 
 a fairly general agreement as to the material that such docu- 
 ments should present. What agreement there is as to the 
 order of the interest or importance of these items is indicated 
 by the order of the items in the table. It will be seen that 
 there is little agreement concerning the appropriate space 
 that each kind of information should occupy. There is no 
 agreement whatever concerning the manner and style of 
 presentation. One occasionally hears the complaint that our 
 universities and colleges are becoming all alike. Certainly 
 the form and style of their catalogues are alike only in their 
 utter divergence. It may be fairly said in criticism of all that 
 they are too large. 
 
 The information presented in the introductory pages 
 of a catalogue is seldom satisfactory. It sometimes includes, 
 as in the catalogues of Harvard, Yale, and Chicago, the 
 charter or the statutes of the university, or both, altho these 
 are matters for which the general reader cares but little and 
 which the student will seek elsewhere from more authorita- 
 tive sources. The University of Wisconsin, for example, 
 presents a history of the institution which, like the traditional 
 professor's lecture, dwells expansively upon the earlier days, 
 deals scantily with recent years, and never reaches the 
 present. Probably much of this sort of thing is traditional 
 and accidental. 
 
 There is probably no simple method of indicating the 
 character of the administration, altho unnecessary com- 
 plexity displays itself, as in the seventy-six faculty commit- 
 tees of ( ) College. 
 
 The list of officers and professors Is one of the items for 
 which we naturally turn to a catalogue, even tho a mere list 
 can do but little to Indicate ability and devotion. The method 
 
 *See page 254, this book. 
 
26o THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 of presenting such faculty lists varies greatly. Of the insti- 
 tutions represented in the table Columbia has quite the 
 largest faculty, but most of the other institutions occupy 
 more catalogue space in presenting theirs. Columbia prints 
 its faculty list at the beginning of the book once and for all, 
 giving titles and degrees, with their sources, for professors, 
 and titles and degrees alone for other officers. Names only 
 are repeated in connection with the various schools and col- 
 leges of the university, and these are condensed into a single 
 solid paragraph. This is an improvement in both dignity 
 and compactness upon the usual practice of repeating the 
 names and degrees and titles in full, either at the head of the 
 sections devoted to the several schools, as at Harvard, or 
 before the list of students at the end of the book, as at Michi- 
 gan. While, further, a catalogue may appropriately give the 
 sources of degrees, and perhaps indicate previous service, as 
 these may suggest the academic breadth or narrowness of the 
 faculty, there is an extreme of expansion in this matter which 
 is certainly to be avoided. This is represented by the elabo- 
 rate academic biographies given by the University of Chicago 
 for all of its officers of instruction, sometimes extending to 
 thirty lines for a single individual, and including statements 
 of membership in boards, committees, European travel, and 
 the like. Chicago also repeats the names, degrees, and titles 
 of professors at the head of the descriptions of its various 
 schools, colleges, departments, boards, and committees, so 
 that a professor who is associated with a number of these may 
 find his name, degrees, and titles displayed in literally a dozen 
 places. The University of Illinois follows a similar practice 
 of expansion in its curious practice of triplicating titles, thus: 
 "professor of Laryngology, Rhinology, and Otology, and 
 clinical Laryngology, Rhinology, and Otology, and Head of 
 the Department of Laryngology, Rhinology, and Otology." 
 One must after all leave something to the imagination, es- 
 pecially as there is no known way of briefly summarizing 
 
 character or teaching ability, even by the method of ( ) 
 
 University, which frankly calls a professor "beautiful and 
 charming," or "the possessor of a delicately poetic nature." 
 At the same time the faculty lists that are given at 
 present are often suggestive of an institution's academic 
 ideals. The fact that the customary degree of Ph.D. is held 
 by only three of the one hundred and ninety-five professors 
 
 and instructors of ( ) University, by but two of the 
 
 twenty-three at ( ) University, and by none of the 
 
 twenty-six at the University of ( ) would alone throw 
 
 doubt upon the claim of these institutions to the name of 
 university. 
 
THE CARNEGIE FOUNDATION 261 
 
 Few institutions attempt to give any statement in their 
 catalogues as to their endowment, income, and expenditures. 
 This most important and most illuminating information 
 may, however, be given in a very brief paragraph like the 
 following from the catalogue of the University of Virginia: 
 "The university owns equipment, buildings, and grounds of 
 an estimated value of ^2,001,953; holds productive funds to 
 amount of ^1,416,766.98, and receives an annual appropria- 
 tion from State of Virginia of ^80,000. The annual expendi- 
 tures for the session of 191 i-i 2 were ^251,663." Occasionally 
 other institutions give partial information: The Catholic 
 University of America and New York University, lists of 
 endowments; Columbia University, an unrelated list of 
 special funds; the University of Pennsylvania, a grouping in 
 its index of endowments, gifts, and memorials; but such 
 fragmentary financial information is unsatisfactory. 
 
 A simple and adequate financial statement would be of 
 the greatest value to both the institution and the reader. 
 Even worthy institutions are constantly tempted to enter 
 upon projects that are too large for their resources; nothing 
 would so conduce to an institution's own sanity as a sound 
 financial statement. The prospective student and his ad- 
 visers are entitled, moreover, to know the resources that are 
 behind an institution's promises; but at present these re- 
 sources are but vaguely known to the public, and to be 
 learned accurately only, if at all, from the semi-confidential 
 reports of treasurers. 
 
 With regard to equipment, our institutions greatly 
 need a custom of simple yet adequate statement such as 
 scarcely yet exists. Descriptions of equipment are at present 
 almost always too elaborate or too brief. They are seldom 
 comprehensive or discriminating. What the reader wishes 
 to know regarding the size, character, and estimated value 
 of the ground and buildings can be very simply stated, in 
 some such way as follows: "Blank Hall was built in 191 2 at a 
 cost of $100,000, thru the generosity of John Blank, of the 
 Class of 1893. A collegiate Gothic structure of gray stone, 
 its five floors, each 50 by 100 feet, provide twelve laboratories 
 and six lecture rooms for botany and an equal number for 
 zoology, together with appropriate office, library, conference, 
 and store rooms. An equipment of $50,000 and an endow- 
 ment of $200,000 for maintenance were also provided by Mr. 
 Blank in 1913." Maps of the region and the city and the 
 campus of an institution are also helpful, the last perhaps 
 like Yale's relief map, which gives the buildings in perspec- 
 tive. 
 
262 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 When one turns from the consideration of the two 
 hundred or two hundred and fifty college catalogues which 
 show any consideration for good English, logical arrangement, 
 and accuracy of statement, he finds all possible combinations 
 of materials, — commercial, religious, social. For example: 
 
 the catalogue of ( ) College devotes its cover to the 
 
 advertisement of biscuits; ( ) College announces that 
 
 "Any one donating $5o,ooo,shall have the privilege of giving 
 
 the institution a new and permanent name." ( ) College 
 
 reports that "The attendance this year has been the best 
 * * * if all the boosters would boost, a nice gain would be 
 
 had each year;" a circular of ( ) College says of the new 
 
 ( ) spirit: "There is Tobasco Sauce in its eye." 
 
 Enough has been said to indicate that college cata- 
 logues are important enough to receive far more careful 
 preparation. Almost all of them need a more definite aim, a 
 more rigid exclusion, a more orderly arrangement, a greater 
 condensation, a greater clarity of thought and simplicity of 
 style. In general it would be fortunate if there were more 
 information about trustees and administration, less repetition 
 of faculty names, simple statements of financial resources, 
 more illuminating description of equipment, condensed and 
 clarified statements of entrance requirements, schools, cur- 
 ricula, courses, scholarships, and fees; some statement of the 
 actual requirements enforced, courses given, and the size of 
 classes; better classification and summaries of students, 
 graduates, and alumni; better tables of contents and indices; 
 and always better form and style. 
 
 Fortunately, the catalogues of our most distinguished 
 institutions are best in most of these respects. But there is 
 at present no catalogue that would not be vastly improved 
 by more careful editorial scrutiny. 
 
COPYRIGHTING 
 
 IT IS sometimes desired to copyright a bulletin con- 
 taining matter of scientific or other valuable nature. 
 The method of securing copyright is very simple 
 when understood. Explanatory circular and blanks 
 will be furnished free upon request addressed to The 
 Register of Copyrights, Washington, D. C. 
 
 One dollar is the statutory fee for registration. 
 Following is a reprint of some suggestions issued by 
 the Register of Copyrights : 
 
 Publish the work with the copyright notice. The notice 
 
 may be in the form "Copyright, 19 by 
 
 The name of the copyright proprietor given in the notice 
 should be the true, legal name of the person, firm, or corpora- 
 tion owning the copyright, and no other. The date in the 
 copyright notice should agree with the year date of publi- 
 cation. 
 
 Promptly after publication, send to the Copyright office 
 two copies of the best edition of the work, with an application 
 for registration and a money order payable to the Register of 
 Copyrights for the statutory registration fee of $1. 
 
 In the case of books the copies deposited must be accom- 
 panied by an affidavit, under the official seal of an officer 
 authorized to administer oaths, stating that the type-setting, 
 printing, and binding of the book have been performed 
 within the United States. Affidavit and application forms 
 will be supplied by this office on request. 
 
 In the case of contributions to periodicals send one 
 complete copy of the periodical containing the contribution 
 with application and fee. No affidavit is required. 
 
 The statutory fee for registration of any work, except a 
 photograph, is one dollar, including a certificate of registra- 
 tion under seal. 
 
 Because of the procedure now followed under the rules 
 of the Treasury Department, by which the Register of Copy- 
 rights deposits all moneys received directly to the credit of 
 the Treasurer of the United States, checks can not be ac- 
 cepted for payment of copyright fees. To avoid trouble in 
 having them returned checks should therefore not be sent for 
 
 263 
 
264 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 fees. All remittances should be made by money order or bank 
 draft, payable to the Register of Copyrights. 
 To Aid the Copyright Office to Expedite your 
 Copyright Business 
 
 1. Address plainly all mail or express matter, Register 
 OF Copyrights, Library of Congress, Washington, D. C. 
 
 2. Add on outside of parcel the name and address of 
 sender. 
 
 (Please caution Postmaster not to cover this with 
 his frank label.) 
 
 3. In order to take action it is necessary to have the 
 copies, application and fee, at hand. These should therefore 
 all be mailed at the same time. 
 
 The copies of works sent to be registered for copyright 
 may be mailed to the Copyright Office free (under sec. 14 of 
 the copyright law) if directly delivered for that purpose to 
 the postmaster. The Copyright Office cannot furnish any 
 franking labels. 
 
 Special Caution. According to the ruling of the Post 
 Office Department the money order (or other remittance) is 
 not entitled to free postal transmission. These with the 
 Application therefore should be forwarded in an envelope 
 addressed to the Register of Copyrights to which letter pos- 
 tage has been affixed. 
 
 If this is done, and the application blanks carefully and 
 properly filled out prompt action can be taken and the delay 
 resulting from the need for correspondence will be eliminated. 
 
 Do not send currency or coin or postage stamps for fee; 
 but preferably a Money Order. Private checks not certi- 
 fied are not acceptable, and if sent it will be necessary to re- 
 turn them. 
 
 The Revenue Act approved September 9, 1916, has 
 abrogated the requirement for revenue stamps upon copy- 
 right certificates. 
 Extract U. S. Official Postal Guide, July igi6 
 
 5. Copyright. Matter for copyright deposited with a 
 postmaster for transmission to the Register of Copyrights, 
 Washington, D. C, will be accepted for mailing free of pos- 
 tage; and when requested a receipt therefor will be given on 
 a form furnished by the sender. (Sec. 505, P. L. & R.) 
 The receipt referred to in Section 505 is not a 
 registry receipt. Should the sender desire the matter 
 transmitted by registered mail the usual registry fee 
 must be prepaid. 
 
MAILING THE CATALOG 
 
 Third-class and Fourth-class Matter 
 
 SOME few institutions, principally boys' and girls' 
 schools in the more expensive class, prefer to 
 mail their catalogs as fourth-class matter, and 
 their circulars as third-class matter, owing to postal 
 requirements as to what shall appear on the cover of 
 all publications of educational institutions when ad- 
 mitted to the mails as second-class matter. Entry as 
 fourth-class matter or as third-class matter admits of 
 eliminating from the first page of the cover the unsight- 
 ly "Bulletin" etc. The unattractive entry notice need 
 not then intrude itself upon the first, second, or fourth 
 page of the cover or upon the first or second page of 
 the inside of the publication. Thus, the rich, dignified 
 cover used by Kiskiminetas Springs School for an ex- 
 ample, showing merely the name of the school, its 
 heraldic device and the figures of the year, all in a 
 subdued ink, embossed on paper of a shade lighter than 
 that of the ink, is made possible because of fourth- 
 class entry. On the other hand a number of military 
 and other school catalogs with most elaborately design- 
 ed and colored covers continue, with their other re- 
 quired periodical publications, second-class entry in 
 ignorance, no doubt, of postal customs. 
 
 In so far as such college and school circulars and 
 catalogs (not entered as second-class) are concerned, 
 the rates of postage are the same whether for circulars 
 entered as third-class matter, or for catalogs (designated 
 books), as fourth-class matter. The rate on unsealed 
 circulars or small bulletins is the same as the old-time 
 
 265 
 
266 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 book rate "one cent for each two ounces or fraction 
 thereof, on each individually addressed piece or pack- 
 age."* 
 
 The rate for fourth-class matter is "Parcels weigh- 
 ing eight ounces or less containing books, * * * one cent 
 for each two ounces or fraction thereof, regardless of 
 distance." "Parcels weighing more then eight ounces, 
 containing books, * * *, parcels of miscellaneous printed 
 matter weighing more than four pounds * * * are 
 charged according to the distance or zone, at the pound 
 rates shown * * *, a fraction of a pound being considered 
 a full pound," (in other words as parcel post if weight 
 exceeds eight ounces.) 
 
 For instruction as to mailing third and fourth- 
 class matter without the trouble of affixing stamps 
 see Section 459, Postal Laws and Regulations^ iQi3i 
 and U. S. Official Postal Guide, July 1916, page 15, 
 Paragraph 62. 
 
 Second-class Matter 
 Second-class entry for catalogs and bulletins is 
 used, because of its cheapness, by practically all col- 
 leges and by many schools. The requirements must 
 be watched carefully as changes in custom, due to 
 rulings and decisions by the Third Assistant Post- 
 master General, are of vital importance. The following 
 extracts from the Postal Laws and Regulations were 
 in effect December, 1916. 
 
 Sec. 412. The conditions upon which a publication 
 shall be admitted to the second class are as follows: 
 
 First. It must regularly be issued at stated intervals, 
 as frequently as four times a year, and bear a date of issue, 
 and be numbered consecutively. 
 
 ♦Harvard, Princeton, Williams and a number of other institutions bind 
 a portion of each edition in book form for exchange. These books are mailed 
 fourth-class, the second-class entry notice being carefully omitted in such bound 
 catalogs. See page 250. 
 
MAILING THE CATALOG 267 
 
 Second. It must be issued from a known office of pub- 
 lication. 
 
 Third. It must be formed of printed paper sheets, 
 without board, cloth, leather, or other substantial binding, 
 such as distinguish printed books for preservation from 
 periodical publications. 
 
 Sec. 413. All periodical publications issued from a 
 known place of publication at stated intervals, and as fre- 
 quently as four times a year, by * * *, or by a regularly in- 
 corporated institution of learning, or by a regularly estab- 
 lished State institution of learning supported in whole or in 
 part by public taxation, or by * * *, and all publications of 
 strictly professional, literary, historical, or scientific societies, 
 including * * *, shall be admitted to the mails as second- 
 class matter; * * * all such periodicals shall be formed of 
 printed paper sheets, without board, cloth, leather or other 
 substantial binding, such as distinguish printed books for 
 preservation from periodical publications. 
 
 Sec. 414. All periodical publications issued from a 
 known place of publication at stated intervals as frequently 
 as four times a year by State departments of agriculture shall 
 be admitted to the mails as second-class mail matter: Pro- 
 vided, that such matter shall be published only for the pur- 
 pose of furthering the objects of such departments: And 
 provided further, that such publications shall not contain 
 any advertising matter of any kind.* 
 
 *By opinion of the Third Assistant Postmaster General, the printer's im- 
 print (his name in very small type or his trademark, seldom as large as a dime, 
 placed as unobtrusively as possible, usually at the lower right corner of page 4 of 
 the cover) has been classified as advertising matter, and forbidden. While such 
 construction of this provision in Section 414 was made several years ago, the fact 
 remains that due to some misunderstanding a great majority of printers of college 
 catalogs and bulletins entered as second-class matter continue to use the imprmt. 
 This is without the slightest doubt due to excusable ignorance of the opinions of the 
 Third Assistant Postmaster General classifying a printer's mark as advertising 
 matter. The printer's conception of advertising matter is that which fills space at a 
 scheduled price per line, square, column or page. The appearance of such Imprint 
 on printed matter is considered by Ben Franklin Clubs to be of the same nature as 
 the mark of the manufacturers of silverware, clothing, automobiles and other 
 machinery, paintings, cartoons, steel rails, watches, etc., etc. The Printer's Mark 
 has been a subject of delight to "collectors" for centuries but it has been forbidden 
 entry in this classification of second-class matter to the United States malls. 
 
 There has not as yet, however, come to the compiler's notice any decision 
 or opinion in which the following items have been designated as advertising matter 
 and forbidden in educational bulletins entered as second-class matter: Printers^ 
 Union labels; watermarks manufactured into papers of better quality; artists' 
 initials or names appearing in engravings; names or marks of engraving firms 
 appearing in engravings; names of draftsmen or architects drawn into plats or 
 designs; names of dealers In photographs appearing in illustrations; copyright 
 notices embodied in or printed beneath Illustrations. There are also a number of 
 
268 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Sec. 416. Alleged periodical publications produced by 
 the stencil or hectograph process will not be admitted to the 
 mails as second-class matter. 
 
 Sec. 417. A publication must be regularly issued at 
 stated intervals to maintain its second-class status. (See 
 Sec. 412.) When an issue is omitted for unavoidable cause, 
 the first succeeding issue shall bear the serial number of the 
 omitted issue. 
 
 2. Publications of colleges and schools, otherwise 
 admissible as second-class matter, shall not lose such privilege 
 by suspension of issue during vacation. 
 
 3. Extra editions of a publication admitted as second- 
 class matter manifestly issued for the purpose of communi- 
 cating additional news and imparting information germane 
 to the publication but received too late for insertion in the 
 regular issue shall be accepted at the second-class rates, pro- 
 vided the same are not issued for advertising purposes. 
 
 Sec. 429. Par. 2. The rates of postage prescribed * * * 
 are applicable to second-class matter mailed by publishers 
 for delivery in Mexico, Cuba, and Panama, * * *. The rate 
 of postage on second-class matter other than * * * daily 
 newspapers addressed for delivery in Canada shall be i cent 
 for each 4 ounces or fraction of 4 ounces. 
 
 Sec. 431. Unbound back numbers of a publication 
 may be mailed at the second-class rate of i cent a pound so 
 long as the publication continues to be published as second- 
 class matter. 
 
 2. Bound back numbers and unbound reprints will be 
 treated as books and must be prepaid as third-class matter. 
 
 special brand mailing envelopes for catalogs in which the name of the maker usually 
 appears in some form or other. Such an envelope is often observed carrying 
 second-class matter although the maker is forbidden his mark thereon. Thus, it 
 may be seen that the labor union, the paper manufacturer, the artist, the architect, 
 the engraver and the photographer are allowed to use their names freely in second- 
 class matter but the printer has been forbidden the use of his name. See page 87 . 
 
 The Ben Franklin Clubs and Typothetae of the United States are giving 
 this matter consideration in the hope of securing a reversal of this opinion. 
 
 On the subject of the printer's mark on the college catalog, Dr. Harry Lyman 
 Koopman, librarian of Brown University, author of "The Booklover and His 
 Books," writes under date November 1,1916: "We should regard it as the depriva- 
 tion of an advantage and a right, if when we had work done by a first-class printer, 
 we were not allowed to show his hall-mark on his product." 
 
 Some universities outside the United States carry advertisements in their 
 catalogs after the manner of an American monthly magazine. See page 13. Prob- 
 ably the only reason why this custom is not in vogue in the United States is that 
 the insertion of advertising matter would prohibit second-class entry to the Unit- 
 ed States mail under existing regulations. 
 
MAILING THE CATALOG 269 
 
 Sec. 432, Par. 2. The postage on all second-class mat- 
 ter mailed at the rate of i cent a pound shall be collected in 
 money before the matter is dispatched. 
 
 Sec. 435. The rate of postage on * * * publications 
 of the second class, when sent by others than the publisher 
 * * *, shall be one cent for each four ounces or fractional part 
 thereof, and shall be fully prepaid by postage stamps affixed 
 to said matter. 
 
 3. Publications of the second class sent by publishers 
 to others than subscribers, and copies mailed by them in 
 pursuance of a contract or agreement with an advertiser or 
 other interested party for advertising purposes, shall not be 
 accepted for mailing at the second-class postage rate of i cent 
 a pound, but may be transmitted at the transient rate herein 
 provided. 
 
 4. Partial or incomplete copies of publications of the 
 second class shall not be regarded as second-class matter and 
 postage thereon shall be prepaid at the third-class rate. 
 
 Sec. 437. Publishers of matter of the second-class may 
 without subjecting it to extra postage, fold within their 
 regular issues a supplement; but in all cases the added matter 
 must be germane to the publication which it supplements, 
 that is to say, matter supplied in order to complete that to 
 which it is added or supplemented, but omitted from the 
 regular issue for want of space, time, or greater convenience, 
 which supplement must in every case be issued with the 
 publication. 
 
 Sec. 438. A publication entirely distinct^ from and 
 independent of the regular issue, but complete in itself, es- 
 pecially if it be not germane to the regular issue nor con- 
 nected therewith, shall not be accepted as a supplement. 
 
 2. Circulars, handbills, show bills, posters, and other 
 special advertisements shall not be accepted as supplements. 
 
 Sec. 439. Par. 2. Supplements shall in all cases bear 
 the full name of the publication with which they are folded, 
 preceded by the words "Supplement to," and also the date 
 corresponding to the regular issue. 
 
 3. Maps, diagrams, illustrations, etc., which form a 
 necessary part of a publication, shall be admitted, either loose 
 or attached, as a part of the publication itself, without the 
 words "Supplement to " 
 
 5. Supplements shall be folded with the regular issues 
 they purport to supplement. If mailed otherwise, postage 
 shall be prepaid at the third-class rate by stamps affixed. 
 
 Sec. 441. Par. 2. A pledge to furnish return postage 
 on receipt of notice that publication is undeliverable (see 
 
270 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Sees. 637 and 642) may be printed on wrappers of second- 
 class matter. (Sec. 642. The copy which forms the basis for 
 sending the notice on Form 3578 and copies received similarly 
 addressed for the period of five weeks thereafter, or in the 
 event that during the five weeks' period two issues have not 
 been published, then copies received until two issues have 
 been published, shall, if undeliverable at the post office of 
 address, be disposed of as waste unless there be on file a 
 forwarding order of the addressee, or unless there appears on 
 the face of the publication or wrapper a pledge of the pub- 
 lisher to send postage for its return, in which events the copies 
 should be retained a reasonable time (see Sec. 637) to give the 
 addressee or the publisher an opportunity to furnish the nec- 
 essary postage at the transient second-class rate — i cent for 
 each 4 ounces or fraction thereof — to effect the forwarding 
 or return of the matter, as the case may be. If the postage 
 for forwarding or returning such matter is not furnished, the 
 copies shall be disposed of as waste.) 
 
 5. Printed illustrations, including photographs not in 
 the nature of advertisements, may be pasted to the pages of a 
 publication admitted to the mails as second-class matter. 
 
 Sec. 465. * * * When envelopes are used as wrap- 
 pers, they should bear, in addition to the name of the publica- 
 tion, a notice of its entry as second-class matter. 
 
 Sec. 469. Par. 2. Matter of the second and third 
 classes should be inclosed in an unsealed envelope or wrapped 
 in such manner that the contents of the package can be easily 
 examined." 
 
 U. S. Official Postal Guide, July IQ16. Par. 78, page 16: 
 
 Envelopes of weak or unsubstantial paper should not 
 be used. Mail is handled often and subjected to pressure and 
 friction in the mail bags, and frequently is delivered from 
 moving trains; hence, if not inclosed in strong envelopes it 
 may be damaged. 
 
 For institutions not using second-class entry and 
 desiring to consider the same, it is suggested that a 
 pamphlet entitled The Postal Laws and Regulations 
 pertaining to The Second Class of Mail Matter, known 
 as Form 3500, be secured, free of cost from the Third 
 Assistant Postmaster General. If more detailed general 
 information, including sundry complete lists of Post 
 
MAILING THE CATALOG 2/1 
 
 Offices, parcel post information, etc., is desired, the 
 U. S. Official Postal Guide, 742 pages of small type, 
 can be secured in substantial board binding for forty 
 cents, or in paper cover for thirty cents. 
 
 The method of procedure in applying for original 
 entry as second-class matter is, however, fully covered 
 in Postal Laws and Regulations, J 91 3, Section 421, et 
 seq. This book may be seen in any post office. 
 
 For editors in doubt as to the necessary typograph- 
 ical appearance of the front cover of a bulletin or catalog 
 already entered as second-class matter, the following 
 letters will be of interest. 
 
 Division of Classification 
 
 POST OFFICE DEPARTMENT 
 
 Third Assistant Postmaster General 
 
 Washington 
 
 July 19, 1916 
 
 Receipt is acknowledged of yourletter of the 13 th instant, 
 
 with which you transmitted a copy each of issues No. , 
 
 and of the " College Bulletin," admitted to the 
 
 second class of mail matter at under the Act of July 
 
 16, 1894. It is noted that none of these copies bears a date 
 of issue, as prescribed in paragraph 2, section 422, Postal 
 Laws and Regulations. Also, that the title of the publication 
 
 is not displayed on the front cover of issue No. and 
 
 that in the case of issues No. and the title is 
 
 printed in type of smaller size than other matter appearing 
 on the front page of the cover. 
 
 For your guidance in the preparation of future issues 
 of the publication, you are informed that all such issues should 
 bear a date of issue and that in each instance the title of the 
 publication should be displayed on the front page of the 
 cover in type of larger size and more prominently than the 
 name of the publisher, the designation of the contents of the 
 particular issue, or any other matter appearing on that page. 
 
 You are further informed that if each of these issues 
 was prepared as one of the regular issues of the publication 
 they may be accepted for mailing at publishers' second-class 
 rates of postage under cover of either of the sample envelopes 
 submitted with your letter, since each issue appears to have 
 been "originated and published to further the objects and 
 
272 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 purposes" of College, the publishers, as required by 
 
 the above-mentioned Act. The inclosure of copies of different 
 regular issues of a second-class publication under cover of the 
 same wrapper does not affect the right of the copies to trans- 
 mission in the mails at the second-class rates of postage." 
 
 COLORADO COLLEGE 
 PUBLICATION 
 
 Published by Authority of the Board 
 of Trustees of Colorado College every 
 six weeks during the academic year. 
 
 Entered as second<lass matter Sep- 
 tember 23. 1905. at the Post Office at 
 Colorado Springs, under the Act of Con- 
 gress of July 16, 1894. 
 
 A technically legal second-class entry notice appearing on page two of cover, 
 which position does not comply with verbal requests of the postal authorities who 
 prefer it to appear on the front cover. 
 
 Such correspondence, however, would be entirely 
 unnecessary had the college designated "the publisher" 
 been more careful in watching Paragraph 2 of Section 
 422, Postal Laws and Regulations which reads as fol- 
 lows — 
 
 The following indicia shall be conspicuously printed 
 in publications entered as second-class matter: 
 
 (a) Title of the publication; 
 
 (b) Date of issue; 
 
 (c) Regular periods of issue — that is to say, frequency; 
 
 (d) Serial number; 
 
 (e) Known office of publication. 
 
 and Paragraph 2, Section 423 : 
 
 The publisher shall, upon admission of his publication 
 to the second class of mail matter, print, preferably on the 
 first page, upon each copy of the publication, the following: 
 
 Entered as second-class matter at the post office at 
 
 , under the act of * * * 
 
 The postal authorities request that the notice of 
 second-class entry be placed on page i of the cover 
 
MAILING THE CATALOG 273 
 
 for the convenience of postmasters. The catalogs of 
 many large and some small institutions show entry no- 
 tice elsewhere, some on page two of cover, some on page 
 four of cover and a few on title page. 
 
 Owing to numerous instances of unintentional but 
 evident misunderstanding on the part of the printer, 
 the college (officially designated the publisher) or the 
 local postmaster at point of dispatch, regarding the 
 
 Columbia Tanivcrsit^ 
 Bulletin of Untormation 
 
 (Issued 25 times during the Academic Year, monthly in 
 November and December, and weekly between February 
 and June. Entered as second-class matter at the New 
 York, N. Y.. Post Office, Dec 22, 1900, under Act of 
 July 16. 1894.) 
 
 Second-class entry notice appearing on page two of Columbia University catalog. 
 The legal title of this publication is " Columbia University Bulletin of Information," 
 the real title of this number of which is Catalog. 
 
 exact necessary appearance, typographically, of the 
 cover of a catalog or bulletin entered as second-class 
 matter, the following inquiries were addressed to the 
 Third Assistant Postmaster General and replies thereto 
 received : 
 Inquiry :- 
 
 We would like if you please, one item of detail ex- 
 plained, viz., the difference, if any, between the Act of Con- 
 gress, July 16, 1894, 2.nd the Act of Congress, August 24, 
 191 2. In other words would it be advisable for an old insti- 
 tution to change its entry from the Act of July 16, 1894, to 
 that of August 24, 191 2.'' 
 
 Reply :- 
 
 I have to say that the Act of August 24, 191 2, em- 
 bodied in Section 413, Postal Laws and Regulations, is the 
 same as the Act of July 16, 1894, except that the former Act 
 provides for the admission to the second class of mail matter 
 of publications issued by State boards of Charities and cor- 
 rections and provides further that publications of certain 
 
274 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 of the classes enumerated therein may carry advertisements 
 in the interests of persons or concerns other than the institu- 
 tions publishing them. 
 
 Inquiry:- 
 
 On many educational catalogs and bulletins entered 
 as second-class matter we find the entry notice appearing on 
 page two of the cover, sometimes on page four of the cover. 
 This is perhaps confusing. 
 
 Reply :- 
 
 With respect to the notice of entry as second-class 
 matter, I have to say that although it is preferable that it 
 be printed on the front cover, it may be placed on any of the 
 other pages. 
 
 It should, however, for convenience in administration 
 of the postal laws be placed on the outside of the front or 
 back cover. 
 
 OFFICIAL REGISTER OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY 
 
 {Entered March 6, 1913, at Boston, Mass., as seeond-elass matter, 
 under Act of Congress of August 25, 1912.] 
 
 Issued at Cambridge Station, Boston, Mass., six times a year. 
 
 Second-class entry notice appearing on page 4 of the cover of Harvard Universi- 
 ty 's catalog. The legal title of this publication is "The Harvard University- 
 Register," the real title of this number of which is "Harvard University Catalog. 
 
 In reply to a query regarding the proper sizes of 
 type in which to display the word Bulletin: — 
 
 Receipt is acknowledged of your letter of the 5th in- 
 stant, with regard to the size of type used by the publisher of 
 a publication mailed at the second-class rates of postage, in 
 printing the title of his publication, but since you failed to 
 furnish the name of the publication and where published, 
 this office is unable to advise you definitely concerning your 
 inquiry. 
 
 In this connection, however, I may say that the pub- 
 lishers of several publications which contain the word "Bul- 
 letin" as a part of the title have been advised that the title 
 of the publication should be displayed in the manner custom- 
 ary in periodical publications; that is, it should be given 
 greater prominence than the name of the institution publish- 
 
MAILING THE CATALOG 275 
 
 ing it and greater prominence than the designation of any 
 subject-matter appearing in any particular issue. 
 
 Inquiry :- 
 
 Your letter of the 8th states that the word bulletin 
 should be displayed in the manner customary in periodical 
 publications. I have just gone through several dozen such, 
 including those of Harvard, Yale, Columbia, Cornell, New 
 York, Chicago, Pennsylvania, Princeton, Ohio, Virginia, 
 Iowa, Wisconsin, Kentucky, Michigan, Northwestern, 
 Tulane, Washington and Lee, California, Leland Stanford, 
 Jr., etc., etc. In not a single instance have I found the word 
 bulletin in large type. 
 
 Reply:- 
 
 You will note that the law, embodied in section 413, 
 Postal Laws and Regulations, provides for the entry as 
 second-class matter of periodical publications, and under 
 the authority conferred by the statute it is the duty of the 
 Postmaster General to determine whether any publication 
 submitted is a periodical publication. Annuals and semi- 
 annuals, whether catalogs, reports or similar matter, can 
 not, as such, be accepted as second-class mail. However, 
 since the law above referred to provides the second-class 
 rates of postage for publications designed to further the ob- 
 jects and purposes of regularly incorporated institutions of 
 learning and published by them, matter of that character, if 
 published as a regular issue of such a publication, is accepted 
 for mailing at the second-class rates of postage if originated 
 and published to further the objects and purposes of the 
 institution publishing the same and if the issue is prepared 
 in the form and bears the external features of periodicals in 
 general, that is, with the title prominently displayed on the 
 front page of the cover in type of larger size and more promi- 
 nently than the name of the publisher, the title of the con- 
 tents of the particular issue, or any other matter appearing 
 on said page, and showing the serial number, date, frequency 
 of issue and office of publication. 
 
 The Rice Institute Pamphlet is published at Houston, Texas, 
 and is issued in April, May, June, July, September, October, 
 November, and December. It was entered as second-class 
 mailer, April 15, 1915, at the post-office at Houston, 
 Texas, under the Act of August 24. 1912 
 
 The above appears at the bottom of page 4 of the cover of the Rice Institute 
 Pamphlets. See page 202. 
 
im 
 
 COLLEGE BULLETIN 
 
 VOL.V 
 
 No. 3 
 
 Published Quarterly by Vassar College 
 poughkeepsie, n. y. 
 
 REPORTS OF THE PRESIDENT 
 
 AND TREASURER 
 
 1915-1916 
 
 ^ 
 
 This very handsome special cover design, in plate form, has been specifically 
 approved in writing by the Third Assistant Postmaster General, by reason of the 
 word "Vassar," although much larger than any other lettering, being an integral 
 part of the legal title of the publication, to which the real title Reports of the Presi- 
 dent and Treasurer is subordinated. 
 
 276 
 
MAILING THE CATALOG 277 
 
 You will note that paragraph 2, section 422, Postal 
 Laws and Regulations, requires that a publication shall bear 
 the title, and it is deemed to be a reasonable requirement that 
 this title should be displayed on the front cover in the manner 
 customary in all periodicals. Manifestly a publication in the 
 form of a pamphlet or catalog, which bears on the front cover 
 
 in large type such imprints as Catalog of College, 
 
 or College, with the words College Bulletin 
 
 printed in smaller type in an inconspicuous manner, would 
 plainly indicate that it is published as a catalog or advertising 
 pamphlet with the periodical title added in order to obtain 
 the second-class rates of postage for what would otherwise 
 be subject to the third or fourth class rate. It is not necessary 
 that the word Bulletin itself be printed in larger type, or in 
 exactly the same type as the rest of the title, but merely that 
 the front cover shall show clearly what is the title and indi- 
 cate that the publication is a periodical. On the inclosed 
 specimen, for instance, although the words of the title are 
 printed in two different sizes of type, it clearly purports to 
 be an issue of the Vassar College Bulletin and not a pamphlet 
 containing reports of the president and treasurer. 
 
 In view of the purposes for which you desire the above 
 information, it is deemed proper to point out another feature 
 of the law which is often overlooked by publishers, that is, 
 the requirement that a publication shall be issued at stated 
 intervals. For instance, a monthly publication should be 
 published once each month and it is not permissible for the 
 publisher to get out an additional issue whenever he has any 
 announcements or advertising matter to distribute and mail 
 it at the second class rates of postage. 
 
 The Department desires to co-operate with publishers 
 as much as possible in giving all information in advance 
 which will aid them to meet the requirements of the law. 
 
 Enclosed with this last reply was a cover of a 
 Vassar College Bulletin, Vol. V No. 3, reproduced here- 
 with, and referred to in the body of the reply. This 
 style is therefore evidently approved. 
 
 Notwithstanding the plain instructions found in 
 Paragraph 2, Section 422, Postal Laws and Regulations, 
 191 3, the very great majority of college catalogs are not 
 printed in conformity therewith or in forms mentioned 
 
278 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 BLANK 
 
 COLLEGE BULLETIN 
 
 VOLUME III JANUARY 191 7 NO. I 
 
 CATALOG FOR 19 16 -19 17 
 
 Published quarterly by Blank College 
 Blanktown, New York 
 
 Entered January i, 1915, as second-class matter under Act of Congress 
 of August 24, 191 2. 
 
 The above wording and sequence of sizes of type on page one of the catalog 
 cover will be entirely satisfactory to the postal authorities, provided no printer's 
 imprint or mark appear, in any position in the book. 
 
 If the words "Blank College Bulletin" were in small type and the word 
 "Catalog" appeared in large type, such a form would be contrary to postal 
 decisions. See pages 216 and 217. 
 
MAILING THE CATALOG 279 
 
 in the opinions emanating from the office of the Third 
 Assistant Postmaster General. 
 
 The word Bulletin when used in this connection 
 is perhaps misunderstood by many educational institu- 
 tions. Any appropriate title may be used. The word 
 Bulletin is in no sense necessary. Instead of Bulletin 
 of Blank College it is quite as permissible to use any 
 such title as Blank College Quarterly, Blank College 
 Journal, Blank College Pamphlet, Publication of 
 Blank College, etc. It is necessary however that the 
 institution give some specific name to its publications 
 and continue using the same if entry as second-class 
 matter is desired. It seems also to be necessary that 
 the name or title of the publication appear on the first 
 page of cover, or if there be no cover then on the first 
 page of the pamphlet, in greater typographic promi- 
 nence than any other matter. When examining maga- 
 zines or newspapers displayed at a news stand we 
 notice that the title of each publication is always in 
 large letters. It is simply this custom that the postal 
 authorities desire to apply to college publications. The 
 series or volume number and date must appear to- 
 gether with some statement as to frequency of issue. 
 The making of the title of the publication, such as 
 Blank College Bulletin, so much larger than the subject 
 of the contents, as for instance Catalog for iQiy or 
 President's Report or Alumni, seems to the layman to be 
 a mere technicality. Both Congress and the people 
 of the United States understand full well that no matter 
 what sizes of type be used for cover pages of college 
 catalogs and reports the pamphlet is yet a catalog or 
 a report and is still morally entitled to continue entry 
 as second-class matter within the intent and meaning 
 
28o THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 of the Postal Laws and Regulations. It is suggested 
 however that to avoid possible delays, confusion and 
 unpleasantness, the information and constructions 
 offered by the Third Assistant Postmaster General's 
 department be carefully observed, regardless of private 
 opinion as to outward appearance thereby necessitated. 
 When in doubt regarding postal regulations it 
 might be well to have an official expression of opinion 
 from the office of the Third Assistant Postmaster 
 General. Accompanying such inquiry, it is further 
 suggested that a printer's proof of the proposed typo- 
 graphical style of cover be enclosed, a duplicate of such 
 proof being retained in the correspondence files of the 
 college seeking the information. 
 
 CompoBed and Printed By 
 
 The Univeriity of Chicago Preti 
 
 Chicaeo. Ulinois, U.S.A- 
 
 PRINTED AT 
 
 THE HARVARD UNIVERSITY PRESS 
 
 CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S.A. 
 
 Designed and Monotyped 
 
 by the Department of Printing 
 
 Carnegie Institute 
 
 of Technology 
 
 Printed by 
 
 Murdoch, Kerr and Company 
 
 Pittsburgh 
 
 It appears that institutions supporting printing plants carrying the name of the 
 institution are allowred by the postal authorities to use an imprint, whereas other 
 printers are forbidden the use of their names upon their wrork, if entered in the mails 
 as second-class educational matter. See note page 267. 
 
GLOSSARY 
 
 Additions — New matter added to copy after type has been set. 
 
 Usually requires new arrangement; chargeable as changes. 
 Alignment — ^The straightness of a line of type or edge of a page 
 
 of type. 
 Arabic Numbers — Figures i, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, o. 
 Art Work — Work done by commercial artists on photographs 
 
 or other engraving copy. 
 Backing Up — Printing on reverse of sheet already printed on one 
 
 side. 
 Bastard-Title — Abbreviated title printed on page usually second 
 
 preceding regular title-page. 
 Bible Paper — Specially thin opaque paper. 
 Black-letter — Gothic or Old English Text letters. 
 Bleed — ^To trim too close. To trim away all white margin from 
 
 an illustration to be used as a tip. 
 Blind-stamp — Stamping hot from a die without gold leaf or color 
 
 leaf, sometimes termed blanking. 
 Block — ^The wooden base of a halftone or zinc engraving. 
 Blocks — Separate bases of wood or metal to which unmounted, 
 
 bevelled electrotypes of book pages are temporarily attached 
 
 for printing. 
 Boards — The stiff covers on a book. 
 Bold-face — Type which is heavier and blacker in face than 
 
 ordinary. 
 Box — Rectangle of rule around a column heading or page heading 
 
 or around an item of special importance. 
 Brochure — Pamphlet. 
 Bundle — To compress between small wooden boards in a bundling 
 
 press a quantity of folded sections of a book, tying with 
 
 stout cord, for storage before binding, as well as for flat- 
 tening. 
 Calendered — Paper passed through hot rolls for smoothing 
 
 surfaces. 
 Cameo — A high grade paper of dull finish on which it is possible 
 
 to produce fine illustrations. 
 Caps — Capital letters. 
 
 Caption — Title of an illustration placed beneath it. Legend. 
 Case — Capital letters are termed upper case, small letters lower 
 
 case. — In binder's terms, the cover of a book. 
 Caster — ^The separate machine which casts monotype type. 
 
 281 
 
282 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Changes — Substituting by the author, of words or arrangement 
 different from those in original copy, after type has been set. 
 
 Chase — A light, strong, steel frame in which pages of type are 
 locked into a form for printing. 
 
 Coated Paper — Having a coating of glue, chalk or colored matter, 
 usually on both sides, glossy, suitable for better class 
 illustrations. Comes coated, double-coated, triple-coated. 
 
 Collate — To verify the position and sequence of sections of a 
 book previous to sewing. 
 
 Composition — Setting of type. 
 
 Compositor — A person who sets type. 
 
 Copy — Manuscript from which type is set; all but universally 
 typewritten. Photographs or other subjects for reproduc- 
 tion by engraving. 
 
 CoPYFiTTiNG — "The system of making copy and cuts fit the allotted 
 space by accurately measuring the typewritten copy and 
 cuts and then planning the work." — Monotype System. 
 
 Corrections — Rectifying of errors made by the printer, as dis- 
 tinguished from changes. 
 
 Cut — A somewhat out of date term for an engraving, halftone or 
 zinc. 
 
 Dandy — Special design embodied in a paper making roll impress- 
 ing the water-mark into writing papers and some higher 
 grade book papers. 
 
 Dash — ^A type character which, when printed, resembles a short 
 length of printing rule. 
 
 3-em dash ; 2-em dash ; em dash — ; en 
 
 dash -. 
 
 Dead — Type forms or pages which have been printed and for 
 which there is no further use. 
 
 Deckle-edge — Ragged edge on four sides of hand made paper, 
 successfully imitated on two edges in some machine made 
 book papers of better class. Rough, untrimmed edges of a 
 book. 
 
 Die — Usually of brass, sometimes zinc or heavy electro, a plate 
 used in hot stamping of gold leaf or in blind stamping. 
 
 Display — ^Typesetting of words or headings in larger type or with 
 greater space to make conspicuous, as on title page or cover 
 of a catalog. 
 
 Distribution — Putting away of type and material used in forms 
 already printed. Machine-set type is not distributed but 
 is melted. 
 
 Drop-folio — Page number at bottom of page. 
 
 Duotone — Ink of double color, one being varnish ink, the other 
 aniline ink, usually of slightly differing shades. Known by 
 various names, duochrome, doubletone, duplegrav, etc. 
 
GLOSSARY 283 
 
 Dummy — A book or pamphlet without printing, prepared to ex- 
 hibit size, style of binding, quality of paper, etc. A book 
 or pamphlet on the pages of which are indicated just what 
 is to appear on each page. The page proofs of a book so 
 fastened together as to show sequence, etc. 
 
 Duodecimo — A book made of sheets folded into twelve leaves, 
 12 mo. 
 
 DuoTYPE — ^Two halftones made from same photograph for two 
 colors of ink. 
 
 Edition — Number of books to be made. 
 
 Eggshell — ^A fairly low priced paper with eggshell finish. 
 
 Electrotype — Type or engraving reproduced in thin shell of 
 copper, backed with stereotype metal, made by molding 
 in wax which is hung for hours in an electric bath. Plates 
 of book pages are not mounted on wood. Other electros 
 are so mounted. 
 
 Em — The square of any size of type. Thus a pica em is 12 points 
 square, a nonpareil em 6 points square, etc. The basis, 
 expressed in looo ems, of computation of amount of type 
 set. Capital M occupies one em. See also Set-em. 
 
 Emboss — ^To stamp with hot brass or other die, a title or ornament 
 on a book cover. In printer's terms, pressing paper into 
 an embossing plate, whereby letters or design are raised. 
 
 En — ^A type space half as wide as an em. 
 
 End-sheets — Double leaves of paper, one half pasted to the cover, 
 the other half a fly-leaf, used at each end of a book. Some- 
 times of heavy or fancy paper. 
 
 English — Paper of good quality and finish but not super-calen- 
 dered. 
 
 Etching — In printer's terms a plate, usually zinc. 
 
 Extra Binding — Hand sewed and hand bound. 
 
 Face — Design or style of type 
 
 Finish — ^To complete the binding of a book, the gold leaf stamp- 
 ing, tooling, etc. To finish an engraving is to examine and 
 if necessary tool any imperfect portion. 
 
 Flexible — Sewing, on raised cords so that book opens quite flat. 
 Binding in covers which are not stiff. Full flexible, limp, 
 no stiffening. Semi-flexible contains thin binder's board 
 or heavy paper. 
 
 Fly-Leaves — Blank leaves in front and back of a book or pamph- 
 let. 
 
 Foil — Special leaf, often in color, sometimes metallic in imitation 
 of gold, for stamping book covers. 
 
 Folio — Page number. 
 
 Font — A complete assortment of type for one size and face. 
 
 Form — Pages of type or plates locked into a chase, ready for press. 
 
284 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Format — General size, shape and arrangement of a book. 
 
 Forward — ^To fit or hang a sewed book into its cover or case, 
 press it and prepare it for the finisher. 
 
 Foundry — A plant in which electrotypes are made. 
 
 Foundry Proof — Proofs of pages of a book for the electrotype 
 foundry, final proof. 
 
 Full-face — Same as Bold-face. 
 
 Furniture — Pieces of metal or wood of accurate sizes for building 
 up between pages of type in the form. Used also for blank- 
 ing out portion of a page not filled with type. 
 
 Galley — A shallow tray, brass or steel, in which type is placed 
 after being set and before being paged. 
 
 Galley Proofs — Proof taken from type in galleys, each of which 
 is numbered at the top. 
 
 Gather — To collect folded sections of a book in proper sequence. 
 
 Gold Leaf — Gold hammered to thickness less than tissue paper 
 for stamping hot on cover and for gilding edges. 
 
 Gutter — Inner margin at binding edge. 
 
 Half-bind — Leather back and corners. 
 
 Half-title — Title of a book or subdivision as it appears at the 
 top of the first page of type. Sometimes applied to a title 
 of a subdivision on a full page preceding type pages. 
 
 Halftone — An engraving made by process, usually on copper, 
 from photograph or wash drawing. 
 
 Head, Heading — As distinguished from headlines. 
 
 A CENTER HEAD 
 
 is centered from side to side. 
 
 Side-heads, several styles, are in use as follows: 
 
 Side-head — A side-head is used to designate, etc. 
 
 Side-head — A side-head is used to designate, etc. 
 
 Side-head — A side-head is used to designate, etc. 
 
 Cut-in- A cut-in-head is much more expensive than any 
 head any other style of head for the reason that it 
 
 requires much extra time in the composing room. The lines 
 of the body of the paragraph must be shortened, etc. 
 
 Marginal Marginal heads are set in the margin of a page and 
 
 heads beyond the usual limit of the type page. Their use 
 
 causes extra expense by reason of the unusual trouble 
 
 given to the lock-up man in arranging the furniture 
 
 between the pages. 
 
GLOSSARY 285 
 
 Head-band — Small strip of silk on specially prepared tape at- 
 tached to top and bottom of back of a book inside the cover. 
 Sometimes made of cotton or paper. 
 
 Head-piece — An ornament for use at top of first page of a chapter. 
 
 Hanging Indention — Uniform indention from left margin of all 
 lines except the first in a paragraph. 
 
 Imprint — Name or mark of printer, usually on title page or reverse 
 of title page in a book. On pamphlets it often appears on 
 last page of cover. 
 
 Indention — Placing lines of type uniformly in; sometimes at left 
 end and sometimes at each end of lines in certain para- 
 graphs, as for instance the extracts in this book. Frequent- 
 ly varies in poetry. 
 
 Inferior — Smaller letter or figure appearing below regular size 
 type in same line. 
 
 Initial — A large letter, sometimes decorative, for use as first 
 letter of a chapter. 
 
 Insert, Inset — An illustration or map on paper of different 
 quality or finish, inserted into a book. 
 
 Intaglio — Style of plate in which printing lines are sunken in- 
 stead of in relief. Photogravure, steel engraving, etc. 
 
 Justify — To properly space between words in order to make the 
 line of exact length required. To place an engraving in 
 its exact proper position. 
 
 Kern — ^The overhang of a type character as in italic /. 
 
 Keyboard — n. Aportionof a typesetting machine, v. To compose 
 on the monotype keyboard. 
 
 Kill — ^To order discarded or cancelled certain type already set. 
 Usually a proof-reading term. 
 
 Laid paper — Paper in which parallel wire marks appear, resulting 
 from the method of its manufacture, as distinguished from 
 wove finish. 
 
 Lead — n. Thin strip of type metal not type-high for placing be- 
 tween lines of type, i-point, 2-point or 3-point, usually 
 2-point, V. To space out between lines, usually with 2- 
 point leads. Double-lead, to place two 2-point leads be- 
 tween lines. Leading is often done on the composing ma- 
 chine, as for instance 8-point face set on lo-point body, 
 thus saving time of hand leading. 
 
 Leader — Dots or hyphens connecting type matter in the left end 
 of a line with that at the right end. 
 
 Legend — ^Title of an illustration placed beneath it. Caption. 
 
 Letter-press — Printing of type matter as distinguished from 
 lithographing, intaglio and other forms of printing. 
 
 Live — Type matter for which there is use as distinguished from 
 dead matter. 
 
286 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Lock-up — The process of tightening a number of type pages into 
 a form within a chase, ready for printing. 
 
 Logotype — A word or a combination of letters in one piece of 
 type metal, as ffl, fl, ffi, fi, ff, ae, oe. 
 
 Lower Case — Small letters of type as distinguished from capitals 
 or small capitals. Abbreviated /. c. 
 
 Make-ready — The act of overlaying or underlaying with paper 
 pasted to the make-ready sheet on the cylinder of a press 
 or beneath the blocks of engravings, to bring perfect im- 
 pression. 
 
 Make-up — Arrangement of type already set in galleys, to make 
 it into pages or columns. 
 
 Measure — Standard of length of type line, expressed in ems of 
 pica. Newspaper column measure is usually 13 ems, 2 1-16 
 inches. Book measure varies from 20 to 30 ems. College 
 catalogs are often 23 ems, 3 5-6 inches. 
 
 Octavo — In the shape of a book made from a sheet untrimmed, 
 19 X 25, or 18 X 24, folded into eight leaves, sixteen pages. 
 8vo. 
 
 Off — When the printing of a form has been completed the form 
 is said to be off. 
 
 Offset — Ink from one page appearing on another, usually op- 
 posite page. 
 
 Overrun — n. Excess impressions beyond number specified, v. To 
 carry over to another page what can not be contained 
 within the page intended. 
 
 Paragraph — A portion of a type page. When separated by in- 
 denting the first line, it is known as a plain paragraph. 
 When all lines after the first line are indented, it is known 
 as a hanging paragraph (same style as paragraphs in this 
 glossary). It is occasionally designated by using the para- 
 graph mark (^) as the first character in the first line. 
 
 Paragraph Mark — The mark (If) sometimes used for designating 
 a paragraph. In manuscript it is inserted, but infrequently, 
 before a sentence to designate that a paragraph should there 
 begin. See also above. 
 
 Photogravure — The process of preparing copper plates for in- 
 taglio printing to produce the highest class of commercial 
 illustration. 
 
 Pi — Type mixed. A mess of type resulting from a form falling 
 apart or from an upset case of type. 
 
 Pick — ^To take out with tweezers type in a live or dead form, 
 resorted to only when there is no desired type left in the 
 case. 
 
GLOSSARY 287 
 
 Plate — An engraving, electrotype, stereotype, etc. Usually re- 
 fers to unmounted bevelled electros of book pages. 
 
 Point— Unit of measure, about one seventy-second of an inch, as 
 2-point lead, 8-point type, etc.^ It is exactly .01384 inch. 
 
 Press Proof — Sheet showing perfect impression on press. 
 
 Process printing — Printing from three plates, yellow, red, blue, 
 to produce fifteen or more colors. Four-color-process same 
 with addition of black or sometimes gray. 
 
 Register — Fitting of forms of type pages so that one page ex- 
 actly backs another and so that when the printed sheet is 
 folded a pin driven through at any corner of the top page 
 will pass through all pages at the same point. In color 
 printing, plates are in register when colors do not infringe. 
 
 Quad — A block of type not type-high, used for spacing. 
 Em quads space this line 
 En quads space this line 
 
 Quarter-bind— Cheap binding of cloth or leather back with 
 board sides cut flush. 
 
 Retouch — Going over an engraving, as a halftone, a second time 
 to improve its quality, sometimes done with a graver. Art 
 work on photographs or other engraver's copy. 
 
 Revise — Proof of a galley or page which has been once corrected. 
 Second revise, third revise, etc. 
 
 Roman — Ordinary type, capitals, small capitals and lower case 
 as distinguished from italics, bold-face, script, text, etc. 
 
 Roman Figure— Notation by letters as I, II, III, etc. as distin- 
 guished from arabic figures. 
 
 Rout — ^To cut away from the edges of an illustration on a plate as 
 distinguished usually from a square finish. 
 
 Rule — Brass or steel strips type-high from which to print lines. 
 Also made of type metal on composing machines. 
 
 Running-head — Page heading. 
 
 Score— To press with a steel rule more than type-high, in order 
 that heavy paper or card-board may be folded smoothly. 
 
 Section— A printed and folded sheet ready for sewing, usually 
 containing sixteen or thirty-two pages. 
 
 Serif — ^The cross line used to complete all roman capital letters 
 except O and Q, and some small letters as 1, p, etc. 
 
 Set-em — "A unit of measure which point-ways is the same as 
 the point-size of the face being measured and set-ways is 
 the width of the widest characters of the face being meas- 
 ured." — Monotype System. Thus a set-em of 8-poi_nt type 
 8>^-set would be 8 points vertical by 8J!^ points horizontal. 
 
 Signature — Same as a section. 
 
 Slug— A thick strip of type not type high for separating lines or 
 paragraphs, nonpareil slug, six points thick; pica slug, 
 twelve points thick. 
 
288 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Sorts — ^Types for which there is unusual demand, of which there 
 
 is not sufficient quantity in a regular font. Sorts are often 
 
 required for hand set tabular work. 
 Space — A type not type-high and smaller than an em quad or 
 
 an en quad. 
 
 3-em spaces space this line 
 
 4-em spaces space this line 
 
 Hair-spaces space this line 
 Stereotype — A cheap plate, made by pouring metal into molds 
 
 of plaster, clay or papier-mache, used mostly in cylindrical 
 
 form by newspapers. 
 Stone — Large flat marble or steel surface set in a frame. On this, 
 
 type forms are locked-up and unlocked. 
 Stone-proof — Proof made by hand from type standing on the 
 
 stone. 
 Super-calendered — Paper that has been passed a second time 
 
 through calender rolls to give it a higher finish. Not 
 
 applied to coated papers. 
 Superior — Smaller letter or figure appearing above regular size 
 
 type in same line. 
 Tail-piece — An ornament for filling out a partial page at end of 
 
 chapter. 
 Three-quarter-bind — Leather extra wide at back and leather 
 
 corners. 
 Tip — An insert to be pasted into a book. Sometimes much smaller 
 
 than regular size of page of the book. 
 Type-high — .918 inch high. Wooden blocks sometimes shrink 
 
 causing engravings mounted thereon to be "less than type- 
 high." 
 Underlay — ^To paste thin paper under type or engravings at 
 
 press, to add impression. 
 Upper-case — Capital letters of type as distinguished from small 
 
 capitals or lower case letters. Abbreviated u. c. 
 Vignette — A halftone engraving with edges which fade away as 
 
 distinguished from square finish or rounded edges. 
 Water-mark — Name of paper or design appearing in paper. 
 
 See Dandy. 
 WoRK-AND-TURN — A form of pages of type, complete in itself, 
 
 which when printed on one side of the sheet is again printed 
 
 on the reverse, after which the sheet is cut in halves, two 
 
 sections, duplicates, resulting therefrom. 
 Wove Paper — Paper not showing wire marks. Laid on felt or 
 
 flannel in process of manufacture. Distinguished from laid 
 
 paper. 
 Zinc — ^Term applied to zinc etching. Sometimes termed an etch- 
 ing in distinction from a halftone or electro. 
 
INDEX 
 
 Abbreviations, Ii6; variation in, 126; 
 list of some, 128-136; specimens of, 
 
 137-143- 
 
 Academic Dress, 245-249. 
 
 Adrian College, catalog carries illustra- 
 tions, 229. 
 
 Advertising matter, should have no 
 place in catalog, xiii; carried in some 
 foreign catalogs, 13; forbidden in 
 catalogs of second-class entry, 267, 278; 
 newspaper, composed on machines, 54; 
 printers' imprints as, 267, 278. 
 
 Aldine Club, influence on printers, vii. 
 
 Aldus, type faces of, 27; eight page 
 forms by, 57. 
 
 Allen, Dr., Wisconsin Survey, 9, 10. 
 
 Alphabetizing, 121-125. 
 
 Alumni, bulletin to interest, 6; several 
 publications at Harvard, 7; descend- 
 ants of, 7; Dix plan for reunions of, 
 194. 
 
 American Medical Ass'n., influence on 
 education, 2-4; standardizing degrees, 
 127. 
 
 American Printer, list of style-books, 
 126. 
 
 Amherst College catalog, initial letters in, 
 46; envelope, 85; cover, 216; illustra- 
 tions in, 229. 
 
 Arabic figures, some below line, 35; ex- 
 amples of, 98-106; for pagination, 144 
 145. 
 
 Architecture, and printing, changing, 14 
 
 Argus, extract on academic dress, 249, 
 
 Arms, see Heraldry. 
 
 Asheville School catalog, envelope, 84 
 illustrations in, 234. 
 
 Auburn Theological, catalog envelope, 84 
 seal, opp. 244. 
 
 Backbone, printing, 77-81. 
 
 Bailey, Vernon H., illustrator for Bryn 
 
 Mawr, 233. 
 Barcelona,;Agricultural College of, sample 
 
 catalog page, 191. 
 Beach's Americana, abbreviations in, 126. 
 Ben Franklin Clubs, influence on printers, 
 
 vii; style book, 116; consider imprint 
 
 not advertising, 267. 
 
 Berlin, University of, catalog, carries 
 advertising, 13; sample page faculty 
 list, 190. 
 
 Beta Theta Pi arms, opp. 244. 
 
 Bibliographical Society, 60. 
 
 Binding, signature designation for, 145, 
 example, 153; 250-253. 
 
 Block-lctter headings, examples of, 42, 43. 
 
 Bold-face type, how to specify in copy, 
 92; occasionally used, 97; examples of, 
 39, 41, 42, loi, 106, 161, 162, 165-167, 
 17a, 171, 173-175, ^n, 183, 189, 190, 
 196. 
 
 "Bookbindings Old and New," extract 
 from, 55. 
 
 "Booklover and His Books," extracts 
 from, 12, 38. 
 
 " Books for Tired Eyes," extract from, 35. 
 
 Bordentown Military Institute catalog, 
 envelope, 8<^; sample page, 181; illus- 
 trations in, 234. 
 
 Boston University catalog, running- 
 heads, 64, 65; backbone not printed, 
 79; envelope, 83. 
 
 Bostwick, paper "Books for Tired Eyes," 
 
 35- 
 
 Botanical composition, 46; longer words 
 in, 112. 
 
 Bothwell, J. W., on pagination, 144. 
 
 Bourgeois (9-point) type, 39. 
 
 Bowdoin College catalog, cover paper and 
 ink, 25; good, 27; envelope, 85; 
 sample page, 167. 
 
 Brevier (8-point) type, specimens, 39, 99, 
 loi, 103, 105; for footnotes, all foot- 
 notes and captions in body of this 
 book; samples, in courses, 37, 42, 43, 68, 
 160-167, 169-172, 174-178; in faculty 
 lists, 183-188; in student lists, 48, 122, 
 123, 141, 197; in school list, 124; in 
 index, 154 and in this index; tabular, 
 
 179.193.195,196,199- 
 
 British Ass'n for Advancement of Science, 
 influence of books on eyesight, 35. 
 
 British Chivalry, 128, 239. 
 
 Brittanica Encyclopedia, Orders of Chiv- 
 alry found in, 128. 
 
 Brown, Annmary Memorial, xi. 
 
 Brown, Goold, Grammar, basis for style 
 rules, 116. 
 
290 
 
 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 Brown University catalog, initial letters 
 in, 45; calendar style, 69; pagination 
 of, 145; room schedule in, 192; cover, 
 201; exchange shelf at, 16; seal on 
 University Club, N. Y., 242; seal, 
 opp. 244. 
 
 Bryn Mawr, catalog, envelope, 84; sample 
 page, 165; illustrations in special bulle- 
 tin, 233; student prepared table, 254. 
 
 Bulletin, not only title satisfactory to 
 postal authorities, 279. 
 
 Burg, J. C, compiles statistics, i. 
 
 Burke's "Peerage," 128. 
 
 Calendar, illustrated to interest alumni, 
 7; in catalogs, 69-75. 
 
 California, University of, catalog, back- 
 bone, 80; envelope, 83; style in listing 
 names, 125; pagination in, 145; sample 
 page, 175; sewed, 252. 
 
 Cambridge University, catalog (calendar) 
 carries advertising, 13; backbone, 78; 
 sample page, list of members, 153; 
 sample page, arms of St. Peter's, opp. 
 245. 
 
 Capitalization, 117, 119. 
 
 Caps, academic, 246-249. 
 
 Carlisle Indian School, uses monotype, 
 
 Carnegie Foundation, 254-262; re- 
 ports, X, I, 5-9, 15. 
 
 Carnegie Institute, uses monotype, 52; 
 catalog cover, 208; illustrations in, 
 229; imprint, 280. 
 
 Carnegie Institution, asked to test type 
 legibility, 35. 
 
 Caslon type, family, 30; uniformity in, 
 35; specimens, 98, 99; cheaper in some 
 sizes than wider types, 108; examples 
 of, 6-point, 32, i4i;8-point, 141; 10- 
 point, 182, 223, extracts in this book, 
 also 128-136, 281-288; i2-point, 28, 
 29, 31, body matter of this book; 14- 
 point, chapter heads in this book. 
 
 Catalog in General, 1-16; a contract, 
 xiii, function of, 7; 420 examined 
 at Drexel, 11; some details of, 12; 
 thread sewing of, 13, 251-253; large 
 size in mails, 18; when printed in small 
 town, 27; contents of twenty-two, 254; 
 Carnegie Reports on, 257-262. 
 
 Catholic University of America, catalog 
 envelope, 85; degrees conferred by, 
 139; seal, opp. 244; mention in Car- 
 negie Report, 261. 
 
 Caxton, type faces of, 27; initial example, 
 28. 
 
 Cedarville College, catalog envelope, 85. 
 
 Centre College catalog, title page, 209, 
 
 Century type, uniformity in, 35; speci- 
 mens, 104-106; more expensive in some 
 sizes than narrow types, 108; examples 
 of, 6-point, 107, 143, 151; 8-point, 49, 
 161, 177, 218; lo-point, 34, 49, III, 
 181; i2-point, 107; 14-point heading, 
 III, 143, 187,194, i8-point heading, 
 34- 
 
 Changes, 226-228. 
 
 Cheltenham type, uniformity in, 35; 
 specimens, wide, xoo, loi; example of, 
 opp. 236; titles, 204, 209; not wide, 
 188; head, 41. 
 
 Chesterfield, Lord, remarks on poor 
 heraldry, 245. 
 
 Chicago, University of. Press uses mono- 
 type, 52; catalog envelope, 83; style 
 for listing names, 125; sample page, 
 president's report, 178; heraldic dis- 
 play at, 242; defect in binding Regis- 
 ter, 251; arms, opp. 245; criticized by 
 Carnegie Foundation, 259, 260; im- 
 print, 280. 
 
 Chivalry, orders of, 128. 
 
 Citations, style for, 117. 
 
 Clarion Normal School, backbone, 8r. 
 
 Clark University, type legibility tests at, 
 
 ^33- 
 
 Class reunions, Dix plan, 194. 
 
 Colleges entered, student list of, 197, 198. 
 
 College Heraldry, see Heraldry. 
 
 Colorado College, second-class entry 
 notice, 272. 
 
 Colors in academic dress, 249. 
 
 Columbia University, professors with 
 large salary, i; Forum at, 14; Press 
 uses monotype, 52; catalog, pagina- 
 tion in, 145; sample page, faculty list, 
 183; seal on University Club, N. Y., 
 242; on seal of, 244; praised by Car- 
 negie Foundation, 260; criticized, 261; 
 second-class entry notice, 273. 
 
 Columbus Academy catalog, envelope, 
 84; sample page, 182. 
 
 Columbus School for Girls catalog, sample 
 page, 29. 
 
 Composing machines, 51-53. 
 
 Congressional Library card style, 121. 
 
 Copy, 88-115; preparation of, 90-94, 
 108-I15; for footnotes, 120; sample 
 sheet of, opp. iii; care in editing, 228; 
 for engraver, 232-235. Copy-fitting, 
 94-96, 108-115. Copy paper, 90, 94, 
 
 opp. III. 
 
 Copyrighting, 263, 264. 
 
NDEX 
 
 291 
 
 Cornell University, experiments, circu- 
 lars substituted for catalog, 10; back- 
 bone omits name, 79; example, 78; 
 cover, 214, 215; correct arms, 241. 
 
 Courses of study, sample pages of, 36, 
 37, 42, 43, 49, 68, 160-176, 223. 
 
 Cover, paper for, 24, 25; styles, opp. 10, 
 200-219. 
 
 Culver Military Academy, illustrations, 
 
 234- 
 Curtis Publishing Co., uses monotype, 52. 
 Cut-in heads 66, 181, 284. 
 Cutter's "Rules for Dictionary Catalog," 
 
 in alphabetizing, 121. 
 
 Dartmouth College catalog, backbone, 
 81; envelope, 85; room schedule in 
 193, illustrated, 229. 
 
 Dates, style for, 118. 
 
 DeBrett's "Peerage," 128. 
 
 Degrees, creation and conferring of, 127; 
 abbreviations for same, 128-136. 
 
 Denison University, alumni descendants, 
 7; catalog, good, 27; envelope, 83; 
 sample student list, 122; Scientific 
 Bulletin, sample page, 50. 
 
 De Vinne Press, prints Rice "Pamph- 
 lets," xi. 
 
 De Vinne, Theodore, on footnotes, in two 
 columns, 32, 169, 180; on footriote 
 marks, 120; machine composition, 
 51; on pagination, 144. 
 
 Diamond (4>^-point) type, 39; for near- 
 sighted, 38. 
 
 Dimensions of type page, 54-61. 
 
 Dix plan for reunions, 194. 
 
 Drew Theological Seminary catalog, 
 illustrated, 234. 
 
 Drexel Institute register, how style se- 
 cured, 10, 11; cover sample, opp. 10; 
 leaf from, opp. 11. 
 
 Eclipse Electrotype & Engraving Co., 
 
 opp. 233. 
 Editing Copy, saves changes, 228. 
 Edmonson's "Heraldry," 128. 
 Education, Report of Commissioner of, 
 
 abbreviations in, 127. 
 Eight-point type, see Brevier. 
 Electric City Engraving Co., opp. 235. 
 Eleven-point type, see Small pica. 
 Ems to square inch, 115. 
 Engineering abbreviations, standardizing, 
 
 127. 
 
 English (14-point) type, specimens, 39, 
 99, 100, 103, 106, 143, 187, 194,' 
 spaced caps, chapter titles, in this 
 book; 
 
 Engravings, 229-236; copy for, 24, 232; 
 method of billing, 235; measuring 
 scale for, opp. 235. 
 
 Envelopes, maker's name forbidden for 
 second-class mail, 87, 268; if second- 
 class entry, should bear notice, 82, 
 270; should be strong, 270; printing, 
 82-87; return request on, 86. 
 
 Episcopal Theological School, arms of, 
 correct, 241. 
 
 "Essentials of Lettering," 30. 
 
 Evanston Academy catalog, running- 
 head in, 66; illustrated, 234. 
 
 Exchange Shelf, 15, 16; shows many 
 faces of type, 30; backbone printing 
 for, 77, 79; illustration of, opp. 16. 
 
 Eyesight, influence of school-books upon, 
 
 35- 
 Eyestrain, "Books for Tired Eyes, 35; 
 experiments at University of Wis- 
 consin, 33. 
 
 Faculty lists, sample pages, 183-190 ; 
 criticized by Carnegie Foundation, 
 259, 260. 
 
 Favine's "Theatre of Honour," 128. 
 
 Fees at Oxford, 180. 
 
 Figures, 35. 
 
 Five-point type, see Pearl. 
 
 Folding, 76, 250- 252. 
 
 Footnotes, Riverside style, 120; DeVinne 
 favors two columns for, 32, 169, 180; 
 samples of, 32, 141, 169, 180. 
 
 Foreign language composition, 46; on 
 monotype, 53; samples of, 47-5°- 
 
 Forms, 76, 77. 
 
 Forum at Columbia, 14. 
 
 Four and a half-point type, see Diamond. 
 
 Fourth-class matter, 265, 266. 
 
 Franklin, Ben Clubs; see Ben Franklin. 
 
 French composition, see Foreign. 
 
 French, Daniel C, seals on University 
 Club by, 242. 
 
 French, Thomas E., "Essentials of Let- 
 tering," 30; method for small index, 
 148. 
 
 French universities, few degrees con- 
 ferred by, 127. 
 
 Friends' calendar style, 74. 
 
 Furst, Clyde, xli, 3. 
 
292 
 
 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 General Theological catalog, backbone 
 
 not printed, 79; envelope, 84; seal, opp. 
 
 244. 
 Geological composition, 46, 50; longer 
 
 words, 112. 
 Georgetown College catalog, envelope, 
 
 85; high school list, 124. 
 George Washington University, catalog, 
 
 sample page, 56; envelope, 83; arms 
 
 in seal, opp. 244. 
 German universities, few degrees con- 
 ferred by, 127. 
 Gilliss, Walter, on pagination, 144. 
 Glossary, 281-288. 
 Godfrey, President Hollis, on the college 
 
 catalog, 10. 
 Gotha, Almanach de, contains some 
 
 orders of chivalry, 128. 
 Government Printing Office, uses many 
 
 monotypes, 52; style-book, 126; pagi- 
 nation style varies, 145. 
 Gowns, academic, 246-249. 
 Grant, Francis J., Manual of Heraldry, 
 
 242. 
 Greek composition, 46; on monotype, 53; 
 
 samples of, 47, 48. 
 Grolier Club, influence on printers, vii; 
 
 Brander Matthews on, 55. 
 Grolier, Jean, sewing bench used in time 
 
 of, 250. 
 Groton School catalog, envelope, 84; 
 
 schedule page in, 155; is illustrated, 
 
 229. 
 
 Halftone engravings, 232; samples of 
 screens, opp. 233. 
 
 Hanover College catalog, envelope, 85; 
 title page, 204. 
 
 Harcourt Place School catalog, sample 
 page, 28. 
 
 Harvard University, illustration, frontis- 
 piece; professors with large salary, i; 
 fifteen periodicals, 7; initials in student 
 list, 9; experiments with circulars, 10; 
 catalog, large number pages, 12; 
 small type, 13; cover red, 25; typog- 
 raphy studied, 26; monotype used, 52; 
 margin 60; backbone, 81; pagina- 
 tion, 145; sample index page, 151; 
 arms correct, 241; seal on University 
 Club N. Y., 242; seal, opp. 244; 
 criticized by Carnegie Foundation, 
 259, 260, book-bound catalogs not 
 second-class entry, 266; entry notice, 
 274; imprint, 280. 
 
 Haverford College catalog, running- 
 heads, 64, 65; calendar, 74; envelope, 
 8s. 
 
 Hay, John, Thayer's Life of, 97-107. 
 
 Heading type, proper selection, 26, 97; 
 uniformity in, 39, 90; how to specify, 
 90, III, opp. Ill; specimens, 98-106; 
 examples of, Caslon 14-point chapter 
 heads, l2-point, etc., in this book; 
 see cut-in head, marginal head, run- 
 ning head, side head. 
 Century, 14-point, 143, 187, i8-point, 
 34; text-letter, 40, 47, 66, 68, 75, 83-85, 
 137, 198, 205, 218, 273. 
 
 Heraldry, College, Edmonson's Her- 
 aldry, 128; Grant's, 242-243; Hope's, 
 244; Heralds' College, 239; arms, 239; 
 tinctures, opp. 240; divisions of shield, 
 240-243; Washington arms, 240; ex- 
 amples, 78, 200-203 » 206, 207, 211,213, 
 opp. 239, 240, 242, 244. 
 
 Hill School catalog, sample faculty list, 
 189; illustrated, 233. 
 
 Holland Society, style in listing names, 
 125; secretary finds error in seal of 
 N. Y., 24s. 
 
 Hoods, academic, 246-249. 
 
 Hope, "Heraldry for Craftsmen," 244; 
 
 Howe School, catalog, sample page, 34. 
 arms, opp. 244. 
 
 Idaho, University of, catalog, backbone 
 defect, 251; illustration of, opp. 253. 
 
 Illinois, University of, catalog, backbone, 
 81; abbreviations used in, 140; stu- 
 dent list, 140; criticized by Carnegie 
 Foundation, 260. 
 
 Illustrations, 229-238, 18; inserts, 229, 
 230; plats, 230; photogravures, 231, 
 see frontispiece; halftones, 232; copy 
 for, 232-235; engraver's billing, 235; 
 slip-sheeting, 236; interiors, 235; ink, 
 236-238. 
 
 Imprint, printer's, forbidden on educa- 
 tional publications of second-class 
 entry, 267, 268, 278; specimens of, 280. 
 
 Indentation, uniformity in, 26; examples 
 of. 36, 37, 42, 43, 49, 50, 68, 123, 138, 
 150-152, 160, 161, 163, 164, 166, 167, 
 169, 171, 175, 176, 178, 180, 182-188, 
 190, all extracts in body of this book, 
 128-136,281-288, first line of all para- 
 graphs. 
 
 Index, prepared from page proofs, 93; 
 how to prepare, 145-149; specimens, 
 150-154; alphabetical subject, 154. 
 
INDEX 
 
 293 
 
 Indiana, Pa., State Normal, most illus- 
 trated catalog, 18. 
 
 Indiana University catalog, abbreviations 
 in, 142; defect in binding, 251; opp. 
 
 253- 
 
 Initial letters, 45; examples of, Caxton, 
 28; Cloister, 29; Jenson, 40; Tudor, 
 41; bold, 66; Caslon, beginnings of 
 chapters in this book. 
 
 Inks, 23, 24, 236-238. 
 
 Inland Printer, on running-heads, 69; 
 lists of style-books, 126; proofreading 
 marks, 221. 
 
 Inserts, position of, 230. 
 
 Intercollegiate Bureau of Academic Cos- 
 tume, 246. 
 
 Intertype composing machine, 54. 
 
 •'Invention of Printing," De Vinne, 51. 
 
 Iowa, State University of, catalog, back- 
 bone, 81; plat insert, 230. 
 
 Italics, when to use, 118. 
 
 Italic type, see Type; see Running-head. 
 
 Jacobi, on pagination, 144. 
 
 Jenson, type faces of, 27; type forms of, 
 30. 
 
 Johns Hopkins University catalog, sample 
 page faculty list, 138; bookplate of, 
 opp. 239; arms of, correct, 241. 
 
 Kansas State Agricultural College, cata- 
 log wired, 252. 
 
 Kansas, University of, uses monotype, 
 52; catalog wired, 252. 
 
 Kentucky College for Women catalog, 
 envelope, 84; sample page, 177. 
 
 Kentucky Wesleyan College catalog, 
 sample page, schedule, 157. 
 
 Kenyon College, catalog envelope, 8$; 
 Dix reunion plan, 194; arms of, opp. 
 242. 
 
 King's College, University of, arms of, 
 opp. 244. 
 
 Kiskiminetas Springs School catalog 
 sample page, 31; envelope, 84; illus- 
 trations in, 234; seal of, opp. 244; not 
 second-class entry, 265. 
 
 Knighthood, orders of, 128; European 
 
 239- 
 Koopman, Dr. H .L., xi, xii; on the beau- 
 tiful book, 12; on size of type, 38; on 
 pagination, 145; on printer's imprint. 
 
 Lafayette College catalog, alphabetical 
 subject index in, 154; illustrations in, 
 229. 
 Lake Erie College catalog, backbone, 80; 
 
 sample page, 161. 
 Latin composition, 46; example, 50. 
 Layout of form, 76. 
 
 Leading, 27; bearing on running-head 
 
 style, 63 ; example, body matter of this 
 
 book; double-leaded, 29; specimens, 
 
 98-106. 
 
 Learned societies, American, list in World 
 
 Almanac, 128. 
 Lee's Oration, average length of word, 
 
 112. 
 Legal Education, Carnegie Foundation 
 
 report on, 256. 
 Legibility in type, 33. 
 Lehigh University catalog, sample page, 
 
 170. 
 Leland Stanford, Jr., University, catalog 
 
 cover, 217. 
 Lenski, Lois, designer of cover, xii. 
 Library of Congress style for index card, 
 
 121. 
 Lincoln Memorial University, Mountain 
 
 Herald envelope, 84. 
 Lincoln's Address at Gettysburg, average 
 
 length of word, 112. 
 Linotype composing machine, 53, 54; 
 sample 6-point index page, 150; 
 changes upon, costly, 226. 
 Long primer (lo-point) type, specimens, 
 39, 98-105; samples, 32, 34, 40, 41, 
 50, 67, 68, III, 165, 198; in courses, 
 37, 43, 168, 223; all extracts in body 
 of this book; 128-136; 281-288. 
 
 Machine composition, 51. 
 
 Mails, hard usage in, 18. 
 
 Mailing the Catalog, 265-280. 
 
 Manitoba, University of, seal of, opp. 244. 
 
 Manlius Bulletin, envelope, 84; cover, 
 200. 
 
 Marginal heads, opp. II, 66, 165, 284. 
 
 Marietta College, bulletin cover, opp. 208. 
 
 Marshall College, sample of Greek, 47; 
 catalog envelope, 85. 
 
 Massachusetts Institute of Technology 
 excellent catalog resembles Prince- 
 ton's, 13. 
 
 Matthews, Prof. Brander, extract " Book- 
 bindings Old and New," 54; on page 
 position, 55. 
 
 McFarland, Chicago Univ. Press, praises 
 monotype, 52, 53. 
 
294 
 
 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 McGill University calendar (catalog), 
 sample page student list, 59, backbone 
 printed, 79; backbone, 81; envelope, 
 83; sample page faculty list, titles and 
 degrees, 137; pagination, 145; aca- 
 demic dress, 247; wired, 252; arms of 
 opp. 244. 
 Medical colleges, report on, 2-4. 
 Medicine and Politics in Ohio, 257. 
 Mercersburg Academy, illustrations, 233; 
 
 heraldic decorations at, 242. 
 Miami Military Institute, catalog en- 
 velope, 84. 
 Miami University catalog, running-heads, 
 64,65; envelope, 83; sample page, 169; 
 sample page president's report, 179. 
 Michigan School of Mines, plats and 
 
 maps, 230. 
 Michigan, University of, experiments with 
 circulars, 10; abbreviations used by, 
 141; sample student list, 141; criti- 
 cized by Carnegie Foundation, 260. 
 Millsaps College, sample page faculty 
 
 list, 186. 
 Minion (7-point) type, 39. 
 Minnesota, University of, experiments 
 
 with circulars, 10; cover, 205. 
 Missouri, University of, pagination of 
 catalog, 145; wired, 252; illustration, 
 opp. 252. 
 Alohegan Lake School, illustrated catalog. 
 
 233- 
 Monks, illuminators, 46. 
 Monotype composing machine, 51-54- 
 keyboard, 51, caster, 52; preparation 
 of copy for, 93 ; estimating composition 
 on, 108-115; 6-point index example, 
 151; changes on, 227. 
 Monroe Cyclopedia of Education, ab- 
 breviations listed in, 127. 
 Morris, William, on modern printing, 30; 
 
 on position of type page, 60, 61. 
 Mountain Herald, Lincoln Memorial 
 
 University, envelope, 84. 
 Mount Holyoke College catalog, en- 
 velope, 84; sample page, 162: sewed, 
 252. 
 
 Mount Union College catalog, sample 
 page, 166. 
 
 Newcomb, H. Sophie, Memorial College 
 (Tulane Univ.) catalog, sample page, 
 42. 
 
 New York, error in seal of City of, 245. 
 
 New York Times, advertisements set on 
 
 monotype, 54. 
 New York University catalog, backbone, 
 80; student list, 123; mentioned by 
 Carnegie Foundation, 261. 
 Nine-point type, see Bourgeois. 
 Nonpareil (6-point) type, specimens, 39, 
 106, 107; for footnotes, 32, 169, 180; 
 not suited for wide measure, 169; 
 samples, 142; in footnotes, 32, 141, 
 164, 169. 180; in courses, 37, 165, 166; 
 in faculty, 138, 183, 184; in student 
 list, 140, 143; in directory, 152, 153; in 
 index, 150, 151; tabular, 139, 194. 
 North American Review, odd margins 
 
 in, 60. 
 Northwestern University, catalog run- 
 ning-heads, 64, 65; Academy heads 
 and running-heads, 66; sample catalog 
 page, 168. 
 Notre Dame University, uses monotype, 
 52; catalog, envelope', 83; sample page, 
 173; steel engraving in, 232. 
 Number of words, estimating, 95, 96, 
 
 108-115; to square inch, 115. 
 Numerals, roman lower-case for pagina- 
 tion, 144, 145. 
 
 Oberlin College catalog, sample page, 
 faculty list, 185. 
 
 Oberlin Theological catalog, sample page, 
 faculty list, 188. 
 
 Ohio, Medicine and Politics in, 257. 
 
 Ohio State University, exchange shelf at, 
 15; sample catalog page, 174; medical 
 colleges at, 257; illustration opp. 
 237- ^ 
 
 Ohio Wesleyan University catalog, run- 
 ning-heads, 64, 65; backbone, 80; 
 envelope, 83; abbreviations used by, 
 143; sample page student list, 143: 
 faculty list, 187. 
 
 Oldstyle Antique type, uniformity in, 35; 
 for running-heads, 63. 
 
 Orcutt, William Dana, on indexing, 145. 
 
 Oswald, John Clyde, disagrees with 
 Morris, 61. 
 
 Oxford University Calendar (catalog), 13; 
 style for calendar, 75; abbreviation 
 D. M. for M. D., 126; sample page, 
 180; few degrees conferred by, 127. 
 
 Page heads, see Running-heads. 
 
 Pagination, 144, 145. 
 
 Palmer College catalog, sample page, 36. 
 
NDEX 
 
 295 
 
 Paper, sizes, 17, 59; quality, 19; egg- 
 shell, 19; bulk, 19, 21; weights, 20; 
 colored, 22; coated, 22, 23; dull, 22, 
 23; semi-dull, 24; cover, 24, 25. 
 
 Paragraphs, 91. 
 
 Paris, University of, catalog, carries 
 advertising, 13; sample page, 44. 
 
 Pawling School catalog, cover, 21 1; illus- 
 trations in, 233. 
 
 Pearl (s-point) type, 39, 280. 
 
 Pennsylvania Military College catalog, 
 envelope, 85; cover, 210. 
 
 Pennsylvania, University of, catalog, 
 envelope, 83; pagination, 145; sample 
 page, directory of officers, 152; plat 
 insert in, 230; academic costume, 
 246; mentioned by Carnegie Founda- 
 tion, 261. 
 
 Periods, Elimination of, 120. 
 
 Philippines, University of, catalog, per- 
 fect margins in, 60; backbone not 
 printed, 79; cover, 213. 
 
 Phillips Academy (Andover) catalog, 
 envelope, 84; sample page, 197; illus- 
 trations in, 229. 
 
 Photographs for engravings, 24, 232-235. 
 
 Photogravures, 231; example of, frontis- 
 piece. 
 
 Pica (i2-point) type, specimens, 39, 98, 
 100, 102, 104; samples, 28, 29, 31, 36, 
 107, opp. 236; all body matter in this 
 book. 
 
 Plat of campus, 230; opp. 229. 
 
 Position of type page, 54-61. 
 
 Possessive, how to use, 118. 
 
 Postage, low on calendars if under law of 
 August 24, 1912, 7; postage, return 
 guarantee, 86; on proofs, 224 
 
 Postal Guide, 270, 271. 
 
 Postal laws, July 16, 1894, compared 
 with August 24, 1912, 273. 
 
 Postal Laws and Regulations, at any 
 post office, 271. 
 
 Postal regulations, 265-280; covering 
 envelopes, 82-87; proofs 225. 
 
 Postmaster, notice to, to return, 86; 269. 
 
 Press proofs, 23. 
 
 Princeton University, growing, }, 2; 
 alumni descendants, 7; descriptive 
 booklet, 14, 233; seal on University 
 Club, N. Y., 242; seal opp. 244; 
 criticized by Carnegie Foundation, 
 259; catalog, desirable, 13; large type, 
 26; envelope, 83; style in listing 
 names, 125; pagination, 145; sample 
 pages, 195, 223; book-bound not of 
 second-class entry, 266. 
 
 Printer's imprint, see Imprint. 
 
 Printing Art, influence on printers, vii; 
 protected in mails, 19; on running- 
 heads, 62; list of style-books, 126. 
 
 Proof, 220-228; marks, 221, 222; mail- 
 ing, 224, 225; advance copy of book, 
 225; changes, 226-228. 
 
 Queen's College, arms, opp. 244. 
 Quotations, when to use, 118; long, 120. 
 Quote-marks, see Quotations. 
 
 Radcliffe College, not included in Har- 
 vard statistics, i ; arms, opp. 244. 
 
 Reformed Church Theological, arms of, 
 241. 
 
 Reeder, C. W., xii. 
 
 Return request on catalog envelope, 86. 
 
 Return postage, guarantee of, 86; 269. 
 
 Reunion of classes, Dix plan, 194. 
 
 Rice Institute "Pamphlet," fine catalog, 
 x; cover, 202; second-class entry 
 notice, 275. 
 
 Riverside Press, style for footnotes, 120. 
 
 Roethlein, Barbara E., on legibility of 
 types, 33, 35. , ^ . 
 
 Roman lower-case numerals for pagma- 
 tion, 144, 145. 
 
 Room rent schedules, 192, 193. 
 
 Running-heads, 62-69; samples, 6-point 
 caps, 150, 154; 8-point caps, 32, 157, 
 173,178, 184, 192, 196; 8-point spaced 
 caps, 168, 169, 179, 194, page heads 
 over text of this book; 8-point caps 
 and small caps, 164-166, 172, 174, 
 177, 186; 8-point caps and lower- 
 case, 190; 8-point italic caps, 48, 
 160, 162, 163, 185, 193; 8-point 
 italic caps and lower case. 49; 10- 
 point spaced caps, 181; lo-point small 
 caps, 34, 37, I42> 151, IS3> I95, I99. 
 223; lo-point caps and small caps, 
 171, spaced, 182; lo-point caps and 
 lower case, 167; lo-point italic caps, 
 spaced, 31; lo-point italic caps and 
 lower-case, 50, 123, 138, 141, 159; 12- 
 point spaced caps, 36; block-letter, 
 6-point, 43, 8-point, 42; text-letter, 
 outline, 66, 8-point spaced, 68. 
 
 St. George's School, heraldic display at, 
 
 242. 
 St. John's School, Manlius, envelope, 84; 
 
 cover, 200. 
 St. Louis Public Library, secures books 
 
 in large type, 35. 
 
296 
 
 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 St. Luke's School, running-head, 66; 
 
 other heads, 66. 
 St. Paul's School catalog, envelope, 84; 
 
 sample page, 176; illustrations in, 229. 
 St. Stephen's College, initial letters in, 46; 
 
 cover, 206. 
 Schedules, samples of, 155-159. 
 Schoolmasters' Yearbook, abbreviations 
 
 listed in, 127. 
 Science (magazine), i. 
 Scotch Roman type, uniformity in, 35; 
 
 specimens, 102, 103; examples of, 
 
 8-point, 123, 192; i2-point, 36. 
 Seals, college, many old styles, 244; ex- 
 amples, 200-203, 205, 206, 208, 210, 
 
 212, 216. 
 Second-class matter, 266-280; entry, 271; 
 
 sample covers 200-217; books not ad- 
 
 mitted,250. 
 Set-em, 96, 109, 115, 287. 
 Seven-point type, see Minion. 
 Sewanee Military Academy catalog, 
 
 sample page, 68. 
 Sewing the catalog, 13, 35,250-253. 
 Shady Side Academy, running-heads, 67. 
 Shorter College catalog, envelope, 84; 
 
 opp. 232. 
 Side-heads, 160-164, 166-176, 284. cover. 
 Signature (section) designation, 153. 
 Six-point type, see Nonpareil. 
 Slipsheeting, 236. 
 Small pica (ii-point) type, 39. 
 Smith College catalog, envelope, 84; 
 
 sample page, 163. 
 Southern California, University of, run- 
 ning-heads, 64, 65. 
 South, University of the, catalog, sample 
 
 page, 32, envelope, 83; seal, opp. 244. 
 Spell out, what to, 118, 119. 
 Standard Dictionary, basis for style 
 
 rules, 116. 
 State University of Iowa, see Iowa. 
 Statistical Abstract of the U. S., i. 
 Steel engraving, in Notre Dame catalog, 
 
 232. 
 Stetson, John B., University, catalog, 
 
 sample page, 58. 
 Stevens Institute catalog, colors in cover, 
 
 25; illustrations in, 229. 
 Stewarts "Use of Capitals," 119; "Use 
 
 of Quote-Marks," 120. 
 Student lists, 48, 59, 122, 123, 140, 141, 
 143; copy for may be held back, 93; 
 
 relative standing shown in, 199; sum- 
 mary, 195, 196, 198. 
 Students on bulletin committee, 14. 
 
 Style and Examples i 16-218; 88; ab- 
 breviations, 116, 126-136; alphabetiz- 
 ing, 121-125; capitalization, 117, 119; 
 citations, 117; Congressional Library, 
 121; cover satisfactory to postal au- 
 thorities, 278-280; dates, 118; elimina- 
 tion of periods, 12O; footnotes, 32, 
 120, 180; Government style-book, 228; 
 index, 145; examples, 150-154; italics, 
 118; possessive, 118; quotations, 118, 
 120; spell out, 118; stylebook, lists of 
 may be secured, 126; Typothetae 
 style-book, 116. 
 
 Summer school, bold figures in calendar 
 for, 73. 
 
 Swarthmore College catalog, sample page, 
 37; backbone, 78; envelope, 85; insert 
 and view, 230, opp. 229; seal, opp. 244. 
 
 Tables: sizes of trimmed pages, ij; 
 weights and sizes of paper, 20; bulk, 
 21; set-ems in type page, 109; lines of 
 typewritten copy to full page, 113; 
 ems to square inch, 115. 
 
 Tabular composition, 112; samples of, 
 139, 155, 192-196, 199- 
 
 Taft School catalog, sample page, 41; 
 envelope, 84. 
 
 Ten-point type, see Long Primer. 
 
 Texas, University of, catalog, defect in 
 binding, 251; seal, opp. 244. 
 
 Text-letter, see Heading Type; see Run- 
 ning-head. 
 
 Thayer's "Life of John Hay," 97-107. 
 
 Third-class matter, 265, 266. 
 
 Thompson, President W. O., introduc- 
 tion, xiii, xiv. 
 
 Tokyo, University of, catalog typo- 
 graphically good, 13. 
 
 Toronto, University of, uses monotype, 
 52; seal and arms, opp. 244; catalog, 
 running-heads, 64, 65; sample page, 
 171. 
 
 Towne Scientific School (Yale) catalog, 
 running-heads, 64, 65. 
 
 Transylvania College catalog, backbone, 
 78; cover, 207; seal, opp. 244. 
 
 Trinity College (Hartford) catalog, back- 
 bone, 78; envelope, 85; cover, 203. 
 
 Tufts College catalog, sample page, 156. 
 
 Tulane University catalog, block letter 
 heads, 39; sample page (Nevvcomb), 
 42; envelope, 83. 
 
 Twelve-point type, see Pica. 
 
NDEX 
 
 297 
 
 Type, 26-87; suitable faces, 26; leading, 
 27; families of, 30; 14-point for books, 
 35; sizes of, 35, 38. 39; heading, 39, 
 40, 47, 90; initials, 28, 29, 40, 41, 45; 
 italic, 39, 118; bold, 39, 42; old Eng- 
 lish, 39, 47; Greek, 47, 48; French, 
 49; style in, 88; how to specify, 92; 
 specimens, 96-107; small in two 
 columns, 32, 106, 169, 180; position 
 and dimensions of page of, 54-61; see 
 also Nonpareil, Brevier, Long Primer, 
 Pica, English Heading, Running-heads. 
 
 Typewritten copy, 90; samples, 1 10, 
 opp. Ill; estimating, 108-115. 
 
 Union Theological catalog, envelope, 84; 
 illustrated, 234. 
 
 U. S. Military Academy, uses monotype, 
 52; seal on University Club, N. Y., 
 242. 
 
 U. S. Naval Academy, seal on University 
 Club, N. Y., 242. 
 
 U. S. Postal Guide, 270, 27i_. 
 
 United Typothetae of America, 116. 
 
 University Club, Chicago, college seals 
 on walls, 242. 
 
 University Club, New York, college seals 
 on walls, 242. 
 
 University of Berlin, see Berlin. 
 
 University of California, see California. 
 
 University of Chicago, see Chicago. 
 
 University of Idaho, see Idaho. 
 
 University of Illinois, see Illinois. 
 
 University of Kansas, see Kansas. 
 
 University of King's College, see King's. 
 
 University of Manitoba, see Manitoba. 
 
 University of Michigan, see Michigan. 
 
 University of Minnesota, see Minnesota. 
 
 University of Missouri, see Missouri. 
 
 University of Paris, see Paris. 
 
 University of Pennsylvania, see Pennsyl- 
 vania. 
 
 University of Philippines, see Philippines. 
 
 University of the South, see South. 
 
 University of Southern California, see 
 Southern. 
 
 University of Texas, see Texas. 
 
 University of Vermont, see Vermont. 
 
 University of Virginia, see Virginia. 
 
 University of Washington, see Wash- 
 ington. 
 
 University of Wisconsin, see Wisconsin. 
 
 University Press, vii. 
 
 Van in alphabetizing, 125. 
 
 van Dyke, Henry, lower-case v in name, 
 125. 
 
 Van Winkle, Edward, discovers error in 
 seal of New York, 245. 
 
 Vassar College catalog, perfect margins 
 in, 60; envelope, 84; coyer style 
 satisfactory to postal authorities, 276, 
 277. 
 
 Vermont, University of, catalog, defect 
 in binding, 252. 
 
 Virginia Military Institute catalog, en- 
 velope, 84; schedule of student stand- 
 ing, 199. 
 
 Virginia, University of, catalog, block- 
 letter heads, 39; running-heads, 64, 
 65; backbone not printed, 79; en- 
 velope, 83 ; praised by Carnegie Found- 
 ation, 261. 
 
 Wabash College, illustrations in catalog, 
 229. 
 
 Washington and Jefferson College, cata- 
 log good, 27. 
 
 Washington and Lee University catalog, 
 block-letter headings in, 39; sample 
 page, 43; running-heads, 64, 65; en- 
 velope, 83; cover, 212; arms, 241, 
 opp. 244. 
 
 Washington University, catalog, run- 
 ning-heads, 64, 6s; arms of, 241, opp. 
 244. 
 
 Washington, University of, catalog wired, 
 282. 
 
 Waterman Hall, cover design, 218. 
 
 Waud & Jenkins, frontispiece. 
 
 Waynesburg College, catalog envelope, 
 85. 
 
 Wellesley College catalog, sample page, 
 164. 
 
 Wells College catalog, envelope, 84; 
 sample page, 160; sewed, 252. 
 
 Wesleyan University catalog, Greek in 
 student list, 48; calendar on last page 
 of cover, 69; illustrated, 229. 
 
 Western College for Women, Exchange 
 Shelf of, opp. 16; catalog, sample page, 
 49; envelope, 84; sewed, 252; illus- 
 trated bulletin, 233. 
 
 Western Reserve University, sample page 
 faculty list, 184. 
 
 Western Theological, schedule page, 159. 
 
 Westminster College of Music, initial 
 letters used by, 46; sample catalog 
 page, opp. 236. 
 
298 
 
 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 
 
 
 West Texas Military Institute catalog, 
 envelope, 84; sample page, schedule, 
 158. 
 
 West Virginia Wesleyan College, sample 
 catalog page, 172. 
 
 Whitaker's "Peerage," 128. 
 
 White, Stanford, University Club, N. Y., 
 masterpiece, 242. 
 
 Williams College, colors in catalog cover, 
 25; backbone, 80; catalog envelope, 
 85; seal on University Club, N. Y., 
 242; book-bound catalog not of second- 
 class entry, 266. 
 
 Wilmington College, corporation state- 
 ment on page 2, 218. 
 
 Wire stitching, interferes with proper 
 inner margin, 57-60; prohibits easy 
 opening, 252; must be covered, 253; 
 illustration, opp. 252. 
 
 Wisconsin, University of. Survey of, 
 8-10; style for arrangement of names 
 in, 123; index style, 150; criticized by 
 Carnegie Foundation, 259; experi- 
 ments in eye-strain, 33. 
 
 Wood, W. C, chief of Classification 
 Division, xii. 
 
 Wooster, The College of, catalog, en- 
 velope, 85; sample page, summary of 
 students, 196. 
 
 Worcester Academy, heraldic display at, 
 242. 
 
 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, catalog 
 legible, sample page, 40. 
 
 World Almanac statistics in, i; small 
 type in, 38; list of American Learned 
 Societies in, 128; academic dress in, 
 246. 
 
 Yale University, growing, i ; catalog, 
 large, 13; margins correct, 60; Towne 
 Scientific running-heads, 64, 65; style 
 in listing names, 125; pagination, 145; 
 plat insert, 230; plat praised by 
 Carnegie Foundation, 262; heraldic 
 display at, 242; seal on University 
 Club, N. Y., 242; catalog sewed, 252; 
 illustration opp. 252; catalog criticized 
 by Carnegie Foundation, 259. 
 
 Zinc etchings, 238. 
 
— -^-^s^^^^^ 
 
 MAY 3 1954 
 
 i357 
 
 RJEC'D^LD 
 
 75m-7;30 
 

 1 
 
 : 
 
 
 1 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 .»»,....«..«% —^ - .."" "-^ "— — • 
 
 
 
 TJiii CHAMPLIN PRESS 
 
 
 
 
 3G7507 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 
 
 \ 
 
 a N d M A C; A Z I N E S 
 
 also on BOOKPLATES h\ various processes 
 
 
 
 — r" ■■■"■ 
 
 1